<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/alarm-notifications/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2024 13:45:18 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-setup-o-kam-pro-camera/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-setup-o-kam-pro-camera/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2024 13:44:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile APPS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[O-KAM Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless Camera]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=13992</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[This article contains everything you need to know about how to use O-KAM Pro cameras, the various ways to add ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-setup-o-kam-pro-camera/#more-13992" aria-label="Read more about How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article contains everything you need to know about how to use O-KAM Pro cameras, the various ways to add them, setting up O-KAM Pro camera features, and more, and will continue to be updated.</p>
<h2>O-KAM Pro APP Download</h2>
<p><a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/o-kam-pro/id1602054864?platform=iphone" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">O-KAM Pro</a> supports Android and iPhone, you can download it from google play or app store.</p>
<h2>Login O-KAM Pro</h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You need to register and login to O-KAM Pro APP to connect the camera, click Register now or email icon to register.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It is recommended to allow all permissions of the APP, otherwise you may not be able to use and connect the O-KAM Pro camera properly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/login-o-kam-pro-466h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="647" height="466" class="wp-image-13993 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/login-o-kam-pro-466h.jpeg" alt="login o kam pro 466h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 27" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/login-o-kam-pro-466h.jpeg 647w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/login-o-kam-pro-466h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/login-o-kam-pro-466h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 647px) 100vw, 647px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Connect O-KAM Pro</span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Camera To Wifi</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This connection mode supports O-KAM Pro wifi camera and battery camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the O-KAM Pro Camera to a power source, and if it is a battery camera, press and hold the power button to </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click + , then scan the QR code on the O-KAM Pro camera, the APP will automatically enter the appropriate connection mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you can’t find the QR code or can’t scan the QR code, please select Wireless camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="660" height="475" class="wp-image-13994 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi.jpeg" alt="connect o kam pro camera to wifi" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 28" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi.jpeg 660w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure your O-KAM Pro camera is ready to connect, the camera light is flashing or you hear the prompt “Please use the app for Wi-Fi configuration”.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: If the light is not blinking or there is no prompt tone, please reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Then click ‘I heard the prompt tone or see the indicator light flashing’, go to the next step.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter your wifi password, then click Next.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please choose 2.4G wifi, some O-KAM Pro cameras only support 2.4G wifi.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-604w435h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="604" height="435" class="wp-image-13995 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-604w435h.jpeg" alt="connect o kam pro camera to wifi 604w435h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 29" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-604w435h.jpeg 604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-604w435h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-604w435h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure your wifi is 2.4g and the wifi password is correct, then click Confirm. Give the displayed QR code to the camera to scan.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Place the QR code about 15-30 Inch in front of the camera to scan, and complete the scan after hearing the “beep” sound.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the connection is successful, it will automatically jump to the next step.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-522w.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="376" class="wp-image-13996 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-522w.jpeg" alt="connect o kam pro camera to wifi 522w" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 30" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-522w.jpeg 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-522w-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-522w-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After successful connection, you can test the wifi signal strength, or later in the test, please put the O-KAM Pro camera in the location with strong wifi signal.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-628w452h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="452" class="wp-image-13997 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-628w452h.jpeg" alt="connect o kam pro camera to wifi 628w452h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 31" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-628w452h.jpeg 628w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-628w452h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-628w452h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The app will prompt you to subscribe, it is recommended to cancel, if you need cloud storage, make sure the O-KAM Pro camera can work properly before subscribing.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-621w447h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="447" class="wp-image-13998 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-621w447h.jpeg" alt="connect o kam pro camera to wifi 621w447h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 32" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-621w447h.jpeg 621w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-621w447h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connect-o-kam-pro-camera-to-wifi-621w447h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">AP Mode Connecting O-KAM Pro Camera</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the QR code connection fails or the QR code cannot be scanned, you can try to connect the O-KAM Pro camera using AP mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to your mobile phone’s wifi list to connect to the hotspot wifi of the O-KAM Pro camera, return to the O-KAM Pro APP after the connection is successful, and then the app will auto add the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Below is the name of the O-KAM Pro camera’s hotspot wifi:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@MC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@Doorbell-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@IPC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@LaiCam-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@OK-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@YX-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IPC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="622" height="448" class="wp-image-13999 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera.jpeg" alt="ap mode connecting o kam pro camera" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 33" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera.jpeg 622w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 622px) 100vw, 622px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to Settings, select Device Settings, and then click Wi-Fi network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="445" class="wp-image-14000 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-1.jpeg" alt="ap mode connecting o kam pro camera 1" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 34" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-1.jpeg 618w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-1-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Select your wifi, then enter your wifi password, click Confirm and wait for O-KAM Pro camera to connect to your wifi.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-656w.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="472" class="wp-image-14001 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-656w.jpeg" alt="ap mode connecting o kam pro camera 656w" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 35" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-656w.jpeg 656w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-656w-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ap-mode-connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-656w-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Share O-KAM Pro Camera</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once you have connected the O-KAM Pro camera, if you want your family or friends to use the camera as well, you need to share the camera with your friends via the Share function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the Share screen, then send the QR code to your friend.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The QR code is valid for 30 minutes and only one user can add a QR code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The invited person must install the O-KAM Pro APP to scan the shared QR code to add a camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Permission Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After turning on, the shared user has all the permissions of the device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After turning off, the shared user only has the permission to visit the device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-653w470h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="653" height="470" class="wp-image-14002 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-653w470h.jpeg" alt="share o kam pro camera 653w470h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 36" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-653w470h.jpeg 653w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-653w470h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-653w470h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Have the invitee download the O-KAM Pro APP and register and login, then click + scan the QR code to add a camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-663w477h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="663" height="477" class="wp-image-14003 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-663w477h.jpeg" alt="share o kam pro camera 663w477h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 37" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-663w477h.jpeg 663w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-663w477h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/share-o-kam-pro-camera-663w477h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 663px) 100vw, 663px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Connecting O-KAM Pro Camera without a router</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you want to use O-KAM Pro camera without internet or router, you can connect to the included hotspot wifi to use the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This mode only supports close range use.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to your mobile phone’s wifi list to connect to the camera’s hotspot wifi, after connecting, return to O-KAM Pro, the app will auto add the camera, then you can </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to use it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Below is the name of the O-KAM Pro camera’s hotspot wifi:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@MC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@Doorbell-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@IPC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@LaiCam-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@OK-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">@YX-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.47em; left: 0; font-size: 3em;">·</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IPC-XXXXXX</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-without-a-router-635w457h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="635" height="457" class="wp-image-14004 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-without-a-router-635w457h.jpeg" alt="connecting o kam pro camera without a router 635w457h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 38" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-without-a-router-635w457h.jpeg 635w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-without-a-router-635w457h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-o-kam-pro-camera-without-a-router-635w457h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 635px) 100vw, 635px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Function setup</span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> – </span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Wired O-KAM Pro Cameras</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The functions of different types of O-KAM Pro cameras differ slightly, so please check your camera type.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If your camcorder needs to be connected to the power supply at all times to work, then it is a wired O-KAM Pro camcorder type, please check the function setting instructions below.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Recording Setup</span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;"> – </span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Wired O-KAM Pro Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro camera supports cloud storage and memory card recording, cloud storage requires subscription, the following memory card recording settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You need to insert the memory card to record, the recording will be saved in the memory card, after inserting the memory card, the camera will sound a voice prompt.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The default is to </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> 24 hours recording, you can change the recording mode in TF Record Settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro camera supports the following recording modes:</span></p>
<table style="border-collapse: unset;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">24h Recording</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">O-KAM Pro cameras record 24/7.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule Recording</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording time and the camera will record for the specified time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">Motion detection video records</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #7b7b7b; font-size: 10pt;">Only when motion detection is detected will the camera record.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/recording-setup.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="614" height="442" class="wp-image-14005 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/recording-setup.jpeg" alt="recording setup" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 39" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/recording-setup.jpeg 614w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/recording-setup-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/recording-setup-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 614px) 100vw, 614px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the memory card shows abnormality, please try to format the memory card and reboot the camcorder.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">View Recordings – Wired O-KAM Pro Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the live video interface, click TF Card in the lower right corner to view the video saved in the memory card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/view-recordings-699w503h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="699" height="503" class="wp-image-14006 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/view-recordings-699w503h.jpeg" alt="view recordings 699w503h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 40" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/view-recordings-699w503h.jpeg 699w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/view-recordings-699w503h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/view-recordings-699w503h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 699px) 100vw, 699px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Motion Detection Setup</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Activate the Motion Detection function in the Monitoring Function, O-KAM Pro cameras support Motion Detection and Human Detection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When the camera detects an object moving, it will send an alarm notification to your mobile phone.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This mode may have a high false alarm rate, if you need to detect only suspicious people, we recommend you to choose Human Detection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Human Detection</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will send alarm notifications to your mobile phone only when it detects humanoid objects.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/motion-detection-setup-696w501h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="501" class="wp-image-14007 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/motion-detection-setup-696w501h.jpeg" alt="motion detection setup 696w501h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 41" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/motion-detection-setup-696w501h.jpeg 696w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/motion-detection-setup-696w501h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/motion-detection-setup-696w501h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Activity Zone</span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;"> </span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Setup</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Setting the detection area allows the camera to detect a specific location, reducing the chance of false alarms.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Smear the area you don’t need.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/activity-zone-670w482h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="482" class="wp-image-14008 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/activity-zone-670w482h.jpeg" alt="activity zone 670w482h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 42" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/activity-zone-670w482h.jpeg 670w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/activity-zone-670w482h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/activity-zone-670w482h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></a></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Detection schedule</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Customize the schedule of Motion detection, reduce false alarms. The camera automatically monitors for you during the scheduled time.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detection-schedule-653w470h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="653" height="470" class="wp-image-14009 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detection-schedule-653w470h.jpeg" alt="detection schedule 653w470h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 43" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detection-schedule-653w470h.jpeg 653w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detection-schedule-653w470h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detection-schedule-653w470h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /></a></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Alarm flashing light</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the alarm flashing light is turned on, the camera will automatically flash when motion detection is triggered.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/alarm-flashing-light-659w474h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="659" height="474" class="wp-image-14010 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/alarm-flashing-light-659w474h.jpeg" alt="alarm flashing light 659w474h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 44" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/alarm-flashing-light-659w474h.jpeg 659w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/alarm-flashing-light-659w474h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/alarm-flashing-light-659w474h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 659px) 100vw, 659px" /></a></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Camera Siren</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When Alarm sound switch is turned on, the camera will emit alarm sound when motion detection is triggered, you can choose alarm sound or record your own sound.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter Notification Settings, select Camera Siren and then turn on the Alarm sound switch.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/camera-siren-686w494h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="686" height="494" class="wp-image-14011 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/camera-siren-686w494h.jpeg" alt="camera siren 686w494h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 45" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/camera-siren-686w494h.jpeg 686w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/camera-siren-686w494h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/camera-siren-686w494h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 686px) 100vw, 686px" /></a></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">Email notification</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">An email will be sent to you when a motion is detected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Add an </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">email , then</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> enter the email address you want to receive alarm notification and finish the setting.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/email-notification-674w.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="485" class="wp-image-14012 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/email-notification-674w.jpeg" alt="email notification 674w" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 46" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/email-notification-674w.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/email-notification-674w-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/email-notification-674w-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Auto Tracking</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When Person tracking is activated, the camera will Auto Track people’s movements and monitor all activities. It will automatically switch to and focus on the person when they enter the camera’s field of vision.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This feature is only supported by O-KAM Pro cameras that support PTZ.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/auto-tracking-613w441h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="613" height="441" class="wp-image-14013 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/auto-tracking-613w441h.jpeg" alt="auto tracking 613w441h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 47" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/auto-tracking-613w441h.jpeg 613w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/auto-tracking-613w441h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/auto-tracking-613w441h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 613px) 100vw, 613px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Human frame</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">People are automatically framed in the live video Help you filter out motions of other objects and quickly follow the person’s movement.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/human-frame-652w.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="652" height="469" class="wp-image-14014 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/human-frame-652w.jpeg" alt="human frame 652w" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 48" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/human-frame-652w.jpeg 652w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/human-frame-652w-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/human-frame-652w-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 652px) 100vw, 652px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Night vision setup</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro camera defaults to black and white night vision mode, you can change the night vision mode in Device Settings, Night Vision.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Only cameras with dual light sources support this feature.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/night-vision-setup-621w447h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="447" class="wp-image-14015 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/night-vision-setup-621w447h.jpeg" alt="night vision setup 621w447h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 49" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/night-vision-setup-621w447h.jpeg 621w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/night-vision-setup-621w447h-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/night-vision-setup-621w447h-240x173.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Reset O-KAM Pro Camera</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Press and hold the O-KAM Pro camera reset button for 5 seconds to reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/reset-o-kam-pro-camera-657w313h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="313" class="wp-image-14016 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/reset-o-kam-pro-camera-657w313h.jpeg" alt="reset o kam pro camera 657w313h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 50" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/reset-o-kam-pro-camera-657w313h.jpeg 657w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/reset-o-kam-pro-camera-657w313h-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/reset-o-kam-pro-camera-657w313h-240x114.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 48pt;">O-KAM Pro Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can find here how to fix </span><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/o-kam-pro" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> camera can’t connect to wifi, offline and not working problems.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Why is my O-KAM Pro Camera offline?</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-is-my-o-kam-pro-camera-offline-694w319h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="319" class="wp-image-14017 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-is-my-o-kam-pro-camera-offline-694w319h.jpeg" alt="why is my o kam pro camera offline 694w319h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 51" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-is-my-o-kam-pro-camera-offline-694w319h.jpeg 694w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-is-my-o-kam-pro-camera-offline-694w319h-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-is-my-o-kam-pro-camera-offline-694w319h-240x110.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">O-KAM Pro camera is offline, it means the camera can’t connect to the network properly, please follow the steps below to fix the offline problem:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Is the router working properly?</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect your mobile phone to the router Wi-Fi, switch off the mobile </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, can you access the internet normally? If it is not normal, try to restart the router.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Whether the WiF strength is full or not</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Put the mobile phone to the camera installation location, detect whether the Wi-Fi signal is full? If the signal is weak, it is recommended to adjust the distance from the router to the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Whether the O-KAM Pro camera is normal</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If a memory card is inserted into the O-KAM Pro camera, power off the camera and remove the memory card, then check if the camera works properly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Replace the power supply with another one.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If none of the above solves the offline problem, try resetting the camera and reconnecting it.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Why does O-KAM Pro camera keep showing that it is connecting?</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-does-o-kam-pro-camera-keep-showing-that-it-is-connecting-688w316h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="688" height="316" class="wp-image-14018 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-does-o-kam-pro-camera-keep-showing-that-it-is-connecting-688w316h.png" alt="why does o kam pro camera keep showing that it is connecting 688w316h" title="How To Setup O-KAM Pro Camera 52" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-does-o-kam-pro-camera-keep-showing-that-it-is-connecting-688w316h.png 688w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-does-o-kam-pro-camera-keep-showing-that-it-is-connecting-688w316h-300x138.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/why-does-o-kam-pro-camera-keep-showing-that-it-is-connecting-688w316h-240x110.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 688px) 100vw, 688px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check the wifi signal strength of O-KAM Pro camcorder, the signal is lower than 3 frames, there is a high probability that you can’t watch the video, try to move the camcorder to a place with strong signal.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Detect whether the current network of your mobile phone can access the Internet normally.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure that the camera is normally powered, and restart the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> of APP and camera is the latest version.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">How To Setup O-KAM Pro camera(Complete Manual)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can also try:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">close the O-KAM Pro app running in the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">background</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and then reopen it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log out of the app account and log in again.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it’s a 4G O-KAM Pro camera, please detect if the SIM card’s is in arrears.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-setup-o-kam-pro-camera/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>LTS Connect Android User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-connect-android-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-connect-android-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 11:33:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Favorites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ring APP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10239</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[The LTS Connect mobile client (Android), is designed for the phone or tablet based on Android 4.1 or later. With ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="LTS Connect Android User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-connect-android-user-manual/#more-10239" aria-label="Read more about LTS Connect Android User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The LTS Connect mobile client (Android), is designed for the phone or tablet based on Android 4.1 or later. With the Mobile Client, you can remotely control devices (NVRs, DVRs, network cameras, indoor stations, doorbells, security control panels, the Pyronix devices, the access control devices, etc) via Wi-Fi or cellular network. You can also share your devices to other accounts and use devices shared from other users. The Mobile Client provides access to the PT service, which is a cloud service, to manage your <span style="font-size: 11pt;">devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Network traffic charges may be produced during the use of the Mobile Client. For details, refer to the local ISP.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>System Requirements and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Conventions</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">System <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Requirement</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Android 4.4 or later <span style="font-size: 11pt;">versions.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Conventions</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.55pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In the following chapters, we simplify <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.mcu.lts&amp;hl=en_US" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">LTS Connect</a> mobile client (Android) as &#8220;Mobile Client&#8221;, devices such as DVR, NVR, encoder, and network camera as &#8220;device&#8221;, and devices which support being added to PT Cloud service as &#8220;PT Cloud Device&#8221;.</p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 59.05pt 0pt 55.35pt;">Chapter 2 Visitor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 20.9pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Visitor mode allows you to manage devices on the Mobile Client without registration. When you log in as a visitor, a visitor account will be created for you automatically, and the account will not change on the same phone or tablet.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Caution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For information security, please use visitor mode cautiously, which is NOT password-<span style="font-size: 11pt;">protected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.19; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In visitor mode, you can only manage your devices on a same phone or tablet. To avoid this inconvenience, you can register an account. For details about registering account in visitor mode, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Register an Account in Visitor Mode</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>LTS Connect Android User Manual</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/">LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Functions in Visitor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.8pt 60.85pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Most of the functions supported in a registered account are supported in visitor mode. Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Visitor Mode </span></strong>on the Home page or the Login page to enter visitor mode.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The followings are the functions supported in visitor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Add devices to the Mobile Client and configure device settings. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>for</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Management</em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">and <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Configure</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Your</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Sharing <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.45pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Scan QR Code </span></strong>to scan the QR code of another visitor account to share device(s) to the account. For details about sharing device, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device Sharing</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">To get the QR code of a visitor account, go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Account</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Live View and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.45pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">View live video of the added devices and play back the videos. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live View</em></span> </strong>and <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Access <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Control</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Control door status and check access control events. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Manage Access Control Devices</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure you have added access control devices to the Mobile <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Client.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Alarm <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Configure the alarm notifications on Alarm Notification page. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Notification</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Register an Account in Visitor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Though the visitor mode allows you to manage devices without registration, you can only manage your devices on one phone or tablet. With a registered account, you can manage devices on different phones or tablets.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Visitor</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span> </strong>on the Login page or Home page to enter the visitor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Register</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">an</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Account</span> </strong>to open the Join Us <span style="font-size: 11pt;">window.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Terms</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span> </strong>and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Privacy</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Policy</span> </strong>to read the relevant <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree</span> </strong>if you accept our terms of service and privacy <span style="font-size: 11pt;">policy.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Register an account by mobile phone number or email <span style="font-size: 11pt;">address.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Register</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Email</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Address</em></span> </strong>and <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Register</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Mobile</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Phone</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Number</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.2pt;">Chapter 3 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Registration</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can register an account by your mobile phone number or your email address. With a registered account, you can log in to the Mobile Clients running on different mobile phones or tablets, which provides convenience for managing your devices.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can use visitor mode to manage your devices without registration. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Visitor Mode</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Register by Email <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Address</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can register an account by your email <span style="font-size: 11pt;">address.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Login/Register</span> </strong>on the Home <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Register</span> </strong>to enter the Join Us <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 33.7pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Terms of Service </span></strong>and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Privacy Policy </span></strong>to read the relevant content and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree </span></strong>to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">continue.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select the region where your devices <span style="font-size: 11pt;">locate.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>In the Register page, enter your email address and then create a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 17.95pt 0pt 18.45pt;">We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Get</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Security</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span> </strong>to get the security code for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">verification.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Enter the security code you received, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Register by Mobile Phone <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Number</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can register an account by your mobile phone <span style="font-size: 11pt;">number.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Login/Register</span> </strong>on the Home <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Register</span> </strong>to enter the Join Us <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 33.7pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Terms of Service </span></strong>and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Privacy Policy </span></strong>to read the relevant content and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree </span></strong>to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">continue.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select the region where your devices <span style="font-size: 11pt;">locate.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>In the Register page, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Register</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">by</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mobile</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Phone</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Number</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Enter your mobile phone number and then create a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 17.95pt 0pt 18.45pt;">We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Get</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Security</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span> </strong>to get the security code for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">verif</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ication.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">8.</span>Enter the security code you received, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Chapter 4 Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You need to add devices to the Mobile Client before you can do further remote operations such as live view and playback.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The devices added to the Mobile Client will be displayed in the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In the device list, the video resources are displayed as the thumbnails of their video channel images; the security control resources, doorbells, and access control resources are displayed as device pictures.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Add Device for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You need to add devices to the Mobile Client first so that subsequent operations such as live view and playback can be available. If you want to receive alarm event information from a device, you should add it by scanning QR code or LTS connect domain.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For details about managing alarm event information, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Notification</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.1.1</span>Add an Online <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client can detect the online devices in the same local area network with your phone or tablet, and you can add the detected online devices to the Mobile Client.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure the devices are connected to the same local area network with the phone or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tablet.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 76.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Online Device </span></strong>to enter the Online Device page. All detected online devices will be in the list.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select a device for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">adding.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 100.2pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="356" height="193" class="wp-image-10240 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image13-356w193h.jpeg" alt="image13 356w193h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image13-356w193h.jpeg 356w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image13-356w193h-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 6pt 86.55pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Figure 4-1 Online <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For network cameras, make sure the device Multicast Discovery function is enabled so that the online network camera can be automatically detected via private multicast protocol in the LAN. For details, see User Manual of the network camera.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 16.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For the inactive device (excluding the access control device), tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Active </span></strong>to create a password for it before you can add the device properly. For more information about the device activation, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set a Password to Activate a Device</em></span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Edit the network <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 47.45pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Change the device IP address to the same LAN as your phone&#8217;s by either editing the IP address manually or enabling the device DHCP function.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3)</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and input the admin password of the device to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Enter the required information, including device alias, user name and the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Optional:</span>  Tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.1.2</span>Add Device(s) by Scanning Device QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can add the device by scanning the device&#8217;s QR code. You can also add device(s) by scanning the QR code obtained via the web page of the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Scan</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span> </strong>to enter the Scan QR Code <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Scan the QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Scan the QR code by aligning the QR Code with the scanning <span style="font-size: 11pt;">frame.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 44.15pt 0pt 41pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Usually, the device QR code is printed on the label, which is on the back cover of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.13; margin-left: 11.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.13;">to enable the flashlight if the scanning environment is too <span style="font-size: 11pt;">dark.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5pt 13.25pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If there are QR codes in photo album of the phone or tablet, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to extract QR code from local album.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Perform the following operations if the following situations <span style="font-size: 11pt;">occur.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the system fails to recognize the QR code, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to add the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">manually.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 36.3pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the device has been added to another account, you should unbind the device from the account first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Unbind Device from Its Original Account</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 13.2pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the device is offline, you should connect a network for the device. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Connect</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Offline</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Device to Network</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 11.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the device is not activated, the Activate Device page will pop up (excluding the access control device). You should activate the device. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set a Password to Activate </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.1pt 15.85pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the PT cloud service is disabled for the device, you should enable the function (excluding the access control device). For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable PT Cloud Service When Adding Device </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>on</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Mobile</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Client</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> </strong>on the Result <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 280.1pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Enter the device verification code. The device will be added successfully.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 39.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The default device verification code is usually on the device label. If no verification code found, enter the device verification code you created when enabling PT Cloud service.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For details about enabling PT Cloud service, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>PT</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Cloud</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Service</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>for</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Optional: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DDNS</span> </strong>to configure <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DDNS.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 21.25pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>After DDNS being enabled, the device will be accessed via IP address in priority, so that remote configuration of the device will be supported and the streaming speed will be faster than streaming via PT Cloud service.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you skip this step, the device will be accessed via PT Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">service.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">8.</span>Optional: Tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.1.3</span>Add a Device by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">IP/Domain</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can add the device by fixed IP address or domain name. The streaming speed of devices added by IP/domain is faster than those added by LTS Connect domain.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.1pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you want to add the access control device, activate it before adding. See the user manual of the access control device for details.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manual</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Adding</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">IP/Domain</span> </strong>as the adding <span style="font-size: 11pt;">type.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 44.6pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the required information, such as alias, address, user name, camera No. and device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Address</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Device IP address or domain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">No.</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">The number of the camera(s) under the device can be obtained after the device is successfully added.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to add the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 16.8pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is offline, you should connect the device to a network. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Connect</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Offline</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Device to Network</em></span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 11.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is not activated, the Activate Device page will be popped up (exclude the access control device). You should activate the device. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set a Password to Activate </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: Perform the following operations after adding the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 81.75pt; padding-right: 28.75pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Edit Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Information</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5.3pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">On the Device Information page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to edit the basic information of the device.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Star</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> </strong>to view the live view of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> </strong>to delete the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 104.8pt; padding-right: 5.7pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Configure Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Parameters</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote Configuration </span></strong>to remotely configure device parameters such as basic information, time settings, recording schedule, etc.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 2.95pt 40.45pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote Controller</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote Controller </span></strong>to remotely control the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="font-size: 15pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 15pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 15pt;">Device</span> <span style="font-size: 15pt;">by</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LTS</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 15pt;">Domain</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For devices which support PT Cloud service (a cloud service), you can add them manually by LTS Connect domain.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure the device is powered <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manual</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Adding</span> </strong>to enter the Add Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">LTS</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Domain</span> </strong>as the adding <span style="font-size: 11pt;">type.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the device serial No. <span style="font-size: 11pt;">manually.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>By default, the device serial No. is on the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">label.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0.35pt 46.8pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For the video intercom devices, when entering the serial No. of the indoor station, the corresponding door station will also be added to the Mobile Client automatically.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>An indoor station can be linked to multiple door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">stations.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to search the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 36.3pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device has been added to another account, you should unbind the device from the account first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Unbind Device from Its Original Account</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0pt 13.2pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is offline, you should connect a network for the device. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Connect</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Offline</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Device to Network</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 11.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is not activated, the Activate Device page will pop up (excluding the access control device). You should activate the device. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set a Password to Activate </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 26.1pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If PT Cloud service is disabled for the device, you should enable the function (excluding the access control device). For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable PT Cloud service When Adding Device </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>on</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Mobile</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Client</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> </strong>on the Result <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 280.1pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Enter the device verification code. The device will be added successfully.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 39.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The default device verification code is usually on the device label. If no verification code found, enter the device verification code you created when enabling PT Cloud service.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For details about enabling PT Cloud service, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>PT</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Cloud</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>service</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>for</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Optional: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DDNS</span> </strong>to configure <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DDNS.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 18.3pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>After DDNS being enabled, the device will be accessed via IP address in priority, so that remote configuration of the device will be supported, and the streaming speed will be faster than streaming via PT Cloud service.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you skip this step, the device will be accessed via PT Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">service.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">8.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">9.</span>Optional: Tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Set a Password to Activate a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 10.7pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">When adding a device, if the device is not activated, a window will pop up to ask you to activate the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The device to be activated and the phone running the Mobile Client should be on the same <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LAN.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Add a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>On the Activate Device page, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Set</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Create a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">If you forget the password in the future, you might need to reset the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Activate</span> </strong>to activate the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Enable DHCP or manually configure network if you enter the Network Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.3</span>Connect Offline Device to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Network</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">When adding a device to the Mobile Client, if the device is offline, you should connect the device to a network first. The Mobile Client provides the following four methods for connecting offline devices to networks.</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Connect to Wired <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Network</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Use this method if a router is available for the device to connect <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure the device is powered <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Connect to Wireless <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Network</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.55pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Use this method if a wireless network is available for the device to connect to. &#8220;Device&#8221; here excludes wireless doorbell, wireless security control panel, and Mini Trooper (a kind of battery <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Make sure your phone has connected to a Wi-Fi network before using the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">method.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The device should support connecting to wireless <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Connect to Network by Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.55pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can use this method to connect wireless doorbell to the network by using the doorbell to scan the QR code generated by the Mobile Client.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect to a Network </span></strong>on the Result page and then follow the instructions on the subsequent pages to connect the device to the network.</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Connect to Network by Access <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Point</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.55pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In the Mobile Client, Access Point (AP) refers to a networking hardware device (e.g., wireless doorbell or wireless security control panel), which can provide a Wi-Fi network for the phone to connect to.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure you have turned on WLAN in the phone&#8217;s operation <span style="font-size: 11pt;">system.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 6.3pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect to a Network </span></strong>on the Result page, select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wireless Connection </span></strong>as the connection type, and then follow the instructions on the subsequent pages to complete the connection process.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.4</span>Enable PT Cloud service for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">PT Cloud service is a cloud service. When adding a device via LTS Connect Domain or scanning QR code, the service should be enabled. You can enable the service via the Mobile Client, the device web page, or LTS Connect Pro client software. This section introduces how to enable the service via the former two methods.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.4.1</span>Enable PT Cloud service When Adding Device on Mobile <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Client</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.8pt 20.7pt 0pt 7.15pt;">When adding a device via LTS Connect domain or scanning QR code, if the PT Cloud service is not enabled for the device, the Enable PT Cloud service window will pop up to remind you to enable the service first.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Perform the following task to enable the PT Cloud service in this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">case.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 8.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Add a device via LTS Connect domain or scanning QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<h6 style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-decoration: underline; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">See </span>Add a Device by LTS Connect Domain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">or </span>Add Device(s) by Scanning Device QR Code <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></h6>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">If the device&#8217;s PT Cloud service is not enabled, the following window pops <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 32.6pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>On the Enable PT Cloud service window, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">PT Cloud Terms of Service </span></strong>to read the terms of <span style="font-size: 11pt;">service.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check</span> Read and Agree PT Cloud Terms of <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Create a device verification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">You can change the device verification code. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Change</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device&#8217;s</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Verification</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Code</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; font-weight: bold; margin: 2.95pt 319.85pt 0pt 7.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.1pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap </span>Enable PT Cloud service<span style="font-size: 11pt;">. </span>What to do next</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.05; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Continue the process for adding the device. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>LTS</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Connect</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Domain</em></span> </strong>or <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> </strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device(s)</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Scanning</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>QR</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Code</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.4.2</span>Enable PT Cloud service on Device Web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can enable PT Cloud service for a device on the device web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Visit the device IP address on the web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">browser.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the device user name and device password to log in to the device web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 21.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Network </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Advanced Settings </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Platform Access </span></strong>to enter the Platform Access page.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="262" class="wp-image-10241 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image39-533w262h.jpeg" alt="image39 533w262h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image39-533w262h.jpeg 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image39-533w262h-300x147.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 149.4pt;">Figure 4-2 The Platform Access <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Check <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The system will set LTS Connect as the platform access mode by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">default.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: If it is the first time to enable the PT Cloud service, create a device verification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Save</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.5</span>Enable DHCP Function on Device Web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can enable DHCP by following the steps below to allow allocating DNS address <span style="font-size: 11pt;">automatically.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Visit the IP address of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the device user name and device password and log in to the device&#8217;s web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Click <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Network</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Basic</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Basic Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Enable <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">DHCP</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">DNS address will be allocated <span style="font-size: 11pt;">automatically.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Click <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Save</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.6</span>Unbind Device from Its Original <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Account</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">When adding a device by scanning QR code or LTS Connect domain, if the result shows that the device has been added to another account, you should unbind it from the account before you can add it to your account.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure the device and the phone running the Mobile Client are in the same local area <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Add the device by scanning QR code or LTS Connect <span style="font-size: 11pt;">domain.</span></div>
<h6 style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-decoration: underline; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; margin: 6pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">See </span>Add Device(s) by Scanning Device QR Code <span style="font-size: 11pt;">or </span>Add a Device by LTS Connect Domain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></h6>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>On the Result page, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Unbind</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span> </strong>to start unbind the device from its <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: If the network exception occurs, perform the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0.4pt 15.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect to Wi-Fi </span></strong>to connect the phone to the Wi-Fi network and make sure the device is in the same local area network with the phone.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 13.45pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Or</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> you can unbind the device from its account in local GUI </span></strong>to unbind the device via local <span style="font-size: 11pt;">GUI.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Unbinding the device via local GUI should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 2.95pt 23.6pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>On the Unbind Device page, enter the device password and the verification code displayed on the image.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.7</span>Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sharing</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can share devices to other users. The recipient can access the devices according to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">permissions you grant them. You can also receive and use the devices shared by other <span style="font-size: 11pt;">users.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.4pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.7.1</span>Share a Specific Device via Its QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.8pt 12.35pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can share a specific device to another LTS Connect user via the device&#8217;s QR code. You can also select the device permissions granted to the recipient to determine which operations the recipient can do on the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Recipient <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Option</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.48; text-indent: 4.9pt; margin: 0.85pt 211.1pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Option 2</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>On device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>. You will enter the Recipient page.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.19; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">via</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span> </strong>and then select a device (if required) to enter the Share via QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">page</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Swipe up to show the complete QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Let the recipient use the LTS Connect Mobile Client to scan the QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The recipient needs to send a device sharing application to you. After that, you&#8217;ll receive a notification about the application on your Mobile Client.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> </strong>on the notification to view the details of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">application.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Set device permissions for the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">recipient.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Check <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Permissions</span> </strong>to grant all available permissions to the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">recipient.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 13.5pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>   , and then select permission(s) to grant the selected one(s) to the recipient, and finally <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  <span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.45pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The device will be shared to the recipient. The recipient will be able to view the device on the device list.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">8.</span>Optional: Edit the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">permissions.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manage</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sharing</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap the device and then edit the device permissions granted to the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">re</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">cipient.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">9.</span>Optional: Delete the recipient account and all the sharing <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manage</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sharing</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap the device to enter the Sharing Details page and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><img /><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.4pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.7.2</span>Share Multiple Devices by Scanning Recipient&#8217;s Account QR <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can share multiple devices to another LTS Connect user. You can also set the device permissions granted to the recipient to determine which operations the recipient can do on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Recipient <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 7.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Option</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 10.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Option</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>1.<span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span>Enter the Live View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 6260; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 145.2pt;">For details about how to enter the Live View page, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Live View</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 143.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6260; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 150.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select a live view window and than tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 150.8pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 0.05pt 23.15pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Option 3</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>For security control panel, tap the device on device list page to enter the device details page and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Scan</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Scan the QR code of the recipient&#8217;s <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The recipient&#8217;s account will be listed in the account list, and be automatically <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 33.2pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The recipient can go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Account Management</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">My QR Code </span></strong>on his/her Mobile Client to get the QR code of his/her account.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select device(s), and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For devices linked with multiple cameras, you can select camera(s) for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">sharing.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Configure permissions for the to-be-shared <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device(s).</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Check <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Permissions</span> </strong>on the Sharing Details page to select all the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">permissions.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap the device displayed on the Sharing Details page, and then select permission(s) and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 40.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Example</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">For example, if you select Live View and Remote Playback, the recipient will have the permissions to view live video and play back the video footage of the device.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span> </strong>to finish <span style="font-size: 11pt;">sharing.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">A notification about the sharing will appear on the recipient&#8217;s Mobile Client. The recipient can tap the message, and then accept or reject the shared device.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 55.6pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Optional: Tap the account on the history account list and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete </span></strong>to delete the recipient&#8217;s account and all the sharing information.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.8</span>Favorites <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can add the frequently-used camera(s) to the favorites so that you can access them <span style="font-size: 11pt;">conveniently.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.8.1</span>Add Cameras to Favorites on Home<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> Page</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 7.15pt;">On the device list page, you can add the frequently-used camera(s) to the favorites so that you can access them conveniently.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the home page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Favorites</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select devices and cameras on the Select Camera <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Create a name for the Favorites and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Up to 32 favorites can be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">added.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The favorites name should be no more than 32 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">characters.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The added Favorites will be displayed on the device list <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Optional: Tap the Favorites name on the home page to view the cameras&#8217; live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">videos.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.8.2</span>Add Cameras to Favorites During Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">On the live view page, you can add frequently-used cameras to Favorites so that you can access them conveniently</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Live View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details about how to enter the Live View page, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 9.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Favorites</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Add cameras to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">favorites.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Create a new favorites in the pop-up window and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 57.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Add to existing favorites.Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Existing</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Favorites</span> </strong>in the pop-up <span style="font-size: 11pt;">window.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 57.95pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select a Favorites folder in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -5.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Up to 32 Favorites can be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">added.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The favorites name should be no more than 32 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">characters.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Tap the Favorites on the device list page to view the cameras&#8217; live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">videos.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.8.3</span>Remove Cameras from <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Favorites</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can delete cameras in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">favorites.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Favorites.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap a camera that need to be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">deleted.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Confirm</span> </strong>in the pop-up window to delete the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.9</span>Configure Your <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">On the Settings page of a device, you can view and edit the device&#8217;s basic information, delete the device, upgrade device firmware, and configure other functions such as video and image encryption and changing device verification code.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The available functions on the Settings page vary with different device types and device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">models.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.45pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.1</span>Change Device&#8217;s Verification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The device verification code is used for verifying user identity, as well as encrypting a device&#8217;s videos (including live videos and recorded video files) and captured pictures. You can change the device verification code for the network camera and Mini Trooper (a kind of camera powered by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">battery).</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">For details about how to encrypt a device&#8217;s videos and captured pictures, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Video </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Image</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> Encryption</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 26.85pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Change Verification Code</span></strong>, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit </span></strong>on the pop-up Window to enter the Change Verification Code page.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the old verification code, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Create a new verification code, and then confirm <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 1.8pt 16.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;">If you have enabled the Video and Image Encryption function, new pictures and videos will be encrypted by the new verification code. However, the earlier encrypted pictures and videos still use the old verification code.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.2</span>Set Video and Image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Encryption</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 8.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For security reasons, you can set the video and image encryption function to encrypt the videos or the pictures.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 18.85pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you set the video and image encryption function, the device&#8217;s live video, recorded video, and pictures in event information will be encrypted. You should enter the device verification code the first time you entering these pages.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.15pt 18.85pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you log in to the Mobile Client with the same account on another phone, you should enter the device verification code again to view the live video, the recorded video, and pictures in event information.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Set the Video and Image Encryption switch to ON to enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Change the encryption password (device verification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code).</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Change</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit</span> </strong>in the pop-up window to enter the Change Password <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3)</span>Follow the instructions on the page to change the device verification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 16.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The default device verification code is usually on the device label. If no verification code found, enter the device verification code you created when enabling PT Cloud service. For details about enabling PT Cloud service, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable PT Cloud service for </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.3</span>Set<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> DDNS</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For a device added via LTS Connect Domain or Scaning QR code, if DDNS is enabled, the device&#8217;s streams will be accessed via IP address in priority. In this case, you can remotely configure device and the speed of streaming will be faster than that of streaming via PT Cloud service.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>On the Settings page, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DDNS</span> </strong>to enter the Configure DDNS <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Set the required <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Device Domain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Name</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 13.95pt 0pt 29.75pt;">The default device domain name is the serial number of the device. If you want to edit it, the edited domain name should contain 1 to 64 characters, including numbers, lowercase letters, and dashes. And it should start with a lowercase letter and cannot end with a dash.</p>
<h5 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Port Mapping <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about setting port mapping, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">How</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Set</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Port</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mapping</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">The entered port number should be from 1 to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">65535.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">User <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Name</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Enter the device user <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Enter the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.4</span>Upgrade Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Firmware</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 8.55pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can upgrade the firmware of a device to its latest version. If the latest version is detected, a red dot will appear on the Device Version field of the Settings page of the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">de</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">vice.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Version</span> </strong>to enter the Device Version <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Upgrade</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The Mobile Client will download the upgrade file first and then start upgrading the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">You can also enable the Mobile Client to automatically download the upgrade file in Wi-Fi networks once a new device version is detected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.5</span>Set Custom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can select a recorded audio file and set it as the custom audio prompt for the alarms <span style="font-size: 11pt;">sent</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">from the channels linked to specific models of <span style="font-size: 11pt;">DVR.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The device should support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 9.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Custom</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span> </strong>to enter the Select Channel <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 259.7pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select channel(s), and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next Step</span></strong>. The available audio file(s) will appear.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Tap the Play icon to play the audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">file.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Select an audio file, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.6</span>Use Mobile Client as Device&#8217;s Remote <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Controller</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For a device added via IP/Domain, you can use the Mobile Client as the device&#8217;s remote <span style="font-size: 11pt;">controller.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 15.4pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The remote controller function is supported when your phone or tablet is connected to a Wi- Fi network, and the network latency should be less than 200ms.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Controller</span> </strong>to enter the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 33.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="852" class="wp-image-10242 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image60-533w852h.png" alt="image60 533w852h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image60-533w852h.png 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image60-533w852h-188x300.png 188w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 153.2pt;">Figure 4-3 Remote Controller <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 35.95pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Swipe the screen to perform remote-control operations such as moving up, down, left, and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap the screen to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">confirm.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  to cancel and return to the previous menu of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Optional: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  to open the main menu of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><img /><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.9.7</span>Remote <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 8.55pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">After adding a device, you can set the parameters of the device, including basic information, time settings, recording schedule, etc.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">View and Edit Basic <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Information</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 7.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can view and edit the basic information of a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Basic</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Information</span> </strong>to enter the Basic Information <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to enter the Edit Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Edit the basic information of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Set Recording <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Schedule</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 7.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can set a recording schedule for a channel of a specific <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in list mode, swipe the device name to the left and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 40.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in thumbnail mode, tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the Live View page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about how to enter the Live View page, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recording</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Schedule</span> </strong>to enter the Recording Schedule <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select a channel if the device has multiple <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channels.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Set the switch to ON to enable recording <span style="font-size: 11pt;">schedule.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Set a recording schedule for a day in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">week.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Tap a day in the week to enter the schedule settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap a time period to set the recording type, start time, and end <span style="font-size: 11pt;">time.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Continuous</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">The video will be recorded automatically according to the time of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">schedule.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Motion <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Detection</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">The video will be recorded when the motion is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">detected.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Alarm</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 24.65pt 0pt 41pt;">The video will be recorded when the alarm is triggered via the external alarm input <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channels.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Motion Detection or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Alarm</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">The video will be recorded when the external alarm is triggered or the motion is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">detected.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Motion Detection and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Alarm</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">The video will be recorded when the motion and alarm are triggered at the same <span style="font-size: 11pt;">time.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">The video will be recorded when any event is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">detected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8439; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 41pt;">You can also set the recording type to detailed event type, which should be supported by the device. For details, refer to the user manual of the device.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 39.7pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8439; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3)</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span> </strong>to save the settings of the time <span style="font-size: 11pt;">period.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4)</span>Set other time periods in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">day.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 1.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Up to 8 time periods can be configured for each day. And the time periods cannot be overlapped with each other.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 433.2pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 33.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="847" class="wp-image-10243 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image72-533w847h.png" alt="image72 533w847h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image72-533w847h.png 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image72-533w847h-189x300.png 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 119.75pt;">Figure 4-4 Setting Multiple Time Periods in a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Day</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Optional: Perform the following operations after saving the time periods in one <span style="font-size: 11pt;">day.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 5.3pt 23.15pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Copy to Other Days</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Copy to </span></strong>to copy all the time periods settings to the other days in the week.</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 9.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> </strong>to clear all the configured time <span style="font-size: 11pt;">periods.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">8.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Configure Time <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 7.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can select the time zone and set the time synchronization mode to Manual or NTP mode for the added device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in list mode, swipe the device name to the left and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 40.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in thumbnail mode, tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the Live View page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about how to enter the Live View page, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding devices via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Time</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>to enter the Time Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 230.5pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select the time zone in which the device locates. The device time will be adjusted automatically.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Select the time synchronization <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 17.35pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NTP Synchronizat</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ion</span></strong>. And then set the interval for synchronizing the device time with the NTP server.</div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 29.75pt;">NTP <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Synchronization</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">Synchronize time at a specific interval with the NTP <span style="font-size: 11pt;">server.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 39.7pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8439; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 41pt;">For details about setting the NTP server details, refer to the user manual of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 39.7pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8439; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -5.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 29.7pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Select <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manual Synchronization</span></strong>. And then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Synchronize with Phone </span></strong>to synchronize the device time with the OS (Operation System) time of your phone or tablet.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Change Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 7.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can change the password of a device via the Mobile <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Client.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in list mode, swipe the device&#8217;s name to the left and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 40.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the device list page, if the page is in thumbnail mode, tap the device&#8217;s name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>On the Live View page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about how to enter the Live View page, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Change</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span> </strong>to enter the Change Password <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Enter the old password of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Create a new <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Caution</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 1.7pt 23.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Confirm the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">changes.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Configure Normal <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 7.85pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can enable a device&#8217;s normal event such as motion detection, video tampering alarm, video loss alarm, for the channels of the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Normal</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span> </strong>to enter the Normal Event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Select a channel if the device has multiple <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channels.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Set the switch(es) to ON to enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">event(s).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Configure Smart <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 7.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can enable the smart event for the channels of a device, including audio exception <span style="font-size: 11pt;">detection,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">face detection, and intrusion detection, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">etc.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The supported event types of smart event vary according to different <span style="font-size: 11pt;">devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Smart</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span> </strong>to enter the Smart Event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Select a channel if the device has multiple <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channels.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Set the switch(es) to ON to enable <span style="font-size: 11pt;">event(s).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Enable Temperature <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Measurement</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 7.9pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can enable the temperature measurement function for the thermal camera on the Mobile <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Client.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">This function is only available to the thermal <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Enter the Remote Configuration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via IP/Domain, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about adding device via IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>For a device added via other methods, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Remote</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span> </strong>on the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">You should have configured DDNS for the device first. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>DDNS</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Temperature</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Measurement</span> </strong>to enter the Temperature Measurement <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Select a camera if camera(s) are linked to the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Set the switch to ON to enable temperature <span style="font-size: 11pt;">measurement.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.1pt;">Chapter 5 Video &amp; Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Storage</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">With the Mobile Client, you can remotely view live videos of the added encoding devices (e.g., cameras, NVRs, and DVRs) and play back their video footage. If cloud storage is activated on the video devices, you can browse, search, play back, and download the video footage on cloud.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">5.1</span>Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can view live video of the devices&#8217; connected cameras. And some basic operations are supported during live view, including picture capturing, manual recording, PTZ control, etc.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.1</span>Start and Stop Live<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Live view shows you the live video getting from cameras. Perform the following task to start and stop live view.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap a camera to enter the Live View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 49.85pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the Video and Image Encryption function is disabled, the live video will start playing <span style="font-size: 11pt;">automatically.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.1pt 62.5pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the Video and Image Encryption function is enabled, you should enter the device verification code before the live video starting playing.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 54.1pt 0pt 41pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">○</span>For details about Video and Image Encryption function, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Video and </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Image</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Encrypti</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>on</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 28.35pt 0pt 41pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">○</span>The default device verification code is usually on the device label. If no verification code found, enter the device verification code you created when enabling PT Cloud service.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 41pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">○</span>The live video from the video intercom device lasts 5 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">minutes.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.3pt 22.6pt 0pt 41pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">○</span>Up to 6 users can view the live video of a same door station simultaneously. If the upper- limit is reached, other users can only use the audio function of the door station.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Optional: Perform the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 121.45pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">View Full Screen Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 347.55pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 5.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10.45pt;">Rotate the phone to view live video in full screen <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 3pt 39.4pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Switch Camera</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Swipe the live view page to the left or right to switch camera and view its live video.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 112.75pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Reselect Device for Live View</h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 356.25pt;">
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 36.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to go back to the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 36.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Reselect cameras and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 143.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6260; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 145.2pt;">You can select up to 256 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 143.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6260; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Switch</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> </strong>to switch to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.25pt 87pt 0.2pt 72.7pt;">For details about playback, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Stop live view of a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Press and hold a window under live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">view.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Drag the window upwards to the appearing <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> at the top of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.2</span>Set Window <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Division</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can adjust window division in different <span style="font-size: 11pt;">scenarios.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> or <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to set the window division mode to 1-window, 4-window, 9- window, 12-window, or 16-window respectively.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.1pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If the added camera number is more than the window division number, you can swipe left or right to see the rest.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.3</span>Digital <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Zoom</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Digital zoom adopts encoding technology to enlarge the image which will result in image quality damage. You can zoom in or zoom out the live video image as desired.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap<span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to zoom in or zoom out the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Or spread two fingers apart to zoom in, and pinch them together to zoom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">out.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.4</span>PTZ<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> Control</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">PTZ is an abbreviation for &#8220;Pan, Tilt, and Zoom&#8221;. With the PTZ Control functionality provided by the Mobile Client, you can make the cameras pan and tilt to the required positions, and zoom in or out the live video images. For some network cameras, you can also enable auto-tracking to make the camera pan, tilt, and zoom to track the detected moving objects.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">PTZ control should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.19; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Pan and Tilt a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 7.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client allows you to pan and tilt a camera&#8217;s <span style="font-size: 11pt;">view.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a camera supports PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">control.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details about how to start live view, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Select a live view window on the Live View <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to open the PTZ Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="217" class="wp-image-10244 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image112-358w217h.jpeg" alt="image112 358w217h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image112-358w217h.jpeg 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image112-358w217h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 4.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 169.65pt;">Figure 5-1 PTZ Conrol <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Panel</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pan</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tilt</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Drag the circle button at the center of the PTZ Control panel to pan and tilt the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Set a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Preset</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 7.85pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">A preset is a predefined image position which contains configuration parameters for pan, tilt, zoom, focus and other parameters. You can also set a virtual preset after enabling digital zoom. After you set a preset, you can call the preset and then the camera will move to the programmed <span style="font-size: 11pt;">position.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Pan and tilt a camera to move the camera direction to a desired <span style="font-size: 11pt;">position.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Pan</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Tilt</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Camera</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>In the PTZ Control panel, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Preset</span> </strong>to open the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">window.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 166.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="120" class="wp-image-10245 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image114-178w120h.jpeg" alt="image114 178w120h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 78"></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 181.4pt;">Figure 5-2 Set a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Preset</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Swipe the number up or down to set the preset <span style="font-size: 11pt;">No.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The preset No. should be between 1 and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">256.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Set</span> </strong>to complete setting the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">preset.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Call</span> </strong>to call the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">preset.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Optional: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> </strong>to delete the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">preset.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Adjust PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Speed</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can adjust the PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">speed.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a camera which supports PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">control.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap to open the PTZ control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">→</span>  to open the PTZ speed <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Drag the slider to adjust the PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">speed.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Other <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Functions</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 7.85pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The PTZ Control panels provide other functions such as PTZ speed adjustment, auto-scan, focus control, iris control, and auto-tracking.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>on the PTZ Control panel to view the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">functions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.85pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 173.4pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 4380; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Table</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">5-1</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Other</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Functions</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 12.7pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3pt 85.9pt 0pt 86.7pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3pt 86.1pt 0pt 86.7pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.08; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.05pt 11.3pt 0pt 5.15pt;">Start/stop the auto-scan, which means to make the speed dome pan, tilt, and (or) zoom by a predefined route.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.75pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 11.3pt 0pt 16.4pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>You can define the route on the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 16.4pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The function should be supported by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.26; margin-left: 16.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="margin-left: 12.7pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 85.9pt 0pt 86.7pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 86.1pt 0pt 86.7pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin: 0pt -0.75pt 0pt 3.8pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 4380; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.07; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Zoom control: <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Zoom+/ <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Zoom-</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Focus control: <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Focus +/<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> Focus <span style="font-size: 11pt;">&#8211;</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.09; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Iris control: <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Iris +/ <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> Iris <span style="font-size: 11pt;">&#8211;</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.14; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Adjust PTZ <span style="font-size: 11pt;">speed.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.86; margin-left: 6.35pt;"><span style="font-size: 8.5pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 7.991181657848324cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.2pt 11.3pt 0pt 5.15pt;">Enable/Disable auto-tracking. After enabled, when the camera detects a moving object, the camera will pan, tilt, and zoom to track the object until the object moves out of the field of view of the camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.75pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 11.3pt 0pt 5.15pt;">The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">devic</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">e.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.5</span><span style="background: black; width: 4380; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /><span style="background: black; width: 219pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span>Start Two-Way <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Two-way audio function enables the voice talk between the Mobile Client and devices. You can get and play not only the live video but also the real-time audio from the devices, and the devices can also get and play the real-time audio from the Mobile Client.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 46.75pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The devices added by LTS Connect domain or by scanning QR code do not support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 9.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> in the toolbar to turn on the two-way <span style="font-size: 11pt;">audio.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 2.6pt 39.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>If the device is a NVR, select the device or its linked network camera as the two-way audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channel.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">If not, skip this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">step.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is full duplex, two-way audio will be started <span style="font-size: 11pt;">automatically.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the device is half-duplex, you have to tap and hold <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to talk, and release to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">listen.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to turn off two-way <span style="font-size: 11pt;">audio.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.45pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.6</span>Capturing and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recording</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">During live view, you can capture pictures of the live video and record video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Capture a picture or record video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Capture</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Picture</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to capture a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 88.15pt; padding-right: 22.35pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Record Video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Footage</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to start recording video footage, tap again to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">stop.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The captured pictures and recorded videos will be saved in <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pictures</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Videos</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.7</span>Set Image Quality for Device Added by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">IP/Domain</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For devices added via IP/Domain, you can set its image quality to Fluent or Clear. You can also customize image quality for the devices.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 30pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you change the image quality, the live view and recording of the device may be affected due to the new settings.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 19.1pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>In multi-window mode, you can only set the image quality to Fluent, or customize the image quality and the stream type can only be Sub Stream.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a device added via <span style="font-size: 11pt;">IP/Domain.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> on the live view page to enter the quality switching <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The icon vary with the actual video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Set the image quality as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">desired.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> </strong>to set the image quality as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Fluent</span> </strong>to set the image quality as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Fluent.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Custom</span> </strong>to open the Custom Settings window, and then configure the parameters and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Confirm</span> </strong>to confirm the custom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 0pt 86.35pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Figure 5-3 Custom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="161" class="wp-image-10246 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image140-178w161h.jpeg" alt="image140 178w161h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 79"></span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 12.2pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The live view effect is related to the performance of your network and hardware of your network and phone and tablet. If the live view is not fluent or the image appears blurred, reduce the resolution, frame rate and bitrate of the camera in custom mode, or set the image quality as fluent mode.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.2pt 38.25pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The following table shows the recommended frame rate and bitrate configuration for different resolution at H.264, H.264+ and H.265 video compression by Moto X Pro (CPU: Snapdragon805, Android 5.0.2).</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 153.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Table</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">5-2</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recomm</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ended</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 35.25pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 14.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Resolution</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 20.75pt 0pt 21.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 19.5pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">2-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recommended</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264 (Software <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit <span style="font-size: 11pt;">rate:</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="margin-left: 35.25pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 14.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Resolution</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 20.75pt 0pt 21.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 19.5pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">2-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recommended</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">512Kbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264 (Hardware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 10.45pt 0pt 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">512Kbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264+ (Software <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264+ (Hardware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.265 (Software Decoding. Hardware decoding is not <span style="font-size: 11pt;">supported.)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 9.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 9.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 9.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 9.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 10.45pt 0pt 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">256Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.8</span>Set Image Quality for LTS Connect <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Usually three pre-defined image qualities are provided in the Mobile Client for LTS Connect device: Basic, Standard, and High Definition.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The provided image quality types may vary with different <span style="font-size: 11pt;">devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a e e <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to enter the quality switching <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The icon may vary with the actual image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Set image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Basic</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Basic image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Basic is the default image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Standard</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Standard image quality (the image quality is higher than that of Basic and lower than that of <span style="font-size: 11pt;">HD).</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">HD</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">High definition image quality (the image quality is the highest of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">three).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.45pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.9</span>Live View for Fisheye <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In the fisheye view mode, the whole wide-angle view of the fisheye camera is displayed. Fisheye expansion can expand images in five modes: 180° panorama, 360° panorama, 4-PTZ, semisphere, and cylindrical-surface.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The function is only supported by fisheye <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start live view of a fisheye <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Stop</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Live</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>View</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to show the fisheye expansion <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select mounting <span style="font-size: 11pt;">type.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 6pt 75.5pt 2.85pt 83.25pt;">Table 5-3 Mounting <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Type</span></h5>
<table style="margin-left: 24pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.8959435626102294cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 44.35pt 0pt 45pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.687830687830688cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 138.5pt 0pt 139.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.8959435626102294cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.06; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.687830687830688cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Wall <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mounting</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="margin-left: 24pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.8959435626102294cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 44.35pt 0pt 45pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.687830687830688cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 138.5pt 0pt 139.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.8959435626102294cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.13; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.687830687830688cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.2pt;">Ceiling <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mounting</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select fisheye expansion <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.95pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 158.6pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Table</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">5-4</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Fisheye</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Expansion</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 24pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 45.45pt 0pt 46.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 137.4pt 0pt 138.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.09; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Fisheye view for ceiling mounting and wall mounting. In the Fisheye view mode, the whole wide-angle view of the camera is displayed. The mode is the vision of a fish’s convex eye. The lens produces curvilinear images of a large area, while distorting the perspective and angles of objects in the image.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5.5pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can pinch the fingers together to zoom out the image, and spread them apart to zoom in.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.09; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.05pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Dual-180° panorama view for ceiling mounting. The distorted fisheye image is transformed to normal perspective image.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 5.75pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can swipe to the left or to the right to adjust the field of view.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.05; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">360° panorama view for ceiling mounting and wall mounting. The distorted fisheye image is transformed to normal perspective image.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5.6pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can swipe to the left or to the right to adjust the field of view.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.06; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.05pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">4 PTZ Views for ceiling mounting and wall mounting. The PTZ view is the close-up view of some defined area in the Fisheye view or Panorama view.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5.85pt 24.7pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can pinch the fingers together to zoom out the image, and spread them apart to zoom in. You can also swipe the screen to perform pan and tilt movement.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.07; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.05pt 11.4pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Semisphere-shaped view for wall mounting. In this mode, the whole wide-angle view of the camera is displayed. The lens produces curvilinear images of a large area, while distorting the perspective and angles of objects in the image.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 5.4pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can drag the image to adjust the view angle, and pinch the fingers together to zoom out the image, and spread them apart to zoom in.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.08; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img /></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.1pt;">Cylindrical-surface-shaped view for wall mounting. In this mode, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.35; margin: 0pt 13.25pt 0pt 5.1pt;">whole wide-angle view of the camera is displayed. The lens produces curvilinear images of a large area, while distorting the perspective</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="margin-left: 24pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 45.45pt 0pt 46.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Icon</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 137.4pt 0pt 138.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 3.9753086419753085cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 11.611992945326278cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.1pt;">and angles of objects in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 6pt 11.4pt 0pt 5.1pt;">In this mode, you can drag the image to adjust the view angle, swipe to the left or to the right to adjust the field of view, as well as pinch the fingers together to zoom out the image and spread them apart to zoom in.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 48.9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -41.8pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.1.10</span>Open Door During Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can open or close the door when viewing the live video of a video intercom device, a face recognition terminal, or a related camera of an access control device. This function allows you to check the visitor or the situation nearby the door before you open it.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The device should support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 20.85pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For face recognition terminals, you can enabling opening door by fingerprint authentication or facial authentication. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Manage Access Control Devices</em></span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 455.75pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 6.3pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For the access control device&#8217;s related cameras, select a live view window and tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, and then enter the device verification code to open the door.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For the video intercom device, select a live view window and tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>, and then enter the device verification code to open the door.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The default device verification code is usually on the device label. If no verification code found, enter the device verification code you created when enabling PT Cloud service.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">5.2</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can search the recorded video files stored in the added device for remote <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.1</span>Normal <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Normal playback refers to the playback based on timeline. You can search the camera&#8217;s recorded video files in a selected time period and then start playback.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> in the upper-left corner to enter the Select Item(s) <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Set the date and time for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Date</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Select a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">date.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">The date during which video files were recorded is marked with a yellow <span style="font-size: 11pt;">dot.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Time</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Set the start time point for the playback in the selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">date.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera(s).</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">You can select up to 4 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> </strong>to enter the Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: Perform the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Adjust</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Time</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Slide the timeline to adjust the playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 181.75pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>represents continuous recording <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span>  <span style="font-size: 11pt;">represents</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 4.2pt 23.15pt 0pt 133.9pt;">event-triggered recording. You can determine the recording type (continuous or event-triggered) when setting recording schedule. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Recording Schedule</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 111.5pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Scale up and down <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Timeline</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 357.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 16.1pt 0pt 20.45pt;">Spread two fingers apart to scale up the timeline or pinch them together to scale down.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="56" class="wp-image-10247 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image166-178w56h.jpeg" alt="image166 178w56h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 80"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 75.4pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Figure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">5-4</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Timeline</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.2</span>Event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.8pt 27.4pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Event playback refers to the playback based on the detected events, such as motion detection. You can select an event and then play back the event-related video footage. Duration playback, you can also save the event-related picture if it has been captured by the camera.</p>
<h5 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Make sure you have configured events for the selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start normal <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Normal</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> </strong>to enter the Event Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The event-related video footage within the latest 7 days will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">displayed.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="286" class="wp-image-10248 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image167-165w286h.png" alt="image167 165w286h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 81"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 8.25pt 59.05pt 0pt 55.35pt;">Figure 5-5 Event Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select a date and then tap an event to start <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Save</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Image</span> </strong>to save the event-related <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">Make sure you have configured the required event linkage action (capturing event-related picture) for the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.45pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.3</span>Capturing and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recording</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">During playback, you can capture pictures and record video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Normal</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Capture a picture or record video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Capture</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Picture</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to capture a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 92.9pt; padding-right: 17.65pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Reccord Video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Footage</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.45pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to start recording video footage, tap again to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">stop.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The captured pictures and recorded videos will be saved in <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pictures</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Videos</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.4</span>Set Playback Quality for Device Added by <span style="font-size: 11pt;">IP/Domain</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For devices added by IP/Domain, you can set the image quality of playback for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">them.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details about adding device by IP/Domain, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Add</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>by</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>IP/Domain</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Select a device added by IP/Domain on the device list and then start <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details about starting playback, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Normal</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> on the playback page to enter the quality switching <span style="font-size: 11pt;">panel.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The icon may vary with the actual video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Set the image quality as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">desired.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> </strong>to tap the image quality to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 47.4pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Custom </span></strong>to open the Custom Settings window, and then configure the parameters (Resolution, Frame Rate, and Bitrate) and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Confirm </span></strong>to confirm the custom settings.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 27.95pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The image effect is related to the performance of your network and phone or tablet. If the image is not fluent or the screen appears blurred, reduce the resolution, frame rate and bitrate of the camera in custom mode.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.2pt 38.25pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The following table shows the recommended frame rate and bitrate configuration for different resolution at H.264, H.264+ and H.265 video compression by Moto X Pro (CPU: Snapdragon805, Android 5.0.2).</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.6pt 64.5pt 2.9pt 83.25pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Table</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">5-5</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recommended</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Configuration</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 35.25pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 14.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Resolution</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 20.75pt 0pt 21.05pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 19.5pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">2-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4-</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ch</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 4.5pt 0pt 5.1pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Recommended</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Conf</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">iguration</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264 (Software <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 2.95pt 9.85pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 2.95pt 10.45pt 0pt 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">512Kbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264 (Hardware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.05pt 10.45pt 0pt 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">512Kbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264+ (Software <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3pt 9.85pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.264+ (Hardware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 15.185185185185185cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5">
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;">H.265 (Software Decoding. Hardware decoding is not <span style="font-size: 11pt;">supported.)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1080P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.85pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">720P</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.05pt 9.75pt 0pt 5.1pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">4Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.7813051146384478cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4CIF</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.2310405643738975cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.05pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 2.0864197530864197cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.95pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 1.9735449735449735cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">√</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 6.112874779541446cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.05pt 10.45pt 0pt 5.2pt;">Frame rate: 25fps; Bit rate: <span style="font-size: 11pt;">256Mbps</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.5</span>Adjust Playback <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Speed</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For the cameras linked to a DVR or NVR, you can adjust the playback speed for them as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">required.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">During playaback, you can swipe the toolbar at the bottom to view the hidden icons, and then <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin-left: 7.15pt; text-indent: 0.1pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to set the playback speed to 1/8X, 1/4 X, 1/2 X, 1X, 2X, 4X, and 8X. X here refers to the original playback speed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.2.6</span>Download Video Segment from <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: 5.6pt; margin: 8.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">During playback of the cameras linked to a DVR or NVR, you can download a specific video segment as evidence if it contains important information about incidents such as violent crimes in case of the need for settling disputes or legal cases.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start <span style="font-size: 11pt;">playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> if important information occurs on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">image.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 16.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;">By default, the video segment which lasts 130 seconds (from 10 seconds before the tapping, to 120 seconds after that) will be automatically selected for download. For example, if you tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> when the video footage is played to 00:00:30, the segment from 00:00:20 to 00:02:30 will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 12.2pt 0pt 18.45pt;">In special occasions when 130-seconds duration is not available to be selected following the above-mentioned rule, the segment will extend afterwords or backwards until the segment duration reaches 130 seconds. For example, if you start downloading from the very beginning of the video footage, the selected segment will be from 00:00:00 to 00:02:10.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Drag the slider(s) to lessen the duration of the segment for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">download.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The duration should not be shorter than 10 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">seconds.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Tap the Play icon to preview the selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">segment.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">If the segment is encrypted, you should enter the device verification code before you can preview it. For details about video encryption, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Video and Image Encryption</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Download</span> </strong>to start <span style="font-size: 11pt;">downloading.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 1.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">Downloading at the background is supported. Download task(s) continues if you exit the Download page or the Mobile Client.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Optional: Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pictures</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Videos</span> </strong>to view the downloaded video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">segment.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">5.3</span>Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Storage</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">With cloud storage, your cameras, DVRs, and NVRs can upload recorded video clips to the cloud automatically. You can easily access, play, and download the video footage of your video devices on cloud.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Cloud storage service is not available in all countries or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">regions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.3.1</span>Enable/Disable Cloud Storage Service for a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Channel</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 20.5pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can enable/disable cloud storage service for a specific channel of a device supporting storing video footage on cloud. You can also view details of the cloud storage service package, including service package type, effective period, and status (activated or expired).</p>
<h5 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Make sure your installer has activated the cloud storage service for your device. Otherwise, you cannot enable cloud storage.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Enter the settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Cloud</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Storage</span> </strong>to enter the Cloud Storage <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="116" class="wp-image-10249 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image182-178w116h.jpeg" alt="image182 178w116h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 82"></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 176.5pt;">Figure 5-6 Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Storage</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Switch on/off to enable/disablecloud storage service of a specific <span style="font-size: 11pt;">channel.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.3.2</span>Play Back Video Footage on <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Cloud</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can play back video footage stored on <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Make sure your installer has activate cloud storage service for your devices and you have enabled <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 7.15pt;">See details in <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable/Disable</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Cloud</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Storage</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Service</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>for</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>a</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Channel</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">To play back the video footage on <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start playing back the recorded video footage of a video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See instructions in <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Normal</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Playback</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.26; margin: 6.05pt 34.75pt 0pt 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">at the top of the playback page to switch to playing back video footage stored on </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="353" class="wp-image-10250 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image186-178w353h.jpeg" alt="image186 178w353h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image186-178w353h.jpeg 178w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image186-178w353h-151x300.jpeg 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 178px) 100vw, 178px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 6.8pt 86.75pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Figure 5-7 Playback &#8211; Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Storage</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>You can adjust the playback speed to up to 8 times <span style="font-size: 11pt;">faster.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 26.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>You can tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to browse through all recorded video footage of each day and download the footage you need.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See details in <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Download</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Video</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Footage</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>from</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Cloud</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.19; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">5.3.3</span>Download Video Footage from<span style="font-size: 11pt;"> Cloud</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 8.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client allows you to browse through the video footage stored on cloud of each date to quickly locate the footage you need. And you can download the video footage to your phone.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Make sure your installer has activate cloud storage service for your devices and you have enable it. See details in <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable/Disable Cloud Storage Service for a Channel</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Start playing back video footage stored on <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">See details in <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Play</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Back</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Video</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Footage</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>on</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Cloud</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 9.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to enter the Video Stored on Cloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="287" class="wp-image-10251 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image192-178w287h.jpeg" alt="image192 178w287h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 84"></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 156.55pt;">Figure 5-8 Video Stored on <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Cloud</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">date.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The date marked with a blue dot is the date during which video footage is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">recorded.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">then</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">select</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">video</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">want</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">download.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">download</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">video</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">phone.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 59.05pt 0pt 55.35pt;">Chapter 6 Manage Access Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Devices</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Access control is the selective restriction of access to a place or other resources. After adding access control devices to the Mobile Client, you can remotely control the doors, and configure duration in which the doors remain open. You can also filter and view access control device&#8217;s logs, which provide the information of access events and related alarms, such as access controller tampering alarms.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 28.4pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Besides the above-mentioned functionality, you can change the supper password of the access control device. And for face recognition terminals, you can enable fingerprint authentication or facial authentication to open doors.</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 24.1pt;">
<p><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.95pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> on the right of the access control device to enter the door control page.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The door icon varies with different door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Control the door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Remain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Keep the door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">open.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Open the door for a configurable time period. When the time period expires, the door will <span style="font-size: 11pt;">close.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Duration</span> </strong>to set door open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">duration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Remain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Closed</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Keep the door closed. In this status, the door can only be opened by super card or super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about super cards, see the user manual of the access control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 24.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Change</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span> </strong>to change the super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">6.1</span>Control Door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Status</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The Mobile Clientsupports controlling the status of the access control devices&#8217; related doors by the super password of the device.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">You can change the super password. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Change</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Super</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Password</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.85pt 30.5pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> on the right of the access control device to enter the door control page.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The door icon varies with different door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Control the door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">status.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Remain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Keep the door <span style="font-size: 11pt;">open.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Open the door for a configurable time period. When the time period expires, the door will <span style="font-size: 11pt;">close.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about configuring the time period, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Door</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Open</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Duration</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.19; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Remain <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Closed</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Keep the door closed. In this status, the door can only be opened by super card or super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">For details about super card, see the user manual of the access control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 15pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For face recognition terminal, this step is not required. You can control door status directly in step 2.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 37.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>By default, the super password is the device verification code. You can change the super password. See <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Change Super Password</em></span> </strong>for details.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The door status will <span style="font-size: 11pt;">change.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">6.2</span>Set Door Open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Duration</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can set the door open duration for the access control device. When the duration expires, the door will close automatically.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the access control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Duration</span> </strong>to open the Door Open Duration <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select a duration from the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to confirm the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selection.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">If you tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open Door </span></strong>in the door control page, the door will open for the configured time <span style="font-size: 11pt;">duration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">For details about controlling door status, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Control</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Door</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Status</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">6.3</span>Change Super <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client allows you to change the super password of the access control device, which can be used to open all the access control points (e.g., doors), even when the access control point is in remaining closed status.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">For details about super password of the access control device, see the user manual of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Change</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span> </strong>to enter the Change Password <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Enter the old password and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">If it is the first time to set the super password, skip this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">step.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Create a new password and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The password should contain 6 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">numbers.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">6.4</span>View Access Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Logs</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can view the access control device&#8217;s logs including the access control events and alarm information. You can also filter the logs.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 21.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, tap the door icon on the right of the access control device to enter the door control page.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="23" class="wp-image-10252 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image209-168w23h.jpeg" alt="image209 168w23h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 85"></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 144.1pt;">Figure 6-1 The Icon Representing <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The log list will be displayed on the Log section of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Perform the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Refresh</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Log</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">List</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Swipe the log list downward to refresh <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 0pt 30.85pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">View All Logs</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">View All Logs </span></strong>to enter the Log page and view all access control device logs.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 0pt 30.85pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Filter Logs</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>On the Log page, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Filter </span></strong>and then set the filtering condition (time and event type) to filter.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">6.5</span>Enable Opening Door via Fingerprint (Face) <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Authentication</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.8pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">After adding face recognition terminals to the Mobile Client, you can enable opening door via fingerprint authentication or face recognition.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Your phone or tablet should support fingerprint authentication or face <span style="font-size: 11pt;">authentication.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.19; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 6.35pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">After adding a face recognition terminal, when you open the device&#8217;s related door for the first time, a prompt will pop up asking you whether to enable opening door via fingerprint authentication or face recognition or not. You can follow the prompt to enable this function.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.15pt 25pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you have ignored the above-mentioned prompt, you can tap  to enter the Settings page, and then switch on the function.</p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Chapter 7 Facial Data <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For the DeepinMind server on the same LAN with the Mobile Client, you manage the facial data stored in it via the Mobile Client. The facial data can be used for facial comparison in related <span style="font-size: 11pt;">applications.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Make sure you have added DeepinMind server to the Mobile <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Client.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 25.2pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Make sure you have added face libraries to the server. For details, see the user manual of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Perform the following task to upload facial data to the DeepinMind <span style="font-size: 11pt;">server.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap the device name or tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Facial</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Da</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ta</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span> </strong>to enter the Facial Data Management <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">For the first time usage, you should enter the user name and password of the device to verify you identity first. Once verified, the verification is not required afterwords.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Select a face library to enter the face library <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 29.25pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> (if there&#8217;s no facial data) or <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Capture Picture </span></strong>or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Select from Photo Album </span></strong>to use your phone or tablet to capture a face picture or select a face picture from the photo album respectively.</div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0.2pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The face picture will be uploaded to the server and the server will start recognizing the facial data. Once recognized, the face picture will be displayed in the face library.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: Delete face <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture(s).</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">face</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">library</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">then</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">select</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">face</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture(s</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">)</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to delete the selected <span style="font-size: 11pt;">one(s).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.1pt;">Chapter 8 Video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Intercom</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client supports video intercom functions. Video intercom is an audiovisual communication and security technique used in a building or a small collection of buildings. With microphones and video cameras at both sides, it enables the intercommunication via video and audio signals.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Answer Call from Indoor <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Station</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If no one answers the call via the indoor station for a while, the call will be forwarded to the Mobile Client. You can answer the call, view the live video of the door station, as well as open the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">door.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">Up to 6 users can view the live video of the same door station at the same time. If there&#8217;s already been 6 users viewing the live video, you can only use the audio function of the video intercom device.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap the call message to enter the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 33.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="834" class="wp-image-10253 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image215-533w834h.png" alt="image215 533w834h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image215-533w834h.png 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image215-533w834h-192x300.png 192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 188.15pt;">Figure 8-1 Call <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Answer the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">call.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Perform the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 106.8pt; padding-right: 3.7pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Stop/Restart Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 5.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to stop the live view. And tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to restart <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mute</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to mute the live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">video.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 10.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to open the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">door.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: -110.55pt; margin: 10.2pt 47.3pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Digital Zoom</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Pinch two fingers together to zoom in the live video image, and spread them apart to zoom out.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Operations on Device Details <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">On the device details page of the video intercom devices, you can perform the operations including viewing the live videos streamed from the cameras linked to the door stations or doorbells, starting two-way audio, playing back video footage, viewing call logs and history events, controlling doors linked to door stations, and controlling relays connected to the indoor station.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap the video intercom device on the device list to enter the device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 100.2pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="356" height="706" class="wp-image-10254 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image220-356w706h.png" alt="image220 356w706h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image220-356w706h.png 356w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image220-356w706h-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 80.55pt; padding-right: 12.45pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 10.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Switch <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Scene</span></h4>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 378pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 50.5pt;">Figure 8-2 Video Intercom Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.35pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">You can tap</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to set </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Stay</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Away</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sleep</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">, or </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Custom </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">as the scene for arming the detectors linked</span> to the door station.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Stay</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 12.85pt 0pt 18.45pt;">When the people stays inside the detection area, turn on the Stay mode to turn on all the perimeter burglary detection (such as perimeter detector, magnetic contacts, curtain detector in the balcony). At the meantime, the detectors inside the detection area are bypassed (such as PIR detectors). People can move inside the area and alarm will not be triggered.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Away</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">When all the people in the detection area leave, turn on the Away mode to arm all zones in the area after the defined dwell time. For example, assume that you have set your apartment as a zone, you can set the zone status to Away when you go to work.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sleep</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 12.85pt 0pt 18.45pt;">The detectors in the bedroom is bypassed while the detectors in other rooms are armed. In this scene, all the perimeter burglary detection in other rooms are turned on, while no alarms will be triggered within the bedroom.</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.6pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The live video will start playing when you enter the device details page. You switch live videos if multiple door stations are linked to the video intercom device.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.05pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">During live view, you can tap the image to show the hidden icons, and then perform operations such as starting two-way audio, capturing picture, recording, full-screen live view, and setting image quality.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 30.55pt 0.15pt 7.15pt;">For details about the above-mentioned operations during live view, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Start Two-Way Audio</em></span></strong>, <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Capturing and Recording</em></span></strong>, <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Image Qua</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>lity for Device Added by IP/Domain</em></span></strong>, and <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Image</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Quality</em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em> for LTS Connect Device</em></span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> </strong>to start playing back video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">View Call Logs and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Events</span></h4>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.55pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can view the call logs and device-related events in the latest 7 days (the events or call logs of the current day will be displayed by default).</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Door</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can tap<span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to control the door linked to the video intercom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Control <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Relay</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to control the connected relays of an indoor station <span style="font-size: 11pt;">remotely.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">To set up relay name and open duration, go to the Settings page of the video intercom device. Open duration for a relay:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Remain Open: The relay will not be closed automatically after you open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>0-180s: The relay will be closed automatically after the open <span style="font-size: 11pt;">duration.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.3</span>Set Motion Detection Alarm for Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 17.95pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Motion detection is a way of detecting motion in a surveillance scene by analyzing image data and differences in a series of images. After setting motion detection area for Wi-Fi doorbell, the device will be able to detect the object in motion and at the same time the Mobile Client will receive an event notification about the motion detection alarm.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">doorbell.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span> </strong>to enter the Notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Draw motion detection <span style="font-size: 11pt;">area.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Draw</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Motion</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Detection</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Area</span> </strong>to enter the Motion Detection Area <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="505" class="wp-image-10255 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image226-538w505h.png" alt="image226 538w505h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image226-538w505h.png 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image226-538w505h-300x282.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 141.45pt;">Figure 8-3 Draw Motion Detection <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Area</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap the grid(s) on the live video image to select the motion detection <span style="font-size: 11pt;">area.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3)</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to save the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">settings.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 2.6pt 31.1pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection Sensitivity </span></strong>on the Alarm Notification page and then drag the slider to adjust the sensitivity.</div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Low</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Moving persons, large moving pets, and any other large moving objects in the motion detection area will trigger the alarm, while smaller objects will not.</p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Medium</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 23.15pt 0pt 29.75pt;">Moving small pets and any other medium-sized moving objects in the motion detection area will trigger the alarm, while smaller objects will not.</p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">High</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Moving insects, moving leaves, and any other larger objects will trigger the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">alarm.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">What to do <span style="font-size: 11pt;">next</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Go back to the Notification page and make sure <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span> </strong>is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">enabled.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For details about how to enabling notification, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Enable</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Event</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Notification</em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.4</span>Set Volume for Video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Intercom</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can set video intercom volume as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">required.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Only video intercom devices support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of a video intercom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 65.55pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Loudspeaker Volume </span></strong>or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Microphone Volume </span></strong>to adjust the loudspeaker and the microphone volume respectively.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.5</span>Link Smart Chime with <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can add a smart chime to the Mobile Client and link it with a doorbell so that the doorbell will standby for longer and be more responsive.</p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 6.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Add a Smart <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Chime</span></h4>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.55pt 22.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>To add an EZVIZ smart chime, tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Scan QR Code </span></strong>on LTS Connect. Select Doorbell as the Device Type, enter the serial number, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>You can also tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manual</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Adding</span> </strong>to add a smart <span style="font-size: 11pt;">chime.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">After adding a smart chime, you can tap the smart chime in the device list to mute all devices <span style="font-size: 11pt;">with</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">one tap and enable/disable Ring Alert for linked <span style="font-size: 11pt;">doorbells.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="369" class="wp-image-10256 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image230-178w369h.jpeg" alt="image230 178w369h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image230-178w369h.jpeg 178w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image230-178w369h-145x300.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 178px) 100vw, 178px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 6.55pt 86.85pt 0pt 83.25pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Figure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">8-4</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Smart</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Chime</span></strong></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 9.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13pt; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Link Smart Chime with <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell</span></h4>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.4pt 40.25pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>After successfully adding a smart chime, tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Next</span> </strong>and link the smart chime with up to two <span style="font-size: 11pt;">doorbells.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 167.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="349" class="wp-image-10257 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image231-175w349h.png" alt="image231 175w349h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image231-175w349h.png 175w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image231-175w349h-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 178.2pt;">Figure 8-5 Link <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Doorbell</span></h5>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 37.05pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>You can also go to the doorbell Settings page and tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Chime Type </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Smart Chime </span></strong>to link a smart chime with the doorbell.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="242" class="wp-image-10258 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image232-175w242h.jpeg" alt="image232 175w242h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 91"></span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin: 8pt 86.6pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Figure 8-6 Link Smart <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Chime</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">When you link a smart chime with a doorbell, make sure they are near to each other and they are both online.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Chapter 9 <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">On the Notification tab, you can view the event notifications and call logs of the video intercom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0.1pt 7.15pt;">In the mobile client, each device can only send one alarm per minute. It&#8217;s a mechanism to not overload the servers. So for example, a camera will send a notification about a line crossing but if someone crosses the same line 20 seconds later on the same camera, it won&#8217;t send another alert/notification. It can only send 1 alert per device, per minute.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Enable Event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.65pt 14.1pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can allow the Mobile Client to receive and push notifications of the events detected by a device. If you want to block notifications during specific time, you can set a notification schedule to define the time period(s) during which the Mobile Client is allowed to receive event information and push them to you. You can also set notification mode to avoid the disturbance of push notifications (and the audio and strobe light alarm) while still being able to receive event information on the Notification page.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.1pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Make sure you have configured event settings on device (except for the video intercom device). See the user manual of the device for details.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 15.4pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Make sure your phone supports Google Play service, or notifications may fail to be pushed to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0.1pt 30.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The Mobile Client will ignore alarm events triggered out of the time period defined by the notification schedule.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The security control panel does not support setting notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">schedule.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 27.3pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For specific thermal device, you can also set custom voice prompt for the detected events, such as fire detection.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>On the device list page, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span>  to enter the Settings page of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span> </strong>to enter the Notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 52.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Turn on <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification </span></strong>to allow the Mobile Client receive and push notifications of events detected by device all the time.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0pt 29.45pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Optional: Enable notification schedule to set a time schedule for receiving event information from the device and push related notifications (if allowed in the previous step).</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1)</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span> Notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Schedule</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2)</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Set</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Time</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Schedule</span></strong>toenter the Schedule Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="356" height="422" class="wp-image-10259 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image236-356w422h.jpeg" alt="image236 356w422h" title="LTS Connect Android User Manual 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image236-356w422h.jpeg 356w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/image236-356w422h-253x300.jpeg 253w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 155.4pt;">Figure 9-1 Schedule Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Page</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3)</span>Set the start time and the end <span style="font-size: 11pt;">time.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4)</span>Select the date(s) to which the configured time period applies <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">The date(s) marked in blue is <span style="font-size: 11pt;">selected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 433.2pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 9.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5)</span>Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 15.6pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6)</span>Optional: Tap the configured schedule to enter the Schedule Settings page, and then edit the start time, end time, and the date(s) to which the configured time period applies to. Or tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete </span></strong>to delete the schedule.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 30.1pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.7pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">7)</span>Go back to the Notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.35pt 23pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification Sound Mode </span></strong>and then select one of the following sound mode and tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to set a notification sound mode for the detected intrusion.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 17.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The function should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Intensive</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Intense warning for the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">intrusion.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Soft</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Soft warning for the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">intrusion.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mute</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">No audible <span style="font-size: 11pt;">warning.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Check Event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can check event notifications on the Notification page when events are detected by the devices. The unread notifications are marked with a red dot.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Before You <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start</span></h5>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.15pt 16.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Set event parameters for the device and arm the device. For details, see the user manual of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 0pt 18.75pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For indoor station, it should have been linked to the sensor. For details, see the user manual of the video intercom device.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span> </strong>to enter the Notification <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Optional: Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then select a date and (or) select a device to filter the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">events.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap an event notification to show the detailed information such as time and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">source.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 122.7pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">View and Download Event-related <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Picture</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 346.3pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 5.25pt 26.15pt 0pt 9.2pt;">If there are multiple event-related pictures, you can swipe left/right to switch pictures. You can also tap a picture and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to download the picture.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 116.75pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Zoom In/Out Event- related Picture</h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 352.25pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 19.75pt 0pt 15.15pt;">Tap the picture, and then spread two fingers apart to zoom in the picture and pinch them together to zoom out, or double-tap the picture to zoom in or zoom out.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 1.95pt 17.7pt 0pt 145.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Make sure you have configured the event linkage action for capturing event-related picture for the device. See the user manual of the device for details.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 145.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you have enabled Video and Image Encryption for the device, <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 7.6pt 24.65pt 0pt 145.2pt;">need to enter the device verification code before you can view the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">picture.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 113.2pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">View Event-related Video Footage</h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 355.8pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.7pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span> </strong>to view the video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">footage.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 2.95pt 16.75pt 0pt 133.9pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 2.95pt 16.75pt 0pt 133.9pt;">Make sure you have configured the event linkage action for recording video for the device. See the user manual of the device for details.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Live</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span> </strong>to view the live video of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 20pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin: 3.25pt 59.05pt 0.2pt 39.6pt;">The device should support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 132.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 6485; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Optional: Go back to the Notification page and then edit the event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 109.4pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Mark All Events as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Read</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 359.6pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 5.3pt 19.25pt 0pt 22.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  , and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mark as All Read </span></strong>to mark all event information as &#8220;already read&#8221;.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Events</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  , and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 102.6pt; padding-right: 7.9pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Delete a Specific <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 2.95pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Tap and hold an event notification until a prompt pops up, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete </span></strong>to the prompt to delete the notification.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.3</span>Check Pyronix <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can check Pyronix notifications on the Notifications page when there are any Pyronix notifications. The unread notifications are marked with a red dot.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pyronix</span> </strong>to enter the Pyronix Notifications <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.35pt 47.45pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Optional: Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then select a date, event type, and (or) select a device to filter the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notifications.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Optional: Go back to the Notifications page and then edit the event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 109.5pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Mark All Events as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Read</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 359.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 5.3pt 58.85pt 0pt 22.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mark as All Read</span></strong>, and then tap to mark all event information as &#8220;already read&#8221;.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Events</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> </strong>to clear all event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notifications.</span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 102.6pt; padding-right: 7.9pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 7.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Delete a Specific <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 7.6pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Tap and hold an event notification until a prompt pops up, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete </span></strong>to the prompt to delete the notification.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.1pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Or, swipe from the right end of the card that displays the event notification towards the left, and then delete this event notification.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.4</span>Check Call <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can check call notifications on the Notifications page when someone calls. The unread notifications are marked with a red dot.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Call</span> </strong>to enter the call notifications <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Optional: Tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> and then select a date and (or) select a device to filter the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notifications.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span>Optional: Go back to the Notifications page and then edit the event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 109.4pt; padding-right: 2pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Mark All Events as <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Read</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 359.6pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 5.15pt 58.85pt 0pt 22.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mark as All Read</span></strong>, and then tap to mark all event information as &#8220;already read&#8221;.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Events</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tap</span>  → <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Clear</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">All</span> </strong>to clear all event <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notifications.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="sect-cols table" style="display: table; width: 100%;">
<div class="tbody" style="display: table-row-group;">
<div class="tr" style="display: table-row;">
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 102.6pt; padding-right: 7.9pt;">
<h5 style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 23.35pt;">Delete a Specific <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Event</span></h5>
</div>
<div class="td" style="display: table-cell; width: 360.5pt;">
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Tap and hold an event notification until a prompt pops up, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete </span></strong>to the prompt to delete the notification.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 19.9pt 0pt 23.35pt;">Or, swipe from the right end of the card that displays the event notification towards the left, and then delete this event notification.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.5</span>Check Service <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.75pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span></strong>, you can view the notifications related to services offered by your Service Provider via the LTS Connect Pro platform, including applications for device handover, device authorization and permissions, and device password reset. You can also view notifications about cross-device linkages, device exceptions and corresponding handling results, and logs about Service Provider&#8217;s operations on your devices.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">LTS Connect Pro is a cloud service platform for the Service Providers (installation companies) that configure and maintain your devices and provide value-added services for you.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 10.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.5.1</span>Accept Invitation to Be Site <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Owner</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.8pt 60.85pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can accept the invitation from the Service Provider to be the owner of a specific site. Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span></strong>.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 2.6pt 18.9pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can tap on an invitation to view the details such as the site and the devices authorized to the Service Provider, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree </span></strong>to accept the invitation and therefore become the owner of the site.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.5.2</span>Approve Device Handover and Authorization <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Applica</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">tion</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 8.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If a Service Provider hands over devices to you or applies for device permissions on the LTS Connect Pro platform, you will receive an application notification. After you approve the application, the Service Provider will be able to provide device configuration and maintenance services based on the permissions you granted.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.45pt 55.35pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the Service Provider hands over devices to you, you will receive device handover and authorization applications.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.1pt 38.55pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the Service Provider applies for device permissions, you will receive device authorization <span style="font-size: 11pt;">applications.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap on a Device Handover and Authorization Application <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notification.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Accept device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">handover.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 18.45pt;">After handover, your Service Provider does not have any permissions to operate or configure the devices. Service Provider usually applies for device permissions so as to configure and maintain the devices for you. If your Service Provider has applied for the permissions, you need to accept it in device authorization application.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Open the Device Authorization <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Application.</span></div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 14.4pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the Service Provider has applied for device permissions when handing over the devices, the device authorization application will show up right after you accept device handover.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 19.35pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">–</span>If the Service Provider has not applied for device permissions, open the application after the Service Provider sends one.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 3.25pt 12.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>In device authorization application, you can view details such as Service Provider information, permissions that the Service Provider applies for, and the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For more details on Alarm Receiving Center, see <span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Select the permissions you want to grant to the Service <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Provider.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If the Service Provider enabled ARC service for you, you can check <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ARC</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Service</span> </strong>to activate <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you activate ARC service, the ARC will provide 24/7 alarm responding service for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you,</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 2.6pt 24.65pt 0pt 29.75pt;">including receiving events from devices, responding to events, and sending out emergency dispatches (if needed).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Agree</span> </strong>to approve the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">application.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt; margin-left: 41.3pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.2pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 15pt;">1.5.3</span>Notification about Availability of a Rent <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 8.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If a device that you rent from the Service Provider is blocked or unblocked by the Service Provider, you will receive a notification about that.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: 5.6pt; margin: 3.25pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If a rent device is blocked by the Service Provider, you are not allowed to operate the device via the Mobile Client. In this case, you can contact the Service Provider and ask her/him to unblock the device if required.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 6.05pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">For such a notification, you can view the Service Provider who block/unblock the device and the site where the device is added.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.6</span>Check Device Exception <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can receive and view the exception notifications of your devices that are managed by the Service Provider.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">After your Service Provider handles an exception, you will also be notified of the handling result. You can see all exception notifications in <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">tifications </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Exception</span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 32.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -25.4pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.7</span>Check System <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Under system notifications, you can view linkage notifications. Linkage refers to the process in which an event detected by a resource triggers actions in other resources. The linkage can be used for notifying security personnel, upgrading security level, saving evidence, etc., when specific events happen. You can view notifications about linkages in Service Notifications.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>This feature is not available in all countries or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">regions.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The linkage can only be set by the Service Provider via the LTS Connect Pro <span style="font-size: 11pt;">platform.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 6.2pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notifications </span></strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">System </span></strong>to view linkage notifications. You can tap on each notification to view the detected event, event time, devices in the linkage, and triggered actions.</p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 86.9pt 0pt 83.25pt;">Chapter 10 System <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">This section introduces system settings of the Mobile Client, including hardware decoding, floating live view, resuming latest live view, etc.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Enable Push <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Notification</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin-left: 7.15pt;">If push notification is enabled, the Mobile Client will push alarm notifications related to the added devices to you.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For details about alarm notifications, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Notification</em></span> </strong>for <span style="font-size: 11pt;">details.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page, and then enable the push <span style="font-size: 11pt;">notification.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Save Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Parameters</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 26.45pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If the function is enabled, the Mobile Client will remember the device parameters you set. Take video and image encryption for an example, you only need to enter the device verification code for once to view the encrypted live view, playback, or picture.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For details about video and image encryption, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Video</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Image</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Encryption</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.96; margin: 0.4pt 26.2pt 0pt 7.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span><span style="background: black; width: 455.75pt; height: 1.9pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span>For details about setting device parameters via the Mobile Client, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Configure Your Device</em></span></strong>. Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More </span></strong>→  <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings </span></strong>to enter the Settings page, and then enable the function.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.3</span>Auto-Receive Alarm after Power-<span style="font-size: 11pt;">on</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.8pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you enable this function, the Mobile Client will run automatically and receive alarm event information when the phone or tablet is powered on.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settin</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">gs</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">The power consumption of the phone or tablet may <span style="font-size: 11pt;">increase.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.4</span>Generate a QR Code with Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Information</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For devices added via IP/domain, the Mobile Client allows you to generate a QR code <span style="font-size: 11pt;">containing</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 2.6pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">the information of up to 32 devices. The QR code can be used to quickly add multiple devices. For example, if user A has generated a QR code containing the information of 10 devices, user B can scan the QR code to batch add the 10 devices to his or her account.</p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Only devices added by IP/domain support this <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Generate</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Generate</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span> </strong>in the IP/Domain field to enter the Select Device <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Select <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device(s).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Generate</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Code</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">The QR code picture will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">generated.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">6.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Save</span> </strong>to save the picture to the photo album of your phone or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tablet.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.5</span>Hardware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Decoding</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Hardware decoding provides better decoding performance and lower CPU usage when you play high definition videos during live view or playback.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page, and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>The function is available only when the phone OS is Android 4.1 or later <span style="font-size: 11pt;">version.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 17.8pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Hardware decoding is only supported when the resolution is 704*576, 704*480, 640*480, 1024*768, 1280*720, 1280*960, 1920*1080, 2048*1536, or 2560*1920. For other resolutions, only software decoding is supported.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>For H.265 video compression, hardware decoding is not <span style="font-size: 11pt;">supported.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 28.15pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Hardware decoding should be supported by the device. If not, the device will adopt software decoding by default.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.6</span>View Traffic <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Statistics</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client automatically calculates the network traffic consumed during live view and playback. You can check the mobile network traffic and Wi-Fi network traffic separately.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">S</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ettings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Traffic</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Statistics</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.7</span>Generate a QR Code with Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Information</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can generate a QR code with Wi-Fi information, and then use a network camera or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">wireless</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">doorbell to scan the QR code to connect the device to the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Connecting device to a Wi-Fi network by scanning QR code should be supported by the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Wi-Fi Settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Set the required <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;">Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Name</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Enter the SSID of the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Password</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Enter the password of the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<h5 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 6.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Encryption</span></h5>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">Select the encryption type as the one you set for the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 29.75pt;">If you select NONE as the encryption type, the password of the Wi-Fi network is not <span style="font-size: 11pt;">required.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 28.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 8664; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Generate</span> </strong>to generate a QR code for the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h5 style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">What to do <span style="font-size: 11pt;">next</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 3.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Use a network camera or wireless doorbell to scan the QR code to connect the device to the Wi-Fi <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.8</span>Floating Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 13.5pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you enable this function, floating live view window(s) will be displayed on the device list page when you select one or more device(s). You can preview the live video(s) in the floating window(s).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>If you select more than 16 cameras, the number of the selected cameras will be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">displayed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Up to 256 cameras can be displayed as floating <span style="font-size: 11pt;">windows.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.9</span>Resume Latest Live <span style="font-size: 11pt;">View</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.75pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you enable the function, the latest live view will be resumed each time you enter the Mobile Client. The window division mode, and the live view windows&#8217; sequence (if in multiple-<span style="font-size: 11pt;">window</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">mode) will also be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">restored.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page, and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 49.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -42.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.10</span>Tablet <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Mode</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.25; margin: 10.65pt 23.15pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If the Mobile Client is installed on an Android tablet, you can enable tablet mode so that the interfaces will be displayed in landscape mode by default.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Me</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">After enabling tablet mode, you should restart the Mobile Client to make the settings <span style="font-size: 11pt;">effective.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 49.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -42.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.11</span>Display/Hide Channel-<span style="font-size: 11pt;">Zero</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.65pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Channel-zero, known as virtual channel, can show the videos from all channels of the device, reducing the bandwidth while simultaneously previewing from multi-channel. It can acquire image information and save bandwidth for transmission through encoding and configuring output <span style="font-size: 11pt;">images.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>and then enable the Mobile Client to display channel-<span style="font-size: 11pt;">zero.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 49.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -42.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.12</span>Auto-Download Upgrade <span style="font-size: 11pt;">File</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 10.8pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">If you enable Auto-Donwload Upgrade File, the Mobile Client will automatically download the upgrade file in Wi-Fi networks, which helps speed up the device upgrade process.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">For details about upgrading device, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Upgrade</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Device</em></span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Firmware</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0.15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>to enter the Settings page and then enable the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.18; margin-left: 5.85pt;"><span style="font-size: 1.5pt;"><span style="background: black; width: 9116; height: 36; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 49.75pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -42.65pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.13</span>Manage Custom <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">You can record audio files for setting them as the custom audio prompts for the alarms sent from the channels linked to specific models of DVR.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">Perform this task to record an audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">file.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 8.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Steps</span></h5>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">M</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ore</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Settings</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Custom</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Management</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.25pt 137.8pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">2.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Start Recording </span></strong>to start recording, and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Stop Recording</span></strong>. The Complete Recording dialog pops up.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span>Optional: Create a name for the audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">file.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 8.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 19.9pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 8890; height: 39; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span><img /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">By default, the file name is the time (accurate to second) when recording <span style="font-size: 11pt;">stops.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: black; width: 444.5pt; height: 1.8pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span>Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Confirm</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span>Optional: Perform further <span style="font-size: 11pt;">operations.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Rename</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Long press and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Rename</span> </strong>to rename the audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">file.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 23.35pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Audio</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong>Long press and then tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Delete</span> </strong>to delete the audio <span style="font-size: 11pt;">file.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 7.15pt;">What to do <span style="font-size: 11pt;">next</span></h5>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; text-indent: 5.6pt; margin: 3.15pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Set custom audio prompt for the alarms sent from the channels linked to specific models of DVR. For details, see <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Set Custom Audio</em></span></strong>.</p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 20.5pt; margin: 2.55pt 87pt 0pt 83.1pt;">Chapter 11 Other <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Functions</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">The Mobile Client provides other functions, including fingerprint authentication and management of the recorded videos and captured pictures.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.1</span>Pictures and <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Videos</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 10.75pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">In Picture and Video Management module, you can view and mange the recorded (or clipped) video footage and the captured pictures.</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.1pt 16.75pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pictures and Videos </span></strong>to enter the Pictures and Videos page and then you can perform the following operations.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Play Video <span style="font-size: 11pt;">File</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>: Tap a video file and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to play <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;">You can rotate the phone to view the video in landscape <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mode.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Delete a Video File or <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Picture</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>: Tap a video file or a picture, and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to delete <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Share a Picture or Video File to Another <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Application</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>: Tap a video file or a picture, and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to share it to another <span style="font-size: 11pt;">application.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Batch Delete Video Files and (or) <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pictures</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit</span> </strong>and select video files and (or) pictures, and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to delete <span style="font-size: 11pt;">them.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.35pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>Batch Share Pictures and (or) Video Files to Another <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Application</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.23; margin: 0.4pt 47.25pt 0pt 18.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -11.3pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;">●</span>: Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit </span></strong>and select pictures and (or) video files, and then tap <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img /></span> to share it to another <span style="font-size: 11pt;">application.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 7.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt; margin-left: 41.15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -34.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; font-size: 16.5pt;">1.2</span>Share LTS <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 10.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 7.15pt;">You can show the QR Code for downloading the Mobile Client to <span style="font-size: 11pt;">others.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.22; margin: 0.4pt 24.65pt 0pt 7.15pt;">Tap <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">More</span> </strong>→ <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Share LTS Connect </span></strong>to view the QR code. After that, you can let others scan the QR code to download the Mobile Client.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-connect-android-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TDSEE App User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tdsee-app-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tdsee-app-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2023 12:20:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICSEE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Tracking]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD Card Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TDSEE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tenda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=8998</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TDSEE is a super easy-to-use application for smart monitoring. It integrates various features, such as video monitoring, smart tracking, alarm ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="TDSEE App User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tdsee-app-user-guide/#more-8998" aria-label="Read more about TDSEE App User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="bARER" data-g-id="description">TDSEE is a super easy-to-use application for smart monitoring. It integrates various features, such as video monitoring, smart tracking, alarm notification, two-way audio, video playback, and so on. Together with the managed smart devices , it can be widely used in homes, enterprises, shops, machine rooms, and warehouses, meeting users&#8217; demand for remote video monitoring.</div>
<div class="TKjAsc">
<div></div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 17.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">already</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">have</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">App,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1168d9; font-size: 11pt;">Login</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="125" class="wp-image-8999 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image1-125w125h.png" alt="image1 125w125h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 195"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="173" height="128" class="wp-image-9000 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image2-173w128h.jpeg" alt="image2 173w128h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 196"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="113" class="wp-image-9001 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image3-113w113h.png" alt="image3 113w113h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 197"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">have</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">NOT</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">got</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">one,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">scan</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">following</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">code,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">search</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">in</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Google</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Play</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">or</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">App</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Store</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">download</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">install</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">onto</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> smartphone/tablet</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 124pt;"><a id="_bookmark0"></a><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 16pt;">Or</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin: 0pt 374.3pt 0pt 395.6pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;">TDSEE</span></strong></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 4.7; font-weight: bold; font-size: 42pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><a id="Login"></a><a id="_bookmark1"></a><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">Login</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9002 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h.png" alt="image4 29w20h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 198"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Ensure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smart</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">used</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">setup,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">such</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">as</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> internet.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; margin: 8.1pt 581.5pt 0pt 6.6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 10pt;"></span><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">If</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">you</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">already</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">have</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">registered</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">account Step 1  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Open the </span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">2</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">registered</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">mobile</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">phone</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">number</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">or Email</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">address</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">tap</span> <strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">Login</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="193" height="377" class="wp-image-9003 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image5.png" alt="image5" title="TDSEE App User Guide 199" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image5.png 193w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image5-154x300.png 154w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 193px) 100vw, 193px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="352" height="708" class="wp-image-9004 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image6.jpeg" alt="image6" title="TDSEE App User Guide 200" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image6.jpeg 352w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image6-149x300.jpeg 149w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 10.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 54.65pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">&#8212;-</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">End</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.69; margin: 2.65pt 578.5pt 0pt 6.6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 10pt;"></span><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">If</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">you</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">DO</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">NOT</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">have</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">registered</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">account Step 1  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Open the </span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App. Tap </span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Register</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Choose</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">region</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">where</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">are.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Then</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">email</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">address,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Get</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Verification</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Code</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 5.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">3</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Verification</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Code</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9005 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-1.png" alt="image4 29w20h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 201"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">do</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">not</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">receive</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">activation </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">code:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Please</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">check</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">spam</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">box.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Check</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">if</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">correct</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">email</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">address.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">another</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">email</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">address.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 4.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">4</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Set</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">login</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">password,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">OK</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9006 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image9-19w13h.png" alt="image9 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 202"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9007 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image12-19w13h.png" alt="image12 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 203"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9008 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h.png" alt="image15 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 204"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9009 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-1.png" alt="image15 19w13h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 205"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="166" height="326" class="wp-image-9010 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7.png" alt="image7" title="TDSEE App User Guide 206" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7.png 166w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7-153x300.png 153w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 166px) 100vw, 166px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="303" height="615" class="wp-image-9011 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image8.jpeg" alt="image8" title="TDSEE App User Guide 207" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image8.jpeg 303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image8-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 303px) 100vw, 303px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="164" height="326" class="wp-image-9012 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image10.png" alt="image10" title="TDSEE App User Guide 208" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image10.png 164w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image10-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 164px) 100vw, 164px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="299" height="615" class="wp-image-9013 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image11.jpeg" alt="image11" title="TDSEE App User Guide 209" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image11.jpeg 299w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image11-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 299px) 100vw, 299px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="326" class="wp-image-9014 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image13.png" alt="image13" title="TDSEE App User Guide 210" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image13.png 165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image13-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 165px) 100vw, 165px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="614" class="wp-image-9015 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image14.jpeg" alt="image14" title="TDSEE App User Guide 211" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image14.jpeg 302w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image14-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="166" height="326" class="wp-image-9016 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7-1.png" alt="image7 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 212" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7-1.png 166w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image7-1-153x300.png 153w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 166px) 100vw, 166px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="303" height="614" class="wp-image-9017 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image16.jpeg" alt="image16" title="TDSEE App User Guide 213" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image16.jpeg 303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image16-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 303px) 100vw, 303px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="164" height="326" class="wp-image-9018 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image17.png" alt="image17" title="TDSEE App User Guide 214" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image17.png 164w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image17-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 164px) 100vw, 164px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="299" height="616" class="wp-image-9019 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image18.jpeg" alt="image18" title="TDSEE App User Guide 215" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image18.jpeg 299w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image18-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 299px) 100vw, 299px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 9.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 54.65pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">&#8212;-</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">End</span></strong></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 4.7; font-weight: bold; font-size: 42pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><a id="Add the camera to TDSEE App"></a><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">TDSEE</span> <span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">App</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9020 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-2.png" alt="image4 29w20h 2" title="TDSEE App User Guide 216"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Before</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">adding</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">ensure</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">connected</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">internet</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">successfully</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">filter</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">function</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">disabled.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 22pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><a id="Method 1: Add a camera through QR code"></a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Method</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">1:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">through</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">QR</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">code</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Power</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin: 5.95pt 6.85pt 0pt 49.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LED</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">lights</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">solid</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">red</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">after</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">powered</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on.</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">When</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LED indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">blinks</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">blue</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quickly,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">waiting</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">connect</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2.4</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">GHz Wi-Fi network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Assume</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">are:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tenda_123456</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 4.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">UmXmL9UK</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="263" class="wp-image-9021 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-671w263h.jpeg" alt="image19 671w263h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 217" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-671w263h.jpeg 671w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-671w263h-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">home</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">page</span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">,</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Add a</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">device</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">or</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-9022 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image20-24w23h.jpeg" alt="image20 24w23h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 218"></span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">upper right</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">corner</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">home</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"> page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Scan</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">QR</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">code</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">bottom</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9023 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-3.png" alt="image4 29w20h 3" title="TDSEE App User Guide 219"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9024 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image9-19w13h-1.png" alt="image9 19w13h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 220"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">pop</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">asking</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">allow</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="378" class="wp-image-9025 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21.png" alt="image21" title="TDSEE App User Guide 221" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="806" class="wp-image-9026 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22.jpeg" alt="image22" title="TDSEE App User Guide 222" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9027 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image23.png" alt="image23" title="TDSEE App User Guide 223" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image23.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image23-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="806" class="wp-image-9028 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24.jpeg" alt="image24" title="TDSEE App User Guide 224" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">3</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Confirm</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and tick</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blinking</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blue</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">fast, or</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">I</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">have</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">heard</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tone</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.19; margin: 8.45pt 53.6pt 0pt 49.7pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.6pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">4</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tap</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="15" height="20" class="wp-image-9029 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image25.png" alt="image25" title="TDSEE App User Guide 225"></span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to go</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Settings </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">&gt;</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">WLAN </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">of your smartphone.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Then</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">connect</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">2.4 GHz Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">network</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the router,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">which</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tenda_123456 </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">this </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">example.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">5</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Return</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">password,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9030 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-4.png" alt="image4 29w20h 4" title="TDSEE App User Guide 226"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9031 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image12-19w13h-1.png" alt="image12 19w13h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 227"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9032 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-2.png" alt="image15 19w13h 2" title="TDSEE App User Guide 228"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9033 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-3.png" alt="image15 19w13h 3" title="TDSEE App User Guide 229"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">pop</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">asking</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">location</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">allow</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9034 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26.png" alt="image26" title="TDSEE App User Guide 230" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="805" class="wp-image-9035 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image27.jpeg" alt="image27" title="TDSEE App User Guide 231" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image27.jpeg 396w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image27-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="377" class="wp-image-9036 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28.png" alt="image28" title="TDSEE App User Guide 232" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28.png 185w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28-147x300.png 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 185px) 100vw, 185px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="201" height="423" class="wp-image-9037 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29.jpeg" alt="image29" title="TDSEE App User Guide 233" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29.jpeg 201w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29-143x300.jpeg 143w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 201px) 100vw, 201px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="379" class="wp-image-9038 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30.png" alt="image30" title="TDSEE App User Guide 234" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30.png 192w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 192px) 100vw, 192px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="412" class="wp-image-9039 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31.jpeg" alt="image31" title="TDSEE App User Guide 235" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31.jpeg 203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9040 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-1.png" alt="image26 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 236" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-1.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-1-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="712" class="wp-image-9041 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32.jpeg" alt="image32" title="TDSEE App User Guide 237" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">6</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Align</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">lens</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera with</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the QR</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">code</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">scanning from</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">15</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to 25</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">cm.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9042 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-5.png" alt="image4 29w20h 5" title="TDSEE App User Guide 238"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.19; margin: 0pt 20.3pt 0pt 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Try</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">moving</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">smartphone</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">back</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">forth</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">adjust</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">distance</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">between</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">screen</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">smartphone</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">keep each</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">position</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">for about two seconds.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ensure</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">lens</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">has</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">no</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">shade</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blemishes.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Remove</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">protective</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">film</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">(if</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">any)</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">try</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">again.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 64pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 12pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="221" class="wp-image-9043 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image33-552w221h.jpeg" alt="image33 552w221h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 239" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image33-552w221h.jpeg 552w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image33-552w221h-300x120.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ensure</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">smartphone</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">screen</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">clear,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">no</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">crack</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">no</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">reflections.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">7</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">When</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">you</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">hear</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">prompt tone</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Connecting</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wi-Fi.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Please</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">wait</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">I</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">have</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">heard</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">prompt</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">tone</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">,</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">then</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE App</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">adding</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">device</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">&#8230;</span></strong></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">8</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wait</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">moment,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">added successfully.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">You</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">name</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera, which is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Home</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">in this</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">example.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">OK</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9044 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image12-19w13h-2.png" alt="image12 19w13h 2" title="TDSEE App User Guide 240"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9045 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image12-19w13h-3.png" alt="image12 19w13h 3" title="TDSEE App User Guide 241"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9046 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-4.png" alt="image15 19w13h 4" title="TDSEE App User Guide 242"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9047 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-2.png" alt="image26 2" title="TDSEE App User Guide 243" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-2.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image26-2-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="806" class="wp-image-9048 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image34.jpeg" alt="image34" title="TDSEE App User Guide 244" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image34.jpeg 396w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image34-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="377" class="wp-image-9049 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35.png" alt="image35" title="TDSEE App User Guide 245" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="805" class="wp-image-9050 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36.jpeg" alt="image36" title="TDSEE App User Guide 246" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="377" class="wp-image-9051 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35-1.png" alt="image35 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 247" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35-1.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image35-1-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="805" class="wp-image-9052 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37.jpeg" alt="image37" title="TDSEE App User Guide 248" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9053 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image38.png" alt="image38" title="TDSEE App User Guide 249" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image38.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image38-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="806" class="wp-image-9054 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39.jpeg" alt="image39" title="TDSEE App User Guide 250" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 10.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 54.65pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">&#8212;-</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">End</span></strong></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.65; font-weight: bold; font-size: 22pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><a id="Method 2: Add a camera through hotspot"></a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Method</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">through</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">hotspot</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Power</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin: 5.95pt 6.95pt 0pt 49.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LED</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">lights</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">solid</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">red</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">after</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is powered</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on.</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">When</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LED</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">blinks</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">blue</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">quickly,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">waiting</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">connect</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">2.4</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">GHz Wi-Fi network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Assume</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">are:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tenda_123456</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 4.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">UmXmL9UK</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; font-size: 12pt; margin: 2.6pt 257.2pt 0pt 456.2pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="228" class="wp-image-9055 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-580w228h.jpeg" alt="image19 580w228h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 251" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-580w228h.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image19-580w228h-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Power</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">home</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">page,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Add a</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">device</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">or</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="25" height="23" class="wp-image-9056 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image20-25w23h.jpeg" alt="image20 25w23h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 252"></span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">upper right</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">corner</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">home</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Scan</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the QR</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">code</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">bottom</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9057 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-6.png" alt="image4 29w20h 6" title="TDSEE App User Guide 253"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">pop</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">asking</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">allow</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.46; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">3</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tap</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Others</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">upper</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">right corner,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">then</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">select</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">AP</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Config</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Confirm</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tick</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blinking</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blue</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">fast,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">or</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">I</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">have</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">heard</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tone</span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.46; margin-left: 50.55pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9058 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image12-19w13h-4.png" alt="image12 19w13h 4" title="TDSEE App User Guide 254"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9059 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-5.png" alt="image15 19w13h 5" title="TDSEE App User Guide 255"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9060 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image43-19w13h.png" alt="image43 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 256"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="378" class="wp-image-9061 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21-1.png" alt="image21 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 257" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21-1.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image21-1-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="806" class="wp-image-9062 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22-1.jpeg" alt="image22 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 258" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22-1.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image22-1-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9063 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image40.png" alt="image40" title="TDSEE App User Guide 259" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image40.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image40-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="806" class="wp-image-9064 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24-1.jpeg" alt="image24 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 260" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24-1.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image24-1-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="378" class="wp-image-9065 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image41.png" alt="image41" title="TDSEE App User Guide 261" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image41.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image41-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="805" class="wp-image-9066 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image42.jpeg" alt="image42" title="TDSEE App User Guide 262" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image42.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image42-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="377" class="wp-image-9067 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image44.png" alt="image44" title="TDSEE App User Guide 263" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image44.png 192w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image44-153x300.png 153w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 192px) 100vw, 192px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="806" class="wp-image-9068 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image45.jpeg" alt="image45" title="TDSEE App User Guide 264" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image45.jpeg 399w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image45-149x300.jpeg 149w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.19; margin: 1.75pt 53.6pt 0pt 50.55pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -17.45pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">4</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tap</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="15" height="20" class="wp-image-9069 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image25-1.png" alt="image25 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 265"></span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">go</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Settings</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">&gt;</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">WLAN</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">smartphone.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Then connect</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">2.4</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">GHz</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">network</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">router, which</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tenda_123456 </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">this </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">example.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">5</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Return</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">then</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">password,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9070 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-7.png" alt="image4 29w20h 7" title="TDSEE App User Guide 266"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">pop</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">asking</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">location</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">allow</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">6</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9071 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-6.png" alt="image15 19w13h 6" title="TDSEE App User Guide 267"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9072 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-7.png" alt="image15 19w13h 7" title="TDSEE App User Guide 268"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9073 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image47-19w13h.png" alt="image47 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 269"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="377" class="wp-image-9074 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28-1.png" alt="image28 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 270" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28-1.png 185w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image28-1-147x300.png 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 185px) 100vw, 185px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="201" height="423" class="wp-image-9075 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29-1.jpeg" alt="image29 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 271" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29-1.jpeg 201w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image29-1-143x300.jpeg 143w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 201px) 100vw, 201px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="379" class="wp-image-9076 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30-1.png" alt="image30 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 272" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30-1.png 192w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image30-1-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 192px) 100vw, 192px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="412" class="wp-image-9077 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-1.jpeg" alt="image31 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 273" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-1.jpeg 203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-1-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9078 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image46.png" alt="image46" title="TDSEE App User Guide 274" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image46.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image46-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="712" class="wp-image-9079 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32-1.jpeg" alt="image32 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 275" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32-1.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image32-1-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="191" height="378" class="wp-image-9080 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48.png" alt="image48" title="TDSEE App User Guide 276" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48.png 191w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 191px) 100vw, 191px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="804" class="wp-image-9081 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49.jpeg" alt="image49" title="TDSEE App User Guide 277" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49.jpeg 397w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">7</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">default</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">SSID (Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">name)</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9082 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-8.png" alt="image4 29w20h 8" title="TDSEE App User Guide 278"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">SSID</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">TendaIPC_</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>XXXXXX</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">,</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>XXXXXX</em></span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">indicates</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">last</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">six</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">characters</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">its</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">UUID</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">which</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">be</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">found</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">bottom</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 2.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">8</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Return</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">then</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">The</span> <strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">App is</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">adding</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">device….</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9083 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image43-19w13h-1.png" alt="image43 19w13h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 279"></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9084 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image15-19w13h-8.png" alt="image15 19w13h 8" title="TDSEE App User Guide 280"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="378" class="wp-image-9085 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image50.png" alt="image50" title="TDSEE App User Guide 281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image50.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image50-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="421" class="wp-image-9086 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image51.jpeg" alt="image51" title="TDSEE App User Guide 282" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image51.jpeg 206w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image51-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="191" height="378" class="wp-image-9087 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48-1.png" alt="image48 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48-1.png 191w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image48-1-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 191px) 100vw, 191px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="804" class="wp-image-9088 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49-1.jpeg" alt="image49 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 284" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49-1.jpeg 397w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image49-1-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="377" class="wp-image-9089 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image52.png" alt="image52" title="TDSEE App User Guide 285" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image52.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image52-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="394" height="805" class="wp-image-9090 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36-1.jpeg" alt="image36 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 286" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36-1.jpeg 394w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image36-1-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">9</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wait</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">moment,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">added successfully.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">You</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">can</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">name</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">which</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Home</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">this</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">example,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">and tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">OK</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="19" height="13" class="wp-image-9091 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image54-19w13h.png" alt="image54 19w13h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 287"></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="377" class="wp-image-9092 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image53.png" alt="image53" title="TDSEE App User Guide 288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image53.png 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image53-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="805" class="wp-image-9093 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37-1.jpeg" alt="image37 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 289" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37-1.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image37-1-146x300.jpeg 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="190" height="377" class="wp-image-9094 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image55.png" alt="image55" title="TDSEE App User Guide 290" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image55.png 190w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image55-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 190px) 100vw, 190px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="806" class="wp-image-9095 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39-1.jpeg" alt="image39 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 291" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39-1.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image39-1-147x300.jpeg 147w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 10.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 54.65pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">&#8212;-</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">End</span></strong></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.65; font-weight: bold; font-size: 22pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><a id="Method 3: Add a camera in a wired manner"></a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Method</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">3:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">wired</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">manner</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 8.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Assume</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">that</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">and</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">are:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.95pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">name:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tenda_123456</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 4.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 54.9pt;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;">−</span><span style="font-size: 8pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">password:</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">UmXmL9UK</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5.9pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin: 8.15pt 9.8pt 0pt 49.7pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.6pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Power on the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera. The LED</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">lights</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">solid red after the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">powered</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">When</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">LED indicator</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blinks</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">blue</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">quickly,</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">is</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">waiting to connect to a 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi network.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the LAN</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">port</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">LAN</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">port</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">router</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">using</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">an</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ethernet</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">cable.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="226" class="wp-image-9096 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image56-624w226h.jpeg" alt="image56 624w226h" title="TDSEE App User Guide 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image56-624w226h.jpeg 624w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image56-624w226h-300x109.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">2</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 11pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Connect</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Wi-Fi</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">network</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">router.</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Which</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">is</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Tenda_123456</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">in</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">this</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">example.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="378" class="wp-image-9097 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image57.png" alt="image57" title="TDSEE App User Guide 293" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image57.png 192w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image57-152x300.png 152w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 192px) 100vw, 192px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="412" class="wp-image-9098 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-2.jpeg" alt="image31 2" title="TDSEE App User Guide 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-2.jpeg 203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image31-2-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 1.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 6.6pt;"><strong><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Step </span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">3</span><span style="color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">  </span></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Add</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">to</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Open</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.tenda.security&amp;hl=en_US" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">TDSEE</span> </strong></a><span style="font-size: 12pt;">App.</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enter</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">home</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">page</span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">,</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">tap</span> <strong> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">Add a</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">device</span> </strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">or</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-9099 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image20-24w23h-1.jpeg" alt="image20 24w23h 1" title="TDSEE App User Guide 295"></span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">in</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">upper right</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">corner</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">home</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"> page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 8.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 49.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -16.15pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #fc4f00; font-size: 12pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Scan</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">QR</span> </strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">code</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">on</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">bottom</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="20" class="wp-image-9100 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/image4-29w20h-9.png" alt="image4 29w20h 9" title="TDSEE App User Guide 296"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 43pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">prompt</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">pop</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">up</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">asking</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">for</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">access</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">camera</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">of</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">your</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">smartphone,</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">please</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">allow</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">it.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>TDSEE App User Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/icsee-app-user-guide/">ICSEE App User Guide</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tdsee-app-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>YI IoT Camera User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/yi-iot-camera-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/yi-iot-camera-user-manual/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 09:52:29 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Tracking]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[samsung]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD Card Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Share Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sharing the Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YI IoT]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=8951</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[YI IoT Camera User Manual, This article contains all the contents of YI IoT, multiple ways to add, settings of ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="YI IoT Camera User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/yi-iot-camera-user-manual/#more-8951" aria-label="Read more about YI IoT Camera User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT Camera User Manual, This article contains all the contents of YI IoT, multiple ways to add, settings of YI IoT camera functions, how to use the computer, and will be continuously updated.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Before you start you need to download YI IoT APP and register your account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Applicable to: Cameras with </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT APP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> or any other brand cameras using YI IoT. </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT Light bulb camera</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> is also applicable to this guide</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI Home</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> are different apps, if you are looking for a guide to YI Home, check out: </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">How To SetUp YI Home or Kami Camera</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT Camera</span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">APP download</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> supports Android and iPhone, you can download it from google play or app store.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Register your account and login</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT only supports email registration, or you can sign in with Facebook.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8952 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-1.jpeg" alt="Register your account and login - YI IOT" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Connect YI IOT Camera</span></strong></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Connect power</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Before add YI IoT camera, please connect YI IoT camera to the power supply first.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the device is successfully started, wait for about 20s, and you can start scanning when you hear a beeping sound.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Add camera</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There are 3 ways to add a YI IoT camera</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, we recommend using ‘WiFi connection’ to add a YI IoT camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click the ‘+’ icon, then click ‘Scan code binbing’, scan the QR code on YI IoT camera, the APP will show the recommended way to add.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Follow the instructions on the APP to add a YI IoT camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8953 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-2-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-2-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-2-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-2-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Can’t find the QR code on the YI IoT camera? You don’t need to scan the QR code, you can add the camera manually.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Add camera: WiFi connection</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="382" height="86" class="wp-image-8954 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-3-2.png" alt="Add camera WiFi connection - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-3-2.png 382w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-3-2-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Select </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">WiFi connection</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, make sure YI IoT camera is beeping, click ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">l heard the beep</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Drop drop sound</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Only when YI IoT camera beeps ‘drop-drop’, you can add YI IoT camera, no beep please reset YI IoT camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8955 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-4-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera- WiFi connection - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-4-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-4-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-4-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Enter your WiFi password, then click next.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If the app does not show your wifi, please make sure your phone is connected to wifi.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8956 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-5-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera- WiFi connection - yi iot 3" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-5-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-5-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-5-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. The app shows the QR code to YI IoT camera to scan, phone is 4-8 inches away from the camera, camera will issue a voice prompt for a successful scan.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the camera issued voice prompts click “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">I heard Waiting to connect</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">“, then enter the next step</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">YI IoT camera scan to QR code<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="707" class="wp-image-8957 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-6-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera- WiFi connection - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-6-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-6-1-300x207.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-6-1-768x530.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can turn on ‘try sonic binding’, to improve the connection success rate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="156" class="wp-image-8958 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-7-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera- WiFi connection - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-7-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-7-1-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-7-1-768x117.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. Wait for YI IoT camera to connect to wifi, set the camera name after successful connection.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
The new YI IoT camera comes with free cloud storage, or click ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">&lt;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ to cancel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="698" class="wp-image-8959 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-8.jpeg" alt="Add camera- WiFi connection - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-8.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-8-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-8-768x524.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Add camera: Hotspot config to wifi</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="95" class="wp-image-8960 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-9.jpeg" alt="Hotspot config to wifi -yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-9.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-9-300x73.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Select ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Hotspot config to wifi</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘,make sure YI IoT camera is beeping, click ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">l heard the beep</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ &gt; Next.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT Light Bulb Camera Review and SetUp</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Drop drop sound</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Only when YI IoT camera beeps ‘drop-drop’, you can add the camera, no beep please reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8961 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-10.jpeg" alt="Add camera- Hotspot config to wifi" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-10.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-10-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-10-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Enter your wifi password, then connect the phone WiFi to the network with”</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CAM_</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> “the default password is: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">12345678</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and return to the APP</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8962 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11.jpeg" alt="Add camera- Hotspot config to wifi" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-11-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3.Back to YI IoT APP, wait for YI IoT camera to connect to wifi, set the camera name after successful connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="710" class="wp-image-8963 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-12-1.jpeg" alt="Add camera- Hotspot config to wifi" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-12-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-12-1-300x208.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-12-1-768x533.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">How to use YI IoT Camera without Internet</span><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">？</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you don’t have wifi, or use YI IoT camera without internet, you can use Hotspot direct connect.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">But you can’t watch YI IoT camera remotely, you can’t receive alarm notifications, you can only use the simplest functions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Select Hotspot direct connect, then connect the phone WiFi to the network with”</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">CAM_</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> “the default password is: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">12345678</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and return to the APP</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8964 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-1.jpeg" alt="How to use YI IoT Camera without Internet？" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-13-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Go back to the app, click on to connect, and now you can use the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: This mode can only be used if you connect to the camera’s hotspot wifi.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8965 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-14-1.jpeg" alt="How to use YI IoT Camera without Internet-yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-14-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-14-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-14-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT Important</span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Function Settings</span></strong></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Share the camera</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sharing the camera allows multiple phones to use the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Click on the share icon &gt; Share cameras with your family,You can choose QR Code or YI loT account to share.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The other party needs to have a YI IoT account to add a camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8966 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-15-1.jpeg" alt="Share the camera - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-15-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-15-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-15-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">QR Code Share</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Select QR Code, Select the permissions available to share, and then tap Share.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8967 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-16.jpeg" alt="Share the camera QR Code - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-16.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-16-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-16-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Ask invitee to open the app and press the account icon in the lower right corner of the page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Press the QR Code icon in the upper right corner and have your friend scan.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8968 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-17.jpeg" alt="QR Code Share" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-17.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-17-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-17-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 15pt;">YI loT account Share</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Select YI IoT account, select shareable permissions, enter the invitee’s YI IoT email address, and click Share.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. YI IoT APP will send a notification to your invitee. Your invitee needs to confirm invitation in the App.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8969 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-18-1.jpeg" alt="YI loT account Share" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-18-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-18-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-18-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Recording Settings</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will only be displayed when the SD card is inserted SD card recording settings, inserting the SD card will, the camera will restart.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">By default, the camera is activated with Event recordi, after activating motion detection, the camera will automatically record when it detects motion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the recording mode in SD card recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">All time recording: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will record all the time and will not stop.</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Event recording:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Only record when an alarm event is detected</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">All-day Recording: 2</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4-hour operation</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Custom:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> You can set the time to start recording, (up to 3)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8970 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-19-1.jpeg" alt="Recording Settings - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-19-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-19-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-19-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">View Camera Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click on the Activity to enter the interface, ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="35" class="wp-image-8971 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-20.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/icon-2.jpeg?resize=43%2C35&amp;ssl=1" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 352"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ is the cloud storage video, ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-8972 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-21.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/icon-1.jpeg?resize=39%2C36&amp;ssl=1" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 353"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ is the SD card video.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The blue time indicates the time when there is video recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8973 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-22.jpeg" alt="View Camera Recording - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-22.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-22-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-22-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Motion Detection Settings</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After turning on motion detection, the camera detects motion and the app will push an alarm notification.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
The motion detection recording is set in the SD card recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the detection sensitivity and notification frequency in Smart Detection, and you can also activate the alarm sound.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion detection switch</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sensitivity Level – High</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will generate an alert and video when detecting the object slightly shaking.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sensitivity Level – Medium</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will generate an alert and video when detecting the object moving at an moderate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sensitivity Level – LOW</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will generate an alert and video when detecting the object moving significantly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alert Frequency: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Low – 10 minute</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">，</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Medium – 5 minute</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">，</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> High – 1 minute</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Schedule: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Set alarm notification working time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera alarm sound: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When activated, the camera will sound an alarm when it detects motion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8974 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-23.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection Settings - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-23.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-23-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-23-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Motion tracking Settings</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion tracking is activated in Camera Settings.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Motion tracking allows you to track moving objects, and the camera will follow the movement of the object.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ubox-4g-lte-cellular-security-camera-guide/">Ubox 4G LTE Cellular Security Camera Guide</a></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8975 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-24-1.jpeg" alt="Motion tracking Settings - yi iot" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-24-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-24-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-24-1-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT Light bulb camera Setup</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT Light bulb camera has the same function as a normal camera, the main feature is that it can be mounted on a light stand.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If your YI IoT camera supports Light, you can see the ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="94" class="wp-image-8976 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-25-1.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/icon2.jpeg?resize=98%2C94&amp;ssl=1" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 357"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ icon in the live screen. By clicking the ‘</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="94" class="wp-image-8977 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26-1.jpeg" alt="https://i0.wp.com/www.camapp365.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/icon2.jpeg?resize=98%2C94&amp;ssl=1" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 358"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">‘ icon, you can select the Light working mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Auto: When in night vision mode, the camera detects the movement of objects, the camera will start Light.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Manual switch: You can choose Open or Close to switch the Light manually.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="346" class="wp-image-8978 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.jpeg" alt="YI IoT Light bulb camera Setup" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27-300x101.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27-768x260.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT APP Interface Description</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Watch 4 cameras at the same time 2. Add cameras</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. switch camera display 4. Share cameras</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. Cloud storage 6. Camera settings 7. alarm information</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">8. alarm information 9. cloud storage</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">10. personal information 11.Cloud Storage</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">12. Flip video screen 13. camera settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">14. save the video on the phone 15. voice intercom</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">16. sound switch 17. Screenshot</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">18. Full screen zoom 19. alarm message</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">20. view camera video 22. Control camera movement</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="740" class="wp-image-8979 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.jpeg" alt="YI IoT Interface Description" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28-768x555.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Video Tutorials</span></strong></h2>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="SetUp YI IoT Camera  (Ultimate Guide)" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/jP7X5gEY04g?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT For PC</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT supports Windows computers, and you can </span><a href="https://mega.nz/file/FoVWxLTI#SsfjYS5hlf72PunoTgPufl7oB-rfHLt2-QRfe2v9oUg" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">download the software here.</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you have added a camera to the YI IoT APP, you can use the camera on your computer by simply logging into your account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. Login to software, no account please register first.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="702" class="wp-image-8980 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29.png" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-300x206.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-768x527.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Click ‘+’ , make sure your camera is beeping, click ‘I heard “Waiting to connect”‘.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Only when the camera beeps ‘drop-drop’, you can add the camera, no beep please reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="705" class="wp-image-8981 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-2.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-2-300x207.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-2-768x529.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Enter your wifi name and password, then click Please choose Wi-Fi</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The name and password are case-sensitive</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="706" class="wp-image-8982 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-2.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer? " title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-2-300x207.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-2-768x530.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. Let the camera scan the QR code, If you hear “QR Code scan is successful”, please click Next.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="711" class="wp-image-8983 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-2.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-2-300x208.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-2-768x533.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. Wait for the camera to connect to the wifi, click Save after successful connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="713" class="wp-image-8984 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-1.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-1-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-1-768x535.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="739" class="wp-image-8985 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-2.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 366" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-2-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-2-768x554.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">7. Double-click the camera to watch the video.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="742" class="wp-image-8986 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-768x557.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IoT For PC Interface Description</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enlarge the video</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">alarm message</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">camera settings</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">downloaded cloud storage video</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">BUG FEEDBACK</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">set save folder</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">add camera</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">8.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">camera</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">9.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">cloud storage video</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">10.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">memory card video</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">11.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">camera switch</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">12.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Pause video</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">13.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">control camera movement</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">14.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">switch resolution</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">15.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sound switch</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">16.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">full-screen viewing</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="742" class="wp-image-8987 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.jpeg" alt="How To Add YI IoT Camera To Your Computer?" title="YI IoT Camera User Manual 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-300x217.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-768x557.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Why add YI IoT camera failed</span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">？</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please check the following issues, then reset the camera and add it again.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure camera is powered up and waiting for networking;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure camera has successfully identified the QR code and heard “QR code scanned successfully”,</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Ensure Wi-Fi name and password are correct;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Try to restart the router or modem and make sure the camera is as close to the router as possible;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Check if Wi-Fi is 2.4G (some cameras support 5G)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">I heard “wifi connection failed” or “wifi password error”</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Weak WiFi signal, please move device or cell phone closer to WiFi router, or try rebooting WiFi router.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Make sure the wifi password is correct</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">I heard “Pairing has timed out”</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Reset the camera and then re-add it.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">What to do if I did not hear “QR Code scan is successful”?</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The plastic cover on the new camera has to be removed and make sure that the lens on an old camera is clean.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The QR code cannot be read if the display resolution of your mobile phone is too low, too dark or it is too far from the camera lens.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">please reset your camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">How to reset YI IoT camera</span><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">？</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera can be reset only after the camera is started, Press and hold the reset button for 5 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Reset the sound of the YI IoT camera</p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Can YI IoT Camera connect to YI Home or Kami Home APP?</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">No, YI IoT can only connect to YI IoT camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="color: #4886ff;"> : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/security-camera-installation-guides/">Security Camera Installation Guides</a></span></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Why some YI IoT camera features I don’t have?</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT camera and APP will be updated all the time, you may be using the old version.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Different models of YI IoT camera may have some differences</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It is recommended to contact your camera seller</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">YI IOT CAMERA FAQ</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Why do YI IoT cameras offline?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">YI IoT camera keeps going offline, usually because it can’t connect to wifi.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
1. wifi signal is weak, put the YI IoT camera close to the router</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
2. restart YI IoT camera, the camera will reconnect to wifi</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
3. Reset the camera and reconnect the YI IoT camera</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
4. Still keep offline, maybe the wifi module of YI IoT camera is faulty, we suggest contacting your camera seller</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Why are YI IoT cameras often offline?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">YI IoT cameras are often offline, usually for the following reasons</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">The wifi signal of the location where you put the YI IoT camera is too weak, you can strengthen your </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">wifi signal or put the camera close to the router.</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Memory card problems cause YI IoT camera offline, you can take out the memory card, and then see if the camera can work properly.</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">The above attempts are not working properly, it is possible that the wifi module of YI IoT camera is faulty, we suggest contacting your camera seller</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Why can’t I control the YI IoT camera pan and tilt?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Please make sure your YI IoT camera supports pan and tilt</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
If you can’t respond to the control button, or can only control part of the pan and tilt, it means the camera is malfunctioning internally, please contact your camera seller</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Why do YI IoT cameras often restart automatically?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">The automatic reboot may be a problem with the power supply, power cable and memory card.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
You can replace them in order to troubleshoot the problem, if it cannot be solved, then it may be a YI IoT camera hardware problem, please contact your camera seller.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">I can’t find YI IoT APP in app store and google play?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">YI IoT APP was deleted from app store and google play, you need to wait for YI IoT APP to be re-listed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How can I connect the camera when the QR code on the YI IoT camera is damaged?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The two-dimensional code is not required, you can manually select the mode to </span><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/yi-iot/how-to-use-yi-iot-camera-full-manual#How_to_add_YI_IOT_Camera" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener sponsored"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">connect the YI IoT camera</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Why does the YI IoT camera move in the opposite direction when tracking?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">You need to contact your YI IoT camera seller in order to resolve this issue.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
1. Ask for a replacement camera</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
2. You can solve the problem by upgrading the camera firmware, contact your camera seller to push the firmware.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">How to solve the glass will reflect the night vision?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">YI IoT camera can’t turn off the night vision light manually, so it can’t be solved, please keep the camera away from windows, glass, etc.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Forgot the PIN password of YI IoT camera</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">PIN password is set by the user,there is no way to retrieve PIN password.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
If you forget the password, you can only reset the camera and reconnect the YI IoT camera.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
Note: After resetting the camera, you can’t view the previous VIDEO.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What sd card does YI IoT camera support?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">YI IoT camera supports </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">Micro SD Card</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, minimum 8GB, class10 memory card.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
We recommend using a SanDisk or Samsung Micro SD Card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">How do I return it?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Please contact your camera seller, camapp365.com does not sell cameras and is not a YI IoT person</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Can camapp365.com solve my problem?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">There are too many comments for me to reply to every question, but I will check and update the FAQ uniformly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/yi-iot-camera-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/jP7X5gEY04g" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/jP7X5gEY04g" />
			<media:title type="plain">SetUp YI IoT Camera  (Ultimate Guide)</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[SetUp YI IoT Camera Article Guide: http://bit.ly/3XyaebSYI IoT PC Download: http://bit.ly/3HUjwJhYI IOT Camera Troubleshooting：http://bit.ly/3Xrh8j5]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/YI-IoT-Camera-User-Manual.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ipc360-home-camera-ultimate-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ipc360-home-camera-ultimate-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 30 Sep 2023 11:22:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC360 Home]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Tracking]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wyze App]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=6450</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[This article contains all the contents of IPC360 Home, multiple ways to add, settings of IPC360 Home camera functions, and ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ipc360-home-camera-ultimate-guide/#more-6450" aria-label="Read more about IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">This article contains all the contents of IPC360 Home, multiple ways to add, settings of IPC360 Home camera functions, and will be continuously updated. </span>IPC360 Home provides home users with 360 extraordinary experience as staying home when they are away from home. With the establishment of worldwide stream servers, users can easily feel home on their phone or tablet by watching, listening and talking.</p>
<p>-When a Pan&amp;Tilt camera is added, you can create panoramic navigation picture，with which you can simply rotate the camera exactly to the direction you want just by a “tap”. You can set maximum 3 sets of shooting angels via panoramic navigation picture.</p>
<p>-With a simple tap on your mobile phone, you can initiate a 2-way conversation with your family remotely. Its specially designed microphone and speaker ensures loud and clear voice quality.<br />
-By simply panning your mobile phone left and right, a complete panoramic view will be displayed to provide a better viewing experience. The gyroscope support, integrated in the App, is able to follow the mobile phone orientation, making it easier to see every corner being monitored.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">This article contains all the contents of IPC360 Home, multiple ways to add, settings of IPC360 Home camera functions, and will be continuously updated.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">IPC360 Home</span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">APP download</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.camapp365.com/ipc360-home" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4886ff; font-size: 11pt;">IPC360 Home</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> supports Android and iPhone, you can download it from google play or app store.</span></p>
<h2>IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/mobile-apps/4623/wyze-app-setup-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Wyze App Setup Guide</a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Login</span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">IPC360 Home</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To use the IPC360 Home camera, you need to register for an IPC360 Home account and log in.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you are using the camera without internet you don’t need an account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6451 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-1.jpeg" alt="Login IPC360 Home" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 402" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Add Device or + , to enter the Add Camera screen. To have a better service, please confirm the country selected is your current location.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6452 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-1.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Scan the QR code of IPC360 Home camera, the QR code is on the camera, not on the manual.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6453 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-2.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 404" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you can’t find the QR code of the camera or the QR code is corrupted, please click on</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> ‘QR code cannot be found or missing?’</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and select wifi camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6454 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-2.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Let the IPC360 Home camera connect to the power supply, if it is a bulb camera, please connect the lamp holder and start the power.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the camera is powered on, wait for the camera to start up, about 30 seconds, if the red light does not flash rapidly, please reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click ‘My camera light flashes in red.’, then click Next.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6455 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-2.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to your phone’s wifi list, connect to IPC360 Home Camera’s hotspot wifi, the wifi name is “IPC365 AP-xxx” or “IPC360-xxx” , after connecting, return to APP, select your wifi, and enter the wifi password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">（</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you can’t find “IPC365 AP-xxx” or “IPC360-xxx” wifi, please reset your camera.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">）</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">IPC360 Home Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6456 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-1.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 407" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">6. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Wait for IPC360 Home camera to connect to your wifi, about 30-60 seconds, after successfully connecting, it will automatically enter the next step, and then set the name to start using it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6457 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-1.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 408" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">7. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The first time you use IPC360 Home camera, you will get one month cloud storage for free, if you don’t need it, please click X, otherwise it may be deducted automatically after expiration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6458 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-1.jpeg" alt="Connect IPC360 Home camera to wifi" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 409" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Using the IPC360 Home camera without Internet</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can use this feature if you don’t have internet access or you don’t need to use IPC360 Home remotely.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Let the IPC360 Home camera connect to the power supply, if it is a bulb camera, please connect the lamp holder and start the power.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After the camera is powered on, wait for the camera to start up, about 30 seconds, if the red light does not flash rapidly, please reset the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Download IPC360 Home APP, if you have logged in, please log out.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Connect the camera’s hotspot wifi in your mobile phone’s wifi list, the wifi name is “IPC365 AP-xxx” or “IPC360-xxx”, after connecting, go back to APP, click No Internet.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(If you can’t find “IPC365 AP-xxx” or “IPC360-xxx” wifi, please reset your camera.)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6459 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-2.jpeg" alt="Using the IPC360 Home camera without Internet" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 410" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After entering the No Internet interface, you can start to use the IPC360 Home camera, it is recommended that you set a password for the camera’s wifi, otherwise anyone can connect to the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6460 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-2.jpeg" alt="Using the IPC360 Home camera without Internet" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 411" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> After setting the password, the camera will reboot, reconnect the camera’s wifi, and enter the wifi password you set.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6461 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-2.jpeg" alt="Using the IPC360 Home camera without Internet" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 412" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Share IPC360 Home Camera</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">An IPC360 Home camera can only be added by one account, to use multiple accounts at the same time, you need to share the camera to be able to.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Share or go to Share Device in the camera settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6462 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-2.jpeg" alt="Share IPC360 Home Camera" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click Share and enter your IPC360 Home account to share, you can share up to 5 accounts.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6463 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-1.jpeg" alt="Share IPC360 Home Camera" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Sharing Notes</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Each shared user must have an IPC360 Home account. If they do not have an account, please register first.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Each shared user should be in the same country as you. If not, they should go to IPC360 Home &gt; tap your avatar &gt; change country.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The maximum number of shared users is 5.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">IPC360 Home For PC: Use the IPC360 Home camera on your PC!</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Recording settings</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To enable the IPC360 Home camera to record, you need a memory card to work, please first insert the memory card in the camera off state, the camera can be recognised normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After inserting the memory card into the MicroSD Card interface, check if the memory card status is Normal, if it shows abnormality, please try to format the memory card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the Record Storage Mode and Video Quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6464 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.jpeg" alt="Recording settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">Viewing Memory Card Recordings</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the camera’s live video interface, click SD Card, you can view the video saved in the memory card.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The coloured time indicates the recording time, and the yellow time indicates the alarm recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6465 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15.jpeg" alt="Viewing Memory Card Recordings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 416" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Motion Detection Settings</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IPC360 Home camera’s motion detection is always on and can’t be turned off, if you don’t want to receive alarm notifications, you can turn off Alarm Push Notifications in the Alarm interface.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the alarm sensitivity and time. The camera also has Smart Al Detection and Human Detection, which require a subscription to activate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6466 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection Settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 417" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can also set up Alarm Soundhe and Alarm Light. With Alarm Soundhe set up, the camera will sound an alarm when it detects movement.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Setting Alarm Light will activate a white light when the camera detects motion. (This function is available only when white light is supported)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6467 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection Settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">View Alarm Messages</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can view alarm messages in the Alarm interface, and if you have inserted a memory card, click on the message to view the recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6468 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18.jpeg" alt="View Alarm Messages" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Night vision light settings</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can set the IPC360 Home camera’s night vision operating mode in the Night Vision section of the Video screen or the Live Video screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Smart Mode: Switch to Smart Mode and enjoy black and white night vision. The camera delivers a vivid, full colour image when motion is detected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Colorful: Camera provides colourful video in low light conditions. If abnormal video is displayed, please switch to black and white mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #464646; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">See also</span><span style="color: #4886ff; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #eaeaea; font-size: 11pt;">IPC360 Home Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Black &amp; White: Camera provides black and white video in low light conditions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6469 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-1.jpeg" alt="Night vision light settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Sound Settings</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In Sound Settings, you can turn off the IPC360 Home camera’s voice prompts, adjust the sound volume and turn off the microphone.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6470 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-1.jpeg" alt="Sound Settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Turn off the indicator light</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In Advanced, you can switch off the camera’s LEDs, Status Light is the switch for the LEDs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6471 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-1.jpeg" alt="Turn off the indicator light" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Motion Tracking</span><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;"> </span></strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Settings</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The IPC360 Home camera can follow the movement of an object, in the Live Video screen, click Trace to start motion tracking.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6472 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-1.jpeg" alt="Motion Tracking Settings" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Pan-Tilt Control</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the Live Video interface, click Pan-Tilt to control the IPC360 Home camera to rotate up, down, left and right.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6473 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-2.jpeg" alt="Pan-Tilt Control" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 18.5pt;">save location</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can save the current position of the camera, and later on you just need to click on the picture to make the camera start rotating to the specified position.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click Collect, enter a name, and click Save.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click on My Collections and the camera will rotate to show the view of your collected location.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Support timer. Once you have set a timer, the camera will automatically return to this position after manual adjustments or motion tracking.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6474 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-1.jpeg" alt="save location" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">How can I see multiple IPC360 Home cameras at once?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the Live screen, click the first icon to enter multi-screen mode, click + to add another camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">(Not available in no internet mode)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6475 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-2.jpeg" alt="How can I see multiple IPC360 Home cameras at once?" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-2-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-2-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Why do I connect to IPC360 Home camera’s hotspot wifi, but the app doesn’t show the connection screen?</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please try to turn off the mobile phone SIM card network, and then reconnect.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it is Android mobile phone, it may prompt can’t network, switch wifi, please don’t click switch, make sure the mobile phone is connected to the wifi of IPC360 Home camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it is an Apple mobile phone, please check whether the Local Network permission is turned on or not.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Reset the camera, and then reconnect it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If none of the above solves the problem, then it may be a problem with the camera, please contact our technical support.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6476 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-1.jpeg" alt="Why do I connect to IPC360 Home camera&#039;s hotspot wifi, but the app doesn&#039;t show the connection screen?" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #47515a; font-size: 23.5pt;">Reset IPC360 Home camera</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Press rest button for 5 seconds until red light flashes 3 times per second.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Or unplug the camera and plug in, then repeat step 1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 24pt;">IPC360 Home Camera FAQ and Troubleshooting</span></strong></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="470" class="wp-image-6477 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-1.jpeg" alt="Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline?" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-1-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-1-768x353.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. Check the router network</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">To check if the router network is stable, use other mobile devices or laptops to connect with the same router and see how it works.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="161" class="wp-image-6478 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-1.jpeg" alt="Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline? " title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-1.jpeg 428w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-1-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">2. Re-powering the IPC360 Home Camera</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Please re-power the camera and wait a minute to see if the camera comes back online.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="134" class="wp-image-6479 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-1.jpeg" alt="Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline? " title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-1.jpeg 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-1-300x115.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">3. Check the WiFi network signal</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">To avoid your IPC360 Home Camera going offline, move the camera closer to the router for a stable WiFi network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="294" height="128" class="wp-image-6480 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-1.jpeg" alt="Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline? " title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 431"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">4. Reset the camera</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Please long-press the Reset button till the red status light flashes, then reset the camera again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="270" class="wp-image-6481 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-1.jpeg" alt="Why is my IPC360 Home Camera offline? " title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 432"></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to fix IPC360 Home Camera Connection Failed?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6482 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-1.jpeg" alt="How to fix IPC360 Home Camera Connection Failed?" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Check for the following problems, and then reset the camera to reconnect it.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">You have entered an incorrect Wi-Fi account or password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">The router you’re using can’t access the Wi-Fi network.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device is currently switched off.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">See also</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Set Up IPC360 Home Camera User Manual (Ultimate Guide)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">2.</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"> Reboot the router, sometimes the router malfunction cause not connect to the new device, reboot the router can be solved.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">3. </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Keep the camera close to the router, so that the camera can receive strong wifi signal.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Device IP address is conflict with other IP addresses on the LAN</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">The router has set whitelist or blacklist</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Why does IPC360 Home camera show offline after changing location?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">After IPC360 Home camera power on, wait for 1-2 minutes, it takes time for the camera to connect to wifi.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If it shows offline for a long time, it means that the camera can not connect to wifi at the current location, please change the location.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to reset IPC360 Home camera</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">When your IPC360 Home camera is abnormal or offline, you can try to reset the camera.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If your camera is online, delete the camera in the app, the camera will be reset automatically.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If your camera is offline, press and hold the reset button for 5 seconds to reset the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">After reset the camera, the camera will be restored to factory settings, you need to connect to wifi again.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">What is the hotspot wifi name for IPC360 Home camera?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">The wifi name of the camera is “IPC365 AP-xxx” or “IPC360-xxx”, if you can’t find the wifi of the camera, please make sure the camera is powered on, then reset the camera.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">What is the hotspot wifi name for IPC360 Home camera?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home camera’s hotspot wifi has no password by default, if it prompts for a password, it means you have set a password, please reset the camera if you forget the wifi password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">See also</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home For PC: Use the IPC360 Home camera on your PC!</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Do IPC360 Home cameras support ONVIF or RTSP?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home all cameras do not support onvif or rtsp</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Can I use the IPC360 Home camera without an internet connection?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Yes, the camera has a hotspot wifi, you can connect to the camera’s wifi to use the camera.</span><br />
<a href="https://www.camapp365.com/ipc360-home/set-up-ipc360-home-camera-manual#Using_the_IPC360_Home_camera_without_Internet" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Please check the manual</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Why do I connect to IPC360 Home camera’s hotspot wifi, but the app doesn’t show the connection screen?</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Please try to turn off the mobile phone SIM card network, and then reconnect.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If it is Android mobile phone, it may prompt can’t network, switch wifi, please don’t click switch, make sure the mobile phone is connected to the wifi of IPC360 Home camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If it is an Apple mobile phone, please check whether the Local Network permission is turned on or not.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Reset the camera, and then reconnect it.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">If none of the above solves the problem, then it may be a problem with the camera, please contact our technical support.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="737" class="wp-image-6483 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-1.jpeg" alt="Why do I connect to IPC360 Home camera&#039;s hotspot wifi, but the app doesn&#039;t show the connection screen?" title="IPC360 Home Camera Ultimate Guide 434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-1.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-1-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-1-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 24pt;">IPC360 Home For PC: Use the IPC360 Home camera on your PC!</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home is a security camera app, you need to work with the camera to use.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home only supports Android and iPhone, there is no computer client.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><br />
But, you can use IPC360 Home APP by installing Android emulator on your computer</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to Install IPC360 Home for PC</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.bluestacks.com/bluestacks-5.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Download Bluestacks</span></strong></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">You need to Download BlueStacks on Windows or Mac PC first. Afterward, you have to start the installation of BlueStacks on your computer.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">It is similar to any other software installation procedure on a PC. Run the setup, Allow the software to make changes in your computer, and then it will start to install.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">In the second step to get IPC360 Home Download for PC, users have to enter Google Account. After the installation of BlueStacks, you will see the emulator home screen. Locate the Google PlayStore and launch it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">First-time users have to enter Google Account which is already in existence. Or, users can create a new one if unavailable.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Here the final steps arrive, now users are ready to use IPC360 Home on Laptop or desktop. Users got 2 options to accomplish the task.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. Visit the </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em>Google Play Store &gt; Search for the</em></span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em> IPC360 Home App</em></span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em> &gt; </em></span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em>Install</em></span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em> it</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">2. Downlaod </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">IPC360 Home</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"><em>APK</em></span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"> on PC &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Drag and Drop</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;"> it inside BlueStacks &gt; Allow the emulator to install.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">That’s how you can install IPC360 Home for PC.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">See also</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Set Up IPC360 Home Camera User Manual (Ultimate Guide)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to use IPC360 Home For PC</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">To use IPC360 Home For PC , and mobile phones are the same, you can check this manual.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ipc360-home-camera-ultimate-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Swann HomeSafe View User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-homesafe-view-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-homesafe-view-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 07:12:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HomeSafe View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4756</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Swann HomeSafe View User Manual, .HomeSafe View: Live Swann DVR viewing on your iPhone and iPad, HomeSafe View supports the ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-homesafe-view-user-manual/#more-4756" aria-label="Read more about Swann HomeSafe View User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;">Swann HomeSafe View User Manual, <span style="display: none;">.</span></span><span style="color: #000000;">HomeSafe View: Live Swann DVR viewing on your iPhone and iPad, HomeSafe View supports the following features: Multi-channel viewing with up to 16 cameras on screen at the same time (16ch view works best on iPads) Play back stored recordings from your DVR on your handset or tablet (requires high upload speed internet) Capture video from your camera live view to your iPhone to play back later Capture single and multi still images and save these to your iPhone&#8217;s picture library Control PTZ (pan, tilt, zoom) cameras remotely</span></p>
<h2 class="article-page-title" title="HomeSafe View for Windows">HomeSafe View for Windows</h2>
<p><a href="https://support.swann.com/articles/Knowledge/JKMnzUaXHx?r=399&amp;ui-knowledge-components-aura-actions.KnowledgeArticleVersionCreateDraftFromOnlineAction.createDraftFromOnlineArticle=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" data-lightning-target="_subtab"><strong><u>If you&#8217;re having trouble with the size, placement or look of this software, please check out this article (link)!</u></strong></a></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/19312559243673" alt="19312559243673" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 519"></p>
<p>The new <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/x9jklylegxnavof/HomeSafe%20View_1.4.06_2018_01_23.exe?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><span class="wysiwyg-underline"><strong>HomeSaf</strong><strong>e</strong> <strong>View software</strong></span></a> is used for our new range of hybrid HD-over-Coax recorders.</p>
<p>Use the Wizard in the Help menu for a walkthrough of adding a recorder.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/articles/4642541732377" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong>Link to the software user guide</strong></a></p>
<p><strong>NB:</strong> The password requested when you run the software the second and subsequent times is &lt;Blank&gt;, unless you change this in the software. The first login screen below is for the <em>software, </em>not the recorder. This is, therefore, not the username/password combination you use to access the recorder itself.</p>
<blockquote><p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/pc-software/365/swann-security-vms-download-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Swann Security VMS Download Guide</a></p></blockquote>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/19312557054873" alt="19312557054873" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 520"></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Introduction &amp; Wizard</span><a id="bookmark0" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark1" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark2" style="color: #000000;"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Installing HomeSafe View on your computer allows you to monitor the cameras on your DVR or NVR. You can also change configuration settings, access saved video files as well as the ability to retrieve your recovery code if you have forgotten your device’s password.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The following instructions are for the Windows version of HomeSafe View. For Mac users, download our separate instruction manual.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Download HomeSafe View to your computer and follow the on-screen instructions to complete installation.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wizard</span></strong></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">1.</span><a id="bookmark3" style="color: #000000;"></a>When you first run HomeSafe View, you will see the following:</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="262" class="wp-image-4757 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-395w262h.jpeg" alt="Picture 1 395w262h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 521" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-395w262h.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-395w262h-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">2.</span><a id="bookmark4" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click the “Enable Auto-login” checkbox then click the “Login” button to continue. You will see the following:</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="323" class="wp-image-4758 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-430w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 2 430w323h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 522" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-430w323h.jpeg 430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-430w323h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">3.</span><a id="bookmark5" style="color: #000000;"></a>To enter the Wizard, click “Help” then click “Open Wizard”. You will see the following:</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="312" class="wp-image-4759 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-3-407w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 3 407w312h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-3-407w312h.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-3-407w312h-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><em>/continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">4</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Wizard</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">4.</span><a id="bookmark6" style="color: #000000;"></a>To start the Wizard, click the “Next” button.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="312" class="wp-image-4760 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-4-407w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 4 407w312h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 524" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-4-407w312h.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-4-407w312h-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Click the “Add online device” button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="273" class="wp-image-4761 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-5-407w273h.jpeg" alt="Picture 5 407w273h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 525" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-5-407w273h.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-5-407w273h-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">HomeSafe View will detect your DVR or NVR connected to your router (if your DVR or NVR does not appear, check that your device is connected to your router using the supplied Ethernet cable).</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">5.</span><a id="bookmark7" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click your device then click the “Add Selected Device” button.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="472" class="wp-image-4762 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-6-482w472h.jpeg" alt="Picture 6 482w472h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-6-482w472h.jpeg 482w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-6-482w472h-300x294.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device Name: </span></strong>Enter a name for your device (you may want to use the same name used for your DVR or NVR).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">User Name: </span></strong>Enter “admin”.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Password: </span></strong>Enter your DVR or NVR’s password. When finished, click the “Add” button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">5</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Wizard</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">6.</span><a id="bookmark8" style="color: #000000;"></a>Now that you have imported your DVR or NVR to HomeSafe View, you need to add your device to the Groups panel.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="389" class="wp-image-4763 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-7-508w389h.jpeg" alt="Picture 7 508w389h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-7-508w389h.jpeg 508w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-7-508w389h-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Click your device then click the “Import” button. Your DVR or NVR will be added to the Groups panel. Click the button next to “My NVR” to display the channels available.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Click the “Next” button then click the “Finish” button to complete the Wizard. The “Control Panel” will now be displayed.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">6</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Control Panel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4764 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-8-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 8 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-8-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-8-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Main View: </span></strong>This is Live View mode. Each camera connected will be displayed. Access to the camera toolbar is available and you can record video and save snapshots directly to your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Remote Playback: </span></strong>This allows you to remotely play video that is located on your DVR or NVR’s hard drive. You have the choice of playing video that matches your recording schedule (Motion),</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">continuous recordings (Normal) or events triggered by an alarm.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Group Device Management: </span></strong>Click this if you need to make changes to your DVR or NVR configured in the Groups panel, or if you want to add additional devices.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Local Log Search: </span></strong>Search log files for actions performed within the software.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">7</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Control Panel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4765 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-9-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 9 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-9-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-9-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Account Management: </span></strong>Add or change a password or to change user privileges.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">File Management: </span></strong>Access videos and snapshots saved directly to your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">System Configuration: </span></strong>Change configuration settings for the software such as save location for videos and snapshots, language selection and log keeping duration.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">E-Map Management: </span></strong>This function is not com</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">patible with the DVR and NVR’s supported.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Local Playback: </span></strong>This function is not compatible with the DVR and NVR’s supported. For local playback click “File Management”.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Local Record Management: </span></strong>Allows you to create a local recording schedule for each camera connected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alarm Config Management: </span></strong>Change settings for alarm notification.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">8</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Main View</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">$2</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">HomeSafe View</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 8.5pt;"><em>J</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">Control Panel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">System View Tool Help</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 4pt;">06/10/201 7 1 1:43:55 AM</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 4pt;">CH0 .</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 4pt;">06/10/201 7 1 1:43:55 AM</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">My NVR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;">v </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">—</span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">— 4780</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;">tO </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">Channell </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">»O </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">Channels </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">»O </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">Channels </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">&gt;O </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">Channel tv Channels </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">tO </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">C.. -&gt;nel6 </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">to </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">Channel/</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">1Q </span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">Channels</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">6</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
Fri. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">2017 </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">I</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 4pt;">CH7</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">3 4 5 6</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">Page 1 of 1</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6pt;">Main View</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13pt;">ofcfe el</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">10.24.39 Qpu </span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">ilinim </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">2017-10-06</span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;">  </span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">When you first open Main </span><span style="font-size: 18pt;"><sub>s</sub></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">View, your cameras will not be &#8216;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">displayed. To view, click and</span><span style="font-size: 18pt;"><br />
hold your device then drag it</span><span style="font-size: 18pt;"><br />
here to the viewing window.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">-w// </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>lilr /</em></span></span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">x </span><span style="font-size: 10pt;">■</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><sup>= = s</sup></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 4pt;">CH6</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Toolbar</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">1.</span><a id="bookmark9" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to reveal your DVR or NVR and the channels available. If you have multiple devices added, you can select channels to view.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">2.</span><a id="bookmark10" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to view alarm notifications (this feature is only available if you have an NVR). Any time motion is detected or if there is an alarm event, a notification will be displayed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">3.</span><a id="bookmark11" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display the software full screen. Press the “Esc” key on your keyboard to return</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">back to a window.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">4.</span><a id="bookmark12" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to select a different camera view. Up to 128 cameras can be displayed.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">5.</span><a id="bookmark13" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to stop live view of <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">all</span> cameras. To view your cameras again, you will need to drag your device to the viewing window.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">6.</span><a id="bookmark14" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select a camera and click this to record video directly to your computer.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">9</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="508" class="wp-image-4766 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-11-704w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 11 704w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-11-704w508h.jpeg 704w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-11-704w508h-300x216.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Main View</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">System View <span style="font-size: 12pt;">To&lt;</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Control Panel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">V <span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>Q</em></span> My NVR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">v <span style="font-size: 5.5pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">mm</small></span> 4780</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channell <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channel2 <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channels <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channel4 <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channels <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channel <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channel? <span style="font-size: 12pt;">WO </span>Channels</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Sub Stream is used by default</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
to stream (Mobile Stream if</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13pt;">ofcfe el</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">10.24.39 Qpu </span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">ilinim </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">2017-10-06</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Click this button to increase the size of the viewing window.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">6 Fri. </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">2017</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alarm </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">M</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">lo sli</small></span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> ea111 u*iou</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">you have an NVR). To change,</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">right-click a camera and</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">change to “Set Main Stream”. _</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">(V</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;"><sup>CH</sup></span><strong><span style="font-size: 4pt;">4</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 4pt;">CH7</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 35pt;">Uli</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">&amp; </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">X </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">■</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;">EH J</span><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;">1</span><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;">E</span><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;">5</span><span style="font-size: 4.5pt;">E</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">&#8216; &#8230;i</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">To reposition each camera within the viewing window, click and hold a camera then move it to a different position.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">Page 1 of 1</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">7 8 9 10 11</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">:12</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Toolbar</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">4-„</span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">  _4-</span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">  </span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">&lt; □</span></strong></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; background-color: #ffffff;">7.</span><a id="bookmark15" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select a camera and click this to save a snapshot directly to your computer.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">8 &amp; 9. </span></strong>When viewing a single camera or a group of four cameras, click these buttons to view the previous or next camera or group of cameras.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">10.</span><a id="bookmark16" style="color: #000000;"></a>When viewing a single camera or a group of four cameras, click this to automatically switch between channels at specific intervals. Move the slider to change the interval time.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">11.</span><a id="bookmark17" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to monitor audio (if supported).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">12.</span><a id="bookmark18" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click these to auto-hide the alarm notification window or to maximise the alarm notification window.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Camera Toolbar: </span></strong>Move the mouse over a camera to reveal the camera toolbar. This provides access to recording video, saving a snapshot, PTZ controls, stopping live view, digital zoom, image settings and audio monitoring.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">10</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="521" class="wp-image-4767 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-13-677w521h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 13 677w521h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-13-677w521h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-13-677w521h-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Playback</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">4</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">5</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4768 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-14-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture 14 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 532" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-14-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-14-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">1.</span><a id="bookmark19" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select from one or more cameras that you would like to search on and display for playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">2.</span><a id="bookmark20" style="color: #000000;"></a>Leave this on “Mainstream” to play video at the highest available resolution (Substream can be selected if needed).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">3.</span><a id="bookmark21" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click the drop down menu to select the video type that you want to search on. In most circumstances “Motion” would be selected</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">but you can change this to “All” if you want to search for all video types.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">4.</span><a id="bookmark22" style="color: #000000;"></a>If synchronous playback is required with all cameras selected, click the checkbox to select, otherwise leave it unchecked.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">5.</span><a id="bookmark23" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click on the date that you want to select for playback then click the “Search” button.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">6.</span><a id="bookmark24" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click the “Play” button to play.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">11</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Playback</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4769 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-15-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 15 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-15-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-15-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Controls</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Video matching your search criteria will start playing. You can navigate by using the playback interface or by clicking directly on the timeline.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">7.</span><a id="bookmark25" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to pause playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">8.</span><a id="bookmark26" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to stop playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">9.</span><a id="bookmark27" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to play video in slow motion. Subsequent presses will increase the action. Press the “Play” button for normal playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">10.</span><a id="bookmark28" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to fast forward the video. Subse</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">quent presses will increase the action. Press the “Play” button for normal playback.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">11.</span><a id="bookmark29" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display the software full screen. Press the “Esc” key on your keyboard to return back to a window.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">12.</span><a id="bookmark30" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display a single camera. Subsequent presses will cycle through each camera input available.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">12</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Playback</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="508" class="wp-image-4770 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-16-710w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture 16 710w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-16-710w508h.jpeg 710w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-16-710w508h-300x215.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Controls</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">13.</span><a id="bookmark31" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display four cameras at once.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">14.</span><a id="bookmark32" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display nine cameras at once.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">15.</span><a id="bookmark33" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to display sixteen cameras at once.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">16.</span><a id="bookmark34" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this to enable or disable audio playback (if supported).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">17.</span><a id="bookmark35" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click these to zoom in and out of the timeline. This will give you more precise control when navigating.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Camera Controls: </span></strong>The controls on the playback interface are duplicated here. There is an additional button allowing you to play video frame-by-frame (the controls are not available when selecting synchronised playback). You can also enable digital zoom, record video, save snapshots and download one or more events directly to your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">13</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Group Device: Remote Configuration</span><a id="bookmark36" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark37" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark38" style="color: #000000;"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4771 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-17-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 17 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-17-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-17-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">To change configuration settings on your DVR or NVR remotely, click “Group Device Management” (from the Control Panel) then click the spanner button that will appear when hovering the mouse over your device.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">14</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; IP Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4772 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-18-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 18 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-18-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-18-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This function is an advanced feature that is used to manage the cameras connected directly to your NVR as well as compatible IP cameras connected to your router. In most circumstances, the functions available here will not be needed for general use of your NVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">15</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">IP </span>Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Delay</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Lens Flip</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Back Light</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">08:19:35 AM</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Angle Flip Angle Trad 0</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BLC Level</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>f</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">3D Noise Reduction Auto</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">WDR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">AGC</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">White Balance</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Shutter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Exposure</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Defog Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All I Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ircut Mode: </span></strong>Lets you choose how the camera handles color and how it manages the transition from daytime to night-time and vice versa: <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">GPIO Auto: </span></strong>This will instruct the camera to switch automatically from “Color Mode” to “Black White mode” and vice versa. This setting will be suitable for most camera locations. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Color Mode: </span></strong>This will instruct the camera to</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">operate in color mode only. In low light conditions, the color will be quite faint. Image clarity will also be reduced in low-light conditions.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Black White Mode: </span></strong>This will instruct the camera to operate in black &amp; white mode only.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ircut Delay: </span></strong>Controls the delay of the IR cut filter when transitioning from daytime to nighttime.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">16</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4773 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-22-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 22 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-22-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-22-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">IP </span>Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Delay</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Lens Flip</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Back Light</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">08:19:35 AM</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Angle Flip Angle Trad 0</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BLC Level</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>f</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">3D Noise Reduction Auto</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">WDR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">AGC</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">White Balance</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Shutter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Exposure</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Defog Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All I Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Lens Flip &amp; Angle Flip: </span></strong>Turn the image upside down and/or horizontally reverse the orientation of the image.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Angle Trad (8 channel model): </span></strong>Rotate the image by 90°, 180° and 270°.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Back Light: </span></strong>Improves exposure of an object that is in front of a light source. This may happen if an object is in front of a window or if a person is coming in from the outside. The camera will</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">pick up the natural light, therefore the object or person in the foreground becomes dark. If the camera is mounted in a location where this is required, click the drop down menu to enable. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">BLC Level: </span></strong>If “Back Light” has been enabled, you will see this option available. Click the drop down menu to select the level of back light compensation to apply.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">17</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4774 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-26-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 26 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-26-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-26-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">IP </span>Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Delay</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Lens Flip</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Back Light</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">08:19:35 AM</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Angle Flip Angle Trad 0</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BLC Level</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>f</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">3D Noise Reduction Auto</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">WDR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">AGC</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">White Balance</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Shutter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Exposure</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Defog Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All I Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">3D Noise Reduction: </span></strong>This function will reduce the overall noise content for recordings done at night or in lower light conditions. In most circumstances, the default selection will be suitable for most camera locations but can be adjusted if needed:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Manual: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu and select “Manual”. Click and hold the slider left or right to change. Just be aware that setting the value</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">too high, can result in a “trailing” effect (also known as motion blur) on moving objects appearing on-screen.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">WDR (Wide Dynamic Range) : </span></strong>This function will balance out images that have a large dynamic range. It does this by brightening dark areas and darkening bright areas. Click the drop down menu to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">18</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4775 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-30-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 30 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-30-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-30-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">IP </span>Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Delay</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Lens Flip</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Back Light</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">08:19:35 AM</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Angle Flip Angle Trad 0</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BLC Level</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>f</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">3D Noise Reduction Auto</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">WDR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">AGC</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">White Balance</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Shutter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Exposure</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Defog Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All I Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">AGC (Automatic Gain Control): </span></strong>This function allows an increase in sensitivity, enabling operation in lower light conditions. The camera will automatically boost the gain control so that objects can be seen more clearly. Click the drop down menu to select a level of control.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">White Balance: </span></strong>This function adjusts for lighting in order to make white objects appear white in photos. One of the factors that affect correct</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">image reproduction is the light source which illuminates the scene. One of the indicators for an improper white balance setting are dark colors which appear faded, shifted, or a completely different color altogether. If this is happening, click the drop down menu and change this to “Manual”. If the colors appear correctly, leave the default setting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">19</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4776 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-35-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 35 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-35-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-35-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">IP </span>Camera</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Image Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Ircut Delay</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Lens Flip</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Back Light</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">GPIO </span><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">08:19:35 AM</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Angle Flip Angle Trad 0</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BLC Level</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>f</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">3D Noise Reduction Auto</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">WDR</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">AGC</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">White Balance</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Shutter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Auto</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Exposure</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Defog Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All I Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Manual: </span></strong>When selecting this mode, click and hold the red, green and blue sliders left or right to change.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Shutter: </span></strong>This function controls the length of time a camera’s shutter is open and the amount of light reaching the sensor. In low light situations, the shutter needs to stay open longer in order for the sensor to receive enough light.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Time Exposure: </span></strong>When selecting “Manual”,</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">click the drop down menu to select a different exposure time. The lower the number, the slower the shutter speed (this will create a motion blur effect). Some experimentation is recommended to select the best settings.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Defog Mode: </span></strong>This function extends visibility and improves video quality if there is moderate to heavy fog or haze. If selecting “Manual”, click and hold the slider left or right to change.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">20</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4777 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-39-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 39 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-39-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-39-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">ive display settings (e.g. OSD messages, covert, color)</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Show Name</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Name</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Record Time</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Covert</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">CH1</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Q </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Time</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">İCH1</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Enable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Disable</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Copy</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">PJ Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Q&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">System </span><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>y</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Name: </span></strong>Leave this enabled to display the camera name in Live View mode, otherwise click the checkbox to disable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Time: </span></strong>Leave this enabled to display the date and time in Live View mode, otherwise click the checkbox to disable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Name: </span></strong>Enter a name for the camera you’ve selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record Time: </span></strong>It’s recommended to leave this enabled, as a timestamp will be embedded on all video recordings. This allows you to easily identify when events have occurred. You can disable this if you wish.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Covert: </span></strong>When enabled, the camera will detect motion and trigger your DVR or NVR to record, but you will not see an image of the camera in Live View mode.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">21</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4778 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-49-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 49 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-49-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-49-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Display &#8211; Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">e: Configure privacy zones</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Live</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;">cm</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Copy</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Privacy Zone</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Clear</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">CS Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">SL Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Q&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">System </span><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>y</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This function can be used to obscure all or part of your image for privacy (up to four privacy masks can be created per camera).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Privacy Zone: </span></strong>Click the checkbox then click and hold the mouse over the camera and select the desired area to create a mask.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">You can reposition and resize each mask to overlap each other.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Clear: </span></strong>Click on a mask (a yellow border will appear) then click this to delete the mask.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">22</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4779 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-56-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 56 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-56-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-56-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Record Parameter</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">® </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Record Parameter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Schedule</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Main Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Sub Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">P Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">□&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>S&#8217;</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="346" class="wp-image-4780 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-57-704w346h.jpeg" alt="Picture 57 704w346h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-57-704w346h.jpeg 704w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-57-704w346h-300x147.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="194" height="48" class="wp-image-4781 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-58-194w48h.jpeg" alt="Picture 58 194w48h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 545"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record: </span></strong>If disabled, your DVR or NVR will detect motion but it will not record.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Stream Mode: </span></strong>By default, your DVR or NVR will record both Mainstream and Substream video (known as DualStream on your device).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">PreRecord: </span></strong>Allows your DVR or NVR to record for a number of seconds before an event occurs. It’s recommended to leave this enabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">23</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Schedule</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="259" class="wp-image-4782 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-59-113w259h.jpeg" alt="Picture 59 113w259h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 546"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">® </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Record Parameter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Schedule</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Main Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Sub Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">P Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Record Schedule</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Normal Record: </span></strong>Your DVR or NVR will constantly record for a set period of time.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Motion Record: </span></strong>Your DVR or NVR will only record when motion has been detected from one or more cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Each square represents 30 minutes. Using the mouse, select the desired recording mode then click on a particular square to change</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">or click and drag the mouse over the squares corresponding to your desired time period. The same action can also be applied if Normal or Motion recording is not required (on one or more sections that have recording enabled).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">24</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="588" height="503" class="wp-image-4783 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-61-588w503h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 61 588w503h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-61-588w503h.jpeg 588w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-61-588w503h-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Main Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="165" class="wp-image-4784 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-62-143w165h.jpeg" alt="Picture 62 143w165h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 548"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Refresh I </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="45" class="wp-image-4785 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-63-72w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 63 72w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 549"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resolution: </span></strong>The recording resolution is automatically selected to match the cameras connected. If you have a DVR with older cameras connected, lower the resolution to “960 x 480” for NTSC and “960 x 576” for PAL.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">FPS: </span></strong>The number of frames per second (fps) that your DVR or NVR will record or stream.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate Mode: </span></strong>You have the choice of selecting</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">a predefined or user-defined bitrate.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate: </span></strong>The amount of data that your DVR or NVR will use to record or stream video.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Audio (DVR only): </span></strong>Enable this if you have an audio source connected to your DVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Rate Control: </span></strong>Select the compression used to record or stream video on your DVR or NVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">25</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="348" class="wp-image-4786 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-65-680w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 65 680w348h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-65-680w348h.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-65-680w348h-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Sub Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Display</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">İ* Record</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Configure remote streaming quality settings</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Record Parameter</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Schedule</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Main Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Resolution</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Sub Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">FPS</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">P </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Bitrate Mode</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">si </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Audio</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Rate Control</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">0,. </span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="165" class="wp-image-4787 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-66-143w165h.jpeg" alt="Picture 66 143w165h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 551"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Kbps</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Copy</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="151" height="290" class="wp-image-4788 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-67-151w290h.jpeg" alt="Picture 67 151w290h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 552"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Advanced</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="45" class="wp-image-4789 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-68-72w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 68 72w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 553"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resolution: </span></strong>The resolution is set according to the capabilities of your DVR or NVR. Some models give you the option to change the resolution (check your device’s instruction manual for more information).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">FPS: </span></strong>The number of frames per second (fps) that your DVR or NVR will record or stream.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate Mode: </span></strong>You have the choice of selecting</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">a predefined or user-defined bitrate.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate: </span></strong>The amount of data that your DVR or NVR will use to record or stream video.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Audio (DVR only): </span></strong>Click the checkbox if you have an audio source connected to your DVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Rate Control: </span></strong>Select the compression used to record or stream video on your DVR or NVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">26</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Mobile Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="165" class="wp-image-4790 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-69-143w165h.jpeg" alt="Picture 69 143w165h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 554"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="45" class="wp-image-4791 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-70-72w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 70 72w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 555"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This function is only visible if you have an NVR. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable: </span></strong>It’s strongly recommended leaving this option enabled as there is no benefit if it is disabled (if disabled, Substream will be used to stream video).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resolution: </span></strong>The default resolution is 640 x 480. You can select a lower resolution if you’re having issues streaming to your mobile device or</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">computer via HomeSafe View.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">FPS: </span></strong>The number of frames per second (fps) that your NVR will record or stream.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Video Code Type: </span></strong>The default method of compression is H.265. This will result in less hard drive space used when recording (before older videos are automatically overwritten).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">27</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="348" class="wp-image-4792 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-72-680w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 72 680w348h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-72-680w348h.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-72-680w348h-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Record &#8211; Mobile Stream</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="165" class="wp-image-4793 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-73-143w165h.jpeg" alt="Picture 73 143w165h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 557"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="45" class="wp-image-4794 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-74-72w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 74 72w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 558"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate Mode: </span></strong>You have the choice of selecting a predefined or user-defined bitrate.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Bitrate: </span></strong>The amount of data that your NVR will use to stream video to your mobile device. For cameras that monitor medium to high traffic areas, increase the bitrate to add more detail to the camera’s image, but just be aware this will increase the bandwidth required. Increase the bitrate in small doses until you are satis</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">fied with the image quality.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Rate Control: </span></strong>Change this to VBR. This will result in a lower recording size as well as a lower bandwidth requirement. You can select the recording quality that will define the variable bitrate used, from lowest to highest.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">28</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="348" class="wp-image-4795 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-76-680w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 76 680w348h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 559" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-76-680w348h.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-76-680w348h-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Capture &#8211; Capture Setup</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="148" class="wp-image-4796 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-77-116w148h.jpeg" alt="Picture 77 116w148h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 560"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="45" class="wp-image-4797 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-78-72w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 78 72w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 561"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This function is only visible if you have a DVR. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Auto Capture: </span></strong>When enabled, your DVR will take a snapshot each time an event occurs.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Stream Mode: </span></strong>Leave the default selection. This will save each snapshot at the camera’s native resolution.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Normal Interval: </span></strong>The length of time that must elapse before a snapshot is taken.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alarm Interval: </span></strong>When setting a Motion capture schedule, a snapshot will be taken each time motion has been detected according to the interval selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Manual Capture: </span></strong>Enable this feature if you would like to manually take a snapshot using the Manual Capture button.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">29</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="348" class="wp-image-4798 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-80-680w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 80 680w348h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-80-680w348h.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-80-680w348h-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Capture &#8211; Capture Plan</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="45" class="wp-image-4799 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-81-43w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 81 43w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 563"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Normal: </span></strong>A snapshot will be taken every 5 seconds using the default selection.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Motion: </span></strong>A snapshot will be taken each time motion has been detected according to the interval selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Each square represents 30 minutes. Using the mouse, select the desired capture mode then click on a particular square to change or click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">and drag the mouse over the squares corresponding to your desired time period. The same action can also be applied if Normal or Motion capture mode is not required (on one or more sections that have been enabled).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Copy: </span></strong>Click this to apply all settings to the other cameras.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Q </span><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Please note: </span></strong>This feature is not available on all DVR or NVR devices.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">30</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="507" class="wp-image-4800 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-83-677w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 83 677w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 564" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-83-677w507h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-83-677w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Network &#8211; Network</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="236" class="wp-image-4801 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-84-141w236h.jpeg" alt="Picture 84 141w236h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 565"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Type: </span></strong>The default method of connection to your network for your DVR or NVR is DHCP (check your device’s instruction manual for more information).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Client Port: </span></strong>This port number is used by your DVR or NVR to send information through. The default number will work in most situations.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">HTTP Port: </span></strong>This port number is used to log into your DVR or NVR from a remote location.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Mobile Port: </span></strong>This port is not used.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway and DNS can be changed when selecting “Static” for the connection type.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">UPNP: </span></strong>This is not required when using UID to access your DVR or NVR via the HomeSafe View app. You can enable UPNP if required.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">31</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4802 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-86-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 86 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-86-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-86-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Network &#8211; Email</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Display </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">®. </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">CÎ </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">fl </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">I alert settings</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Email</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">DDNS</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">RTSP</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">□&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>S&#8217;</em></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="294" class="wp-image-4803 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-87-278w294h.jpeg" alt="Picture 87 278w294h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 567"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">Email </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">Test</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Cancel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="176" height="338" class="wp-image-4804 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-88-176w338h.jpeg" alt="Picture 88 176w338h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-88-176w338h.jpeg 176w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-88-176w338h-156x300.jpeg 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 176px) 100vw, 176px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save All</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="45" class="wp-image-4805 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-89-40w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 89 40w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 569"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Email: </span></strong>Click “Enable” for email notifications.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Encryption: </span></strong>Leave this on “AUTO”. This ensures your device will always use the correct encryption for your email provider.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">SMTP Port: </span></strong>Gmail 00587. Outlook 00587.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">SMTP Server: </span></strong>Gmail “smtp.gmail.com”. Outlook “smtp.live.com”.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Users: </span></strong>Input the email user name.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Sender Email: </span></strong>Input the email address.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Sender Password: </span></strong>Input the email password. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Receiver Email: </span></strong>Input the email address that you want to send email alerts to.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Interval: </span></strong>This is the length of time that must elapse after your device sends an email alert before it will send another.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Email Test: </span></strong>Click to verify the information is correct then click “OK”. A message will appear if the test has been successful.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">32</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Network &#8211; DDNS</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;">X</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="139" class="wp-image-4806 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-90-124w139h.jpeg" alt="Picture 90 124w139h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 570"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Prior to developing our SwannLink Peer- to-Peer technology, our SwannDNS service was used to connect to your device remotely. Go to <a style="color: #000000;" href="http://www.swanndvr.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">www.swannd</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">v</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">r.com</span> </a>and click the “Registration” button.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable DDNS: </span></strong>Click the checkbox to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Server Address: </span></strong>Leave the default selection.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Host Name: </span></strong>Enter the domain name that is</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">hosted on your account. For example, (user- name.swanndvr.net).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">User Name: </span></strong>Enter the username (host name) for your account.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Password: </span></strong>Enter the password for your account.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">DDNS Test: </span></strong>Click this button then click “OK” to confirm your account details. Click “OK” to close.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">33</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4807 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-92-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 92 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-92-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-92-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Network &#8211; RTSP</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="116" class="wp-image-4808 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-93-140w116h.jpeg" alt="Picture 93 140w116h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 572"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The RTSP function can be used to stream a camera’s live view image to your computer, using video streaming software such as VLC media player. You can also record each stream if required (check your device’s instruction manual for more information).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">RTSP Enable: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Verify: </span></strong>Leave the default selection if you would</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">like VLC to verify your username and password for access.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">RTSP Port: </span></strong>The default port number will work in most circumstances.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">RTSP Username: </span></strong>This is the user name that you enter if verification has been enabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">RTSP Password: </span></strong>Enter a new password if verification has been enabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">34</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4809 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-95-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 95 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 573" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-95-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-95-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Alarm &#8211; Motion</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">K Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">® Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Post Recording</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Select All</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BKflMHO.&#8217; ..     </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">PBiffir !•&#8217; ?<span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>W</em></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">» S&#8217; 1K&gt;Ş</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">« t»</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">aaaawi      </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BWÜîW^.f«K»SK&#8217; J/</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">A®, •«/ &#8230;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Mrva. BKF;-T ■ U«fe</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">  &#8217;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">!SW.     ■</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>it</em></span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"> &#8216;:W </span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>fl</em></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>lol</em></span> Ç&#8211; jnsstaa</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">ht <span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">^bbbbbb</small></span></span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">raj^nimi</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.72; font-weight: bold; color: #51140d; font-size: 7.5pt; margin-right: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 7.5pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">■</span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>C-. -*&amp;«&amp;.*</em></span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>  </em></span>*. «.■ .&#8217;..AfflBBMB»</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">»T? k:<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>ww</sup></span>7? &#8216;*  » «r*. BnBBBBBB</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">&lt;■ </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>1</sup></span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&#8216;i i i s ■ </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">JBRinBar.LA</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
.</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  !_J_. ..J.SBSRF. ■■.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">I</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  -■•.</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span>I  ■ wnin^i</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">I &#8211; &amp;.  I<span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&amp;; </span>i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&#8230;</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">•¥■ </span>i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">IBBBhi</span></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.9; font-weight: bold; color: #51140d; font-size: 7.5pt; margin-right: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 7.5pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">■</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">■</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  a*|ga|«aa</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sub>nn</sub></span></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Motion</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Q&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>S&#8217;</em></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6pt; color: #000000;"><em>•■MW</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">MKt:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">bbbb«v&gt;</small></span> «rr«</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">ananını”•&#8221;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">■EV&#8217; <span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">m</small></span><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">  .</small></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">WHBSC-,*&#8217; &#8211;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">mtwra.</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">swu. &gt;«■</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">—  :«nr«F</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">i&#8217; w»v»</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">itint.y wt<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>1</sup></span>&#8216;. •</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">raiii t? r ,z</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">utv .</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: #000000;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">bbrw ■■*&lt;&amp;</small></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6pt; color: #000000;">r \„İİK, __ _</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="305" height="45" class="wp-image-4810 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-99-305w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 99 305w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 574" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-99-305w45h.jpeg 305w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-99-305w45h-300x44.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 305px) 100vw, 305px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select a camera to edit.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable: </span></strong>Motion detection on your DVR or NVR is enabled by default.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Sensitive: </span></strong>This option allows you to change the sensitivity level. The higher the number, the more sensitive your device will be when detecting motion.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record Channel: </span></strong>When motion has been detected, you can instruct your DVR or NVR to</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">trigger recording from the other cameras available. Click the checkbox next to the camera that you want to trigger.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Select All: </span></strong>Click the checkbox to trigger all cameras for recording.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Post Recording: </span></strong>This option instructs your DVR or NVR to record for a set period of time after an event has occurred.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">35</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="185" class="wp-image-4811 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-101-562w185h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 101 562w185h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-101-562w185h.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-101-562w185h-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="564" height="183" class="wp-image-4812 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-103-564w183h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 103 564w183h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-103-564w183h.jpeg 564w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-103-564w183h-300x97.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Alarm &#8211; Motion</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Lpl Display</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">O </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">K Capture</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">® Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Post Recording</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Select All</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BKflMHO.&#8217; ..     </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">PBiffir !•&#8217; ?<span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>W</em></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">» « 1K&gt;Ş</span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;"><br />
« t»</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">aaaawi      </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">BWÜîW^.f«K»SK&#8217; J/</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6.5pt; color: #000000;">A®, •«/ &#8230;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6.5pt; color: #000000;">Mrva. BKF;-T ■ U«fe</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6.5pt; color: #000000;">  &#8217;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">!SW.</span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">   ■</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>it</em></span> &#8216;:W <span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>fl</em></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>lol</em></span> Ç&#8211; jnsstaa</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">ht <span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">^bbbbbb</small></span></span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">raj^nimi</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.72; font-weight: bold; color: #51140d; font-size: 7.5pt; margin-right: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 7.5pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">■</span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>C-. -*&amp;«&amp;.*</em></span><span style="font-size: 6pt;"><em>  </em></span>*. «.■ .&#8217;..AfflBBMB»</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">»T? k:<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>ww</sup></span>7? &#8216;*  » «r*. BnBBBBBB</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">&lt;■ </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>1</sup></span> <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&#8216;i i i s ■ </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">JBRinBar.LA</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
.</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  !_J_. ..J.SBSRF. ■■.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">I</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  -■•.</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span>I  ■ wnin^i</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">I &#8211; &amp;.  I<span style="font-size: 12pt;">  </span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&amp;; </span>i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">&#8230;</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">•¥■ </span>i <span style="font-size: 12pt;">IBBBhi</span></span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.9; font-weight: bold; color: #51140d; font-size: 7.5pt; margin-right: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 7.5pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">■</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">■</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  a*|ga|«aa</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sub>nn</sub></span></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Motion</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Q&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>S&#8217;</em></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6pt; color: #000000;"><em>•■MW</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">MKt:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">bbbb«v&gt;</small></span> «rr«</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">ananını”•&#8221;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">■EV&#8217; <span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">m</small></span><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">  .</small></span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">WHBSC-,*&#8217; &#8211;</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">mtwra.</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">swu. &gt;«■</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">—</span><span style="font-size: 6.5pt;">  :«nr«F</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">i&#8217; w»v»</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">itint.y wt<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><sup>1</sup></span>&#8216;. •</span><br />
<span style="color: #000000;">raiii t? r ,z</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">utv .</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: #000000;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">bbrw ■■*&lt;&amp;</small></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 6pt; color: #000000;">r \„İİK, __ _</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="305" height="45" class="wp-image-4813 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-107-305w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 107 305w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-107-305w45h.jpeg 305w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-107-305w45h-300x44.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 305px) 100vw, 305px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Full Screen: </span></strong>Click the checkbox if you would like to view the camera full screen in Live View mode when motion has been detected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Message: </span></strong>When motion has been detected, the motion icon will appear on-screen. Click the checkbox if you want to disable this. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Send Email: </span></strong>Click the checkbox to enable your DVR or NVR to send an email alert when motion has been detected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Buzzer: </span></strong>When motion has been detected, you can enable your DVR or NVR’s buzzer to alert you for a predetermined amount of time.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">To change the default motion detection area, click “Clear” then click and hold the mouse over the camera and drag to select the area that you want to create. To select the entire area, click “Check All”.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">36</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="185" class="wp-image-4814 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-109-562w185h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 109 562w185h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-109-562w185h.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-109-562w185h-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="564" height="183" class="wp-image-4815 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-111-564w183h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 111 564w183h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 579" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-111-564w183h.jpeg 564w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-111-564w183h-300x97.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></span></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Device &#8211; HDD</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 10pt;">X</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Display</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">İ* Record</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">W </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">/e information and configure hard drive settings</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Overwrite</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Auto</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.0828924162257496cm;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">No.</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.0652557319223988cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Status</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.0652557319223988cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Free</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.056437389770723cm;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">Total</span></td>
<td style="width: 5.841269841269841cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Free Time</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.0828924162257496cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">1</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.0652557319223988cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">FULL</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.0652557319223988cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">OM</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.056437389770723cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">931G</span></td>
<td style="width: 5.841269841269841cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">99999Hour</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">HDD</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Cloud Storage</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>S*</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Save </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">All</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Overwrite: </span></strong>This instructs your DVR or NVR to overwrite the oldest video files as the hard drive becomes full. You also have the option of disabling this or selecting the amount of days events are kept before they are overwritten. It’s recommended to leave the default selection as this prevents your device from running out of storage space.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">37</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Device &#8211; PTZ</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="207" class="wp-image-4816 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-113-123w207h.jpeg" alt="Picture 113 123w207h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 580"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">If you have a compatible PTZ camera connected to your DVR or NVR, you can use the PTZ controls to move the camera as well as the ability to zoom into an object and to control the level of focus (if available).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Consult the instruction manual included with your PTZ camera then match those settings here.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">38</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4817 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-115-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 115 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-115-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-115-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Device &#8211; Cloud Storage</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Display </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">® </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">CÎ </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">&amp; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Device</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">HDD</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Cloud </span>Storage</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">System</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Advanced</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Cloud Storage</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Channel</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Time Trigger</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Motion Detection</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Device Name</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Receiver Email</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Activate Cloud</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">igure Cloud Storage parameters</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="140" class="wp-image-4818 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-116-172w140h.jpeg" alt="Picture 116 172w140h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 582"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Advanced E-mail Setup</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Upgrade Cloud Storage</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="151" height="167" class="wp-image-4819 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-117-151w167h.jpeg" alt="Picture 117 151w167h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 583"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Save </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">All</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="45" class="wp-image-4820 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-118-40w45h.jpeg" alt="Picture 118 40w45h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 584"></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">When the “Capture” function has been enabled, your DVR or NVR has the ability to copy snapshots to the cloud via Dropbox.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Cloud Storage: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Channel: </span></strong>Select one or more cameras that you would like to enable for cloud storage.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Time Trigger: </span></strong>The length of time that must elapse before snapshots are copied over.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Motion Detection: </span></strong>Leave this option enabled. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device Name: </span></strong>Enter a name to be used for the folder in Dropbox. It’s recommended to use the same folder name that is listed on your device. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Receiver Email: </span></strong>This is the email address used to receive an email regarding cloud activation. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Activate Cloud: </span></strong>Click this to enable cloud storage.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Upgrade Cloud Storage: </span></strong>This has no function.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">39</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: System &#8211; General</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="87" class="wp-image-4821 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-119-157w87h.jpeg" alt="Picture 119 157w87h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 585"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="86" class="wp-image-4822 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-120-114w86h.jpeg" alt="Picture 120 114w86h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 586"></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 9.931216931216932cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.5414462081128748cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Mar.</span></strong></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.708994708994709cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">The </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">2nd</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.234567901234568cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">Sun.</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.6419753086419755cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.8042328042328042cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 9.5pt; color: #000000;">I ‘</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 9.931216931216932cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.5414462081128748cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">NOV.</span></strong></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.708994708994709cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">The </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">1st</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.234567901234568cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">Sun.</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.6419753086419755cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.8042328042328042cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 9.5pt; color: #000000;">EE</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 4.962962962962963cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="4"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.125220458553792cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">[01/01/2010</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.3562610229276896cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;">&#8211;</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.1340388007054676cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">[2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.3474426807760141cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 21pt; color: #000000;">a</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device Date: </span></strong>Click the calendar icon to change. <strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Device Time: </span></strong>Click the dialogue box to change the time.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Use PC time: </span></strong>Click this to sync the time with your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Date Format: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu to select the preferred date format.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Time Format: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu to select the preferred time format.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Language: </span></strong>Select a language you would like the system menus to be displayed in.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Video Format: </span></strong>Select the correct video standard for your country. USA and Canada are NTSC. UK, Australia and New Zealand are PAL.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Menu Time Out: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu to select the time your DVR or NVR will exit the Main Menu when idle.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><em>(continued on next page)</em></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">40</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4823 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-122-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 122 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 587" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-122-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-122-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: System &#8211; General</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="87" class="wp-image-4824 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-123-157w87h.jpeg" alt="Picture 123 157w87h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 588"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="86" class="wp-image-4825 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-124-114w86h.jpeg" alt="Picture 124 114w86h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 589"></span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 9.931216931216932cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.5414462081128748cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">Mar.</span></strong></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.708994708994709cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">The </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">2nd</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.234567901234568cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">Sun.</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.6419753086419755cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.8042328042328042cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 9.5pt; color: #000000;">I ‘</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 9.931216931216932cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="5"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.5414462081128748cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 5.5pt;">NOV.</span></strong></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.708994708994709cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">The </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">1st</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.234567901234568cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 7pt; color: #000000;">Sun.</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.6419753086419755cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.8042328042328042cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 9.5pt; color: #000000;">EE</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 4.962962962962963cm; vertical-align: top;" colspan="4"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.125220458553792cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">[01/01/2010</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.3562610229276896cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;">&#8211;</span></td>
<td style="width: 2.1340388007054676cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 6.5pt;">[2:00:00 AM</span></td>
<td style="width: 0.3474426807760141cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-size: 21pt; color: #000000;">a</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Wizard: </span></strong>You can enable the Startup Wizard to appear each time you turn on or reboot your DVR or NVR, otherwise leave it disabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Daylight Saving Time: </span></strong>If Daylight Saving applies to your time zone or region, click the checkbox to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Time Offset: </span></strong>Select the amount of time that Daylight Saving has increased by in your time zone. This refers to the difference in minutes,</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and the local time.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Daylight Saving Time: </span></strong>You can select how Daylight Saving starts and ends.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable NTP: </span></strong>This is enabled by default.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Server Address: </span></strong>The default time server will work in most circumstances.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Time Zone: </span></strong>Select a time zone relevant to your region or city.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">41</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4826 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-126-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 126 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 590" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-126-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-126-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: System &#8211; Users</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Display</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">İ* Record</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">W </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">U </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">D </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">evice</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">0° System</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">General</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Users</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Info</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel Info</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Record Info</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"><em>P</em></span></strong><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;"> Advanced</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">admin user!</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">user2</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">users</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">user4</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">user5</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">user6</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Don’t forget to click</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">“Save” to apply any</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">User List</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Channel Rights</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">User Name <span style="font-size: 12pt;">admin</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Password</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Confirm Password</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7pt;">User Enable </span><span style="font-size: 7pt;">Enable</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Generic Rights</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.1093474426807761cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.074074074074074cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 1.2028218694885362cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.1093474426807761cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.074074074074074cm; vertical-align: bottom;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14pt;">□</span></td>
<td style="width: 1.2028218694885362cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.1093474426807761cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.074074074074074cm;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14pt;">□</span></td>
<td style="width: 1.2028218694885362cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 1.1093474426807761cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 2.074074074074074cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
<td style="width: 1.2028218694885362cm; vertical-align: top;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">To change your DVR or NVR’s password, click able, create a password then select the per-</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">“admin” in the User List. Enter your current missions that you want to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">password first then enter the new password.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The password has to be a minimum of six char</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">acters and can contain a mixture of numbers</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">and letters. Enter your new password again to</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">confirm.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Additional user accounts can also be enabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Click “user1”, click the drop down menu to en-</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">42</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="561" height="508" class="wp-image-4827 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-128-561w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 128 561w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 591" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-128-561w508h.jpeg 561w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-128-561w508h-300x272.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 561px) 100vw, 561px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: System &#8211; Info</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4828 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-129-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 129 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 592" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-129-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-129-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This tab displays technical information about your DVR or NVR.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">If you call our helpdesk for assistance, our staff may ask you to access this tab to assist them in solving any technical issues that you may be having.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">43</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: System &#8211; Channel Info/Record Info</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4829 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-130-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 130 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 593" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-130-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-130-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The Channel Info and Record Info tabs display the Main Stream, Sub Stream and recording settings used for each camera connected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">If you call our helpdesk for assistance, our staff may ask you to access this tab to assist them in solving any technical issues that you may be having.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">44</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Advanced &#8211; Firmware Update</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4830 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-131-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 131 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 594" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-131-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-131-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Update File Path: </span></strong>Click the “Select” button to load the firmware, click “Open” to confirm then click “Start”. When the firmware upgrade has completed, your DVR or NVR will reboot automatically.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">45</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Advanced &#8211; Load Default</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Select All: </span></strong>Click the checkbox to restore all default settings then click “Save”. Your DVR or NVR will reboot and the Startup Wizard will appear on-screen.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">46</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="508" class="wp-image-4831 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-133-677w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 133 677w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 595" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-133-677w508h.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-133-677w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Advanced &#8211; Events</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 18pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Whenever there is an event or if your DVR or NVR displays unusual behaviour, you can be alerted to in multiple ways.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Event Type: </span></strong>Select the event type that you would like to change.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable: </span></strong>Click the checkbox if you would like to disable alerts for the event selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Buzzer: </span></strong>Click the drop down menu and select the time period for the internal buzzer to acti</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">vate for the event selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Show Message: </span></strong>Click the checkbox if you like to disable the on-screen message for the event selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Send Email: </span></strong>Click the checkbox if you would like to disable email alerts for the event selected.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">47</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="508" class="wp-image-4832 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-135-671w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 135 671w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 596" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-135-671w508h.jpeg 671w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-135-671w508h-300x227.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Remote Configuration: Advanced &#8211; Maintain</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Display </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">® </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">CÎ </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Capture</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">&amp; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Network</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 7.5pt;">a</span> <span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Alarm</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Q&#8230; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Device</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">0° </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">System</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Advanced</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Firmware Update</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Load Default</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Events</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Maintain</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="342" class="wp-image-4833 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-136-702w342h.jpeg" alt="Picture 136 702w342h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 597" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-136-702w342h.jpeg 702w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-136-702w342h-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Refresh</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">  Save </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">All</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Auto Reboot: </span></strong>It is recommended to leave this enabled, as it maintains the operational integrity of your device</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Reboot: </span></strong>Choose an appropriate day and time to reboot your device.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Select restart user: </span></strong>When rebooting, you can select which user that you want to log into as.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">48</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">File Management</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="508" class="wp-image-4834 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-137-676w508h.jpeg" alt="Picture 137 676w508h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 598" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-137-676w508h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-137-676w508h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">This function allows you to access videos and snapshots saved directly to your computer.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">1.</span><a id="bookmark39" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select a camera that you would like to search on.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">2.</span><a id="bookmark40" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click “Picture” for snapshots or “Video” for videos.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">3.</span><a id="bookmark41" style="color: #000000;"></a>Leave the default selection.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">4.</span><a id="bookmark42" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click the calendar icon and select a start and end time to search on.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">5.</span><a id="bookmark43" style="color: #000000;"></a>Click this button to search.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Snapshots or videos matching your search criteria will be displayed. Double click to display a snapshot or play a video.</span></p>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">6.</span><a id="bookmark44" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select a snapshot or video and click this to delete.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 18pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold;">7.</span><a id="bookmark45" style="color: #000000;"></a>Select a snapshot or video and click this to save to a different location.</span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">49</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System Configuration: General</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
“Save” to apply any</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><br />
changes made.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Language: </span></strong>English is the only selection available.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Log Keeping time: </span></strong>This controls how long log files will be kept for within the software, adjust accordingly.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable audio on multiple channels simulta</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">neously (DVR only): </span></strong>If your device has multiple audio inputs and you have an audio source connected to those inputs, you can instruct the</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">software to enable these inputs in Live View mode.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Enable Auto-login: </span></strong>When starting HomeSafe View, you will automatically be logged in.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resume Live View Status: </span></strong>When closing and reopening the software, Live View mode will run automatically.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">50</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="687" height="497" class="wp-image-4835 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-140-687w497h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 140 687w497h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 599" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-140-687w497h.jpeg 687w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-140-687w497h-300x217.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 687px) 100vw, 687px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System Configuration: File</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">X</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 9.5pt;">■■ General</span><span style="font-size: 9.5pt;">  </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Set file saving path</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">(e.g. Video files and picture files)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;">File</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Saving Path of </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Video </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Files:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">. Alarm Sound</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">D </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">:/U </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">s </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">e </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">rs/h a sanc/Ho me Safe </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Vi </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">ewA/i </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">d </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">e </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">o</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">Saving Path of Pictures:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">D:/U </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">s </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">e </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">rs/h a </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">s </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">anc/Ho me Saf e </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Vi </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">e </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">w/p i </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">ctu re</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Download </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Record Type</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 7.5pt; color: #000000;">AVI</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">&#8211; </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Alarm when </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">disk </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">space </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">is </span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">less than 500 MB</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">Default</span><span style="font-size: 7.5pt;">  Save</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Saving Path of Video Files: </span></strong>Click this to select a different save location for videos saved directly to your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Saving Path of Pictures: </span></strong>Click this to select a different save location for snapshots saved directly to your computer.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Download Record Type: </span></strong>Leave the default selection as this will save files in AVI format providing the widest compatibility for playback.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alarm when disk space is less than: </span></strong>You can adjust this for low disk space notification.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">51</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">System Configuration: Alarm Sound</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="691" height="296" class="wp-image-4836 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-144-691w296h.jpeg" alt="Picture 144 691w296h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-144-691w296h.jpeg 691w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-144-691w296h-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 691px) 100vw, 691px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">Don’t forget to click “Save” to apply any changes made.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Default</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 7.5pt;">Save</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">The options here allow you to select a different audio file (WAV format only) that can be used to alert you when an event has occurred. Click the speaker icon to play the audio file.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">52</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Local Record Schedule</span><a id="bookmark46" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark47" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark48" style="color: #000000;"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4837 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-145-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 145 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 601" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-145-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-145-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">As your DVR or NVR is your primary recording device, it’s recommended that this function not be used due to the limited resources available. You can use “Remote Playback” to remotely play video that is located on your DVR or NVR’s hard drive.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">53</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alarm Config Management</span><a id="bookmark49" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark50" style="color: #000000;"></a><a id="bookmark51" style="color: #000000;"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt; color: #000000;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="507" class="wp-image-4838 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-146-676w507h.jpeg" alt="Picture 146 676w507h" title="Swann HomeSafe View User Manual 602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-146-676w507h.jpeg 676w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-146-676w507h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">It’s recommended that you configure the alarm panel directly on your NVR (check your device’s instruction manual for more information).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">54</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em; color: #000000;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-homesafe-view-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Uniview NVR Remote Access</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/uniview-nvr-remote-access/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/uniview-nvr-remote-access/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 20:02:39 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVSS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVTECH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS LITE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZStation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZView Mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uniview]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zosi]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3801</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Uniview NVR Remote Access, This guide will show how to view a Uniview NVR on the mobile app EZView. You ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Uniview NVR Remote Access" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/uniview-nvr-remote-access/#more-3801" aria-label="Read more about Uniview NVR Remote Access">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Uniview NVR Remote Access, This guide will show how to view a Uniview NVR on the mobile app EZView. You will need a network connection for this setup.</p>
<h2>How To View A Uniview NVR Via EZView App</h2>
<p>This guide will show how to view a <a href="https://www.uniview.com/Products/NVR/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener sponsored">Uniview NVR</a> on the mobile app EZView.<br />
You will need a network connection for this setup.</p>
<p><strong>Step 1. Connect The NVR To Your Network</strong></p>
<p>First, you will need to connect the NVR to your network. Taking a cat5e/cat6 cable from the LAN port on the NVR, then the other end will go to your router or network switch.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2. Log Into The NVR and Enable EZCloud</strong></p>
<p>We will be going through this process via the web interface on internet explorer from a local PC.<br />
From the <strong>Live View</strong> of the NVR, Go to <strong>Setup</strong> -&gt; <strong>Network</strong> -&gt; <strong>EZCloud</strong><br />
Make sure It is set to <strong>ON</strong> and &#8220;<strong>Add without Signup</strong>&#8221; is <strong>ON</strong>, unless if you would like to have added security, switch it to <strong>OFF</strong>.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1413" height="746" class="wp-image-3802" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/enabling_ezcloud-gif.gif" alt="enabling_ezcloud.gif" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 642"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3. Download The EZView App</strong></p>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3325/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/">VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3593/zosi-smart-app-avss-guide/">Zosi Smart App AVSS Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3452/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/">AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Step 4. Add the NVR</strong></p>
<p>First, open the app, then click the <strong>3 Horizontal Line</strong> icon in the top left corner<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="535" class="wp-image-3803" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1518__1_-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1518__1_.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 643" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1518__1_-png.png 281w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1518__1_-png-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></p>
<p>Click on <strong>Devices</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="534" class="wp-image-3804" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1524-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1524.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 644" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1524-png.png 269w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1524-png-151x300.png 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 269px) 100vw, 269px" /></p>
<p>Select <strong>Add</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="535" class="wp-image-3805" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1526-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1526.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1526-png.png 278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1526-png-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></p>
<p>Choose <strong>Scan</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="530" class="wp-image-3806" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1527-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1527.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 646" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1527-png.png 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1527-png-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /></p>
<p>Then <strong>Scan</strong> the <strong>QR Code</strong> from the web interface of the NVR<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="274" height="554" class="wp-image-3807" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1528-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1528.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 647" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1528-png.png 274w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1528-png-148x300.png 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 274px) 100vw, 274px" /></p>
<p>Enter a <strong>Nickname</strong> for your NVR and click <strong>Start Live View</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="536" class="wp-image-3808" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1529-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1529.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 648" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1529-png.png 278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1529-png-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></p>
<p>Then you will see a Device list With your NVR, Click on it for a Pop up to appear, and select &#8220;<strong>Start Live View</strong>&#8221;<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="532" class="wp-image-3809" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1532-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1532.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 649" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1532-png.png 275w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1532-png-155x300.png 155w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 275px) 100vw, 275px" />        <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="536" class="wp-image-3810" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1533-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1533.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 650" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1533-png.png 279w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1533-png-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></p>
<p>Then You will have a Live View of any cameras connected to the NVR!<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="531" class="wp-image-3811" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1535-png.png" alt="2020-03-17_1535.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 651" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1535-png.png 280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-03-17_1535-png-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 280px) 100vw, 280px" /></p>
<h1>EZCloud Displaying Offline</h1>
<p>When setting up Remote Viewing, You may get a Success Message after scanning the QR code. However, the NVR can show as Offline on the EZView App afterwards.</p>
<p>On the NVR web Interface, you may get this Message:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1474" height="769" class="wp-image-3812" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1302.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 652" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png.png 1474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png-300x157.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png-1024x534.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png-768x401.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1302-png-1200x626.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1474px) 100vw, 1474px" /></p>
<p>**Network disconnected. Please check network settings such as DNS server address and port mapping. **</p>
<p>Here are a few tips to fix this issue:</p>
<p>&#8211; Make sure that the recorder is networked locally correctly.<br />
&#8211; Wired Directly from the LAN port of the NVR to your router or network switch.</p>
<p>&#8211; Place the recorder on DHCP<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1474" height="769" class="wp-image-3813" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1308.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 653" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png.png 1474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png-300x157.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png-1024x534.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png-768x401.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1308-png-1200x626.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1474px) 100vw, 1474px" /></p>
<p>&#8211; After <strong>Enabling DHCP</strong>, click on <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p>Once all of these steps have been taken, the Status should come <strong>Online</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1474" height="769" class="wp-image-3814" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1320.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 654" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png.png 1474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png-300x157.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png-1024x534.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png-768x401.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1320-png-1200x626.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1474px) 100vw, 1474px" /></p>
<h1>How To View Remotely Through Cloud Via EZStation</h1>
<p>EZStation is a CMS for Uniview products to allow the user to allow  viewing and configuring.</p>
<h4>Please Note</h4>
<p>You must have a cloud account created and your device added beforehand</p>
<h3>Step 1. Install and Run EZStation</h3>
<p>Download the EZStation Program <a href="https://www.nellyssecurity.com/media/software/uniview/windows/EZStation-B1130.3.11.0.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here</a></p>
<p>Upon initial bootup, you may get prompted to create a login. This is for the EZStation Program exclusively. Typically we&#8217;ll recommend setting the same login as your NVR.</p>
<p>Once Running, You should get a Main Screen:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="835" class="wp-image-3815" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1441.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 655" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png-300x131.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png-1024x446.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png-768x334.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png-1536x668.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1441-png-1200x522.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<h3>Step 2. Log Into Your Cloud Account</h3>
<p>First, Go into the <strong>Device</strong> <strong>Management</strong> section.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1918" height="845" class="wp-image-3816" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1435.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 656" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png.png 1918w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png-300x132.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png-1024x451.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png-768x338.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png-1536x677.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1435-png-1200x529.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1918px) 100vw, 1918px" /></p>
<p>Next, Select <strong>Cloud Device</strong> on the left side, then <strong>Login</strong>.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="690" class="wp-image-3817" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1446.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 657" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png-300x108.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png-1024x368.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png-768x276.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png-1536x552.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1446-png-1200x431.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<p>A popup box will appear to input your cloud login info. Once entered, Click <strong>Login</strong></p>
<p>A Load screen will appear, then you should be logged in.<br />
Now your linked devices will be listed under <strong>My Cloud Device<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="818" class="wp-image-3818" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1449.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 658" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png-300x128.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png-1024x436.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png-768x327.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png-1536x655.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1449-png-1200x512.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></strong></p>
<h3>Step 3. Viewing Your Device</h3>
<p>Now that we are logged in, we should be able to view whatever devices are on the linked account</p>
<p>First, go back to the <strong>Control Panel</strong> Tab, Then select the <strong>Live View</strong> Section<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="852" class="wp-image-3819" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1451.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 659" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png-300x133.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png-1024x455.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png-768x341.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png-1536x682.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1451-png-1200x533.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<p>From here, Double click on your device on the left side and any cameras linked will appear<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="937" class="wp-image-3820" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1453.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 660" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png.png 1920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png-300x146.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png-1024x500.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png-768x375.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png-1536x750.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1453-png-1200x586.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="1045" class="wp-image-3821" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png.png" alt="2020-04-17_1455.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 661" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png-300x163.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png-1024x558.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png-768x418.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png-1536x836.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2020-04-17_1455-png-1200x653.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<h1>How To Share Your Device Via EZCloud Portal</h1>
<p>Each Uniview device is limited to only be registered one single EZcloud account at one time.</p>
<p>Due to this limitation, sharing the device is needed to be accomplished to allow other wanted registered users to access your Uniview device.</p>
<p>To do so login to your EZCloud account via the web (<a href="https://en.ezcloud.uniview.com/login.aspx&quot; \t &quot;_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click Here</a>) and select the “<strong>Share</strong>” option under the <strong>My Cloud Devices -&gt; Operation</strong> section.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1244" height="427" class="wp-image-3822" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 662" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png.png 1244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-300x103.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-1024x351.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-768x264.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-1200x412.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1244px) 100vw, 1244px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Once you select <strong>share</strong> it will prompt you to a new page where you will need to fill in the below three pictured fields. Once all fields are filled in select <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="396" class="wp-image-3823" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 663" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png.png 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-300x133.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-768x341.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<h1>How To Share Your Device Via EZView Mobile App</h1>
<p>Each Uniview device is limited to only be registered one single EZcloud account at one time.</p>
<p>Due to this limitation, sharing the device is needed to be accomplished to allow other wanted registered users to access your Uniview device.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>From the Live View in EZView, Select the <strong>3 Horizontal Lines</strong> in the top left-hand corner: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="796" class="wp-image-3824" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-1.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 664" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-1.png 414w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-1-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p>Select <strong>Devices</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="795" class="wp-image-3825" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 665" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-1.png 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-1-155x300.png 155w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /></p>
<p>Click on the <strong>3 dots icon</strong> next to the device you want to share:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="792" class="wp-image-3826" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 666" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png.png 415w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>Select <strong>Share</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="419" height="794" class="wp-image-3827" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 667" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png.png 419w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /></p>
<p>Choose specific cameras or the whole NVR:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="795" class="wp-image-3828" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 668" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png.png 413w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></p>
<p>Once the Device is selected, Input the User&#8217;s info that you want to share it to, the Expiration Date, Roles, and hit Share. <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="930" height="794" class="wp-image-3829" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 669" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png.png 930w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png-300x256.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png-768x656.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 930px) 100vw, 930px" /></p>
<h1>How To Enable App Alerts Via EZView</h1>
<p>App alerts are great if you would like to be notified when an event gets triggered.</p>
<p>This guide is for after the device has already been added via EZCloud</p>
<p>From the live view, click on the <strong>3 horizontal lines</strong> in the upper left-hand corner:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="795" class="wp-image-3830" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-2.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 670" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-2.png 418w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-2-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></p>
<p>Select <strong>Alarm Notifications</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="793" class="wp-image-3831" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-2.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 671" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-2.png 413w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-2-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></p>
<p>Select <strong>Allow Notifications</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="419" height="796" class="wp-image-3832" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png-1.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 672" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png-1.png 419w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip2-png-1-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /></p>
<p>Enable the <strong>Device</strong> you want notifications for and then select <strong>Advanced</strong>:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="799" class="wp-image-3833" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png-1.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 673" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png-1.png 416w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip3-png-1-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>Select the same <strong>device</strong> again:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="794" class="wp-image-3834" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip4-png.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 674" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip4-png.png 416w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip4-png-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>Choose the specific cameras you&#8217;d like alerts from on the NVR, or select the entire NVR:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="796" class="wp-image-3835" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png-1.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 675" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png-1.png 416w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip5-png-1-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>You can also set a <strong>Notification Schedule</strong>. If you do not create one, then notifications will come through 24/7:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="794" class="wp-image-3836" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png-1.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 676" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png-1.png 416w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip6-png-1-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>You can also select the <strong>Event Type</strong> you&#8217;d like to get alerts from:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="797" class="wp-image-3837" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip7-png.png" alt="mceclip7.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 677" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip7-png.png 416w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip7-png-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<h4><strong><strong>Events</strong></strong></h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Motion Detection</strong> &#8211; Basic Grid Based Event</li>
<li><strong>VCA</strong> &#8211; Smart Events such as Line Crossing, Intrusion Detection, etc. (Your camera must support that event to allow notifications)</li>
<li><strong>Alarm Input</strong> &#8211; Event triggered via physical Alarm Input</li>
<li><strong>Video Loss</strong> &#8211; Anytime video feed loses signal</li>
<li><strong>Others</strong> &#8211; Can include Device Exceptions events such as HDD error, IP Conflict, Bandwidth Errors, etc.</li>
</ul>
<h1>How To Unbind From Cloud Account</h1>
<p>Occasionally, you may come across the need to unbind your Uniview NVR from its current cloud account. Either a new user is taking over an existing system or the cloud account is no longer accessible are some example use cases.</p>
<h3>HDMI UI</h3>
<p>From the Live View of the HDMI interface of the Uniview NVR, click on the Home Icon in the bottom left-hand corner to access the menu of the NVR.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1261" height="612" class="wp-image-3838" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 678" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3.png 1261w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3-300x146.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3-1024x497.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3-768x373.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip0-png-3-1200x582.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1261px) 100vw, 1261px" /></p>
<p>Once the Main Menu is opened up, go to <strong>Network</strong> -&gt; <strong>Basic</strong> -&gt; <strong>EZCloud</strong>.</p>
<p>From the <strong>EZCloud Menu</strong>, Click on the <strong>Delete</strong> icon to unbind from its current cloud account.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1276" height="652" class="wp-image-3839" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 679" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3.png 1276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3-300x153.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3-1024x523.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3-768x392.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mceclip1-png-3-1200x613.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1276px) 100vw, 1276px" /></p>
<h3>Web UI</h3>
<p>From the Live View of the Web Interface of the Uniview NVR, go to <strong>Setup</strong> -&gt; <strong>Network</strong> -&gt; <strong>EZCloud</strong> -&gt; <strong>Delete<br />
</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1558" height="723" class="wp-image-3840" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/unbind_from_cloud-gif.gif" alt="Unbind_From_Cloud.gif" title="Uniview NVR Remote Access 680"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/uniview-nvr-remote-access/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 20:11:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bosch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BVMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR solutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Favorites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Operation manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panoramic cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Enterprise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2789</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#more-2789" aria-label="Read more about Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark0"></a> 2 Introduction</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS and the Mobile App: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/</a> he<strong> HEwAdenoe&#8217;</strong></p>
<p>Covered by one or more claims of the patents listed at patentlist.hevcadvance.com. This manual guides you through the basic steps of the operation with BVMS.</p>
<p>For detailed help and step-by-step instructions read the User Manual or use the Online Help.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Export Player</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Export Player displays exported recordings.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Viewer</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS Viewer: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss</a>.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Configuration Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Operator Client</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 1" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 939" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark2"></a> BVMS editions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The different BVMS editions offer you full scalability, so you can expand your video surveillance system according to your needs.</p>
<p>The following editions of BVMS are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>BVMS Professional</li>
<li>BVMS Enterprise</li>
<li>BVMS Plus</li>
<li>BVMS Lite</li>
<li>BVMS Viewer</li>
</ul>
<p>BVMS Viewer and BVMS Professional are Software Only products. You can not use them on Bosch DIVAR IP devices.</p>
<p>You can use BVMS Lite and BVMS Plus on Bosch DIVAR IP devices or as Software Only products on any other hardware.</p>
<h2>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1670/trendnetview-evo-administration-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:</p>
<p><a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">BVMS</td>
<td>System overview | en <strong>13</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>System overview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>If you plan to install and configure BVMS, participate in a system training on BVMS.</p>
<p>Refer to the Release Notes of the current BVMS version for supported versions of firmware and hardware and other important information.</p>
<p>See data sheets on Bosch workstations and servers for information on computers where BVMS can be installed.</p>
<p>The BVMS software modules can optionally be installed on one PC.</p>
<p><strong>Important components</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management Server (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Stream management, alarm management, priority management, Management<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>, user management, device state management. Additional Enterprise System license: Managing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Groups </a>and<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark453">Accounts</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config Wizard</td>
<td>Easy and fast setup of a recording system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>System configuration and administration for Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Operator Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Live monitoring, storage retrieval and playback, alarm and accessing multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Recording Manager (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Distributing storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices.</p>
<p>Streaming playback video and audio data from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Video Service (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides a transcoding service that transcodes the live and recorded video stream from a camera configured in BVMS to the available network bandwidth. This service enables video clients like an iPhone or a Web client to receive transcoded streams, for example for unreliable network connections with limited bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Web Client</td>
<td>You can access live and playback videos via Web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile App</td>
<td>You can use the Mobile App on iPhone or iPad to access live and playback video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bosch Video Streaming Gateway (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides the integration of 3rd party cameras, e.g. in low- bandwidth networks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cameo SDK (selectable in</p>
<p>Setup)</td>
<td>The Cameo SDK is used to embed BVMS live and playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image panes </a>to your external third-party application. The Image panes follow the BVMS based user permissions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Cameo SDK provides a subset of the BVMS Operator Client functionalities that enables you to create applications similar to the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Enterprise SDK</td>
<td>The Client Enterprise SDK is meant to control and monitor the behaviour of Operator Client of an Enterprise System by external applications. The SDK allows to browse devices that are accessible by the running, connected Operator Client and to control some UI functionalities.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client SDK / Server SDK</td>
<td>The Server SDK is used to control and monitor the Management Server by scripts and external applications. You can use those interfaces with a valid administrator account.</p>
<p>The Client SDK is used to control and monitor the Operator Client by external applications and scripts (part of the related server configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark5"></a> Hardware requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS. Data sheets for platform PCs are also available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark7"></a> Software requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can not install the BVMS Viewer where any other BVMS component is installed. See the data sheet for BVMS.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark9"></a> License requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS for the available licenses.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Concepts</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>% î J</strong></td>
<td>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides background information on selected issues.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>BVMS design concepts</strong></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark13"><strong><em>Single Management Server System, page 15</em></strong></a></p>
<p>A single BVMS Management Server System provides management, monitoring and control of up to 2000 cameras/encoders.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark16"><strong><em>Enterprise System, page 16</em></strong></a></p>
<p>An Enterprise Management Server provides simultaneous access to multiple Management Servers. The Enterprise System allows full access to events and alarms from multiple subsystems.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark23"><strong><em>Server Lookup, page 17</em></strong></a></p>
<p>The Server Lookup feature provides a list of available BVMS Management Servers to the BVMS Operator Client. The Operator can select a server out of the list of available server. Connected to the Management Server the Client has full access to the Management Server.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><strong><em>Unmanaged site, page 18</em></strong></a></p>
<p>Devices can be grouped to unmanaged sites. Devices under unmanaged sites are not monitored by the Management Server. The Management Server provides a list of unmanaged sites to the Operator Client. The Operator can connect on demand to the site and gets access to live video data and recorded video data. Event and alarm handling is not available in the unmanaged site concept.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark13"></a><strong>Single Management Server System</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A single BVMS Management Server can manage up to 2000 channels.</li>
<li>A BVMS Management Server provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system.</li>
<li>The BVMS Operator Client is connected to the Management Server and receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback.</li>
<li>In most cases all devices are in one local area network with a high bandwidth and a low latency.</li>
</ul>
<p>Responsibilities:</p>
<ul>
<li>Configuring data</li>
<li>Event log (logbook)</li>
<li>User profiles</li>
<li>User priorities</li>
<li>Licensing</li>
<li>Event- and alarm-management</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="275" class="wp-image-2791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 2" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 940" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-300x96.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-768x247.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="724" class="wp-image-2792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 3" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 941" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg 859w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-768x647.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 4" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 942"></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark17"></a> Enterprise System</p>
<p><strong>4.1.2</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The target of a BVMS<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System </a>is to enable a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark477"> Operator Client </a>to simultaneously access multiple Management Servers (subsystems).</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full access to all cameras and recordings from the subsystems.</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full real time awareness of events and alarms of all subsystems.</li>
<li>Typical application areas:</li>
<li>Metros</li>
<li>Airports</li>
</ul>
<p>Live, playback, events, alarms</p>
<p>BVMS Enterprise Management Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="350" class="wp-image-2794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 5" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 943" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-768x314.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="94" class="wp-image-2795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 6" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 944"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 7" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 945"></p>
<p>BVMS Operator Client / Configuration Client</p>
<p>BVMS Subsystem</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="104" class="wp-image-2797" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 8" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 946"></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark65"><em>Accessing the system, page 35</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark24"></a> 4.1.3 Server Lookup</p>
<ul>
<li>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</li>
<li>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</li>
<li>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
<li>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</li>
<li>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</li>
<li>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</li>
<li>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="339" class="wp-image-2798" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 9" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 947" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-300x119.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-768x305.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; not connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ÎIÎÏ,</strong></td>
<td>Server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Operator Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>BBtIB Sj-fiD 0^</strong></td>
<td>Connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>! BItUB ! </strong>1 1</td>
<td>Not connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark67"><em>Using Server Lookup, page 35</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark27"></a> 4.1.4 Unmanaged site</p>
<ul>
<li>A system design option in BVMS with a large number of small subsystems.</li>
<li>It allows to configure up to 9999 locations in one BVMS Management Server</li>
<li>Operators can access live and recorded video data from up to 20 sites simultaneously.</li>
<li>For an easy navigation sites can be grouped in folders or can be placed on maps.</li>
</ul>
<p>Predefined username and password allow operators to quickly connect to a site .</p>
<p>The unmanaged site concept supports IP based BVMS system as well as analog DVR solutions: &#8211; Bosch DIVAR AN 3000 / 5000 analog recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR hybrid recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR network recorders</p>
<p>DIP 3000/7000 units IP based recording</p>
<p>Single BVMS Management Server System</p>
<p>Adding a site for central monitoring only requires a license per site and is independent of the number of channels in the site.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2799" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 10" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 948" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>&lt;—&gt;</th>
<th>Live, playback, events, alarms</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live and playback video traffic</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>-S</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>g 19</strong></td>
<td>Operator Client / Configuration Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>site</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>R.</strong></td>
<td>DVR</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Recording</strong></p>
<p>This chapter explains the different recording and replay related functions in the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2800" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 11" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 949"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="472" class="wp-image-2801" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 12" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 950" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg 856w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark21"></a> Automated Network Replenishment (ANR)</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The following graphic shows the transmission of video data after a network or storage failure is fixed.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Work around network failure</strong></p>
<p>If the network fails unexpectedly, the ANR function completes the central storage with the locally buffered recording when the network is available again.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Store video data when network is not available</strong></p>
<p>A subway has no network connection to the central storage when located between stations. Only during regular stops the buffered recording can be transmitted to the central storage. Ensure that the time period that is required for transferring the buffered recording, does not exceed the time period of a stop.</p>
<p><strong>Example: ANR for alarm recording</strong></p>
<p>The pre-alarm recording is stored locally. Only in case of an alarm, this pre-alarm recording is transmitted to the central storage. If no alarm occurs, the obsolete pre-alarm recording is not transmitted to the central storage and, hence, does not burden the network.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2802" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 13" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 951"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot use playback from the local storage media when the passwords for &#8216;user&#8217; and &#8216;live&#8217; are set on the encoder. Remove the passwords if required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.2.2</strong></td>
<td>The ANR function only works with VRM recording.</p>
<p>The ANR function does not work with an encoder for which a secure connection for live display is configured.</p>
<p>You must have configured the storage media of an encoder to use the ANR function.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the ANR function, must have firmware version 5.90 or later. Not all encoder types support the ANR function.</p>
<p>You cannot use the ANR function with dual recording.</p>
<p>Your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI storage system </a>must be properly configured.</p>
<p>The following list contains the possible reasons if you cannot configure the ANR function:</p>
<ul>
<li>Encoder is not reachable (wrong IP address, network failure, etc.).</li>
<li>Storage media of the encoder not available or read-only.</li>
<li>Wrong firmware version.</li>
<li>Encoder type does not support the ANR function.</li>
<li>Dual recording is active.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Overview of the storage related events</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes the different storage related events.</p>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage State</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The buffer storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Critical Buffer Fill Level</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage Overflow</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates that the storage buffer is already full and the recording is not transmitted to the central storage anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Storage State / Secondary Storage State</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Storage State </strong>indicates the status of the connection between a camera and the central storage. The <strong>Storage State Failure </strong>event is triggered if the camera loses the connection to the central storage. If the disconnection only lasts a short moment, this event does not necessarily indicate that video data is lost.</p>
<p>The storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Recording monitor state / Secondary recording monitor state</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates a recording monitoring. As long as the camera can buffer recording in the RAM, no alarm is triggered. The <strong>Recording monitor state recording loss </strong>event is only triggered if within the last two minutes video data can no longer be buffered in the RAM and is lost. The event also indicates the time period when video data was lost.</p>
<p>The recording monitor states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state ok</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state recording loss</strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark20"><em>Automated Network Replenishment (ANR), page 20</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark32"></a> 4.3 Alarm handling</p>
<p>Alarms can be individually configured to be handled by one or more user groups. When an alarm occurs, it appears in the Alarm List of all users in the user groups configured to receive that alarm. When any one of these users starts to work on the alarm, it disappears from the Alarm List of all other users.</p>
<p>Alarms are displayed on a workstation’s alarm monitor. This behavior is described in the following paragraphs.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm flow</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>An alarm occurs in the system.</li>
<li>Alarm notifications appear in the Alarm Lists of all users configured for this alarm. Alarm video is immediately displayed on configured monitors. If it is an automatically displayed alarm (auto pop-up), the alarm video is also automatically displayed on the Operator Client workstation’s alarm monitors.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>On monitors, any quad views from VIP XDs are temporarily replaced by full-screen displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>One of the users accepts the alarm. The alarm video is then displayed on this user&#8217;s workstation (if it is not already displayed via auto pop-up). The alarm is removed from all other Alarm Lists and alarm video displays.</li>
<li>The user who accepted the alarm invokes a workflow that can include reading an action plan and entering comments. This step is optional &#8211; requirements for workflow can be configured by the administrator.</li>
<li>Finally, the user clears the alarm. This removes the alarm from his Alarm List and alarm display.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark474"> monitor group</a>, the monitors return to the cameras that were displayed before the alarm occurred.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To display alarm video, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window </a>replaces the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> on the monitor that has been configured for alarm display.</li>
<li>Each alarm gets a row of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Up to 5 Image panes can be associated with each alarm. These Image panes can display live video, playback video, or maps.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a monitor group, each alarm can call up cameras on a row of monitors. The number of cameras in the row is limited by the number of columns in the monitor group. Monitors in the row that are not used for alarm video can be configured to either continue with their current display or to display a blank screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>Higher priority alarms are displayed above lower priority alarms on both monitor rows and the Operator Client workstation display alarm rows.</li>
<li>If the Alarm image window is completely full of Alarm image rows and an additional alarm must be displayed, the lowest priority alarms &#8220;stack up&#8221; in the bottom row of the Alarm image window. You can step through the stacked alarms with the controls at the left side of the alarm row.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can step through the alarm stacks on monitor groups with control buttons in the <strong>Monitors </strong>window of the Operator Client workstation display. Monitors in alarm are indicated by red icons with blinking &#8220;LEDs&#8221;.</p>
<p>The alarm title, time, and date can be optionally be displayed on all monitors, or only the first monitor in the alarm row.</p>
<ol>
<li>For equal priority alarms, the administrator can configure the order behavior:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Last-in-First-out (LIFO) mode: in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>above </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
<li>First-in-First-out (FIFO) mode; in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>below </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>An alarm&#8217;s Image row can appear in the Alarm Image window in one of two ways:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>When it is generated (auto pop-up). This occurs when the alarm priority is higher than display priority.</li>
<li>When the alarm is accepted. This occurs when the alarm priority is lower than display priority.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto pop-up alarms</strong></p>
<p>Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user group&#8217;s live and playback displays are also assigned priorities. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p>Although auto pop-up alarms are displayed in the Alarm Image window, they are not automatically accepted. They can be displayed on multiple users&#8217; displays simultaneously. When a user accepts an auto pop-up alarm, it is removed from all other users Alarm Lists and alarm displays.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm handling in case of shutdown</strong></p>
<p>On a server shutdown all active alarms are preserved. The alarms are restored and reappear in the <strong>Alarm List </strong>window, when the system restarts.</p>
<p>Alarms in the state <strong>Accepted </strong>or <strong>Workflow </strong>are automatically set back to the state <strong>Active </strong>when the system restarts. Comments entered for alarms in the state <strong>Workflow </strong>are preserved.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2803" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 14" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 952"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The alarm data is automatically saved every minute, so the maximum data loss is the data accumulated in one minute.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Inactivity logoff</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of inactivity logoff is to protect an Operator Client or Configuration Client during the absence of the operator or administrator.</p>
<p>You can configure per user group that Operator Client shall be logged off automatically after a specified time period without activity.</p>
<p>For Configuration Client no user groups are available. The inactivity logoff setting is valid only for the <strong>admin </strong>user.</p>
<p>All operations with keyboard, mouse and CCTV keyboard affect the specified time period for inactivity logoff. Automatic activities of Operator Client do not affect the time period. Automatic activities of Configuration Client like firmware upload or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI </a>setup prevent the inactivity logoff.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also configure the inactivity logoff for a BVMS Web Client.</p>
<p>Short before an inactivity logoff, a dialog box reminds the user to actively prevent the inactivity logoff.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> records an occurred inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>If a workstation is located in a public area, the inactivity logoff minimizes the risk that on an unattended workstation Operator Client is accessed by an unauthorized person.</p>
<p>An administrator group member shall logoff automatically after inactivity but a desk officer (operator group) might just watch video without operating the system and does not want an inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>Client SDK activity does not support the inactivity logoff, this means that the activity of Client SDK does not affect the specified time period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Version independent Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>For Compatibility mode both Operator Client and Management Server must have a version later than 5.5.</p>
<p>A user of Operator Client can successfully log on to a Management Server where a previous software version is running.</p>
<p>If the server provides a newer configuration than available on the Operator Client workstation, this configuration is automatically copied to the Operator Client workstation. The user can decide to download the new configuration.</p>
<p>Operator Client provides a reduced feature set and is connected to this Management Server. The following Management Server related features are available after logon to a Management Server with a previous version: &#8211; User preferences</p>
<ul>
<li>Start manual recording</li>
<li>Display of device states</li>
<li>Toggling relay states</li>
<li>Searching the Logbook</li>
</ul>
<p>Search for events is not possible.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark487">Server Lookup</a></li>
<li>Remote export</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Working with Compatibility Mode</strong></p>
<p>CL</p>
<p>: This Operator Client state displays in case of compatibility mode.</p>
<p>In version later than 5.5, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode if the version of the Management Server is lower than the version of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>In version later than 10.0, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode in case of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all communication services could be connected by Operator Client.</li>
<li>Example: The Management Server is up and running, but WebServiceHost is down.</li>
<li>There are changes within the communication interface between Operator Client and Management Server</li>
</ul>
<p>Only semantic interface changes or partial drop of services may cause that some functionalities can be missing in the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>25</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark38"></a><strong>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>This chapter illustrates the viewing modes of a panoramic camera which are available in BVMS.</p>
<p>The following viewing modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Circle view</li>
<li>Panorama view</li>
<li>Cropped view</li>
</ul>
<p>Panorama and cropped view modes are created by the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarping </a>process in BVMS.<a href="#post-2789-bookmark451"> Edge</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark451">dewarping </a>is not used.</p>
<p>The administrator must configure the mounting position of a panoramic camera in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>You can resize the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of a camera as required. The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>360° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="575" class="wp-image-2804" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 15" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 953" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg 853w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="499" class="wp-image-2805" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 16" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 954" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg 782w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-768x490.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark42"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="573" class="wp-image-2806" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 17" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 955" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="577" class="wp-image-2807" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 18" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 956" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark45"></a> 4.6.3 360° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="395" class="wp-image-2808" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 19" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 957" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19-300x264.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="385" class="wp-image-2809" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 20" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 958" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark47"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.4</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="390" class="wp-image-2810" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 21" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 959" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21-300x296.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="251" class="wp-image-2811" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 22" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 960" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p><strong>o<br />
▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark50"></a> Cropped view on a panoramic camera</p>
<p><strong>4.6.5</strong></p>
<p>The following example figure illustrates the cropping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<p>The rectilinear section used for cropping is fixed. You can change the section in the cropped Image pane using the available PTZ controls.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="239" class="wp-image-2812" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 23" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 961" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg 239w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 239px) 100vw, 239px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="145" class="wp-image-2813" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 24" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 962" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg 750w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="193" class="wp-image-2814" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 25" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 963" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Cropping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Cropped<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark54"></a> 4.7 SSH Tunneling</p>
<p>BVMS provides remote connectivity utilizing Secure Shell (SSH) tunneling.</p>
<p>SSH tunneling constructs an encrypted tunnel established by an SSH protocol/socket connection. This encrypted tunnel can provide transport to both encrypted and un-encrypted traffic. The Bosch SSH implementation also utilizes Omni-Path protocol, which is a high performance low latency communications protocol developed by Intel.</p>
<p><strong>Technical aspects and restrictions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>SSH tunneling utilizes port 5322. This port cannot be modified.</li>
<li>The SSH Service must be installed on the same server as the BVMS Management Server.</li>
<li>(Enterprise) user accounts must have a configured password. (Enterprise) user accounts without a password cannot log on utilizing a SSH connection.</li>
<li>Local storage cameras do not support SSH connection.</li>
<li>Configuration Client cannot connect remotely via SSH. Configuration Client connection must be done via port mapping.</li>
<li>Operator Client checks connection with SSH service every 15 seconds. If the connection is interrupted, Operator Client retests the connection every minute.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Port mapping</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Configure one port forwarding for the BVMS Management Server to utilize port 5322 for both internal and external connections.</p>
<p>This is the only port mapping entry that you need to make for the entire system.</p>
<p>BVMS port mapping is not required.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypted communication</strong></p>
<p>After the connection is established via a SSH tunnel, all communications between the BVMS Management Server and a remote client are encrypted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark56"></a> 5 Use latest software</p>
<p>Before operating the device for the first time, make sure that you install the latest applicable release of your software version. For consistent functionality, compatibility, performance, and security, regularly update the software throughout the operational life of the device. Follow the instructions in the product documentation regarding software updates.</p>
<p>We only create new updates for software versions in general or limited availability state. For more information, refer to:</p>
<p><a href="https://community.boschsecurity.com/t5/Security-Video/Bosch-Building-Technologies-Software-Service-and-Support/ta-p/10669" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Bosch Building Technologies Software Service and Support</a>.</p>
<p>The following links provide more information:</p>
<ul>
<li>General information:<a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/</a></li>
<li>Security advisories, that is a list of identified vulnerabilities and proposed solutions:</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html</a> Bosch assumes no liability whatsoever for any damage caused by operating its products with outdated software components.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2815" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 26" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 964"></p>
<p><strong>6</strong></p>
<p><strong>6.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark58"></a> Getting started</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to get started with BVMS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark60"></a> Starting Operator Client</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Before using the system, activate the licenses that you have ordered. The Configuration Manual or the Configuration Client Online Help describe how to activate the licenses.</li>
<li>To be sure that your BVMS uses the language that you need, please configure this language in your Configuration Client. See the Online Help for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>If a newer version of BVMS is running on the Management Server, this version is installed automatically by no-touch deployment when you log on.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type your user name in the <strong>User Name: </strong>field.</li>
<li>Type your password in the <strong>Password: </strong>field.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When you start the application for the first time, type Admin as user name, no password required.</p>
<p>To access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously, type the user name of a member of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you use a SSH connection, select <strong>&lt;New&#8230;&gt; </strong>and enter the address in the following format: <strong>ssh://IP or servername:5322.</strong></p>
<p>To use a SSH connection user accounts must have a configured password (see<a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"> <em>SSH</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em>Tunneling, page 31</em></a>).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If dual authorization has been configured for your user group, the next logon dialog is displayed.</p>
<p>A user of the configured second user group enters the required information.</p>
<p>The application starts.</p>
<p>If dual authorization is optional, just click <strong>OK </strong>again on the second logon dialog box. But you then only have the user rights of your user group and not the potentially extended user rights of your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark448"> dual authorization </a>group.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on, the user has to be associated to a LDAP user group that is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>SSH connection and dual authorization are not supported if a user connects to the Operator Client using Single Sign-on.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client. The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Use Windows session credentials </strong>check box.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To quit Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>System </strong>menu, click <strong>Exit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application quits.</p>
<p>If you logged on to Operator Client as a user who is not authorized to quit the application, the <strong>Enter Logoff Password </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Ask a user with corresponding user rights to enter his user name and password to confirm the process.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em> SSH Tunneling, page 31</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting Operator Client with command line parameters</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Operator Client provides automatic logon by using a parameterized startup. Therefore, create a new shortcut to the OperatorClient.exe and adjust the target of the shortcut.</p>
<p>Adjust the text between ** to the specific situation.</p>
<p>*BVMS installation directory*\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;*username*&#8221; / password=&#8221;*password*&#8221; /connection=&#8221;*ip address*&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
<p>C:\Program Files\BOSCH\VMS\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;Admin&#8221; / password=&#8221;password123&#8243; /connection=&#8221;192.168.20.120&#8243;</p>
<p>The connection parameter works from BVMS 9.0 and newer. The username and password parameters work from BVMS 5.0 onwards.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2816" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 27" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 965"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Username and password are stored as clear text in the target of the shortcut. This can be considered a security risk.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark63"></a> 6.3 Accepting a new configuration</p>
<p>When the system administrator activates a new configuration from within Configuration Client, each Operator Client is either immediately restarted automatically or the user of a workstation is informed about the new configuration and can accept it later. The system administrator configures which of these 2 cases occurs.</p>
<p>If the system administrator activated a new configuration without forcing each Operator Client workstation to accept the new configuration, a dialog box is displayed on all Operator Client workstations. The users can refuse or accept the new configuration. The dialog box is closed after a few seconds without user interaction. In this case the new configuration is refused. If a device (for example a camera) is removed from the system in the new configuration, some functions of this device are not available if you have refused the new configuration.</p>
<p>If you change the password for a user or delete a user while this user is logged on, this user can still continue working with Operator Client after password change or deletion. If after password change or deletion the connection to Management Server is interrupted (for example after activating the configuration), the user cannot automatically reconnect to the Management Server again without logoff/logon at Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To accept a new configuration:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Log off and then log on again.</p>
<p>The new configuration is used now.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td colspan="2">Getting started | en <strong>35</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark65"></a><strong>Accessing the system</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">You access a system performing the following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform one of the following steps to select the network address of the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click a preselected list entry.</li>
<li>Enter a network address manually.</li>
<li>Select a network address using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark487"> Server Lookup</a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Log on to the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Single server system</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark454">Enterprise System</a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.5</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark67"></a><strong>Using Server Lookup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>—</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>— — —</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>—</td>
<td>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</p>
<p>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</p>
<p>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</p>
<p>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</p>
<p>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</p>
<p>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To</strong></p>
<p>10.</td>
<td><strong>access:</strong></p>
<p>Start Operator Client or Configuration Client.</p>
<p>The logon dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Configuration Client or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Operator Client.</p>
<p>If private and public IP address has been configured for a server, this is indicated.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for the first time, the <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>(Enterprise) Management Server address </strong>field, type in a valid network address of the desired server.</p>
<p>Enter a valid user name and password.</p>
<p>If required, click <strong>Remember settings</strong>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Select the desired server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If the selected server has both a private and a public network address, a message box is displayed asking whether you are using a computer located in the private network of the selected server.</p>
<p>The server name is added to the <strong>Connection: </strong>list in the logon dialog box.</p>
<p>Select this server in the <strong>Connection: </strong>list and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If you have selected the <strong>Remember settings </strong>check box, you can select this server directly when you again want to access this server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying camera images</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to display camera images.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>©</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2817" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 28" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 966" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<p>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="168" class="wp-image-2818" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 29" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 967" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg 758w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29-300x66.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark72"></a> 7.2 Displaying a camera in an Image pane</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.<br />
The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>. Select an Image pane.</li>
<li>. In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>. Repeat the above steps for every camera you want to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also drag maps and documents to Image panes.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click a camera and click <strong>in next free image pane</strong>. The camera is displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move a camera within the Image window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the camera into another Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To zoom digitally:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark75"></a> 7.3 Displaying a panoramic camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display<a href="#post-2789-bookmark479"> panoramic cameras</a>. The original full image circle of a panorama camera is automatically<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarped </a>when displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>You can display panoramic cameras and use PTZ in Live Mode and Playback Mode</p>
<p>You can select a point of interest of the panorama image for display in another Image pane. This Image pane displays the cropped image. Cropping and using PTZ in a cropped image is possible in Live and Playback Mode.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> allows a flexible resizing of the Image pane that displays a panoramic camera or any other camera.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>38 </strong>en</td>
<td>| Displaying camera images BVMS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display a panoramic camera:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera with the icon to an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera image is displayed in panorama view.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display a cropped image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a panoramic camera in panorama view.</li>
<li>Press and hold the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>The mouse pointer changes accordingly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click and hold a point of interest.</li>
<li>Drag the selected point to another Image pane and drop it. Release the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>A section of the panorama view around the selected point is displayed.</p>
<p>You can create another cropped image from this cropped image with the same procedure.</p>
<p>We recommend displaying maximum 10 cropped Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark77"></a><strong>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>A panoramic camera must be configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>for this user.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can switch the viewing mode for a panoramic camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The following modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>O Circle view</strong></li>
<li><strong>□ Panorama view </strong>(initial view)</li>
<li>O <strong>Cropped view</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of an Image pane displaying a panoramic camera, click the <strong>Switch panoramic mode </strong>icon and select the desired entry.</p>
<p>When the Image pane for this camera is closed and opened again, the <strong>Panorama view </strong>mode is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Displaying a dual thermal/optical camera</strong></p>
<p>In Operator Client you can display the thermal and optical mode of a dual camera either separately or simultaneously.</p>
<p><strong>To display the desired viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera to an Image pane or</p>
<p>Select an Image pane and in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>window, double-click the desired camera.</p>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The viewing mode is displayed in the title bar of the Image pane:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="46" class="wp-image-2819" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 30" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 968" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg 325w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30-300x42.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="142" height="45" class="wp-image-2820" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 31" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 969"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2821" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 32" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 970"></p>
<p><strong>7.6</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.7</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.8</strong></p>
<p><strong>Optical îü Thermal</strong></p>
<p><strong>To switch the viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of the Image pane displaying the camera, select the desired viewing mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the thermal and optical mode of the camera simultaneously:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Select the Image pane displaying the camera.</p>
<p>Press the CTRL-key and drag and drop the camera image to another Image pane.</p>
<p>The second viewing mode of the camera is displayed in the new Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark80"></a> Displaying cameras from multiple Management Servers</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Enterprise Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Log on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>In the Enterprise<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, expand the item of the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>. You can use the devices that are configured for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark82"></a> Finding an item in the Logical Tree</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To find an item in the Logical Tree:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Right-click the root node or a child node of the Logical Tree and click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window press Ctrl + F.</p>
<p>The search box is displayed</p>
<p>Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked. If you want to display it in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, double-click it. If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</p>
<p>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</p>
<p>Click X to close the search box.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark407"><em> Search box, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark85"></a> Changing the number of Image pane rows</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>To show fewer image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show fewer Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider or</p>
<p>to the left</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Press F7.</p>
<p><strong>To show more Image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider to the right</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Click ® or</p>
<p>Press F8.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2822" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 33" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 971"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2823" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 34" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 972"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If you have reached this number, the <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>menu command and the</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>button are disabled.</p>
<p>If the maximum number of Image pane rows has been set to 1, the <strong>Change image pane rows</strong></p>
<p>slider is not displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This limitation does not affect the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark88"></a> 7.9 Arranging and resizing Image panes</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To arrange Image panes:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an item from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. Repeat this until all required cameras are displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p>If an object is already displayed in a target Image pane, this object is replaced.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera from one Image pane to another, if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To resize an Image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Point to a border or corner of an Image pane. The pointer appears as a double-headed arrow.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can resize diagonally, vertically or horizontally.</p>
<p>The resulting size of the Image pane is limited to the grid of the select Image pane pattern.</p>
<p>The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to resize the Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark90"></a> 7.10 Displaying the Alarm Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch from the Image window to the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> if at least one alarm is in the Alarm List.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2824" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 35" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 973"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display the Alarm Image window:</strong></p>
<p><em>a*-</em></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>The Alarm Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To display the Image window again:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>Live Mode or Playback Mode is displayed depending on the Mode that was displayed before.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting manual recording</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can start recording for each camera manually. The quality level of alarm recording mode is used. The duration of alarm recording is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If the selected camera is already recording, the quality level is changed to alarm recording mode. With VRM recording, the alarm recording is not protected.</p>
<p><strong>To start recording:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a camera.</li>
<li>Click * .</li>
</ol>
<p>Recording is started.</p>
<p>VRM recordings only: You cannot manually stop recording. The recording stops after the configured alarm recording time. In the Timeline of the camera, the pre-alarm recording is displayed as alarm recording, if pre-alarm recording is configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.12</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark93"></a><strong>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other. The pre­configured camera sequences are configured in the Configuration Client and appear in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p>A sequence is configured to use more than one<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane </a>in Operator Client or in a monitor group. If there are not enough<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image panes </a>or monitor panes to display the whole sequence, only those panes are displayed which fit into the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>. The remaining panes are not displayed and an appropriate message is displayed.</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>2 </strong>en | Displaying camera images BVMS</p>
<ul>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p><em>b</em> But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p><em>[ A</em> A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>7.13</strong></td>
<td><strong>To start and control a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the required sequence from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane or to a</li>
</ol>
<p>monitor group.</p>
<p>1 k [P</p>
<p>The sequence is displayed indicated by the — symbol when running in an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>When running in an image pane: Click a playback control icon of the image window toolbar to control the sequence.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Starting an automatic camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other.</p>
<p>You configure the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark450"> dwell time </a>for these sequences in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu,</p>
<p><strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>f</em><strong> • J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p>A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</p>
<p><strong>To start a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>where you want the sequence to be played.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>43</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Right-click a folder in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>and click <strong>Show as sequence in selected image pane</strong>.</p>
<p>The cameras of the selected folder are displayed one after the other in the selected</p>
<p>| [J</p>
<p>Image pane. indicates that the sequence is running.</p>
<p><strong>To pause a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>[nW</p>
<p>The sequence stops playing, as indicated by .</p>
<p><strong>To jump to the previous / next step of a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the Image window toolbar, click or <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>The sequence jumps to the previous or next step.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using one channel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use one channel audio mode when you want to hear only one audio source assigned to a camera. You cannot activate audio for another camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.15</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using multichannel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use multichannel audio mode when you want to hear different audio sources at the same time. You can activate different audio sources assigned to a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Multichannel audio playback </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using digital zoom</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>Every<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>provides a digital zoom function. This digital zoom has 11 levels: 1x, 1.35x, 1.8x, 2.5x, 3.3x, 4.5x, 6x, 8.2x, 11x, 14.9x, 20.1x.</p>
<p>When you save a Favorites View, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are saved.</p>
<p>ll<sup>&#8211;</sup>-.</p>
<p>When you click , the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used</p>
<p>for instant playback.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When Operator Client restarts, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are retained.</p>
<p><strong>To use digital zoom:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</p>
<p>indicates that the digital zoom was used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Drag the image to navigate to the desired image section.</p>
<p>Right-click the Image pane and click <strong>Zoom 1:1 </strong>to return to the original size.</p>
<p>s <sub>H</sub>.</p>
<p>disappears.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You can also use the controls for digital zoom in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window. When you rotate the wheel button for PTZ cameras, you use optical zoom.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark150"><em>Using in-window control of a PTZ camera, page 55</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark103"></a> Saving a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To save a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click ^^.</p>
<p>A dialog box for saving the image file is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Select the desired directory, enter a file name, and select the desired file type. JPG and BMP are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is saved. The file contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark105"></a> Printing a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To print a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click <strong>^P.</strong></p>
<p>A dialog box for selecting the printer is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is printed. The printout contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>45</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.19</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Switching to full-screen mode</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.20</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>Full-screen mode hides many control elements, for example the menu commands or the Alarm List if no alarm monitor was switched to full-screen mode. For accessing these control elements, leave the full-screen-mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the entire Image window in full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>IS</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click .</p>
<p>The Image window is displayed in full-screen mode.</p>
<p><strong>To leave the full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click ® .</p>
<p><strong>To maximize a selected Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>and click <strong>Maximize</strong>.</p>
<p>The selected Image pane is displayed using the entire Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying or hiding the Image pane bars</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.21</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display / hide the toolbars:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click to display the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p>Click to hide the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying information on a camera</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.22</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display information:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>with a camera assigned and click <strong>Properties</strong>. A dialog box with the camera properties is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark115"></a> 7.23 Showing video content analysis (VCA) rules</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To show VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Show Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To hide VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Hide Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client or after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark118"></a> 7.24 Starting instant playback</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can view the recordings of a camera in an Image pane in the Live Mode.</p>
<p>If configured you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>The current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used for instant playback. The start time (number of seconds in the past or rewind time) for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> is configured in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p><strong>To start instant playback:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the required<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>L'&#8221;&#8216;.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The recording is played.</p>
<p>3. Switch to the desired recording source if available.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>After switching the recording source the rewind time can deviate from the configured value.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>tf&#8217;Si</p>
<p><strong>Si.</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>More than one Image pane with instant playback is possible, even multiple instant playbacks of the same camera.</p>
<p>The rewind time for instant playback is configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"> <em>Control tab, page 134</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; —&#8217;.</p>
<p>The duration of looped instant playback in the live image pane is the rewind time backwards plus the rewind time forwards from the time you click <sup>1</sup> —<sup>1</sup>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"><em>Control tab, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.25</strong></td>
<td><strong>Assigning a camera to a monitor</strong></p>
<p><strong>„ . <sub>rt</sub> S- &#8220;T:</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p>You can assign IP devices to a decoder. This displays the video signal on the monitor and plays the audio signal on the speakers if connected to the decoder. Bosch Allegiant cameras cannot be assigned this way.</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the window to the desired monitor in the Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.26</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>If available you can activate audio for a selected camera.</p>
<p>To hear the audio signal of multiple cameras simultaneously, activate multichannel audio mode.</p>
<p>You switch the audio mode in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230;</strong>command). <strong>To activate / de-activate audio:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Click to de-activate or to activate audio.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.27</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can use the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a> only when Live Mode is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Ensure that the microphone is active on your sound card and its volume is not 0. You perform this task in the Control Panel of your workstation computer. Additionally ensure that in the recording control of your sound card only the microphone is selected, not the stereo mix. For Windows 7: Disable all input devices except the one you want to use for Intercom functionality.</p>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="644" height="725" class="wp-image-2825" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 36" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 974" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg 644w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36-266x300.jpeg 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 644px) 100vw, 644px" /></p>
<p>If you change the setting from stereo mix to microphone after the first start of Operator Client, the setting is overridden after the next start of Operator Client. We recommend to use a headset instead of a microphone-loudspeaker combination to avoid acoustic feedback.</p>
<p>The Intercom functionality only works with an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> that has both audio-in and audio-out. Ensure that the volume settings for the encoder microphone and loudspeakers are not 0. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>To use Intercom functionality on your workstation your user group must be granted to use it. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box, you can configure half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> or full duplex mode.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intercom functionality:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an Image pane with an audio encoder.</li>
<li>Click and hold the mouse button. If audio was off for this Image pane, it is switched on automatically.</li>
</ol>
<p><sub>Th</sub> . <sub>h t</sub> 1“</p>
<p>The icon changes to .</p>
<p>Now you can talk. If configured, the other side can talk also, regardless whether the icon is clicked or not.</p>
<ol>
<li>Release the mouse button. The transfer is interrupted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Audio remains on for this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2826" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 37" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 975"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>An incoming auto pop-up alarm can interrupt the transfer.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.28</strong></td>
<td><strong>Locking the control of a PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can lock the control of a PTZ camera for other users. A user with a higher priority can take over the control and lock the camera control. A timeout can be configured for this explicit PTZ locking. If you only take over the control without manually locking it before, the control is locked for the user with lower priority for 5 seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To lock a PTZ control:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select one of the following items:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Image pane with PTZ camera</li>
<li>PTZcameraintheLogicalTree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Favorites Tree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Map window</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Lock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The users with lower priorities cannot use the PTZ control any longer. On their displays a corresponding message box is displayed.</p>
<p>To stop the locking of the PTZ control, right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</p>
<p>The locking ends automatically after a configured time period or when you log off.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em>Map window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.29</strong></td>
<td><strong>Updating the reference image</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can update the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark483"> reference image</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To update the reference image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click an Image pane and click <strong>Reference Image </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Camera view:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the live view of the selected camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image</strong></p>
<p>Displays the reference image after clicking <strong>Update</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Update</strong></p>
<p>Click to set the reference image. The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is used.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2827" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 38" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 976"><a id="post-2789-bookmark130"></a> 7.30 Displaying a monitor group</p>
<p>S&#8221; Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To assign a monitor group to an image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a monitor group from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or select an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a monitor group. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To assign a camera to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p>1. Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to a monitor.</p>
<p>The selected camera is displayed in the monitor.</p>
<p>Every assigned camera of a monitor group displays a snapshot. This snapshot helps you to identify, for example, if the correct camera is used or if the camera is reachable. The snapshot image is updated every minute.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="51" class="wp-image-2828" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 39" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 977"><strong>To switch the layout of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To reset the default layout settings of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the appropriate monitor group in the <strong>Logical tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reset to default layout settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default layout settings of a MG are the settings, that are configured in the Configuration Client for this MG.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark133"></a> 7.31 Selecting live stream for display</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can select the stream of a camera for display in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. This is for example useful when the default stream is not available. In this case you can switch to another stream.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>you select the preferred stream to be used when the camera is displayed later.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of an already displayed camera you can switch the stream immediately.</p>
<p>The stream selection in an Image pane displaying a camera is retained after restarting Operator Client without explicitly closing this Image pane before. If the default stream has been selected in an Image pane and the default stream is changed using Configuration Client, the stream used for Live display is automatically changed after restart.</p>
<p>You can save the stream selection of an Image pane in a view in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark459"> Favorites Tree</a>.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with a version earlier than BVMS 5.5.5 to open a view previously saved with Operator Client 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with version 5.5.5 to display a view that was saved with Operator Client with a version earlier than 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p><strong>To pre-select a preferred stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands.</p>
<p>When you drag this camera to an Image pane next time, the preferred stream is used for display.</p>
<p><strong>To select a stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the camera image in an Image pane, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands</p>
<p>The selected stream is used for display.</p>
<p>When you select <strong>Image pane size optimized</strong>, the resolution of the displayed camera is automatically adjusted to the size of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>depending on the resolution of the used monitor.</p>
<p>The <strong>Image pane size optimized </strong>command is not available for the following cameras:</p>
<ul>
<li>Cameras with SD resolution</li>
<li>Cameras with identical resolution on stream 1 and stream 2</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark161"><em>Using favorites and bookmarks, page 62</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark135"></a> 7.32 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ff;:. ff::.</p>
<p>icon for hardware transcoding or the</p>
<p>icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2829" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 40" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 978"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>7.33</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark137"></a> Using TCP for reliable connection</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>For each Video IP device from Bosch in your system you can establish a more reliable connection if required. This can be useful if you have for example connection losses due to high network load. You enable <a href="#post-2789-bookmark489">TCP </a>for a selected camera to achieve a more reliable connection.</p>
<p>For all cameras of an entire workstation the system administrator can configure that the default protocol is TCP or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark491"> UDP</a>. For a single camera you can override the default protocol. <strong>Note: </strong>From encoder firmware version 7.0, it is possible to display secure UDP for BVIP encoders. You can switch between TCP and UDP for live video of an encoder.</p>
<p>If you are using older firmware versions and the administrator activated the encryption for live video of an encoder in Configuration Client, TCP is selected by default and it is not possible to disable TCP.</p>
<p><strong>To enable TCP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via TCP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To enable UDP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via UDP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To use the configured default protocol:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Use default protocol (TCP) </strong>or <strong>Use default protocol (UDP)</strong>. It depends on the current configuration which of these two menu commands is available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark140"></a> 7.34 Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>Q</p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click .</li>
<li>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting, i is displayed.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established, is displayed.</p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li>Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2830" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 41" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 979"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2831" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 42" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 980"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2832" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 43" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 981"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.35</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying a video analytics alarm</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can display the analytics viewer application of the configured <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>platform.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark438"> analytics viewer</a> application shows you analytics alarm details.</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the video analytics item to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The default image of the analytics viewer application is displayed.</p>
<p>For displaying the analytics viewer application, a video analytics alarm must be available in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display the alarm viewer application:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>, click to select a video analytics alarm.</p>
<p>The analytics viewer application is displayed in the Image pane where you dragged the video analytics item.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.36</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying Intelligent Insights widgets</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display an Intelligent Insights widget in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display an </strong>Intelligent Insights <strong>widget in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag an Intelligent Insights widget from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The Intelligent Insights widget is displayed in the image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark146"></a> Using PTZ cameras</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2833" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 44" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 982"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group </a>or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark148"></a> Controlling PTZ cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2834" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 45" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 983"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When controlling a MIC 500 PTZ camera, focus near and focus far are permuted. You can switch the behavior directly on the device.</p>
<p><strong>Controlling/zooming cameras in the PTZ Control window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required Image pane.</li>
<li>Click the various control elements in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window to control the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move to a preposition of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map, point to <strong>Predefined positions</strong>, and then click the desired preposition command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera moves the focus to the selected preposition.</p>
<p><strong>To lock the control of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map and click <strong>Lock</strong>. The PTZ control of this camera is locked for other users.</li>
<li>To unlock: Right-click the locked PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em> PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark151"></a> 8.2 Using in-window control of a PTZ camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>After you have assigned a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera to an Image pane, you can use the camera control functions directly in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To use the pan and tilt function:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Move the cursor on the Image pane which displays a PTZ camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to</p>
<ol>
<li>Press and hold the mouse button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to C3\</p>
<p>To pan and tilt the image slowly, move the mouse slightly in the desired direction.</p>
<p>To pan and tilt more quickly, move the mouse further.</p>
<p><strong>To use the optical zoom function:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To zoom in, rotate the wheel button forward.</li>
<li>To zoom out, rotate the wheel button backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="173" class="wp-image-2835" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 46" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 984"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2836" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 47" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 985"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="260" height="301" class="wp-image-2837" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 48" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 986"></p>
<p>8.3</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark111"></a> Using the ROI function</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can use<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>with a fixed HD camera.</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the ROI function in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>To use ROI:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Use the following PTZ controls:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="39" class="wp-image-2838" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 49" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 987"></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Additionally you can use the digital zoom ( save network bandwidth.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Use the in-window controls.</p>
<p>). But this does not</p>
<p>8.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark113"></a> Using Intelligent Tracking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2839" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 50" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 988"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark465"> Intelligent Tracking</a> is to enable a camera to follow a selected object. You can configure whether the selection of an object is automatically or manually. The camera can be a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>camera or a fixed HD camera (only with<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>enabled).</p>
<p>The following 3 modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Off</strong>: Intelligent Tracking is turned off.</li>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Intelligent Tracking turned on, the largest object is automatically selected for tracking, recommended use: rarely moving objects in the image.</li>
<li><strong>Click</strong>: User selects object to be tracked.</li>
</ul>
<p>After selecting the object to be tracked, a PTZ camera moves to follow the object until this object leaves the visible area of the camera or the operator stops tracking.</p>
<p>A fixed HD camera with the Intelligent Tracking feature enabled defines a surrounding region close to the borders of the selected object and zooms into the image to display only the region. Then the region is moved according to the movement of the object.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intelligent Tracking:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane of the camera and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Click </strong>to enable Intelligent Tracking.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The camera follows an object that moves into the camera image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark153"></a> Using maps, the global map and map viewports</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2840" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 51" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 989"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use site maps, the <strong>Map </strong>window, the global map and map viewports.</p>
<p><strong>Site maps</strong></p>
<p>You can view a site map in the required ratio and zooming factor. Hence, you see all your devices and their places at a glance.</p>
<p>You can activate that the site map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is automatically getting the focus. This site map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor.</p>
<p><strong>Global map</strong></p>
<p>You can see all your cameras that are configured on the global map. You can also search for cameras or locations. You can use the Map-based tracking assistant if the feature is enabled on the respective camera.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Map viewports</strong></p>
<p>A map viewport is an area of the global map with a specific center and zoom level. You can still zoom in and out or move in any direction, but can also come back to the configured default position of the map viewport.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group</a> or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark156"></a> 9.1 Displaying a site map</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a site map in the <strong>Map </strong>window or in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2841" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 52" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 990"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p>Depending on your configuration, a site map can display blinking and colored<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. Each hot spot indicates that a specific state change of the corresponding device has occurred<strong>.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To view a site map in the map window:</strong></p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map from the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the tab, wait until the <strong>Map </strong>window is displayed, and drop the site map on the <strong>Map </strong>window.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map in an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a site map from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an Image pane.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em> Map window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying a map viewport</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a map viewport in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map viewport in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map viewport from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane.</p>
<p>The map viewport is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To go to the configured default position of a map viewport:</strong></p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>After zooming in or out on a map viewport, click 1! to go back to the configured default position.</p>
<p><strong>To search for cameras or locations in a map viewport:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Type the name of a camera, location or address in the search field.</li>
</ol>
<p>As soon as you start typing a dropdown menu with a list of relevant options displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective option from the list</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>The camera, location or address displays and is indicated with a flag ■. for some seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To change floors in map viewports:</strong></p>
<p>1. Click E.</p>
<p>The field opens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.3</strong></td>
<td>2. Select the respective floor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark159"></a><strong>Using the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras.</p>
<p>The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant displays five image panes: one main image pane and maximum four side image panes that are indicated by the Latin letters A-D.</p>
<p>The main image pane displays the selected main camera. The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</p>
<p>In the global map, the neighbor cameras are also indicated by the Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes. The letters also display in the image pane bar, if enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To use the camera control functions, you have to select the respective image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To start the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="50" class="wp-image-2842" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 53" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 991"> Select the image pane of the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display pops up.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras display in the side image panes. The view cones of the neighbor cameras rotate automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If a neighbor camera is a PTZ camera, the actual view cone of the PTZ camera rotates automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</p>
<p><strong>To reassign a main camera:</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the hot spot of the respective camera.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p>Double-click in the side image pane of the respective neighbor camera.</p>
<p>This former neighbor camera now displays as main camera in the central image page. The</p>
<p>neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="57" class="wp-image-2843" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 54" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 992"></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Double-click any location on the global map where you want to focus on.</p>
<p>The location is indicated with</p>
<p>for some seconds and the closest camera displays as</p>
<p>main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If no camera view cone covers the selected location, the closest camera within a</p>
<p>range of 80 meters automatically displays as main camera. If no camera view cone covers the selected location, and the closest camera is not within a range of 80 meters, no camera displays as main camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2844" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 55" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 993"><strong>Start or stop First person view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>When First person view is enabled, the global map rotates to align the view cone of the main camera to north orientation.</p>
<p>If the main camera is a dome camera, the global map rotates to align the actual view cone of the dome camera to north orientation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>First person view is enabled by default when you start the Map-based tracking assistant.</p>
<p><strong>To align the global map to default north orientation:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>The global map rotates to align to default north orientation. <strong>Note: </strong>The First person view stops.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2845" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 56" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 994"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the default north orientation is enabled and you select a new main camera, the global map does not rotate to align the orientation of the camera view cone. If you want that behavior, you have to start First person view.</p>
<p><strong>To stop the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>When the <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display is enabled, click</p>
<p>to stop the Map-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2846" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 57" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 995"></p>
<p>based tracking assistant.</p>
<p>You return to your previous mode (live mode, playback mode or alarm display).</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark376"><em> Map-based tracking assistant display, page 125</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark161"></a><strong>Using favorites and bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the Favorites Tree and the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Bookmark Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window </a>at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</p>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ Î </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark132"><em>Selecting live stream for display, page 50</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark163"></a><strong>Adding items to the favorites tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>s&gt; </strong>I;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>u</sub> . &#8211; &#8220;I:,<sub>h</sub></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add each item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the Favorites Tree. This allows you to define your own subset of the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To add an item:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an item and click <strong>Add To Favorites</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark167"></a> Creating/editing views</p>
<p>10.2</p>
<p>S&#8217; Tr</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>After having assigned cameras, maps, and HTML files to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>, you can save this assignment and the Image pane pattern in a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To create a new view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>. Arrange the cameras in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> in Live Mode and in Playback Mode.</li>
<li>. If desired, use the digital zoom and select an image section.</li>
</ol>
<p>When displaying a view, the live image of the camera is displayed in Live Mode and the recorded video of the camera is displayed in Playback Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li>. In the Image window toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>A new view is added. Enter a name for the new view.</p>
<p><strong>Limitation for unmanaged sites: </strong>You can create a view of cameras from maximum 20 unmanaged sites.</p>
<p><strong>To display a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view or right-click the view and click <strong>Load Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2847" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 58" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 996"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved view exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a view for unmanaged sites</strong></p>
<p>When you load a view for cameras from unmanaged sites, the assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window and the unmanaged sites are connected automatically.</p>
<p>If the connection takes more than 3 seconds the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box is displayed showing the connection progress.</p>
<ol>
<li>To cancel the connection process, click <strong>Cancel</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No further unmanaged sites are connected and no further camera images are loaded. The unmanaged sites which have already been connected remain connected and the camera images which have already been loaded remain open.</p>
<p>If there are connection problems, the unmanaged sites which could not be connected are displayed in the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box.</p>
<ol>
<li>After the connection process has finished, click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the number of already connected unmanaged sites and unmanaged sites assigned to the Favorite view exceeds the maximum number of 20 connected sites, a warning message is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>No </strong>to cancel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK </strong>to continue.</p>
<p>If you continue, the unmanaged sites which are already connected but are not assigned to the Favorite view are disconnected and only unmanaged sites which are assigned to the Favorite view are connected.</p>
<p><strong>To edit a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view which you want to edit.</li>
<li>Make the required changes, for example assign cameras to Image panes.</li>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Update Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To rename a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the name of the view and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete a view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the view and click <strong>Remove</strong>.</p>
<p>The view is removed from the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em> Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark169"></a> Exporting favorites settings</p>
<p>10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2848" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 59" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 997"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2849" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 60" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 998"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2850" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 61" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 999"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2851" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 62" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1000"></p>
<p>You can export any single favorites item, folder or the complete favorites tree. You can then share the exported file or files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any favorites item, folder or the favorites tree root item, and select <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Using favorites and bookmarks | en <strong>65</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.4</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Importing favorites settings</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.5</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li><strong>TT</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To import favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the favorites tree where you want to import favorites settings, and select <strong>Import</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Adding a bookmark</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p><strong>To add a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
<li>In the toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<ol>
<li>The selected time period is copied to the appropriate fields.</li>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Add Bookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>Edit the name of the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Start Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>End Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>Displays the cameras that belong to this bookmark.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark174"></a> 10.6 Editing a bookmark</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>H ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To edit a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> and click <strong>Edit bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Edit bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The bookmark is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2852" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 63" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1001"></p>
<p>10.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark177"></a> Loading a bookmark</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To display a bookmark:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>. The entire Image window layout saved in the bookmark is displayed in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>. The Hairline is positioned at the start time of the bookmark.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The previous Image window is overwritten.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved bookmark exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p>10.8</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark400"><em> Bookmarks window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark180"></a> Exporting video of bookmarks</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt; or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export video of bookmarks:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Right-click a bookmark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>To export a single bookmark click <strong>Export video of bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>To export multiple bookmarks click <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are subtracted. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box. If no authentication issues were found, the <strong>Verification Details </strong>button is inactive.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark184"></a><strong>Export videoofbookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of a bookmark in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format. You can change the time period for the export. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>video data, page 78</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise</p>
<p>System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark187"></a><strong>Export videoofmultiple bookmarks dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of multiple bookmarks in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark475">MOV</a> format. This way you can export different time periods of the same or different cameras in one process. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer.</p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select a folder on a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a writer device for exporting.</p>
<p>Enable <strong>Finalize Disk</strong>, if you do not want to burn further data on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select the bookmarks that you want to export.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em> Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Exporting bookmark settings</strong></p>
<p>.. .. s- B _</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can export any bookmark item, folder or the complete bookmark tree and share the exported file or various files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export bookmark settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any bookmark item, folder or the bookmark tree root item, and select <strong>Export bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>10.10</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark191"></a> Importing bookmark settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2853" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 64" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1002"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2854" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 65" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1003"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2855" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 66" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1004"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2856" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 67" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1005"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To import a bookmark tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the bookmark tree where you want to import bookmark settings, and select <strong>Import bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>71</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Managing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to manage recordings.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</p>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site. If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that</p>
<p>do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2857" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 68" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1006" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; <strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="168" class="wp-image-2858" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 69" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1007" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2859" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 70" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1008"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2860" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 71" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1009"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2861" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 72" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1010"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2862" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 73" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1011"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="52" class="wp-image-2863" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 74" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1012"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2864" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 75" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1013"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2865" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 76" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1014"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2866" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 77" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1015"></p>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em> Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></p>
<p>11.2</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark196"></a> Finding recorded video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Timeline search</strong></p>
<p>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Select Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>To find video data: </strong>1. Click somewhere in the timeline.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2867" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 78" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1016"> Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left to select a time period.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to select the respective search type entry.</p>
<p>Enter or select the required search criteria.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2868" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 79" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1017"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The</p>
<p>window with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p>6. For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry. The corresponding video is</p>
<p>displayed.</p>
<p>If you searched for text data, the text data pane is automatically opened in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark276"><em>Searching for text data, page 92</em></a></li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>73</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.2.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark198"></a><strong>Video Search Resultswindow</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8216;■* tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data matching different search criteria. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Allows you to play the recordings that match the search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark201"></a><strong>Playing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>«► •</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bosch Allegiant cameras are not recorded within BVMS.</p>
<p><strong>To play recorded videos:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Assign a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Switch to the desired recording source if available.</li>
<li>Use a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline </a>control for the required playing option.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark204"></a><strong>Using the timeline ®</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can access a specific time in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>via the hairline.</p>
<p><strong>To navigate in the timeline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click somewhere in the timeline.</li>
</ol>
<p>The images of the selected point in time are displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Scroll to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>4^</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>■“.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The Hairline jumps to this time. The images of the entered point in time are displayed in the image window. Use a timeline control for the required playing option.</p>
<p>You can select a time period in the timeline using the hairline. You can use this selection for further tasks such as for exporting video data.</p>
<p>4 Drag the bottom handles of the Hairline to select a time period or to change this selection.</p>
<p>Drag the upper handles to move the hairline or selection.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em> Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark207"></a> Changing the playback speed</p>
<p>11.5</p>
<p>*** 1/8 1/41/2 1 2 4 8 Jï tab &gt;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To change the playback speed for playing a video forward or reverse:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Move the slider to the left to decrease the playback speed, and to the right to increase the playback speed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you set the playback speed to 4x or higher, not all frames will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark210"></a> Restricting or unrestricting video</p>
<p>11.6</p>
<p>M ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can restrict (or unrestrict) the recordings of connected cameras.</p>
<p>When restricted, an unauthorized user cannot display the recordings of these cameras.</p>
<p>For restricting and unrestricting you need the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2869" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 80" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1018"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period of one or more cameras on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict </strong>to restrict or unrestrict video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, restricted video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.7</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark213"></a><strong>Protecting or unprotecting video</strong></p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can protect the images of the displayed cameras against being overwritten or deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2870" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 81" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1019"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2871" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 82" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1020"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2872" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 83" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1021"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot protect the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you protect the alarm recording of a camera, the protected video data will never be deleted by the VRM automatically. Be aware that too many protected blocks can fill up the storage and the camera may stop recording. You have to manually unprotect the video data in the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect </strong>to protect video or <strong>Unprotect </strong>to unprotect video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, protected video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes: <strong>^$53</strong></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.8</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark216"></a><strong>Deleting video data</strong></p>
<p><strong>M ►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can delete video data from the beginning of the recording to the position of the hairline.</p>
<p>The video data of all cameras available in the timeline is deleted.</p>
<p><strong>VRM recordings: </strong>Protected recordings are not deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2873" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 84" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1022"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2874" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 85" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1023"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot restore deleted video data.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="40" class="wp-image-2875" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 86" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1024"></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Delete time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark220"></a> 11.9 Verifying the authenticity of video data</p>
<p>©<br />
Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>You can verify the authenticity of the recordings of all cameras displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To authenticate:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Verify authenticity </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box with a progress bar is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the button.</li>
<li>When the authentication is finished, the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box is displayed and shows the result of the verification process.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.9.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark222"></a><strong>Authenticity verification result dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify</strong></p>
<p><strong>Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view the results of an authenticity verification of a selected time period of recorded video. You can save the results in a CSV file.</p>
<p><strong>Created on</strong></p>
<p>Displays the date when the authenticity verification was performed.</p>
<p><strong>By</strong></p>
<p>Displays the name of the user who started the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Time range</strong></p>
<p>Displays the time period to be verified that was selected by the user.</p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p>Displays the number of cameras which recordings have been verified, and the results.</p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display detailed information on the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Authentic</strong></p>
<p>Displays an authentic result. The icon is explained in the summary.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Camera</strong></p>
<p>Displays the camera that was verified.</p>
<p><strong>Date / Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the authentic time period.</p>
<p><strong>More Information</strong></p>
<p>Displays detailed information on the certificate.</p>
<p><strong>CSV Export</strong></p>
<p>Displays a dialog box to enter path and filename for the authenticity verification report.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="728" class="wp-image-2876" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 87" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1025" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-1024x715.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-768x537.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark226"></a> Exporting video data</p>
<p>11.10</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2877" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 88" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1026"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot export the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p>You can export video and audio data in native (BVMS Export Player),<a href="#post-2789-bookmark476"> MP4 </a>or in<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format.</p>
<p>For each exported camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. The data can be exported to: &#8211; a local drive</p>
<ul>
<li>a CD/DVD or Blu-Ray disk</li>
<li>a network drive</li>
<li>a USB drive</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Use a fast USB drive to avoid failures.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System: you can select a remote Management Server to perform the export there. You can only export the recordings of the cameras that are managed by the selected Management Server.</p>
<p>Only one export at a time can run on a workstation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You need a permission for each camera you want to export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2878" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 89" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1027"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Remote exports are only possible to a USB drive, CD, DVD or Blu-Ray disk.</p>
<p><strong>Export in native format</strong></p>
<p>The table describes the differences between an unencrypted and an encrypted export of video data in native format.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Criteria</strong></td>
<td><strong>Unencrypted export</strong></td>
<td><strong>Encrypted export</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password protected</td>
<td>No</td>
<td>Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File extension</td>
<td>.info</td>
<td>.encr</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User cancels the export process</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export was not successful</td>
<td>If multiple cameras are exported, all successful exports are saved. The unsuccessful export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Export on multiple disks</strong></p>
<p>Encrypted exports and exports into a single ZIP file are not possible on multiple CDs/DVDs/ Blu-Ray disks. If the export fits on a single CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk, encrypted export on a CD/ DVD/Blu-Ray disk is possible.</p>
<p>Recordings that were selected for export and exported to CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, are first written to the local hard drive and then written to one or more writeable disks.</p>
<p>Unencrypted export on multiple disks is only supported for native format. Exporting with MP4 or MOV format only works when it fits on one disk.</p>
<p>The first inserted disk determines the media type of all following disks.</p>
<p>If recordings were exported to multiple CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, and you must view all exported cameras in all exported time periods, copy the content of all disks to your hard drive. You can ignore all occurring overwrite warnings.</p>
<p>You can view the recordings exported to a single disk out of a group of disks that were created during an export.</p>
<p>If exporting video data on a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk was not successful or the user cancels the export, the already exported video data of this export process is retained.</p>
<p>When the verification of authenticity is enabled in Configuration Client, each export is automatically checked.</p>
<p><strong>Export of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>When you export the recordings of a panoramic camera you always export the full image circle. If you export multiple cropped Image panes of the same panoramic camera, the full image circle of this camera is exported only once. This also applies for the export of non- panoramic cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark198"><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark228"></a> 11.10.1 Exporting a timeperiod</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a time period:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are substracted. If there is not enough free space, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The files are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If an operator has no permission to see restricted video and exports a restricted time period:</li>
<li>The file exports with empty time ranges.</li>
<li>Multiple files are produced.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark230"></a> 11.10.2 Exporting a single search entry</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a single search entry:</strong></p>
<p>1. Perform a search for video data.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click the</p>
<p>tab.</p>
<p>Click an entry in the search result list.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>8.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The entry is exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2879" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 90" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1028"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2880" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 91" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1029"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2881" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 92" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1030"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2882" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 93" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1031"><a id="post-2789-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark233"></a> Exporting intoasingle file</p>
<p>11.10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can export video recordings into a single ZIP file.</p>
<p><strong>To export into a single file:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2883" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 94" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1032"></p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</p>
<p>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</p>
<p>Click to select <strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong>.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported and the export is added to a single ZIP file.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em> Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2884" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 95" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1033"></p>
<p>11.10.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark236"></a> Providing a password for export</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2885" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 96" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1034"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can provide a password for each native export that you perform using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To provide a password:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click to select <strong>Native format</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Encrypt Export</strong>.</li>
<li>Type in a password and confirm it.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The encrypted export is performed.</p>
<p>When loading this export, the operator must type in the password.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark238"></a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark240"></a> Export Video dialog box</p>
<p>11.10.5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2886" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 97" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1035"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2887" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 98" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1036"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2888" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 99" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1037"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2889" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 100" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1038"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; Timeline </strong>window &gt; <strong>Export </strong>context menu or</p>
<p><strong>Export</strong></p>
<p><strong>video </strong>button</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Split size</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to configure the split size of the exported video in order to adapt the splitted chunks to fit your storage media. This configuration is only available for non-native formats. <strong>Note: </strong>The value is an approximate value. The exported video is splitted in, for example, full frames or blocks. Because of that the size of the exported chunks does not correspond exactly to the same value that you configure.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2890" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 101" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1039"></p>
<p>11.10.6</p>
<p>11.11</p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the dialog settings until you start Operator Client the next time.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Export dialogbox</p>
<p>m ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view information on the performed export and to display the results of the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark441">authenticity</a> verification that is automatically performed on every export.</p>
<p><strong>Verification Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>This button is only available if authentication issues were found.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark244"></a> Loading exported video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Export formats</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Block exports (info), created with the VRM eXport Wizard</li>
<li>Not encrypted Export files (*.info), created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Encrypted Export files (*.encr) , created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Export files (*.mp4), created with BVC</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Additional Information</strong></p>
<p>Video exports created with the VRM eXport Wizard are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>With the VRM eXport Wizard it is possible to export a large volume of data.</p>
<p>The VRM eXport Wizard is part of the BVMS release ZIP within the folder Bonus. For more information see the VRM eXport Wizard Software Manual.</p>
<p>You can load exported recordings for display. Before you can load an export which was exported into a single ZIP file, extract this ZIP file.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu, click the <strong>Load exported video&#8230; </strong>command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for opening export files is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Encrypted export files have the .encr extension, not encrypted files have the .info extension, block exports are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>If you select a file with the .encr extension, type in the password for this export.</p>
<p>|T|</p>
<p>The loaded video is displayed in the window.</p>
<p>For playing the loaded video, expand the entry and drag a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>If the camera has been exported on a computer where Operator Client was logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p>The Export Tree entries are removed when you exit the Operator Client.</p>
<p>lLi</p>
<ol>
<li>For removing the exported video, right-click and click <strong>Unload Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark411"><em>Exports window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark246"></a> 11.12 Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</p>
<p>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></p>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2891" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 102" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1040"><a id="post-2789-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark249"></a> 11.13 Performing a Forensic Search</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Select an image pane &gt;</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane. IVA-based Forensic Search is only available for VRM, local storage and</p>
<p>Bosch Video Client recordings.</p>
<p><strong>To perform a Forensic Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the Image pane where you want to find motion.</li>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q*</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8216; tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Include audio </strong>window is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>Configure your Forensic Search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the Forensic Search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&lt;=y</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Selectthe tabtofindthematchingentries.</li>
<li>For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>The corresponding video is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To configure Motion+:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an area to select the cells you want to check for motion.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area is displayed in transparent yellow.</p>
<ol>
<li>To clear a selected area, right-click the selected area and click <strong>Clear All </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Configuring Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p><strong>To add a new IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>New</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate task in the list, for example <strong>Object in field</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure your task.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To edit an existing IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the task you want to edit.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate changes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Forensic Search window</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to find video data with selecting a Forensic Search type, for example Motion+. You can search for motion only in the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Presets</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to load Forensic Search settings that you have saved.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The latest configured Forensic Search settings are always saved automatically. If you select the <strong>&lt;current configuration&gt; </strong>entry, the Forensic Search settings that have been active during the selected time range are loaded.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save your configured Forensic Search preset settings. You can enter a descriptive name.</p>
<p><strong>Type</strong></p>
<p>Select the required analysis type, for example:</p>
<ul>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalytics</li>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalyticsFlow</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211; Motion+</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you select one of these algorithms, you can set the corresponding parameters directly.</p>
<p><strong>Tasks</strong></p>
<p>Configure your Forensic Search. See the user documentation of the Intelligent Video Analytics version that you are using.</p>
<p><strong>Metadata Inspection</strong></p>
<p>See object properties of selected objects in the image pane and use these properties to refine your Forensic Search criteria in order to get better results.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the Forensic Search.</p>
<p>For detailed information on video analysis, see the documentation for Video Content Analysis VCA.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark251"></a><strong>Forensic Search Results window</strong></p>
<p><strong>!&lt;►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data containing motion for the camera displayed in the selected</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane</a>. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Displays the recordings that match the search criteria.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark248"><em>Performing a Forensic Search, page 85</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark254"></a><strong>Finding logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a>, you can search for particular events, alarms, devices, and strings of events. You can save the search criteria as a filter. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>To find Logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> for searching.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Filter </strong>list, select a pre-defined filter if available.</li>
</ol>
<p>A filter contains all the settings that you make in this dialog box.</p>
<p>You can save, load, and delete the selected filter. You can reset the settings of the selected filter.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Alarms </strong>field, select search criteria to limit the search to specific alarms.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific devices.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Details </strong>field, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>User name </strong>field, type a user name to search for.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark268"><em>Search Conditions dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark265"><em>Device Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark262"><em>Event Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Finding logons to an unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can find a logon event on a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark478">workstation </a>that is configured in another BVMS as an unmanaged site. If a user of Operator Client accesses this workstation using an unmanaged site, this event is logged as an <strong>Operator Logon </strong>event.</p>
<p><strong>To find a logon:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box, expand <strong>Events and Alarms</strong>, expand <strong>System Devices</strong>, expand <strong>User Actions</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Operator Logon </strong>and <strong>Operator Logoff</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Please select a Server</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>command</p>
<p>This dialog box only appears when you logged on as user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to select a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> where the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search is performed.</p>
<p><strong>Management Server:</strong></p>
<p>Select the IP address of the desired Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark259"></a><strong>Select Search Parameters dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) or</p>
<p><strong>M </strong>&#8216;i&#8221;..</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8221; &gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry</p>
<p>Allows you to define and save search criteria for finding entries in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>. If you start this dialog box from within the playback mode via <strong>Tools </strong>menu, the time period selected in the <strong>Timeline </strong>window is copied into the <strong>Date and Time </strong>fields.</p>
<p>If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the search for text data is not supported. If you start via the <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command, text search is supported. If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the cameras of the current<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> are preselected for the search and the Management Server of the camera displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is preselected. If no camera is displayed in the Image window, the first Management Server of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> logical tree </a>is preselected.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the logbook search results is changed accordingly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>89</strong></p>
<p><strong>Filter</strong></p>
<p>Select a filter name with predefined search criteria or type a name for a new filter.</p>
<p><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the entry selected in the <strong>Filter </strong>list.</p>
<p><strong>Load</strong></p>
<p>Click to load the search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the search criteria with the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Reset</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear all search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Type the date and time to define the period you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Result Count</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry in the list to limit the number of matches that result from the search.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected event entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all event entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm priority to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm State</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm state to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Record only</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching record-only alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Force workflow</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching force workflow alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Auto clear</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching auto-clear alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Device Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected device entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all device entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Type a string to search for. Some important events contain strings to better find them. For example, a particular SystemErrorEvent has the string <strong>Server alarm queue capacity reached!</strong>. You can use * as a wildcard. For example, enter *triggered* to find the string An alarm was triggered by a network failure.*triggered or triggered* will not find this string.</p>
<p><strong>User name</strong></p>
<p>Type a user name to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Close</strong></p>
<p>Click to close the dialog box. No search is executed. If you did not save your search criteria with a filter name, they get lost.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark262"></a><strong>Event Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to add<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a>s for filtering purposes.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.5</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark265"></a><strong>Device Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to select the appropriate devices for finding<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entries and recorded videos.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em>Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark268"></a><strong>Search Conditions dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add/Edit </strong>button</p>
<p>You can combine multiple values of different text data entries to find the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entry. For example, you combine a bank routing code with a date to find the respective Logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to add a new entry in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column.</p>
<p>In the list of available data values, select the desired entry.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type in a search string.</p>
<p>Repeat these steps for further data values.</p>
<p><strong>Remove Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark271"></a><strong>Logbook Results: dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Search </strong>button</p>
<p>Displays the results of a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Back to filter</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Save results</strong></p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box for saving a text file with Logbook entries as CSV file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you open such an exported CSV file in Microsoft Excel, it can happen that time related cells do not display seconds.</p>
<p>To change this behavior, change the formatting of these cells from m/d/yyyy h:mm to m/d/ yyyy h:mm:ss</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.16</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark274"></a><strong>Displaying text data</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data</strong></p>
<p><strong>Show Right</strong></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data Show Right</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the recording of text data in Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can display recorded text data in the text data pane.</p>
<p>The text values are displayed in the left column, the names of the text fields are displayed in the right column.</p>
<p><strong>To find recordings with text data:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2892" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 103" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1041"> Select a time period.</li>
<li>Click</li>
<li>Select <strong>Please select a Server</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter or select the required search criteria.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display text data:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Move the hairline to a time position when an event with text data has been recorded.</p>
<p>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>, start the playback.</p>
<p>The text data is displayed in the text data pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="643" class="wp-image-2893" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 104" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1042" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-768x578.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark276"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark277"></a> 11.17 Searching for text data</p>
<p><em>.9.</em> CL</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &gt; Click <em>*</em> &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The operator can search for text data to find the corresponding recordings. The text data must be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>Text data is delivered by systems like foyer card readers, automatic teller machines, virtual inputs, LPR devices and Person Identification devices. Text data contains textual transaction data like account numbers, bank routing codes, person names or license plate countries.</p>
<p>Text data of a device is recorded together with the corresponding video data.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>For searching recordings with text data, the text data must be configured to be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the recording text data function, must have firmware version 5.92 or later.</p>
<p>The text data of maximum 32 different devices can be recorded synchronously for one camera. Maximum 3000 bytes of text data can be stored on an encoder per event.</p>
<p>If you see problems with Logbook searches, display of additional data, or CSV exports of Logbook search results, the reason can be that the additional text data contains non-printable characters, for example x00-x1F.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search for Text Data dialog box</strong></p>
<p>You can find text data in recordings. You can refine your search by adding specific text data with a specific value.</p>
<p>Entries in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>field and the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>field are retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>In the list, click to select the desired cameras for searching.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the period in which you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Search Conditions</strong></p>
<p>Add a search condition to refine your search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.18</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark279"></a><strong>Searching for text data in logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification use case</strong></p>
<p>It is possible to search for a specific person in all Person Identification events and alarms in order to find past recordings of the specific identified person.</p>
<p>You can search for the following text data in logbook entries in order to find a specific person: &#8211; Person name</p>
<ul>
<li>Person group</li>
<li>Person ID</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To search for text data in logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Text Data </strong>field click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to limit the search to specific text data.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Condition</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate <strong>Data Field Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Type the <strong>Comparative Value</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark282"><em>Erasing text data from logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.19</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark282"></a><strong>Erasing text data from logbook entries</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>In order to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark456"> erase </a>personal-related data if requested, you can erase text data from logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>It is only possible to erase all personal-related text data from a logbook entry at once.</p>
<p><strong>To erase text data from logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from logbook </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search. 8. Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the appropriate logbook entries.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can select multiple entries by pressing the CTRL- or the SHIFT-key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from selected entries</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The text data of the selected entries is erased.</p>
<p><strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark279"><em>Searching for text data in logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark285"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark286"></a> 11.20 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p><strong>«;:.</strong></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> icon for hardware transcoding or the icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2894" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 105" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1043"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>11.21</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark289"></a> Switching the recording source</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>If configured, you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>An icon for changing the recording source displays the current status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2895" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 106" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1044"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2896" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 107" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1045"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2897" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 108" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1046"></p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>11.22</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>indicates that Secondary VRM recording is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p>Click an icon for changing the recording source, for example</p>
<p>The icon changes for example to</p>
<p>The Timeline displays the recording of the selected source.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em>Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark117"><em>Starting instant playback, page 46</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark292"></a> Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later</p>
<p>try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2898" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 109" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1047"></p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click</p>
<p>to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="34" class="wp-image-2899" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 110" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1048"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2. Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2900" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 111" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1049"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2901" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 112" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1050"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2902" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 113" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1051"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2903" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 114" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1052"></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark298"></a> Handling events and alarms</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to handle alarms.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark318"><em> Managing Person Identification alarms, page 104</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark329"><em> Controlling access control functions, page 108</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2904" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 115" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1053"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2905" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 116" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1054"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2906" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 117" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1055"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2907" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 118" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1056"></p>
<p>12.1</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark295"></a> Accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p>You can accept a single alarm or multiple alarms for clearing or starting a workflow. <strong>To accept an alarm:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Select the desired alarm entry and click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>For returning to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="68" height="68" class="wp-image-2908" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 119" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1057"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2909" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 120" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1058"></p>
<p>When an alarm is accepted, several things happen simultaneously:</p>
<p>&#8211; The alarm is removed from alarm lists of all other users.</p>
<p>&#8211; If not already displayed, an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> replaces the Live Image window on the monitor that has been enabled for alarms.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2910" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 121" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1059"> &#8211; The alarm content (live video,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video, or site maps) is shown in a row of alarm image panes in the alarm image window.</p>
<p>is enabled.</p>
<p>If there is a workflow associated with the alarm, the workflow button</p>
<p>You can now clear the alarm or start a workflow. If the alarm has been configured to &#8220;force workflow&#8221;, then you must complete the workflow before you can clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To display an alarm camera on a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera image from its alarm image pane to a monitor group.</p>
<p><strong>To accept all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Accept all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are accepted. The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark436"> alarm list</a> displays the accepted alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2911" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 122" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1060" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>12.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark300"></a> Adding comments to an alarm</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2912" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 123" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1061" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2913" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 124" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1062"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2914" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 125" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1063"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>You can only comment an alarm after you have accepted it.</p>
<p><strong>To add a comment to an alarm:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The Workflow dialog box is displayed for entering a comment and displaying the action plan for this alarm. If no action plan is assigned to the alarm, the dialog box only displays the <strong>Comment: </strong>field.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Comment: </strong>field, type your comment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Close</strong>.</li>
<li>Clear the alarm.</li>
</ol>
<p>The comment is added as a separate entry in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> and added to the alarm entry in the Logbook.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark302"></a> 12.3 Clearing an alarm</p>
<p>s«</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>M d</sub> &#8211;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To clear an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the desired alarm entries and click</p>
<p>If the alarm has the Comment or Force Workflow attribute, you cannot clear the alarm directly. In these cases you must first display the action plan and enter a comment. The alarm is cleared and removed from your Alarm List.</p>
<p>If no other alarms are currently being displayed, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is closed and the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To clear all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot</a> in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Clear all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are cleared. The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List </a>displays the cleared alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark304"></a> Customizing the Alarm List window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>12.5</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To sort the table:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click a column heading.</p>
<p>The arrow in the column heading indicates whether the table is sorted in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>To change the sorting order, click the column heading again.</p>
<p><strong>To add or remove columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the column heading and click a marked entry to remove the corresponding column or click an unmarked entry to add the corresponding column.</p>
<p><strong>To change the sequence of columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a column title and move it to the required position.</p>
<p><strong>To change the column width:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Point to the right border of the column heading. The pointer becomes a double-headed arrow *t*. Drag the column border to the left or the right.</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>To quickly make the column wide enough to show all of its contents, double-click the right border of the column heading.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark306"></a> Displaying the Live Image window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2915" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 126" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1064"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2916" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 127" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1065"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2917" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 128" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1066"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2918" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 129" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1067"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2919" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 130" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1068"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2920" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 131" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1069"></p>
<p>You can switch to the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> when the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2921" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 132" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1070"><strong>To display the Image window: 4 </strong>In an Alarm Image window, click</p>
<p>. The Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; — &#8216;.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark311"></a> Switching alarm displays of alarm image window</p>
<p>12.6</p>
<p>In the alarm image window you can switch the alarm display. The following displays are available:</p>
<p>Multi-row alarm display</p>
<p>Single view alarm display</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2922" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 133" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1071"><strong>To switch to multi-row alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2923" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 134" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1072"><strong>To switch to single view alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To switch between the two alarm displays:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Double-click somewhere in the alarm image window or</p>
<p>double-click on a specific alarm image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you are in multi-row alarm display and double-click somewhere in the alarm image window, the first image pane in the alarm image pane row will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display. If you double-click on a specific alarm image pane in the alarm image window, this specific alarm image pane will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2924" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 135" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1073"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2925" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 136" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1074"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2926" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 137" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1075"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2927" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 138" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1076"></p>
<p>12.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark308"></a> Starting a workflow</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To start a workflow:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2928" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 139" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1077"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Select the required alarm entry and click</p>
<p>If this alarm has been configured to force a workflow, the action plan is displayed (if configured for this alarm). Additionally you can enter a comment if this is configured. Perform the required actions.</p>
<p>Clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.8</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark313"></a> Un-accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2929" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 140" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1078"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2930" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 141" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1079"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2931" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 142" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1080"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2932" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 143" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1081"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When you recall the acceptance of an alarm, it returns to Active state in your Alarm List, and it reappears in the Alarm Lists of all users that originally received the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To &#8220;un-accept&#8221; an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the accepted alarm entry and click .</p>
<p>The alarm is displayed as active again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering a user event</strong></p>
<p>&#8230;. <sup>s</sup>&#8221; , , Ej</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Click</p>
<p>You can trigger a user<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a> for a selected Management Server of an Enterprise System that has been configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>s</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the desired and click the desired user event command.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The event is triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark316"></a><strong>Alarm List window</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept an alarm.</p>
<p>The alarm is removed from all Alarm Lists and alarm video displays of the other operators.</p>
<p><sup>&lt;</sup>E&gt;</p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box displaying an action plan. If configured, you can enter a comment.</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear an alarm.</p>
<p>You cannot clear an alarm that has the comment or force workflow attribute before you have displayed the action plan and entered a comment. If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>Click to revoke the acceptance of an alarm.</p>
<p><strong>*,M</strong></p>
<p>Click to turn alarm audio on / off.</p>
<p>The latest incoming alarm triggers an alarm sound.</p>
<p><em>&amp;</em></p>
<p>Click to display the Alarm List.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark31"><em>Alarm handling, page 22</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2933" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 144" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1082"></p>
<p>13</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark319"></a> Managing Person Identification alarms</p>
<p>When you accept a Person Identification alarm, information about the identified person is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification information</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Person group</td>
<td>Person group is the group that a person is assigned to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person image(s)</td>
<td>The default image and all available images from the Person Identification device are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person name</td>
<td>The person name is the name of the identified person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confidence factor</td>
<td>The confidence factor is a measure of the degree of correctness a person is identified by the system in percentage (0 is no correctness, 100 is full correctness).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark321"></a> Managing persons for a Person Identification alarm</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons&#8230; </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box allows you to add persons, assign person groups, add images to existing persons and export persons.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Person Identification only supports JPEG files.</p>
<p><strong>To add/import a person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click to add an image of a person.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>drag an image of a person from your file explorer to a person group or the <strong>All </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^</td>
<td>This image is assigned as the default image of the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To add images to an existing person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</p>
<p>The default image and all available images of the person are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click in the images window to add more images to the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a new default image:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Move the mouse over the appropriate image.</p>
<p>The <strong>Set as default </strong>command is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click the <strong>Set as default </strong>command.</p>
<p>The image is assigned as default image.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a person group to a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>For every new person the <strong>Default person group </strong>value is already selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click in the <strong>Default person group </strong>field.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate person group you want to assign to the person.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To export persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T|</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to export the person to the file explorer.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2934" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 145" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1083"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>! T !</p>
<p>is disabled, if the <strong>All </strong>tab is selected. Select the <strong>Default person group </strong>tab or any other available person group tab to export persons.</p>
<p><strong>To delete a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2935" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 146" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1084"> Select a person.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete multiple persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2936" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 147" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1085"> Press the CTRL-key and select multiple persons.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete single person images:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2937" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 148" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1086"> Select the appropriate image.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you delete the default image, the next image is automatically assigned as the default image.</p>
<p><strong>To search for person names:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the search field, type the name of the person that you search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>As soon as you start typing, the results will already be filtered and displayed.</p>
<p>You can immediately start searching for names even if the Operator Client is still importing the person list and the corresponding person images.</p>
<ol>
<li>To discard your search, click or press the esc key.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Controlling intrusion panel functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several intrusion panel functions from within the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Switching off alarm sirens</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch off alarm sirens of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel</a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a> if you have the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><strong>To switch off an alarm siren:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired area ’ and click <strong>Silence Bells</strong>. The alarm siren is silent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of a door from within Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Unsecure a door. The state changes to locked.</li>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</li>
<li>Cycle a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that a cardholder can open the door using the card.</p>
<p>To unlock a door, means that the door is open for anybody.</p>
<p>To secure a door means that nobody can open the door, even not the cardholders.</p>
<p>To cycle a door means to unlock a locked door for a few seconds, then lock it again.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock </strong>/ <strong>Unlock</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure </strong>/ <strong>Unsecure</strong></li>
<li><strong>Cycle</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Bypassing a point</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the state of a point to the <strong>Bypassed </strong>state within Operator Client.</p>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for this function to specific user groups.</p>
<p>When you unbypass a point, you change its state back to normal.</p>
<p>To<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypass </a>a point means that this point cannot send any alarm. To unbypass a point means that this point can send alarms. Pending alarms are also sent if available.</p>
<p><strong>To bypass or unbypass:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a point in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Controlling intrusion panel functions | en <strong>107</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for bypassing and unbypassing are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em> Icons used, page 127</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Arming an area</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of an area from within Operator Client:</p>
<ul>
<li>Arm an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a>.</li>
<li>Disarm an area.</li>
<li>Force the arming of an area that is not ready for arming.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p><strong>To arm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired disarmed area ( * ) and click <strong>Arm</strong>. The icon</p>
<p><strong>F*</strong></p>
<p>for an armed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disarm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired armed area ( * ) and click</p>
<p><strong>Disarm</strong>. The icon for an disarmed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To force the arming of an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>H</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired disarmed area ( ■ ” ) and click</p>
<p><strong>S3</strong></p>
<p><strong>Force Arm</strong>. The icon for an armed area ( ■<sup>L</sup> ’ ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for arming and disarming are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2938" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 149" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1087"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2939" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 150" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1088"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark329"></a><strong>Controlling access control functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several access control functions from within the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Granting and denying access</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only <strong>Access requested </strong>alarms with high priority will automatically pop-up in the image window.</p>
<p><strong>To grant or deny access:</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept the <strong>Access requested </strong>alarm.</p>
<p>An alarm-timer is now running, that shows how much time is left.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 </strong>Click</td>
<td>— to grant access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Or</p>
<p>fiflK</p>
<p>click —■ to deny access.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Once the timer has run out, the system will automatically deny access for this specific request.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following access control door states from within the Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission of these functions to specific user groups. To secure a door means that an authorized person can open the door using, for example, a card.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that nobody can open the door, even not authorized persons.</p>
<p>To unlock a door means that the door is open for anybody. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock door / Unlock door</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure door</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a CCTV keyboard</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes how to use BVMS Operator Client with a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard or a KBD Universal XF keyboard.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using KBD Universal XF keyboard</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2940" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 151" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1089"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>16.1.1</p>
<p>Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with your KBD-Universal XF keyboard available on the online product catalog.</p>
<p>You can use the KBD-Universal XF keyboard as a USB keyboard for BVMS.</p>
<p>Attach the keyboard template for BVMS to the keyboard before use.</p>
<p>You can configure the keyboard for use by a left-handed operator. Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with the KBD Universal XF keyboard.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark335"></a> KBD Universal XF keyboard user interface</p>
<p>The following table lists the icons on the keyboard template and their respective function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I®</td>
<td></td>
<td>Trigger a user event, only available with single Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!■&lt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Audio on / off</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Start /stop alarm recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ta</td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>between Live Mode and instant playback. Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Load a sequence. Enter a valid sequence number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Use the playback buttons for controlling the sequence.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EE</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reduce number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Increase number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ld</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Full-screen on / off</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>jsf</em></td>
<td></td>
<td>Maximize / restore selected Image pane</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ESC</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Breaks the entering of a number.</p>
<p>Press twice to close selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>OK</strong></td>
<td>Confirm a number entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>PTZ mode on/off.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Select a PTZ position. Enter a valid number of a preset and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus far</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>$</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus near</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!</strong></td>
<td><em>&lt;¡£9</em></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris closed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris open</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Analog monitor mode on /off. Enter a valid monitor number, press <strong>OK</strong>, enter a valid camera number and press <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>y</td>
<td></td>
<td>Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>. Enter a valid server number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast backward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play backward</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>II</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Pause</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast forward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When a button is not illuminated, it does not have any function. All illuminated buttons have a function.</p>
<p>When a button is blinking, its function is active, for example Playback button is blinking means that the Playback Mode is active. Press the button to toggle to the other state, for example pressing the blinking Playback button switches to Live Mode.</p>
<p>Enter a number and confirm with OK to display the respective camera in the selected Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark339"></a> 16.2 Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2941" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 152" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1090"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Every input on the keyboard is cleared after some seconds if no further input is made.</p>
<p>This chapter describes the user interface of the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various interface elements of the keyboard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="573" height="447" class="wp-image-2942" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 153" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1091" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg 573w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Softkeys and softkey display</td>
<td>Allow you to use a fixed set of commands or to control the Logical Tree. The commands displayed in the softkey display change depending on the operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Status display</td>
<td>Changes dynamically and displays information on the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Function keys</td>
<td>Allow you to control certain functions directly. Prod: Starts a scan process to find the connected workstation. If scanning is successful: In the softkey display, Terminal and Keyboard Control menus are displayed. For selecting BVMS, press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>Mon: Allows you to enter a monitor number (digital or analog monitor).</p>
<p>Clr: Clears any numeric entry or has a Back­function.</p>
<p>■■<sup>4</sup>-&#8220;<sup>&lt;</sup>-’: Currently not supported.</p>
<p>Shot: Allows you to select a camera pre-position or to leave Selection mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Numeric keypad with ENTER key</td>
<td>Allows you to enter logical numbers. The number is displayed in the status display.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Monitor</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor or Image pane number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>Displays the selected camera number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server where the currently selected camera is configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Default Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server of an Enterprise System that the keyboard uses as default server. The Logical Tree of this server is displayed in the Tree Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>/ JOGSHUTTLE</td>
<td>Displays the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>D1</td>
<td>Displays the selected computer monitor number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>A0</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="371" class="wp-image-2943" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 154" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1092" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg 545w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154-300x204.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /><a id="post-2789-bookmark341"></a> Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a workstation</p>
<p>16.2.1</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th>Unless preceded by pressing the Mon or Shot key, a numeric entry is interpreted as a logical camera number. The camera with the entered number is displayed in an Image pane or an analog monitor.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Status display</p>
<p>The status display changes dynamically to display information about the keyboard’s present mode of operation.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various elements of the status display:</p>
<p>16.3</p>
<p>A keyboard connected to a BVMS workstation offers a wide variety of features. Both the analog and the digital mode are available.</p>
<p>If the keyboard is connected to a decoder, the feature set is reduced. Only the analog mode is available.</p>
<p>When connected to a workstation that is using an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, you must first select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> and then the camera configured on this Management Server.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark338"><em> Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface, page 111</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark344"></a> Starting the IntuiKey keyboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The keyboard must be connected to a COM port of a workstation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client on the workstation.</li>
<li>Press the Prod button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The keyboard scans for connected devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Selection Mode is displayed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark346"></a> 16.3.2 Entering operation modes</p>
<p>You can use the keyboard in the following modes:</p>
<ul>
<li>Selection Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to select an Image pane by moving the joystick in the desired direction.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control fixed and PTZ cameras, maps, and documents in Live Mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>Jogshuttle Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control cameras in instant playback or in Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Selection Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client and the keyboard. or</li>
<li>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and to return to Selection Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To enter PTZ Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p>To start a preposition, press Shot again, press the number of a preposition, and press ENTER.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start Playback Mode.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and start Selection Mode again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark348"></a> 16.3.3 Displaying cameras</p>
<p>Enter a numeric command to display the camera with this logical number in the active<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane </a>or analog monitor.</p>
<p>To display cameras of an Enterprise System, select the Management Server where these cameras are configured.</p>
<p><strong>Toggling between analog mode and workstation mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press Mon twice.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in a computer monitor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to a digital mode.</li>
<li>Press Mon, press 1 &#8211; 4 to select the desired workstation monitor, press the number of the desired Image pane and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The numbering of Image panes is from left to right and top to bottom.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 412, and ENTER. Then press 7 and ENTER. Camera 7 is displayed on the 12th Image pane on workstation monitor 4.</p>
<p><strong>Selecting a Management Server of an Enterprise System:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press NEXT.</li>
<li>Press the softkey and enter the server number.</li>
</ol>
<p>The server number is configured in Configuration Client in the <strong>Server Number </strong>list. When you now enter the logical number of a camera, a camera configured on this Management Server is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in an analog monitor</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Switch to analog mode.</p>
<p>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</p>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</p>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2944" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 155" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1093"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you call up a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera by a numeric command, the system automatically enters PTZ mode.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the joystick of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>In Selection Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt the joystick to select an Image pane.</li>
</ul>
<p>In PTZ Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, twist the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Play forward/backward as long as you twist.</li>
<li>Change the playback speed: Speed depends on the degree of rotation.</li>
<li>Stop a video when playing.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, tilt the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is stopped: Play forward / backward.</li>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is playing: Set the playback speed.</li>
<li>Tilt right / left: Pause and step forward / backward.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, the Focus and Iris buttons allow you to use the following feature:</p>
<ul>
<li>Press Focus or Iris to move the hairline in the Timeline forward or backward. Focus moves the hairline for a larger amount of time forward or backward, Iris moves the hairline for a smaller amount of time forward or backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark480">Playback Mode </a>:</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the system in the current playback speed, press the Shot button while twisting the joystick.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using softkeys of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>The following operation modes are available:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>Tree Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to control devices that are available in the Logical Tree of the Operator Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to send commands like switch to Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To toggle between Tree Mode and Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Tree Mode: Press the left Level Up softkey as often as needed to display the root level and then press the Exit softkey to display the Command Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>or</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Command Mode: Press the Tree Mode softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To use the Logical Tree mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Switch to the Tree Mode.</p>
<p>Right side of the softkey display:</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to control the item (e.g. display a camera or switch a relay).</p>
<p>When you press a map or a folder (black background), it moves to the left side. The right side displays the its content.</p>
<p>Left side of the softkey display:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press a softkey on the left side to select a folder or a map and to display its content on the right side of the softkey display.</li>
</ol>
<p>To display a map, press the softkey once to mark it (with a rectangle) and press the softkey again to display it in the selected Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Level Up to enter the next upper level of the Logical Tree.</li>
<li>Press UP to move the selection upward or DOWN to move downward.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following figures show an example of a Logical Tree and its representation on the softkey display of the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="319" height="524" class="wp-image-2945" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 156" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1094" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg 319w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156-183x300.jpeg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="433" class="wp-image-2946" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 157" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1095" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to the Command Mode.</li>
<li>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<p>: Load a sequence. In the <strong>Status Display</strong>, enter the sequence number.</p>
<p>/►: Sequence play, pause</p>
<p><strong>/ ^ </strong>: Sequence step forward / backward : Maximize / restore selected Image pane : Close selected Image pane : Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode : Toggle selected Image pane between Live Mode and instant playback</p>
<p>-: Show more Image pane rows / Show fewer Image pane rows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="46" class="wp-image-2947" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 158" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1096"><strong>Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>/ <strong>REC: </strong>Start /stop alarm recording</p>
<p>: Audio on / off</p>
<p>NEXT: Switch to next page</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2948" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-159.png" alt="word image 2789 159" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1097"> : Trigger a user event (1-4), only available with single Management</p>
<p>Server</p>
<p>: Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>: Image pane bars on / off</p>
<p>&#8211; Full-screen on / off</p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which set by a parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a decoder</strong></p>
<p>A keyboard connected to decoder gives you access to the Management Server without Operator Client software. Hence, you must log on. Only the analog mode is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting the keyboard</strong></p>
<p>After starting the keyboard you must log on to the Management Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2949" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 160" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1098"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only BVMS users with number-only user names and number-only passwords can use the analog mode of a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The user must have access rights for the decoder connected to the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>To start the keyboard:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>The following logon display is shown:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="517" class="wp-image-2950" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 161" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1099" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161-190x300.jpeg 190w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /> After successful logon, the Terminal and Keyboard Control softkeys are displayed in the softkey display.</p>
<p>16.4.2</p>
<p>16.4.3</p>
<p>16.4.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark357"></a> Displaying cameras</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</p>
<p>When the selected monitor displays a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera, the keyboard switches to PTZ mode automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark359"></a> Using the joystick</p>
<p>The joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using softkeys</p>
<p>The following operation mode is available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Start /stop alarm recording</li>
<li>Log off</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark362"></a> 17 User interface</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on all windows available in Operator Client of BVMS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2951" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 162" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1100"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark364"><em>Live Mode, page 118</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark369"><em>Playback Mode, page 120</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark365"></a> 17.1 Live Mode</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You automatically access Live Mode every time you log on.</p>
<p>Allows you to move, resize, or hide all control elements as required.</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2952" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 163" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1101"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2953" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 164" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1102" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark382"><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark370"></a> Playback Mode</p>
<p>17.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2954" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 165" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1103"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm. If the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the alarm image window is displayed automatically. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2955" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 166" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1104" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Performance</p>
<p>meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Search Results</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the video search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Forensic Search results </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the Forensic Search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; Timeline </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to you to navigate through the recorded videos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>• PTZ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; &#8216; Exports</strong></p>
<p><strong>tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to load exported video data to display it or to search for particular data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CM</p>
<p>■* Forensic</p>
<p>Search window</td>
<td>Allows you to configure Forensic Search.</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="559" class="wp-image-2956" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 167" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1105" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-1024x549.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /> The threat level mode is indicated by a red line. The current threat level (for example <strong>Threat level 2</strong>) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Exports window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></li>
<li><em>Forensic Search Results window, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark367"></a> 17.3 Threat level mode</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>Or main window &gt;</p>
<p>When in threat level mode, depending on the user group, the user may have restricted permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 17.1:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Threat level</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Reset</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Reset </strong>button only displays if the user has the respective permission. Click to end the threat level mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark373"></a> Alarm display</p>
<p>17.4</p>
<p>Bi</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; A V</p>
<p>Or main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> displays live or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video from a camera, maps, documents or map viewports to be displayed in case of an alarm. The alarm image window is displayed automatically if the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">image window</a>. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed image window, the <em>&amp; </em>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If multi-row alarm is configured and when more alarms are displayed than alarm image rows are available, the display in the last row is sequenced. You can control the alarm sequence with the playback controls in the alarm image window toolbar. You cannot perform instant playback in the last row.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2957" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 168" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1106"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2959" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 169" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1107" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Alarm Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark447"> document</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Alarm priority</td>
<td>Displays the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark437"> priority</a> value that was configured in the Configuration Client for the automatic display behavior.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Displays the time when the alarm was triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Sequence buttons</td>
<td>Click to display the previous or next Alarm Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td>Number of alarms</td>
<td>Displays the number of the currently displayed alarm and the number of all alarms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click to switch to multi-row alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Id</strong></td>
<td>Click to switch to single view alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>13</strong></td>
<td>A <strong>L&#8217; t &#8216; </strong>d</p>
<p><strong>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The alarm list is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Event Type</strong></td>
<td>Indicates the type of event that triggered the alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmark </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>S</em><em>witching alarm displays of alarm image window, page 100</em></li>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark377"></a> Map-based tracking assistant display</p>
<p>17.5</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>S«</p>
<ul>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■ ■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■■■&#8217;■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
</ul>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the a*</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="494" class="wp-image-2960" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 170" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1108" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-1024x485.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>¡to</p>
<p><em><s>M MM</s></em> Map-based tracking assistant</td>
<td>Click to start or stop the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>t</p>
<p><sup>v</sup> First person view</td>
<td>Click to start or stop First person view.</p>
<p>When you start the Map-based tracking assistant First person view is enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>3</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>$</strong></td>
<td>Click to align the global map to default north orientation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>ain camera</td>
<td>The main camera displays in the central image pane of the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>ain image pane</td>
<td>The central image pane displays the main camera image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Neighbor camera</td>
<td>The neighbor cameras are indicated by Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Side image pane</td>
<td>The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>F</strong></td>
<td>When you click a location on the global map, the</p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>flag symbol displays for some seconds and</p>
<p>indicates the position.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark159"><em> Using the Map-based tracking assistant, page 59</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>User interface | en <strong>127</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark380"></a><strong>Icons used</strong></p>
<p>The following table lists the icons used in Operator Client. For the icons used in the Timeline see chapter <a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a>.</p>
<p>Some of the following icons are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>: Live Mode</p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>: Playback Mode</p>
<p>/ : Audio on / off</p>
<p>: Slider to adjust audio volume of all Image panes.</p>
<p>&#8230; <sub>D</sub>. „ &#8230;. .</p>
<p>: Click to disconnect all connected unmanaged sites. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p><strong>■ : </strong>Click to display / hide the toolbar of each Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display the Image pane in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ft</p>
<p>: Click to display the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> (only available if alarms are pending).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display Live or Playback Mode again when the Alarm Image window is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® : </strong>Click to print an image of the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>: Click to save an image file of the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to add a Favorites <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>[n]</strong></p>
<p>: Click to add a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■</strong></p>
<p>: Click and hold to speak on the loudspeakers of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> with audio configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The button is active when an encoder with audio function is selected in an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>ftv</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>■■sc</em> Click to start/stop Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>v</sup> : Click to start/stop First person view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>XX</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to close all open<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>. This icon has the same function as the shortcut for closing all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to show fewer Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>4 4 4 4 4</sup> : Slider to change Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>A</strong></p>
<p>: Click to show more Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>: Click to access help.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2961" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 171" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1109"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2962" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 172" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1110"><strong>Logical tree icons</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2963" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 173" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1111"> : Operator Client is connected to a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2964" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 174" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1112"> New configuration available. Log off and log on again to accept.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2965" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 175" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1113"> : This state icon displays when not all communication services can be connected by the Operator Client or when there are changes within the communication interface between the Operator Client and the Management Server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2966" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 176" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1114"></p>
<p>: For more information see the tooltip.</p>
<p>: Multiple logon with the same user name is denied</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 177" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1115"></p>
<p>: State is unknown</p>
<p>.*: License not available</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 178" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1116"></p>
<p>: Not connected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 179" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1117"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 180" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1118"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 181" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1119"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 182" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1120"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 183" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1121"></p>
<p>: Map viewport</p>
<p>: Fixed, DVR, local storage camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF fixed camera</p>
<p>: Management Server is located in another time zone.</p>
<p>: Folder containing various items</p>
<p>Folder containing various items and having assigned a map</p>
<p>: Panoramic camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 184" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1122"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 185" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1123"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 186" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1124"></p>
<p>: PTZ camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF PTZ camera</p>
<p>: Matrix camera</p>
<p>tD: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark496">vsg </a>camera</p>
<p><strong>rs«</strong></p>
<p>, for example : Recording</p>
<p>¿1, for example</p>
<p>: Connection lost</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 187" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1125"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 188" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1126"></p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Video loss</p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Bypassed</p>
<p>: Audio is configured</p>
<p>: State unknown</p>
<p>: Too bright</p>
<p>: Too dark</p>
<p>: Too noisy</p>
<p>□: Too blurry</p>
<p>Q: Global scene change</p>
<p><em>::</em>: Reference check failed</p>
<p>: Relay</p>
<p>/</p>
<p>: Inputs</p>
<p>: Command Script</p>
<p>: Document</p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: External application</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark498"> Primary VRM</a></p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Primary Failover VRM</a></p>
<p>: Secondary Failover VRM</p>
<p>: Indicates a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>device.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark492">unmanaged site </a>which is not connected.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site in another time zone than the Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>^: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site to which a connection is being established.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site which is completely connected. This means that all</p>
<p>devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 189" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1127"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 190" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1128"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 191" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1129"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 192" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1130"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 193" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1131"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 194" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1132"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 195" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1133"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 196" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1134"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 197" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1135"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 198" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1136"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 199" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1137"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 200" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1138"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 201" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1139"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 202" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1140"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 203" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1141"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 204" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1142"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 205" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1143"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 206" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1144"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="52" class="wp-image-2997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 207" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1145"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 208" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1146"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 209" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1147"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 210" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1148"></p>
<p>■i: Indicates an unmanaged site which is partially connected. This means that not all devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 211" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1149"></p>
<p>: Intrusion panel.</p>
<p>: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark440">Area </a>configured in an intrusion panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 212" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1150"></p>
<p>: Area is armed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 213" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1151"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 214" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1152"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 215" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1153"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 216" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1154"></p>
<p>: Point is in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypassed</a>.</p>
<p>: Point is in alarm state.</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>* : Area is disarmed.</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark481"> Point </a>configured in an intrusion panel and in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> unbypassed</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 217" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1155"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 218" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1156"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 219" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1157"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 220" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1158"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 221" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1159"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 222" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1160"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 223" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1161"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 224" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1162"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 225" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1163"></p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Reader (access control)</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is locked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is unlocked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is secured.</p>
<p>is secured.</p>
<p>is locked.</p>
<p>is unlocked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-3016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 226" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1164"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 227" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1165"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 228" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1166"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 229" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1167"></p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is interrupted.</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is playing.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) with unknown door states.</p>
<p><strong>Image pane toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p>D: Maximize image pane</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="41" class="wp-image-3020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 230" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1168"></p>
<p>: Digital zoom</p>
<p>: Transcoding is enabled.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 231" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1169"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 232" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1170"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 233" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1171"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 234" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1172"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 235" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1173"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 236" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1174"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 237" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1175"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 238" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1176"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 239" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1177"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 240" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1178"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 241" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1179"> : Click to display live mode again.</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording: Primary <a href="#post-2789-bookmark498">VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Primary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Secondary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Text data available</p>
<p>: Text data not available</p>
<p>: Instant playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="97" class="wp-image-3032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 242" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1180"> : Manual alarm recording</p>
<p><strong>Image pane icons</strong></p>
<p>: I-frame only playback</p>
<p>: Enabled content analysis</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark383"></a> Menu commands</p>
<p>17.7</p>
<p>Some of the following commands are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>System </strong>menu commands</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Playback mode </strong>/ <strong>Live mode</strong></td>
<td>Switches to Playback or Live Mode depending on the current state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Change password&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for entering a new password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Logoff</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program and displays the dialog box for logging on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Exit</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Camera </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Save image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for saving an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Print image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for printing an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Audio on </strong>/ <strong>Audio off</strong></td>
<td>Turns audio of the selected camera on or off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Record Camera</strong></td>
<td>Starts recording of the selected camera. The Alarm recording Mode quality level is used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Instant Playback</strong></td>
<td>Starts playback of the selected camera for the configured rewind time. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reference Image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box for the currently selected Image pane. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Close</strong></td>
<td>Closes the selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Tools </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Find in logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>and the <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>When you logged on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">User Group</a>, the <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>and the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Toggle Image pane bars</strong></td>
<td>Hides or displays the Image pane bars.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show fewer Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Decreases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show more Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Increases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Timeline </strong>menu commands (Playback Mode only)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>First recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the oldest recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Last recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the latest recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td>Plays forward starting from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Pause</strong></td>
<td>Stops playback at the current position. Click <strong>Play </strong>to resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reverse play</strong></td>
<td>Plays backward from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Protect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Protect Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unprotect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unprotect video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Restrict Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unrestrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unrestrict video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Delete Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Verify authenticity&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Export video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Load exported video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for selecting an export file.</p>
<p>The exported file is then displayed in the <strong>Exports </strong>Tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Alarms </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted </strong>and displays them in the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept All New Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all new alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear all accepted alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all accepted alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Workflow&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the action plan for the selected alarm if available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Extras </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add favorite</strong></td>
<td>Saves the current Image pane pattern as a View in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add bookmark</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mute System</strong></td>
<td>Turns off audio of the available Image panes and the alarm sound.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Options&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Default settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the factory default settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The default number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Last settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the last loaded settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The last loaded number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Help </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display help</strong></td>
<td>Displays the BVMS Online Help.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>About&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box containing information on the installed system, for example the version number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark385"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark386"></a> 17.8 Options dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Extras </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command</p>
<p>Allows you to configure parameters for using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark285"><em> Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark389"></a> Control tab</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Control tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell time for automatic sequences [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the required number of seconds a camera is to be displayed in an Image pane. This time is also valid for alarm sequences.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Control Speed</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the control speed for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Rewind time of instant playback [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the amount of seconds for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark484"> rewind time </a>of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display the map containing the camera of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Click to activate that the map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is getting the focus.</p>
<p>The map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor. If the selected camera is not configured on any map, the <strong>Map </strong>window is cleared.</p>
<p>The displayed map is the first found map in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>beginning from the root item, that contains the selected camera.</p>
<p>If a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence </a>is running within the selected Image pane, after each sequence step the map in the <strong>Map </strong>window is updated accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Start PTZ mode when selecting PTZ Image pane with mouse</strong></p>
<p>Select to automatically active PTZ mode for Bosch IntuiKey keyboards for the following cases: &#8211; When the user clicks on an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a PTZ camera.</p>
<p>&#8211; When the user drags a PTZ camera to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark391"></a><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Image Pane Aspect Ratio</strong></p>
<p>For each connected monitor select the required aspect ratio for the Image panes in</p>
<p>Operator Client. Use 16:9 for HD cameras. This setting overrides the setting that was made in Configuration Client for the initial startup of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Display Logical Number</strong></p>
<p>Select to display the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark471"> logical number</a> of a camera in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>IP address visible in print and save</strong></p>
<p>Select to make the IP addresses of devices in the Logical Tree available in printed or saved images.</p>
<p><strong>Text Data Position</strong></p>
<p>Select the desired option for the location of the text data pane when clicking on <strong><sup>=</sup> .</strong></p>
<p><strong>Prefer hardware acceleration</strong></p>
<p>After logon to Operator Client hardware acceleration is enabled by default.</p>
<p>To disable hardware acceleration, clear the check box.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Show diagnostic information in Image panes (enable until logoff)</strong></p>
<p>Select to show decoding method in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The decoding method is displayed in the title bar of all open Image panes.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Enable colored timeline</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable colored timeline for recordings. With colored timeline enabled, alarm recording, pre-alarm recording and motion recording are indicated by different colors.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Select to activate audio playback for the video in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multichannel audio playback</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable simultaneous audio playback for all videos displayed in the Image panes.</p>
<p><strong>Sound volume:</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the sound volume of alarm sounds.</p>
<p><strong>Half Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Full Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable full<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with</p>
<p>Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Hardware (default)</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the hardware transcoder. This is the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Software</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the software transcoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.9</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark395"></a><strong>Logical Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S- &#8216;I:<sub>th</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><strong><sub>u</sub> &#8211; &#8220;H,<sub>h</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays the hierarchical structure of all the devices your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark493"> user group </a>has access to.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the server name is displayed as a prefix to the camera name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only an administrator can create or change the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>Allows you to drag an item to the following elements of the user interface:</p>
<ul>
<li>Camera, map, document to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></li>
<li>Each item to the <strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</li>
<li>Map to <strong>Map </strong>window</li>
<li>Camera to the <strong>Monitors </strong>window</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying a camera in an Image pane, page 37</em></li>
<li><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></li>
<li><em>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence, page 41</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark397"></a><strong>Favorites Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; Tr</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark163"><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark166"><em>Creating/editing views, page 63</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.11</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark400"></a><strong>Bookmarks window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; </strong>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark173"><em>Editing a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark176"><em>Loading a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark403"></a> 17.12 Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="614" class="wp-image-3033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 243" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1181" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-1024x603.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-768x453.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p>Displays a variable number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Minimum is 1 Image pane. You can display one camera in several Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<p>Allows you to perform the following tasks (not all tasks are available in BVMS Export Player): &#8211; Changing the number of displayed Image panes.</p>
<ul>
<li>Arranging the Image panes with high flexibility, changing the pattern of the Image panes, and saving this arrangement as a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a> in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Toggling between Live Mode and Playback Mode (and alarm display if alarms are available).</li>
<li>Switching on/off all audio sources (application must be configured for multi-channel mode).</li>
<li>Starting a sequence.</li>
<li>Switching on/off the Image pane toolbars.</li>
<li>Performing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</li>
<li>Using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark84"><em> Changing the number of Image pane rows, page 39</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.13</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark405"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>BVMS Export Player offers only a restricted feature set.</p>
<p>Allows you to display:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live video from any video source (Live Mode only)</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark464">Instant playback</a> video</li>
<li>Recorded video (Playback Mode only)</li>
<li>Maps</li>
<li>Documents (HTML files)</li>
<li>Text data</li>
<li>Recording source</li>
</ul>
<p>A blue border indicates that this<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is selected, for example, for displaying a camera image in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The toolbar of an image pane is only displayed, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix is displayed in the image pane toolbar, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>Cameras in the map are displayed as<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. You can activate a camera in the map by double-clicking, context menu, or dragging and dropping to an Image pane.</p>
<p>When a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera is displayed, you can use in-window control function.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to display it in the next free Image pane.</p>
<p>Right-click in the Image pane and click <strong>Properties </strong>to display the <strong>Properties: </strong>window. This window displays information on the camera.</p>
<p>The time display in the tool bar of a live Image pane always shows the local time of the displayed camera. The time display in the tool bar of a playback Image pane always shows the time of the recorded video.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark407"></a><strong>Search box</strong></p>
<p>You can use the search box to search for an item in the Logical Tree, in the Favorites Tree and in the Bookmarks.</p>
<p><strong>T; ★ H</strong></p>
<p>1. Main window &gt; &gt; or or tab &gt; Right-click the desired root</p>
<p>node or the desired item &gt; Click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window, the Favorites Tree window or the Bookmarks window press Ctrl+F.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The search box is displayed</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked.</p>
<p>If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="40" class="wp-image-3034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 244" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1182" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="40" class="wp-image-3035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 245" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1183" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg 320w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</li>
</ol>
<p>The search proceeds through all items in the tree that match the search string and not only through the items in the selected tree node.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click X to close the search box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark411"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark412"></a> Exports window</p>
<p>17.15</p>
<p>। | &gt; <sup>1</sup> <sup>1</sup> tab</p>
<p>You can import exported video data, display it in an Image pane, search for particular data in it, and unload it again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark243"><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 246" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1184"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 247" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1185"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 248" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1186"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 249" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1187"></p>
<p>17.16</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark409"></a> Map window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Displays a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark488">site </a>map, it cannot display video content and is not limited to a 4:3 ratio.</p>
<p>If a map cannot be displayed completely in the <strong>Map </strong>window, you can drag the map. A special cursor is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Click to get step-by-step instructions:</strong></p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark155"> <em>Displaying a site map, page 58</em></a></p>
<p>17.17</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark415"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark416"></a> PTZ Control window</p>
<p>S&#8221; tel</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>PTZ Control </strong>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="44" class="wp-image-3040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 250" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1188"></p>
<p>The window becomes active when a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera or a swiveling/tilting camera is displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to control a camera with the corresponding functions displayed in the selected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="34" class="wp-image-3041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 251" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1189"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="40" class="wp-image-3042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 252" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1190"></p>
<p>Image pane.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in or out digitally. These controls are active even</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="232" class="wp-image-3043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 253" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1191"></p>
<p>when a non-PTZ camera is selected.</p>
<p>camera in all directions.</p>
<p>Click an arrow or drag the joystick in the center to swivel the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="82" height="50" class="wp-image-3044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 254" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1192"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="51" class="wp-image-3045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 255" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1193"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="50" class="wp-image-3046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 256" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1194"> Click to close the iris / open the iris.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in the picture angle (zoom angle) / zooming out the picture</p>
<p>angle (wide angle).</p>
<p>Click to set the focus near / focus far.</p>
<p><strong>Predefined positions:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="34" class="wp-image-3047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 257" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1195"> Select an entry to move the PTZ control to the predefined position.</p>
<p>Click to save the current position of the PTZ camera to the selected preposition entry.</p>
<p><strong>AUX commands:</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to execute this command.</p>
<p>17.18</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark419"></a> Timeline window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="132" height="49" class="wp-image-3048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 258" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 1196"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Allows you to control the playback of recorded videos. You can display several cameras simultaneously.</p>
<p>Audio playback is only possible when you play the video in normal speed.</p>
<p>If you are authorized to display recorded videos, you can also listen to the accompanying audio recording.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the timeline is changed accordingly.</p>
<p>Allows you to navigate through recorded videos. The playback of all displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>s is synchronized.</p>
<p>Many features enable the precise finding of scenes you are searching for.</p>
<p>The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>for recordings in Operator Client and BVMS Export Player displays the following information indicated by a color or hatching:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording loss / no recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protected recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^B)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restricted recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^H)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data not yet loaded</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search result</td>
<td><strong>fl B|</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To display colored timeline for alarm, pre-alarm and motion recording, enable colored timeline in the <strong>Display </strong>tab. See chapter<a href="#post-2789-bookmark391"> <em>Display tab, page 135</em></a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">**1/8 1/41/2 1 T 4 8</td>
<td>Move the slider to adjust the playback speed for the displayed cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>CHXCEI33K1E3</strong></td>
<td>Use the controls to control the playback of the displayed cameras.</p>
<p>From left to right:</p>
<ul>
<li>Jump to the oldest recording</li>
<li>Single frame backward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Play backward, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Pause play or backward play</li>
<li>Play, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Single frame forward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Jump to the latest recording</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>11/3/2020 4:53:34 AM</strong></td>
<td>4.</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the time for rapid positioning the hairline in the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to move to the time now.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to select a search type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Events</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Displays the selected search type, for example <strong>Video by event search</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the previous search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the next search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">X</td>
<td>Click to remove all search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">lLi</td>
<td>Click to display the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">G4 (172.31.22.90) [11]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.93) [13]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.95) [19]</p>
<p>RTCAM (172.31.23.201) [G]</td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays all cameras displayed in the image window.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>MAN*</em> 7 MAM SCÛAM 5 00 AM i&amp;W AM IK</strong></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Displays the timelines of the cameras in the camera list.</p>
<p>Allows you rapid time positioning for playing the corresponding videos.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Changing the playback speed, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></li>
<li><em>Verifying the authenticity of video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Protecting or unprotecting video, page 75</em></li>
<li><em>Restricting or unrestricting video, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Deleting video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark421"></a> 18 Keyboard shortcuts</p>
<p>This section lists the available keyboard shortcuts for a US keyboard layout.</p>
<p>+ indicates that each key must be pressed simultaneously (for example, Control+z means to press the Control key and the z key simultaneously).</p>
<p>On your Setup CD you find an Acrobat file for printing. The name of this file is</p>
<p>keyboard_layout_en.pdf.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark423"></a> General controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Online Help</td>
<td>F1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rename (for example in favorites)</td>
<td>F2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark425"></a> Playback controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play / Pause</td>
<td>Space</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous frame</td>
<td><sup>,</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next frame</td>
<td>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to forward</td>
<td>Enter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to backward</td>
<td>Backspace</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to oldest recording</td>
<td>Home</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to latest recording</td>
<td>End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase playback speed</td>
<td>Page Up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decrease playback speed</td>
<td>Page Down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark427"></a> Image window controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following keyboard shortcuts only work when the Image window has the focus.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move selected Image pane</td>
<td>Cursor keys</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Image pane</td>
<td>Delete,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all Image panes</td>
<td>Control + Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show fewer Image pane rows</td>
<td>F7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show more Image pane rows</td>
<td>F8<strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show / hide Image pane bars</td>
<td>F9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>*Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark429"></a> 19 Troubleshooting</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on how to handle known problems using BVMS Operator Client BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Problems with the settings in the recording control of your soundcard</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Issue</strong></td>
<td><strong>Cause</strong></td>
<td><strong>Solution</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Feedbacks occur when using a microphone for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark467">functionality</a>.</td>
<td>In the recording control of your soundcard the microphone must be selected, not the stereo mix (or something else).</p>
<p>Operator Client checks its configuration file during startup and changes the settings in the recording control accordingly. This configuration file contains a default entry which might not match your system configuration. This setting is restored during each start of Operator Client.</td>
<td>Change the setting in the configuration file of Operator Client to microphone.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark431"></a> 19.1 Reestablishing the connection to a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard</p>
<ol>
<li>Plug in the cable again or wait until the workstation is online.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Off Line message disappears.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey to enter BVMS.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark433"></a> Glossary</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark435"></a><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<p>Image window for displaying one or more Alarm Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark436"></a><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>Window in Bosch Video Management System used to display a list of active alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark437"></a><strong>alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm is assigned a priority. Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user&#8217;s live/playback display is also assigned a priority. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark438"></a><strong>analytics viewer</strong></p>
<p>External application that is used for displaying video analytics alarms in Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark439"></a><strong>ANR</strong></p>
<p>Automated Network Replenishment. Integrated process that copies missing video data from a video transceiver to the network video recorder after a network failure. The copied video data exactly fills the gap that occurred after the network failure. Hence the transceiver needs any kind of local storage. The recording capacity on this local storage is calculated with the following formula: (network bandwidth x estimated network downtime + safety margin) x (1 + 1/backup speed). The resulting recording capacity is required because the continuous recording must continue during the copy process.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark440"></a><strong>area</strong></p>
<p>A group of detection devices connected to the security system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark441"></a><strong>authenticity</strong></p>
<p>State of a recorded video that indicates its originality. That means, the recorded video is not manipulated.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark442"></a><strong>bookmark</strong></p>
<p>Used for storing a time period of live or recorded video. This allows for tagging particular scenes for later investigation. Additionally you can share your investigation results with other users by exporting a bookmark.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark443"></a><strong>bypass</strong></p>
<p>Selectively remove points from the security system. A point may be bypassed in order to arm the perimeter with a window open.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark444"></a><strong>camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>A list of cameras that are displayed one after the other. Each camera is displayed for a specific time (dwell time). There are two types of sequences: predefined and automatic. Predefined sequences are defined by the administrator. Icons for these sequences are located in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>Automatic sequences are created when you drag a multiple selection or a folder from the Logical Tree to an Image pane or a decoder. All cameras in this folder or selection sequences in the Image pane. You can create your own sequences by creating a folder in your Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark445"></a><strong>Dewarping</strong></p>
<p>The use of software to convert a circular image from a fisheye lens with radial distortion to a rectilinear image for normal viewing (dewarping is the correction of distortion).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark446"></a><strong>DNS</strong></p>
<p>Domain Name System. A DNS server converts a URL (<a href="http://www.myDevice.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.myDevice.com</a>, for example) into an IP address on networks that use the TCP/IP protocol.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark447"></a><strong>Document</strong></p>
<p>The document files that are supported by BVMS are HTM, URL, MHT, HTML, TXT.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark448"></a><strong>dual authorization</strong></p>
<p>Security policy that requires two different users to log on to the Operator Client. Both the users must be member of a normal Bosch Video Management System user group. This user group (or these user groups if the users are members of different user groups) must be part of a dual authorization group. A dual authorization group has its own access rights within Bosch Video Management</p>
<p>System. This dual authorization group should have more access rights than the normal user group that the user belongs to. Example: User A is member of a user group called Group A. User B is member of Group B. Additionally a dual authorization group is configured with Group A and Group B as members. For the users of Group A, dual authorization is optional, for users of Group B it is mandatory. When user A logs on, a second dialog box for confirming the logon is displayed.</p>
<p>In this dialog box, a second user can log on if he is available. If not, user A can continue and start the Operator Client. He then has only the access rights of Group A. When user B logs on, again a second dialog box for logging on is displayed. In this dialog box, a second user must log on. If not, user B cannot start the Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark449"></a><strong>duplex</strong></p>
<p>Term used to define the direction of data transmission between two parties. Half-duplex allows data transmission in both directions but not simultaneously. Full-duplex allows simultaneous data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark450"></a><strong>Dwell time</strong></p>
<p>Preset amount of time a camera is displayed in an Image window until the next camera is displayed during a camera sequence.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark451"></a><strong>Edge dewarping</strong></p>
<p>Dewarping performed in the camera itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark452"></a><strong>Encoder</strong></p>
<p>Changes an analog stream to a digital stream, e.g., to integrate analog cameras in a digital system like Bosch Video Management System. Some encoders can have a local storage like a flash card, a USB hard disk, or they can store their video data on iSCSI devices. IP cameras have an encoder built in.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark453"></a><strong>Enterprise Account</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise Account is an authorization that enables a user of Operator Client to connect to the devices of a Management Server being part of an Enterprise System. In an Enterprise Account, all permissions for the devices of this Management Server are configured. Operator Client can simultaneously connect to all Management Server computers that are part of this Enterprise System. This access is either controlled by the membership to an Enterprise User Group, and is controlled by the device permissions configured in the Enterprise Account for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark454"></a><strong>Enterprise System</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise System is a feature of Bosch Video Management System that allows a user of Operator Client to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark455"></a><strong>Enterprise User Group</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise User Group is a user group that is configured on an Enterprise Management Server. Enterprise User Group defines the users that are authorized to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously. Defines the operating permissions available for these users.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark456"></a><strong>erase</strong></p>
<p>The right of erasure in the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) provides that the data subject has the right to request erasure of personal data related to them on any one of a number of grounds within 30 days.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark457"></a><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p>A circumstance or state that is linked to an alarm and/or an action. Events can arise from many sources such as cameras, archivers, directories, digital inputs, etc. They can include start­recording states, loss of signal states, disk full messages, user logons, digital input triggers, etc.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark458"></a><strong>Failover VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Takes over the task of the assigned Primary VRM or Secondary VRM in case of failure.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark459"></a><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark460"></a><strong>Hotspot</strong></p>
<p>Mouse sensitive icon on a map. Hotspots are configured in Configuration Client. Hotspots can be for example cameras, relays, inputs. The operator uses it for localizing and selecting a device in a building. If configured, hotspots can display a blinking background color when a specific state event or alarm occurs.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark461"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Used for displaying live or recorded video of a single camera, a site map, a document, a sequence, a monitor group, an external application or a map viewport.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark462"></a><strong>Image pane pattern</strong></p>
<p>Arrangement of Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark463"></a><strong>Image window</strong></p>
<p>Container for Image panes, structured by an Image window pattern.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark464"></a><strong>Instant playback</strong></p>
<p>Plays the recorded image of the selected camera in an Image pane on the live screen. The start time (number of seconds in the past, or rewind time) can be configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark465"></a><strong>Intelligent Tracking</strong></p>
<p>Intelligent Tracking is a software process running on a camera that allows the camera to follow a selected object.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark466"></a><strong>Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Algorithm that detects specific properties and the behavior of objects in a scene monitored by a video camera and from this generates alarm events that, in turn, can be processed in a CCTV system. Recording with Intelligent Video Analytics settings activated is a precondition to be able to selectively and quickly search through video material later. Intelligent Video Analytics makes it possible to capture and evaluate directional movement of objects in such a way that false alarms are prevented to a large extent.</p>
<p>Intelligent Video Analytics adapts automatically to changing environmental conditions and is therefore largely non-sensitive to perturbing influences such as rain and tree movement. Especially when used for forensic search, Intelligent Video Analytics allows for filtering moving objects by their color specifications. With the aid of Intelligent Video Analytics algorithm extensive video material can be searched selectively for objects with specific color properties.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark467"></a><strong>Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p>Used to talk on the loudspeakers of an encoder. This encoder must have audio-in and audio-out. The Intercom functionality can be granted per user group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark468"></a><strong>intrusion control panel</strong></p>
<p>Generic name for the core device in a Bosch intrusion (burglary) security system. Keypads, modules, detectors, and other devices connect to the control panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark469"></a><strong>iSCSI</strong></p>
<p>Internet Small Computer System Interface. Protocol that manages storage via a TCP/IP network. iSCSI enables access to stored data from everywhere in the network. Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet, it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer network. In iSCSI terminology, the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target, while the client connecting to the server and accessing the resources of the server is called iSCSI initiator.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark470"></a><strong>Logbook</strong></p>
<p>Container for logging all events in Bosch Video Management System.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark471"></a><strong>Logical number</strong></p>
<p>Logical numbers are unique IDs assigned to each device in the system for ease of reference. Logical numbers are only unique within a particular device type. Typical use of logical numbers are Command Scripts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark472"></a><strong>Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Tree with a customized structure of all the devices. The Logical Tree is used in the Operator Client to select cameras and other devices. In the Configuration Client, the &#8220;Full Logical Tree&#8221; is configured (on the Maps and Structure page) and tailored for each user group (on the User Groups page).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark473"></a><strong>Management Server</strong></p>
<p>BVMS server managing devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark474"></a><strong>monitor group</strong></p>
<p>A set of monitors connected to decoders. The monitor group can be used for alarm processing in a given physical area. For example, an installation with three physically separated control rooms might have three monitor groups. The monitors in an monitor group are logically configured into rows and columns and can be set to different layouts, e. g. full-screen or quad view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark475"></a><strong>MOV</strong></p>
<p>File extension of the default video format used by QuickTime Player from Apple.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark476"></a><strong>MP4</strong></p>
<p>MP4 is a digital multimedia container format most commonly used to store video and audio, but it can also be used to store other data such as subtitles and still images. MP4 files are supported by most software media players.</p>
<p><strong>No-touch deployment</strong></p>
<p>Method for automatic downloading, installing and running .NET applications without changing the registry or shared system components. With Bosch Video Management System, no-touch deployment is used for updating the Operator Clients from the Management Server.</p>
<p>The update takes place if a new version is stored on the Management Server and when each user is logging on to the Operator Client. If you work with one Operator Client against multiple Management Server computers, no-touch deployment uses only the software version stored on the Management Server where the Operator Client has last logged on successfully. When you try to log on to another Management Server with a different application version, this one displays the Management Server as not online because the software versions do not match.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark477"></a><strong>Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>Component of Bosch Video Management System that provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark478"></a><strong>Operator Client workstation</strong></p>
<p>Computer in the Bosch Video Management System environment for viewing live and playback video and for configuration tasks. Operator Client is installed on this computer.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark479"></a><strong>Panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with a 360° or 180° view angle.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark480"></a><strong>Playback Mode</strong></p>
<p>Feature of Operator Client. Used to playback and search through archived videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark481"></a><strong>point</strong></p>
<p>A detection device connected to the security system. Points show on the keypad individually and with custom text. The text might describe a single door, motion sensor, smoke detector, or an protected space such as UPSTAIRS or GARAGE.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark482"></a><strong>PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with pan, tilt, and zoom function.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark483"></a><strong>Reference image</strong></p>
<p>A reference image is continuously compared with the current video image. If the current video image in the marked areas differs from the reference image, an alarm is triggered. This allows you to detect tampering that would otherwise not be detected, for example if the camera is turned.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark484"></a><strong>Rewind time</strong></p>
<p>Number of seconds when an Image pane is switched to instant playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark485"></a><strong>ROI</strong></p>
<p>Region of Interest. Intended use of ROI is to save bandwidth when zooming into a section of the camera image with a fixed HD camera. This section behaves like a PTZ camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark486"></a><strong>Secondary VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Ensures that the recording performed by one or multiple Primary VRMs is additionally and simultaneously performed to another iSCSI target. The recording settings can deviate from the settings of the Primary VRM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark487"></a><strong>Server Lookup</strong></p>
<p>Access method for a user of Configuration Client or Operator Client to sequentially connect to multiple system access points. A system access point can be a Management Server or an Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark488"></a><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>User-created entity for grouping related system resources together for ease of viewing and management. Typically, a site corresponds to a physical location, like a building or a floor, but it may be used to represent any concept. It consists of a Management Server, usually Configuration Client and multipe Operator Client installations.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark489"></a><strong>TCP</strong></p>
<p>Transmission Control Protocol. Connection- oriented communication protocol used to transmit data over an IP network. Offers a reliable and ordered data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark490"></a><strong>Timeline</strong></p>
<p>Part of the Bosch Video Management System user interface. Displays lines as graphical representations of the recordings of the selected cameras. The Timeline allows you to navigate through recorded videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark491"></a><strong>UDP</strong></p>
<p>User Datagram Protocol. A connectionless protocol used to exchange data over an IP network. UDP is more efficient than TCP for video transmission because of lower overhead.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark492"></a><strong>unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Item of the Device Tree in BVMS that can contain video network devices like Digital Video Recorders. These devices are not managed by the Management Server of your system. The user of Operator Client can connect to the devices of an unmanaged site on demand.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark493"></a><strong>User group</strong></p>
<p>User groups are used to define common user attributes, such as permissions, privileges and PTZ priority. By becoming a member of a group, a user automatically inherits all the attributes of the group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark494"></a><strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p>Universal Time Coordinated</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark495"></a><strong>Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Video analytics is a software process that compares a camera image with the stored images of specific persons or objects. In case of a match, the software triggers an alarm.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark496"></a><strong>Video Streaming Gateway (VSG)</strong></p>
<p>Virtual device that allows integrating Bosch cameras, ONVIF cameras, JPEG cameras, RTSP encoders.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark497"></a><strong>view</strong></p>
<p>Collection of image panes that you can recall for instant live viewing. Sequences cannot be part of a view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark498"></a><strong>VRM</strong></p>
<p>Video Recording Manager. Software package in Bosch Video Management System which manages storing video (MPEG-4 SH++, H.264 and H.265) with audio data and metadata on iSCSI devices in the network. VRM maintains a database containing the recording source information and a list of associated iSCSI drives.</p>
<p>VRM is realized as a service running on a computer in the Bosch Video Management System network. VRM does not store video data itself but distributes storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices. VRM streams playback from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2023 20:51:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cluebase]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Danale]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Huawei]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VSPlayer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless Camera]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2199</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#more-2199" aria-label="Read more about Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even Web browser of literally any device. vCloud.ai Cluebase VMS is made for reliability, performance, and convenience. Flexibility and limitlessness by design allows creating advanced computer vision systems in a very short time. The vCloud.ai API allows integrating third-party hardware and software to extend your video system&#8217;s functionality even further. The advanced ergonomic interface makes all functions intuitively easy to use.</p>
<p><strong>Cluebase VMS by vCloud.ai User manual</strong></p>
<p>Purpose of the VMS</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS (video management system) is a software product that allows connecting video cameras to the server for further recording, live view and multiple additional functions.<br />
Cluebase VMS is distributed as an open-platform commercial product under End User License Agreement.</p>
<p>System description</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS consists of the following parts:<br />
2.1. Front-end (Web/Lunix/MacOs/Windows)<br />
2.2. Back-end: server-side application that runs in the background<br />
Cameras connect to Cluebase VMS via ONVIF and RTSP protocols.<br />
Users can connect to the cloud unlimited number of cameras individually and set individual recording plans on them.</p>
<p>Hardware requirements</p>
<p>Minimal server requirements: Dual-core ARM or Intel/AMD (32 or 64 bit), 2GB RAM, 2GB HDD/SSD. Desktop client requires a PC or Mac computer with Intel/AMD 32 or 64 bit, Apple Silicon or other ARM CPU with at least 2 cores of 1.5 GHz each. Supported browsers: Google Chrome v.92+, Mozilla Firefox v.90+, Safari v.14+</p>
<p>Compatibility</p>
<p>4.1. Codecs: Cluebase VMS is ready to work with any h.264 video stream though h.265 is supported with limited functionality.<br />
4.2. All IP cameras and DVR/NVR are compliant.,</p>
<h2>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1453/icms-pro-full-user-guide/" rel="nofollow">Danale Wireless Camera Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1088/vsplayer-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">VSPlayer Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>Client app installation</p>
<p>Please note that Web client application is available instantly by accessing the server’s IP address via a web-browser. However is you need to install a client application on you desktop they available for downloading at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></p>
<p>a. Installing Linux app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_Linux_x_x.deb you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions or you can do it from the command line:<br />
sudo apt install Cluebase_ VMS_Linux_x_x.deb</p>
<p>b. Installing Windows app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_WIN_x_x.exe you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>c. Installing MacOS app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_MacOS_x_x.dmg you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>Signing in</p>
<p>After running the application for the first time you should see the Sign in screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="158" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-1-png.png" alt="Picture 1.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1223"></p>
<p>Please enter your valid login and password and click Sign in. After installation you can use the default credentials: admin/admin.</p>
<p>License activation</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Services-&gt;VMS-&gt;vCloud.ai VMS-&gt;VMS License Request, fill the customer e-mail and name fields, specify the required licenses and click Send License Request. Your request will be delivered to vCloud.ai sales team so, in return, you should receive the License activation key file to your email.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="180" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-2-png.png" alt="Picture 2.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1224"></p>
<p>Once received, you can Upload the license file at the screen bottom and click Activate.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="57" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-3-png.png" alt="Picture 3.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1225"></p>
<p>Your license activation page should look as on the picture below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="115" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-4-png.png" alt="Picture 4.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1226"></p>
<p>Adding cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/zrzHZssZru8" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch How to add cameras video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>8.1. Camera search tool<br />
Camera search tool is created to simplify and speed up cameras discovery and connection processes.</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Search</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="122" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-5-png.png" alt="Picture 5.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1227"></p>
<p>All supported cameras in the local network will be found automatically (normally within 5-10 seconds).</p>
<p>After specifying cameras’ credentials (name/login/password) you can add them one by one using the ‘+’ button on the left</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="55" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-6-png.png" alt="Picture 6.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1228"></p>
<p>Or you can click Add all devices to add all cameras with the specified credentials.</p>
<p>Click Refresh search to search the network again.</p>
<p>You can specify the search range manually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="31" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-7-png.png" alt="Picture 7.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1229"></p>
<p>By default the system will search in the current subnet.</p>
<p>8.2. Add cameras manually</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add camera<br />
Name the camera, select connection type (ONVIF or RTSP) fill the IP address and port for ONVIF or the URL for the RTSP, fill Login and Password with camera’s credentials, select the time zone then click Add.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="367" class="wp-image-2207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png" alt="Picture 8.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1230" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png-245x300.png 245w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Your camera should then appear in All cameras/Devices section</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="152" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-9-png.png" alt="Picture 9.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1231"></p>
<p>8.3 Create a New Layout for the cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/SVz-150uOLA" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch Creating a New Layout video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>Storage settings</p>
<p>By default the VMS should identify all mounted drives from the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="179" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-10-png.png" alt="Picture 10.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1232"></p>
<p>To enable a storage volume for recording please select the storage volume and switch it on:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="64" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-11-png.png" alt="Picture 11.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1233"></p>
<p>Then select the cameras that are required to be recorded, set archive depth, select quality and click Save. The storage will be activated for recording immediately.</p>
<p>User access management</p>
<p>10.1. Managing roles<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add role</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="199" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-12-png.png" alt="Picture 12.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1234"></p>
<p>Name the role and grant access to specific cameras and functions. Click save.<br />
Please note that all users with this role will then have access to the specified cameras and functions.<br />
10.2. Managing users<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add new user</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="162" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-13-png.png" alt="Picture 13.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1235"></p>
<p>Specify the new user credentials: Username, Password and the required Role. Access granted to the selected Role is be indicated below but is not available for editing. To edit the permissions you need to edit the Role by clicking the pencil button</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="271" height="61" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-14-png.png" alt="Picture 14.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1236"></p>
<p>Map setup</p>
<p>To be able to locate the camera on the map you can add the coordinates or simply drag the camera across the map and then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="297" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png" alt="Picture 15.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1237" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Layout setup</p>
<p>Click <strong>New layout</strong> in the main menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="415" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png" alt="Picture 16.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1238" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png-217x300.png 217w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Layout</strong> editing page will open</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="182" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-17-png.png" alt="Picture 17.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1239"></p>
<p>Give your new layout a <strong>Name</strong>, choose <strong>Layout template</strong> and drag’n’drop cameras or whole groups to the layout grid on the right-hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="183" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-18-png.png" alt="Picture 18.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1240"></p>
<p>Click Save to save your layout.</p>
<p>To edit existing layouts, click the Pencil button in the layout tab menu at the top of the screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="50" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-19-png.png" alt="Picture 19.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1241"></p>
<p>Camera groups</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add group and fill the group name field. Then click “Add”</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="135" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-20-png.png" alt="Picture 20.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1242"></p>
<p>To edit a group click the ‘pencil’ icon on the right side of the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png" alt="Picture 21.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1243" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Now you can edit or delete the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="121" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-22-png.png" alt="Picture 22.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1244"></p>
<p>To add a camera to a particular group go to camera settings and select the required group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="188" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png" alt="Picture 23.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1245" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Technical support</p>
<p>vCloud.ai technical support is operating 24/7, the average reply time is 3 hours. Technical support can be requested via email: <a href="mailto:support@vcloud.ai">support@vcloud.ai</a></p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Installation Manual</h1>
<h2>Preparation</h2>
<p>Download cluebase.zip from <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a> and unzip the file. Please note that in some versions of Linux the unzip application is not included so you&#8217;ll need to install it separately with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo apt install unzip</p>
<p>Now unzip the Cluebase VMS installer with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo unzip cluebase.zip</p>
<p>The above command creates a directory containing the installation files.</p>
<p>Go to CluebaseVMS directory:</p>
<p>cd CluebaseVMS</p>
<p>Now you have to provide permissions to the installation script (install.sh):</p>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>You are all set for the installation.</p>
<h2>Automatic installation</h2>
<p>Docker container framework and Docker-compose extension are required for Cluebase VMS installation and operation.</p>
<h3>Installing on Linux</h3>
<p>Please run the install.sh script to automatically install Cluebase VMS on a clean Linux OS.</p>
<p>To run the script, please go to the folder containing “install.sh” and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Installing the SSL version</h2>
<p>Here are the steps to install Cluebase VMS with SSL encryption:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download Cluebase VMS SSL installer . Please note that it comes as a separate install package and available at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></li>
<li>Prepare SSL certificate and public key that are generated for the required domain name.</li>
<li>Unzip the installation package.</li>
<li>Navigate to &#8216;certs&#8217; directory in the installation package.</li>
<li>Copy the SSL certificate and public key (file should be named as follows: cert.crt &#8211; SSL certificate, cert.key &#8211; public). The existing files should be replaced or removed before</li>
<li>Provide permissions to the installation script by this command:</li>
</ol>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>7. Run the installation script:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Manual installation</h2>
<h3>Installing Docker on Linux</h3>
<p>Official Docker installation guide: <a href="https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/</a></p>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get install docker-ce docker-ce-cli containerd.io</p>
<h3>Installing docker-compose on Linux</h3>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo curl -L &#8220;<a href="https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname</a> -s)-$(uname -m)&#8221; -o /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<p>Grant the necessary access rights by running the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<h3><strong>Preparation for manual VMS installation</strong></h3>
<p>You will need to edit the environment variable file, the .env file, to successfully install the VMS.</p>
<p>Please note that this file is hidden in the folder by default.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and specify the server&#8217;s IP address in the following fields:</p>
<p>APP_HOST=0.0.0.0 (the server&#8217;s public IP address) MACHINE_HOST=0.0.0.0 (local IP address of the server)</p>
<p>If the VMS should only be used in the local network, both IP addresses will be the same.</p>
<h3>Using a custom port for the VMS</h3>
<p>By default the VMS installs and runs on port 80. However you can configure a different port by amending the .env file.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and add NGINX_PORT variable and it&#8217;s value (port number) as shown on the screenshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="335" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg" alt="Editing .env file .jpg" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1246" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<h3>Installing and running VMS</h3>
<p>Enter the VMS folder and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<p>This command will automatically download, install and run VMS.</p>
<h3>Failover</h3>
<h5>Description</h5>
<p>Cluebase VMS supports failover (hot swap) functionality as the following options:</p>
<ol>
<li>1 to 1 &#8211; every server in the system has a failover server</li>
<li>Many to 1 &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by 1 failover server</li>
<li>Many to Many &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by several failover servers</li>
</ol>
<h5>Important</h5>
<ol>
<li>In case of using the failover functionality it’s important to make sure that network storage is being used (Object storage or NAS)</li>
<li>Failover server hardware should be able to handle the required number of cameras so the failover servers’ hardware should be precisely calculated and configured.</li>
<li>Configuration is automatically sent from main server to failover every 5 minutes</li>
<li>Please note that shutting down the main server manually is considered as maintenance and will not initiate the failover process.</li>
<li>After switching back from failover server to the main server it is required to reset failover server&#8217;s configuration or reboot.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Setup</h5>
<p>To set up a failover system you need to have at least 1 main server and 1 failover server.</p>
<p>Go to the main server user interface and open Failover settings: Settings-&gt;Failover-&gt;Add Failover Server and fill the fields with Failover server credentials. In the Logic field choose the server or servers that should be hot-swapped by the current Failover server. Then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="208" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/failover-settings-png.png" alt="Failover settings.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1247"></p>
<h2>Sign in</h2>
<p>Open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Safari are recommended), enter the server&#8217;s IP address and press Enter.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="170" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-24-png.png" alt="Picture 24.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 1248"></p>
<p>By default login and password: admin/admin.</p>
<h2>Stopping the VMS</h2>
<p>Run the following command from the VMS folder to stop the VMS server:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose down</p>
<h2>Updating VMS</h2>
<p>To update the VMS version:<br />
1.stop the VMS<br />
2.Run the following command from the VMS folder:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose pull</p>
<p>3.Restart VMS:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Architectural and Engineering Specification</h1>
<p><strong>General Description</strong></p>
<p>1. Cluebase video management system (VMS) is an enterprise-level client/server-based smart IP video security solution that provides management of video, audio and other data across an IP network. The video management system is designed to work with various ONVIF compliant 3<sup>rd</sup> party products. Video from other sites may be viewed from single or numerous workstations simultaneously at any time.</p>
<p>2. The video management system can be deployed on a single PC for small or medium system applications or on separate interconnected PCs and servers to meet large systems requirements.</p>
<p>3. The server part of VMS compatible with Linux and Windows OS (64-bit). Though recommended OS for server part is Ubuntu 18.04, 20.04 versions.</p>
<p>4. The server part compatible with ARM, Intel and AMD CPUs.</p>
<p>5. The server part fully docker container-based.</p>
<p>6. The client part compatible with Linux, Windows and MacOS operating systems.</p>
<p>7. There is web-based client. Supported browsers are Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari.</p>
<p>8. Client part also has desktop Windows, Linux and MacOS applications.</p>
<p>9. The VMS support cameras compliant to ONVIF Profile S. It is possible to scan the network for ONVIF cameras.</p>
<p>10. It is possible to provide basic configuration of ONVIF cameras from within the VMS, such as general camera settings, recording profiles, audio profiles.</p>
<p>11. It is possible to access camera’s web interface from the link in the VMS.</p>
<p>12.  It is possible to use the events provided by an ONVIF camera to trigger events and alarms in the Video Management System.</p>
<p>13.  It is possible for operator to control PTZ camera using virtual joystick.</p>
<p>14.  It is possible to record ONVIF compliant cameras.</p>
<p>15.  It is possible to display ONVIF compliant cameras in live view on a monitor connected to a PC.</p>
<p>16.  It is possible to connect cameras or other video sources via RTSP stream to VMS.</p>
<p>17.  It is possible to live view and record cameras connected via RTSP.</p>
<p>18.  The VMS is designed to use a facility’s existing IT infrastructure.</p>
<p>19.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in Local Area Networks (LAN) as well as in Wide Area Networks (WAN).</p>
<p>20. The VMS allows an operator to control and view live and playback streams of cameras and receive alarms from a remote site (across WAN).</p>
<p>21.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in the cloud environment (containers, VMs).</p>
<p>22. The VMS allows to view transcoded video streams (live and playback).</p>
<p>23. Live video and archive is played via HLS (HTTP Live Streaming) protocol.</p>
<p>24. The VMS shall allow the establishment of user groups that have access rights to specific cameras, layouts, camera settings, storage settings, system settings.</p>
<p>25. The VMS supports export of the video and frame in the avi, mp4 and jpeg formats to a local or network drive.</p>
<p>26. The VMS is designed in such a way that configuration changes to any part of the system will not interrupt operational tasks.</p>
<p>27. The video management system supports enabling an encrypted communication between the server and client workstation.</p>
<p>28. The server part provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system. The server part maintains stream management, alarm management, central configuration and user management.</p>
<p>29. The client part provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation. The client workstation maintains live monitoring, storage retrieval, and alarm handling.</p>
<p>30. The video management system supports display of alarms in a special alarm panel.</p>
<p>31.  The video management system provides the capability to allow alarms to be filtered by type of the alarm, camera and time.</p>
<p>32. The video management system allows to send an e-mail message in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>33. The video management system allows to send messages to Telegram in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>34. The video management system allows to send messages in the alarm panel, to an email address and Telegram in case of camera disconnection.</p>
<p>35. The video management system supports API that allows for fetching live video streams and archive from 3rd party applications.</p>
<p>36. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to select the video stream offered by a camera. For cameras configured to use two or more different streams for live view and for recording, operator shall be able to manually switch between the higher resolution stream and the lower resolution stream for a particular camera.</p>
<p>37. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to enable an automatic switching between a high and a low-resolution stream. The video management system automatically switches to a low-resolution stream, if the user of the client workstation opens multiple cameras on a monitor. The video management system automatically switches to a high-resolution stream, when the user maximizes a camera on the monitor.</p>
<p>38. The video management system support PTZ control with a dedicated graphical (virtual) joystick control, supporting Pan, Tilt, Zoom and Focus commands. For PTZ cameras, the cursor shall change to indicate the Pan/Tilt direction when hovering over the corresponding image pane. The Pan/Tilt speed shall increase as the cursor moves farther from the center of the virtual joystick. An additional control command near the Pan/Tilt command of the joystick shall be used for zoom-in/zoom-out control.</p>
<p>39. The video management system shall support digital zoom of any image pane. The mouse wheel shall control digital zoom when the mouse cursor is hovering over a selected image pane.</p>
<p>40.  The video management system provides an instant playback function. Instant playback supports pause, play forward, play reverse, single step forward, single step reverse, fast-forward.</p>
<p>41.  The video management system shall support a timeline that provides a graphical overview of video stored on the disk for particular camera. The timeline shall display a timescale that can be adjusted.</p>
<p><strong>Video analytics</strong></p>
<p>42. The video management system provides an integration with a server-based analytics platform.</p>
<p>43. The video analytic processing able to scale seamlessly by adding servers.</p>
<p>44. The system should allow the use of a pool of video analytic algorithm on any camera. It should be easy to change an algorithm from a camera to another.</p>
<p>45. The video analytic processing should be able to run on top of a server or to be virtualized using virtualization technologies.</p>
<p>46.The system can offer the following video analytic:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Object Detection &#8211; identifies people, cars, busses, trucks, motorcycles and animals in a defined area/zone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Face recognition – an algorithm for human identification and verification, based on the facial recognition as well as the age and gender estimation. The algorithm creates a database of all faces captured by video cameras and lets you search the database for similar faces.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License plate recognition &#8211; an algorithm for license plate recognition. Video streams can be processed to search for and recognize license plate numbers in the frame. These license plate numbers are saved to a database and associated with the relevant recorded video. The database is searchable. License plate numbers can be compared to lists in real time, with actions performed (or not performed) depending on whether or not a license plate is found in the list. Aside from license plates, system can recognize the make, model, and color of vehicle, as well as the country and direction of movement of the car.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Traffic Analytics &#8211; intended for the calculation of intensity and determination of traffic structure classify the types of vehicles (car, bus, truck, bicycle, motorbike). It also counts people and provides statistical report with graphs and pies by hours, days, weeks, months.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Crowd Detection &#8211; estimates the number of people within a given area in real time and triggers an alarm when a specified number of people (capacity) or a specified percentage of people (occupancy) is reached.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Hard Hat Detection &#8211; detects people not wearing helmets, records video and sends alarms.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Heat Map &#8211; color visual representation of data analysis of customer activity presented by color visual representation of data (warm and cold zones).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Age &amp; Gender Detection &#8211; determines the gender of customers and their approximate age by detecting and analyzing the faces of visitors.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Motion Detection &#8211; captures any movement in the scene. The following rules can be applied: line crossing, loitering, intrusion, abandoned object, disappearance of an object.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smoke &amp; Fire Detection &#8211; recognizes smoke and fire in the image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Tracking System &#8211; search people by attributes (color of clothes, bag, hair, hat, gender, and age).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Body Movement Detection &#8211; identifies a person in different positions: sitting, standing, walking, lying, getting up.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Wagon Identification &#8211; detection and recognition of wagon UIC numbers.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Parking &#8211; management of parking lot, detection of license plates of entering vehicles, recognition of model, direction of movement, and payment status of the car.</p>
<p>47.It is possible to setup several “lists” in the database of the analytics platform. A list contains License plates or faces and related data.</p>
<p>48. The analytics platform detects license plates or faces in the live stream provided by the cameras and shall match them against the license plates and faces stored in data-base of the analytics platform</p>
<p>49. When there is a match, an event should be sent by the system to the video management system. Additional data such as the camera and the time of detection should be included in the event provided to the video management system.</p>
<p>50. When the event provided by the analytics platform triggers an alarm in the video management system, the following content shall appear in the alarm panel of the VMS:</p>
<p>&#8211;   A cropped extract of the original image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The corresponding face or license plate taken from the database of the analytics platform to allow the operator to compare the captured image with the reference image from data-base</p>
<p>&#8211;   Additional data related to the face or license plate stored in the data-base of the analytics platform (e.g. name of person etc.)</p>
<p>51.  All events and meta-data are displayed in the archive on a timeline of corresponding camera of the video management system as an icon. If pointing the mouse arrow at this icon, a frame with the image of an object that triggered an alarm should appear.</p>
<p>52. System should support own AI-based embedded human and vehicle motion detection algorithm.</p>
<p><strong>User interface elements</strong></p>
<p>53. Video frame elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be able to switch from live video mode to archive mode. If video camera is being recorded switch button should appear as an activate. If not being recorded it should be in inactive status without possibility to click on it.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have button allowing instantly jump back to archive for a predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be a possibility to pause live video upon request and restart it by clicking on play button.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have date and time indicator, that allows to access archive at specified date and time.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have object counter element indicating number of detected objects of specific type.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have sound volume bar allowing to control sound from the camera with built-in microphone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should contain video analytics icon allowing to activate embedded AI-based motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   While clicking on video analytics “ai” icon, settings should be activated allowing to pre-configure embedded AI-based human and vehicle motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the pre-configurable settings, it should be possible to set the following parameters: enable video analytics button, sensitivity option in percentage, view zone button, send to alarm panel button, detections frequency in seconds, delay between detection in seconds, object type selection option.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If embedded human and vehicle motion detection analytics enabled the “ai” icon should turn green. When disabled it should be of a white color.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Stream management icon allowing to choose from lower and higher resolution video stream as well as allowing the system to perform automatic stream selection.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Google maps activation icon. If activated it partially overlays on the live video frame with the option to fully overlay on it indicating camera positioning on the map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to reload the video stream by clicking on a dedicated icon.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the archive mode it should be possible to increase the video playback speed x2, x4, x8.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video or frame can be exported by clicking on dedicated icons. Video can be exported in mp4 or avi formats. Frame can be exported in jpeg format.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to expand and narrow down the archive timeline by scrolling the mouse wheel while pointing on a timeline or by clicking on the plus and minus buttons.</p>
<p>54. Upper menu panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   All created layouts should appear in the menu panel. Each of them should have unique name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   All layouts displayed in the menu panel should be editable right from the panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to move layouts by holding the mouse cursor and dragging them left and right.</p>
<p>&#8211;   I should be possible to hide upper menu panel by clicking on dedicated icon in a such way that it appears whenever user point mouse cursor back at the same area.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an icon on menu panel that allows to work in tutorial mode. Once activated is should be possible to point by mouse cursor at any user interface element and receive short explanation what is this element created for.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be possibility to access expandable main menu from upper menu panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an alarm indicator that changes the color and creates sound whenever alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>55. Alarm panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be a possibility to expand alarm panel by clicking on dedicated icon in the upper panel menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have an option to filter events by: type of event, cameras and time of the event.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Each video analytics event should contain the following minimum information: frame (picture of the object), type of the analytics, camera, object type, and time and date of triggering.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If alarm is triggered by face recognition or license plate recognition analytics event may also contain the name of the person from the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be “apply” button to filter events and “reset” button to return to default status.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The latest triggered event should appear in the top of the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have chat field so different users of the system could communicate through this chat.</p>
<p>56. Layout settings:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout configuration should be accessible from either by editing existing layouts or by accessing expandable main menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout settings should consist of: layout name field, layout templates, camera list, groups of cameras and save and cancel buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should have the following layout templates: 1 camera, 4 cameras, 9 cameras, 16 cameras, 25 cameras, 36 cameras, all cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to add camera by drag and drop method to one of the chosen layouts using mouse cursor.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to drag and drop individual camera or the whole group.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Once layout created it should be possible to change position of live streaming cameras by drag and drop method without accessing layout settings.</p>
<p><strong>Camera settings</strong></p>
<p>57. Camera settings should consist of the following elements: name of the server, camera groups, individual cameras, manual camera adding option, adding group of cameras option, option to bind two or more servers,  automatic camera search option.</p>
<p>58. Individual camera setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Unique camera number field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Device name field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera ID.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera group field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording schedule field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera type field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If camera being added through RTSP then RTSP URL field followed by login and password fields.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Receive event check box for events from integrated cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Generate RTSP checkbox to create RTSP link.</p>
<p>&#8211;   PTZ checkbox for cameras added through ONVIF or native protocols.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to reset settings.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Frame showing camera live stream.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to set camera location on the google map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Coordinates filed allowing to set camera on the google map by entering precise coordinates of the location.</p>
<p>59. Manual camera adding option should consist of the following fields: device name, camera type, IP and port fields if camera being added through ONVIF, RTSP URL if camera being added through RTSP, login and password fields.</p>
<p>60.Adding group of cameras setting should consist of add group field and add button.</p>
<p>61.  Bind server setting should consist of the following fields: server name, domain or IP address of the server, port, login and password.</p>
<p>62. It should be possible to bind 2 or more servers in the local network or with public IP.</p>
<p>63. It should be possible to bind 2 or more remotely distributed servers each of which is in their own local network using cloud link feature. It should be possible to manage local storage, access camera’s archive, create layouts and receive alarms from all of those binded local servers by 1 or more remote operators.</p>
<p>64.Automatic camera search setting should consist of the following fields: range of IP addresses field, list of discovered cameras including IP address of the camera, camera name field, login, password and ping information in milliseconds, add all devices and refresh the search buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Storage settings</strong></p>
<p>65. Storage setting should consist of the following elements: server name and hard drive discs.</p>
<p>66. Hard drive disk should have the following settings and fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   On and off buttons that activate storage.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Individual camera storage settings section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkbox allowing to select individual camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera unique umber.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Archive depths in days field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording quality drop down field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording logics drop down field allowing to select the following options: full time recording, scheduled recording or recording by triggered alarm.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage bulk configuration section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   General storage limit for the selected hard drive in Gb.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Pre-recording and post-recording fields in seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage capacity bar indicating used space and free space on a hard drive.</p>
<p><strong>Analytics settings</strong></p>
<p>67. Analytics settings should consist of the following elements: server settings, notifications, alarms via emails.</p>
<p>68.Server settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server URL or IP address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server authorization API token.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to store metadata in days.</p>
<p>69. Notifications settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send email upon event occurrence with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Send event to Telegram messenger upon event occurrence including fields for Telegram bot API token and Telegram chat ID with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send notification when camera connection is lost with checkboxes that allow to select where to send. There should be 3 options available: email, Telegram and alarm panel.</p>
<p>70.Alarm via email settings should be available for events from integrated cameras’ edge analytics and should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons to enable or disable receiving alarms form the camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Fields to enter: email address, password, IMAP host and IMAP port.</p>
<p><strong>License settings</strong></p>
<p>71.  License settings should consist of two statuses: before the license has been activated and after activation status.</p>
<p>72. License activation status should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of required camera licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Type of license allowing to choose temporary or permanent license.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send license request button.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Buttons allowing to upload activation file and activate licenses.</p>
<p>73. After licenses were activated license setting should contain the following information:</p>
<p>&#8211;   License type: permanent or temporary.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of activated licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License status.</p>
<p><strong>Users settings</strong></p>
<p>74.Users settings menu should consist of created users and roles assigned to the users, option to add new user and option to add new role.</p>
<p>75. By default, there should be admin role and admin user created.</p>
<p>76. For admin user fields to change user name and user role should be disabled. User name should always remain as admin and user role should always remain as Admin.</p>
<p>77. Add new user setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Username filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Password field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Dropdown menu to select a role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing cameras that are allowed to be controlled by the user.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing current permissions set for the user: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that are enabled or disabled depending on set permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p>78. Add new role setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Role name filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes allowing to select cameras to be controlled by the user by this specific role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes setting the following permissions for this specific role: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that should enabled or disabled the following permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p><strong>General settings</strong></p>
<p>79. General settings menu should consist of the following settings: video stream, user interface, recording schedules, system information, cloud link, demo mode.</p>
<p>80. Video stream settings should have possibility to set live stream and archive chunk size in seconds.</p>
<p>81.  There should be a possibility to enable and disable pulling both camera streams (lower and higher resolution) at the same time.</p>
<p>82. User interface settings should allow to enable and disable automatic page reload after predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>83. Recording schedules setting should allow to set day of the week and time to schedule the recording of video in the archive. Possibility to create schedule should be easy and intuitive by double clicking on the schedule indicator and dragging the bar from side to side by holding mouse cursor. It also should include list of created scheduled in the drop-down menu.</p>
<p>84. System information setting should include the following parameters: CPU load, RAM load, UI version and server version.</p>
<p>85. Cloud link setting should allow to create tunnel between the server of the user and client machine of the user that connects to the server. By enabling cloud link system should generate URL that should allow the user without any additional VPN or public IP on a server side to connect to the server using his access credentials from any location. Server and client should have internet access.</p>
<p>86.Demo mode setting should allow to enable four video clips that can be used as virtual cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Localization settings</strong></p>
<p>87. Localization setting should contain list of languages with checkboxes. Once user chooses preferred language user interface language should instantly change to the chosen language.</p>
<p>VMS User Manual</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 20:36:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral ReGuard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS-4200]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1966</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#more-1966" aria-label="Read more about Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark1"></a> Chapter 1 Introduction</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. You can monitor the system health status of your customers&#8217; sites (even resolve problems) remotely, using a simple and reliable platform. Hik-Partner Pro solution enables you to customize security solutions for customers with fully-converged Hikvision devices, covering video, intrusion, access, intercom, and more.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark3"><strong><em>Clients</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Relationship Among Hik-Partner Pro, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Clients</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro solution provides different ways/clients for service providers&#8217; customers.</p>
<p>Table 1-1 Client Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Portal</td>
<td>Portal for service providers logging in to Hik-Partner Pro to manage the security business, such as permission and employees management, site management, device management, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and devices health monitoring.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for service providers logging into Hik-Partner Pro to manage site, apply for site information management permission from end users, manage and configure the devices, submit RMAs (Return Material Authorization) requests, create quotations, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to manage their devices, accept the site handover from the service provider as the site owner, approve the Installer&#8217;s application for site information management permission, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage their employees&#8217; access level and attendance after you set an attendance system for them via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark3"></a> HikCentral Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage resources, configure and use video management, on-board monitoring, alarm detection systems, etc.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to use video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection systems, such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, and track playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client</td>
<td>Web Client for service providers to configure parameters for video alarm receiving center and manage work orders or statistics reports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Control Client</td>
<td>Control Client for service providers to perform alarm monitoring, virtual guard, investigation and search, and so on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Relationship Among <a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/hik-partner-pro/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Hik-Partner Pro</a>, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</p>
<p>As the following diagram shows, Hik-Partner Pro provides certain value-added services related with Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard. You can activate these value-added services to benefit yourselves or your customers (i.e., customers who use Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard). For more information about the value-added services and how they relate to Hik-Connect,HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"> <strong><em>Value-Added Services</em></strong></a> and its sections.</p>
<h2>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/809/how-to-configure-hikvision-ivms-4200/">How To Configure Hikvision iVMS-4200</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/330/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/">How to Reset Password Hikvision</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>The availability of the value-added services is determined by your country/region. Some value- added services are not supported in every country/region.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="333" class="wp-image-1967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 1" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1-1 Relationship Diagram</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark4"></a> Target Audience</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This manual provides the service providers (i.e., Installer, System Integrator, Distributors, Resellers, OEM, and Alarm Receiving Centers(ARC)) with the essential information and instructions about how to use the Hik-Partner Pro Portal to manage the security business.</p>
<p>This manual describes how to manage the permission and employees of your company, add new or existing site for management, apply for site authorization and device permissions from your customers, manage and configure the devices belonging to the site, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and check the device health status for further maintenance, etc.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark6"></a> Entities in Hik-Partner Pro</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Here we introduce the entities (any physical or conceptual object) involved in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Identity Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider</strong></p>
<p>Those who provide services such as the design of security solutions, system/device installation, after-sales, and (or) device maintenance. There are several service provider types and the detailed descriptions are as follows.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Provides device installation and maintenance services for customers.</p>
<p><strong>System Integrator</strong></p>
<p>Integrates multiple systems to provide solutions for customers.</p>
<p><strong>Distributor</strong></p>
<p>Trades with Hikvision and supplies Hikvision devices to other businesses that sell to customers.</p>
<p><strong>Reseller</strong></p>
<p>Bulk purchases Hikvision devices from distributors and then sells the devices to installers.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling service for customers.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>If you are to apply for joining Hik-Partner Pro as ARC, selecting <strong>Alarm Receiving Center </strong>as the type of service provider is recommended when registering. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Company to the ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark8"></a><strong>OEM</strong></p>
<p>OEM partners source products, parts or services from Hikvision and relabeling, rebranding or embedding them as a part to another product or system.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Service Partner (MSP)</strong></p>
<p>The MSP is a special type of security service providers. They offer technical support to installers who lack technical capabilities and skills. Usually, they collaborate with these installers to provide device management/maintenance services for end users. On Hik-Partner Pro, installers can share sites with their maintenance service partners to collaborate with them. For details, see <strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Monitoring Center (RMC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling services remotely based on the video monitoring via HikCentral ReGuard.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The RMC can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>End User</strong></p>
<p>Those who have purchased Hikvision devices (e.g., network cameras, DVRs, alarm devices, video intercom devices, and access control devices) and want to manage the devices via an easy-to-use mobile client. End users are customers of the service provider, and they use Hik-Connect to manage devices.</p>
<p>Site Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where device(s) are installed and through which the Installer/ Installer Admin can manage and configure devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Manager</strong></p>
<p>When a site is assigned to an Installer, the Installer becomes the site manager of the site, and can manage and configure the devices of the site.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Assigning site to Installer is not supported in countries and regions only with support for free functions. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Site Owner</strong></p>
<p>When an installer transfers ownership of a site to an end user, the end user becomes the site owner who is the holder of the site. The installer can also apply for site authorization from the site owner to manage the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark9"></a> Running Environment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following is recommended system for running the Portal.</p>
<p>Operating System</p>
<p>Microsoft Windows® 7/8.1/10 (32-bit and 64-bit).</p>
<p>CPU</p>
<p>Intel® Core<sup>TM</sup> i5-4460 CPU @3.20GHz 3.20GHz and above.</p>
<p>RAM</p>
<p>8 GB and above (4 GB at least).</p>
<p>Graphics Card</p>
<p>NVIDIA® GeForce GT 730</p>
<p>Web Browser</p>
<p>Versions of Firefox (32-bit and 64-bit), Chrome (32-bit and 64-bit), and Edge (32-bit and 64-bit) released in the latest half year.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark11"></a> 1.4 Function Availability for Different Countries/Regions</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers both free functions and value-added functions that cost certain fees. You can purchase certain services in the Service Market of Hik-Partner Pro to get access to the value-added functions. Currently, certain value-added functions are only available in certain countries and regions. And users in some countries and regions can only access the free functions.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This document contains introductions of all Hik-Partner Pro functions, therefore some functions illustrated in this document may Not be supported in your country or region. And contents in some figures in this document may be different from the actual interface, if so, the latter shall prevail.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark13"></a> Functions Only Available in Certain Regions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following table shows the functions only available in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about whether your country or region supports the functions contained in the services listed below, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s) Only Available in Certain Countries and Regions</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>Only linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Linkage rule is unavailable in the United States and Canada.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark330"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark389"><strong><em>Temperature Screening Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark313"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Purchase Employee Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Add-On</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>HCC Services</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark404"><strong><em>HikCentral ReGuard Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark15"></a> Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following two tables shows the free functions and the countries and regions only with support for the free functions.</p>
<p>Table 1-2 Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark17"></a> Device Management</td>
<td>• Add Device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></p>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"><strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Manage AX PRO Security Control Panel</li>
</ul>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark183"> <strong><em>Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark186"> <strong><em>Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Reset Device Password</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark0"><strong><em>View Live Video</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark207"><strong><em>Play Back Video Footage</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td><strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tool</td>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark422"><strong><em>Tools</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution</td>
<td>View and Search for Solutions, and Add to Favorites</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment News Articles, and Add to Favorites</li>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment How-To Guides or Videos, and Add to Favorities</li>
<li>Receive and View Notices</li>
<li>View and Participate in Activities</li>
<li>View and Participate in Events</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"><strong><em>View Project History</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"><strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"><strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Tutorial Center</li>
<li>Chatbot</li>
<li>Case</li>
</ul>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"><strong><em>Submit Case</em></strong></a></p>
<p>°<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Feedback</li>
<li>Serial Number Inquiry</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>Contact Us</li>
<li>RMA (Return Materials Authorization)</li>
</ul>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Submit RMA Request</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <strong><em>View RMA Request</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark431"><strong><em>The Process of Earning Rebates</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"><strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark439"><strong><em>View Bill of Sale</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 1-3 Countries and Regions Only With Support for Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Continent</strong></td>
<td><strong>Country/Region</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Africa</td>
<td>Angola, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo(Brazzaville), Congo(Kinshasa), Cote D&#8217;Ivoire, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mayotte, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Rwanda, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Asia</td>
<td>Japan, Taiwan (China)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark18"></a> Chapter 2 Account Management</p>
<p>There are two types of accounts: Installer Admin and Installer. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions only with support for free functions, only the Installer Admin account is available and the Installer account is unavailable. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Installer Admin</strong></p>
<p>The Installer Admin has full access to the functions in the system. Usually, the Installer Admin can be the manager of the installation company.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Installers are &#8220;sub-accounts&#8221; to the Installer Admin and are controlled by permissions for what they can do. For example, they can only manage the sites that are assigned to them. Usually, the Installers are the employees in the installation company.</p>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account, and then invite the employees to register Installer accounts.</p>
<p>The flow chart of the whole process is shown as follows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="54" class="wp-image-1968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 2" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-300x18.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-768x47.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-1 Flow Chart of Account Management</p>
<p>• <strong>Register an Installer Admin Account: </strong>You should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"> <strong><em>Register an Installer Admin</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>After you register Installer Admin account, you need to complete your company information after logging in to the account. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"> <strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Set Role and Permission: </strong>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"> <strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Invite Employees: </strong>You can invite employees to register Installer accounts and assign different roles to employees to grant the permissions to her/him. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"> <strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Accept Invitation and Register Installer Accounts: </strong>The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept Invitation and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark20"></a> Register an Installer Admin Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>Try Free Demo </strong>on the login page to see what Hik-Partner Pro can do for you, without registering any account. The data displayed in the demo is for demonstration only, and you cannot perform any operations.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The Login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Login page, click <strong>Register </strong>to register an account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your account has been registered, you can click <strong>Login </strong>to log in to Hik-Partner Pro. For details about login, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark53"> <strong><em>Login</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Whether you will enter the process of registering the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account is determined by your country/region.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select your identity and service provider type (installer, system integrator, distributor, reseller, alarm receiving center (ARC), or OEM).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>If you enter the process of registering the Hik-ProConnect account, you don&#8217;t need to select the service provider type. For details about the identities and service provider types, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"> <strong><em>Entities</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"><strong><em>in Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Register the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the OneHikID account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Set your name (first name and last name), company name, email, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark22"></a> We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the Hik-ProConnect account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your email address and the CAPTCHA code.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code </strong>to verify the account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you don&#8217;t enter the verification code within the required time, click <strong>Get Again </strong>to get the verification code again.</li>
<li>If you fail to get the verification code, click <strong>Didn&#8217;t receive the verification code? </strong>for failure reasons.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Complete Your Information page, enter or edit the required information such as your company name, address, phone number, and name. (For the process of registering the Hik- ProConnect account, you also need to set a password for your account on this page.)</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the invitation code if you are invited by your friend, so that your friend can earn some reward points.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that at any time I can unsubscribe. </strong>to subscribe.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If subscription succeeded, you will receive a confirmation email in a few minutes. You can unsubscribe by clicking the URL in the email if needed.</li>
<li>After subscription, we will send emails about the latest product introduction, service introduction, questionnaires and special offers, to the email address which is used for your account registration.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>I agree to the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy </strong>if you accept the details in these agreements.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter Hik-ProConnect </strong>to finish registration and log into Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account and logging into Hik-Partner Pro with this account, you need to complete the information of your company. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark23"></a> Manage Company Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account, you can manage and edit your company information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When your company is not authenticated, the Installer Admin can manage and edit all the company information, and when your company authentication application is approved, the Installer Admin can submit the information change request and the information will be edited successfully after approval.</li>
<li>You can link your Installer Admin account to a distributor via the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client to get support and help from the distributor. For details, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you can click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the top right of the page to switch to another company for using. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is an authenticated channel partner, the partner level will be displayed one the company logo.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the name of your company.</li>
<li>Enter other information of your company, such as the address, GPS information, postal code, phone number, email, and user type.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The country or region cannot be changed once you save the company information after registration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Edit the VAT number of your company, which will be used for qualification verification.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you want to upload the company logo, click <strong>+ </strong>to upload the picture of your company logo, or click <strong>Edit </strong>to re-upload a picture to update the logo.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The picture should be in JPG, JPEG, or PNG format.</li>
<li>Recommended picture size: Height = 200 px, 200 px &lt; Width &lt; 600 px.</li>
<li>You are not allowed to enable the Co-Branding function if you have not set the company logo. For details about Co-Branding, see <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark25"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the website of your company.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter or edit the description information, which will be displayed on Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can check the percentage of completed information after saving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark26"></a> Authenticate Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you register an Installer Admin account, you can authenticate your account to purchase value-added services and use more features (besides the basic features) in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>One of the following ways for account authentication is supported, depending on the selected country or region when registering your account.</p>
<p>By Entering Authentication Code</p>
<p>For this way, you need to get the authentication code from the Hikvision or distributor first and then enter the authentication code to authenticate your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</li>
<li>(Optional) If you have no authentication code, click <strong>Get Authentication Code</strong>, and send the application email with the predefined content template, including your email address (the one which is used when registering your Installer Admin account) and company information, such as company ID, company name, and phone number, to Hikvision or distributor, and apply for one authentication code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can click £ to edit the information in the template. The edited contents will be updated in the company information.</li>
<li>If the email server is not configured or the recipient&#8217;s address is not filled automatically, you can copy the content and send it to Hikvision or distributor by your own email box.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>After you get the authentication code, enter the authentication code on account authentication page and click <strong>OK </strong>to authenticate your account.</li>
</ol>
<p>•</p>
<p>By Submitting Online Application</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark28"></a> For this way, you need to fill and submit the online application information to authenticate your account directly. After your application is approved, your account will be authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is not authenticated and you have the permission to submit the authentication application, you may be prompted and guided to authenticate your company by submitting the application after login.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Company Information </strong>page, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Edit the company information, such as company name, address, and city if needed.</li>
<li>Select your identity type from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Enter the VAT Number of your company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to upload a picture (e.g., business card) as evidence.</li>
<li>Enter the distributor if you have bought Hikvision products.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Authenticate Now</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application information will be sent.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After your application is approved, you will be notified via push notification and email.</li>
<li>If your country/region is in Australia (continent), you should also enter your security license number and contact name.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark29"></a> Manage Role and Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources and then assign roles to corresponding employees to grant the permissions to them. Or you can give a predefined role to an employee without creating one. An employee can have only one role.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, managing role and permission is not supported. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>There are three predefined roles in the system: Administrator, Site Manager, and IT Manager.</li>
</ul>
<p>The permissions of the three roles are as follows. The three roles cannot be deleted by anyone.</p>
<p>° <strong>Administrator</strong>: Setting company information, managing employees, checking operation logs of all the employees, and managing all the sites.</p>
<p>° <strong>Site Manager</strong>: Managing assigned sites, adding, configuring, and deleting devices, and enabling valued services for end users of assigned sites.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark31"></a> ° <strong>IT Manager</strong>: Managing all the sites, assigning sites to other employees, enabling or editing valued service for all the end users, and viewing operation logs of all the employees.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>to display all the roles.</li>
<li>Add a role.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Role </strong>to open the Add Role panel.</li>
<li>Enter the role name and select permission(s) for the role.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Manage All Sites</strong></p>
<p>Managing all sites, including adding and editing site, assigning site to Site Manager, handing over sites, applying for site authorization, searching sites, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, upgrading), applying for device permission, and health monitoring. Up to 100 employees can be assigned with this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Assigned Site</strong></p>
<p>Managing site(s) assigned to the employee, including editing site, handing over sites, applying for site information management permission, adding existing site, adding a new site, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, and upgrading), and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>You need to give an employee this permission before assigning the employee a site.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Account and Role</strong></p>
<p>Accessing Employee and Role and Permission page, adding and deleting accounts and roles. Employee and Role and Permission page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Company Information</strong></p>
<p>Accessing company information page and edit company information (e.g. name, logo, addresses, etc.). Company information page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Service Package and Order</strong></p>
<p>Viewing orders, purchasing service packages such as health monitoring packages and employee packages.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter remarks of the role in the <strong>Description </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check added roles and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected role(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete a role which has been assigned to an employee.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark32"></a> 5 Invite Employee</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark34"></a> Installer Admin and Installer with the role permission for managing account and role can invite employees to manage resources in the system.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, inviting employee is not supported. For details about these countries, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Add Employee pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>.</li>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>, and then click <strong>Add Employee </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the email of the to-be-invited employee.</li>
<li>Select a role for the employee.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also create a new role. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The permissions of the role will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The invited employee will receive an email delivering a link in the entered email box. The employee needs to click the link to register an account, after which the employee&#8217;s information will be displayed in the employee list.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you invite the employee via your OneHikID account, and if the Hik-ProConnect account of the to-be-invited employee has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, the to-be-invited employee needs to upgrade the account according to the instructions on the interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding employees.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable/Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Set the switch to on or off in the Enable column to enable or disable the employee account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Hl] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once disabled, the employee cannot log in to the platform via this account.</li>
<li>You cannot disable your own account and the Installer Admin account.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td>Check one or more employees and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Employees</strong></td>
<td>employee(s) if needed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You cannot delete your own account, the Installer Admin account, and the Site Manager account.</li>
<li>If the employee has not merged account data or become a Hik-Partner Pro user, you cannot delete their account. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane to view the employee&#8217;s contact number, email address, role permissions, and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Role Assigned to Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane and click £ in the Role field to enter the Edit Role pane. Then you can click <strong>Add </strong>to add a new role or select another role for the employee. %</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot edit roles assigned to your own account and the Installer Admin account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Sites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Managed by</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane or click the information in the Managed column to view the list of all sites managed by the employee. You can click a site to view the site details.</p>
<p>Hl® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The above operation is supported only when the employee has site(s) to be managed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark35"></a> Accept Invitation and Register Installer Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin, and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can invite other employees to register Installer accounts. The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Installer Admin and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>should first invite the employee first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After inviting the employee, the employee will receive an email from Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Click the button or the link in the email.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark37"></a> Click <strong>Register </strong>to open the Create Account page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have already registered a OneHikID account using your email address, you can log in with the account to join the company directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the type, name, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>By clicking Register, I agree to Hikvision OneHikID&#8217;s Privacy Policy.</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Result</strong></p>
<p>You can log into Hik-Partner Pro with this account and perform other operations such as site management and configuration.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark38"></a> Set Account Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After login, you can edit the basic information of the current account and change password if necessary.</p>
<p>Click the name at the upper-right corner and select <strong>Account Settings </strong>or click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>.</p>
<p>Set Basic Information</p>
<p>Set the basic information of the current account, including the name of the Installer, email address,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="48" class="wp-image-1969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 3" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1399"> phone number, etc.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to set the profile of the current account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 4" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1400"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view your HIK ID on this page, but you cannot edit it.</p>
<p>Manage My QR Code</p>
<p>Hover over to show My QR Code, which your customers can scan to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark40"></a> If you have uploaded your company logo, your company logo will be displayed in the center of the QR code. Or you can click <strong>Add Your Company Logo to the QR Code </strong>to upload your company logo. Click to download the QR code.</p>
<p>Change Password</p>
<p>Change the password of the current account.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If your account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for changing the password of your OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to finish change the password.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Change Account&#8217;s Bound Email</p>
<p>You can change the bound email address of the current account to another one if required.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for editing OneHikID account information will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to change the email.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a new email address in the <strong>New Email </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the new email address, you will receive an email with a verification code.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li>Enter the password of the current account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Delete Installer Admin Account</p>
<p>For Installer Admin, if the account is no longer used, you can delete it in the Basic Information page of the account settings.</p>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting Installer Admin account is irreversible. The company information and accounts CANNOT be restored once deleted. Back up the required data before deleting the account.</li>
<li>If there are authorized site(s) or employee account(s) under the current account, you cannot delete it.</li>
<li>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the login page for OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to delete the account.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the password of your Installer Admin account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account </strong>to confirm deleting.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark41"></a> View Employee Efficiency Statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. You can also perform operations such as exporting the efficiency statistics.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p>You can enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page via the following methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>View All </strong>in the Employee Efficiency Overview section.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="231" class="wp-image-1971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 5" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1401" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-768x200.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-2 Employee Efficiency Statistics Page</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-1 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Operation Logs of an Employee</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is not supported when your company is an authenticated channel partner.</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>in the Operation column to switch to the Operation Log page to view the operation logs of the corresponding employee.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark43"></a> Filter Statistics</td>
<td>Click v to filter the efficiency statistics by time period (i.e., today, yesterday, this week, last 7 days, last 30 days, or custom time period).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for Statistics</td>
<td>Enter the employee&#8217;s name, email address, or phone number in the search box to search for statistics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Statistics</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics in XLSX or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark44"></a> Manage My Shipping Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add, edit, and delete your shipping addresses, and set the default shipping address.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 6" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1402"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Address </strong>.</p>
<p>You can view and manage all your added shipping addresses if any, or you can add new shipping addresses if you haven&#8217;t added any shipping address. Perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-2 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add New Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>New Address</strong>, fill in all required information (contact person, country/state, address, postal code, etc.), check <strong>Set this address as default </strong>if you are to set it as the default shipping address, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click z to edit the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click ® to delete the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Default Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set as Default </strong>to set the corresponding shipping address as default.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark46"></a> View My Partner Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark48"></a> You can view and export the basic information about your partners.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Partner Network </strong>to enter the My Partner Network page.</p>
<p>You will be able to view the partner No., partner name, partner type, partner level, VAT No., address, website, etc.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Export </strong>to export the information.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark49"></a> View Dashboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Dashboard </strong>to enter the Dashboard page.</p>
<p>You can view the number of your DPPs/distributors. Click to switch to My Partner Network to view details about your DPPs/distributors. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>You can view the status of your projects, including draft, waiting for supporter, processing, approved, more information required, ineligible, closed won, closed lost, and closed canceled. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to Project History for more details and operations. Refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>You can view the status of your orders, including in review, undelivered, fully delivered, and back order. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to My Order for more details and operations. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark51"></a> Login</li>
</ol>
<p>After logging in by an Installer Admin account or Installer account, you can manage resources (including sites, devices, and roles, etc.) and perform health monitoring and so on.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have registered an account. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Invitation and Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>for details about registration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a country or region where the account locates and a language from the drop-down lists at the top of the page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Log In by OneHikID (Hik-ePartner) Account / Log In by OneHikID Account </strong>or <strong>Hik- ProConnect </strong>on the login page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The display of &#8220;OneHikID&#8221; or &#8220;OneHikID (Hik-ePartner)&#8221; on the login page is determined by the country or region where you locate.</li>
<li>The login method available is determined by the country and the region of your account. If you select OneHikID as the login method, and your Hik-ProConnect account has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, you need to upgrade your account according to the instructions on the interface.</li>
<li>If your Hik-ProConnect account has been upgraded to the OneHikID account, logging in to the platform by the Hik-ProConnect account is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the registered email and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have registered for Hik-ePartner with a phone No., you can also enter the registered phone No. and password.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Reset the password if you have forgotten the password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Forgot Password </strong>to enter the resetting password page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will receive a verification code sent by the Portal in your email box.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark53"></a> Enter the new password and confirm password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>By default, you will be required to log in by the new password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Sign In </strong>or <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login. You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark54"></a> Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After<br />
Product Upgrade</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is upgraded from Hik-ProConnect, combining the features of Hik-ProConnect and another product named Hik-ePartner, so it provides services which are more diverse and more professional. If you have already registered for Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner before the product upgrade, you can log in to Hik-Partner Pro using the existing account to become a Hik- Partner Pro user.</p>
<p>When you log in to Hik-Partner Pro for the first time using the existing account of Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner, a window will pop up to notify you of the product upgrade.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="353" class="wp-image-1973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 7" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-1 Product Upgrade</p>
<p>After you check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that I can unsubscribe at any time. </strong>(which is optional) and <strong>I have read and agree to Terms of Service and Privacy Policy.</strong>, and click <strong>Enter</strong>, you become a Hik-Partner Pro user and can continue to use Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>In some countries/regions, the above-mentioned window will not pop up.</li>
<li>If your existing account is an Admin account of Hik-ePartner, after you become a Hik-Partner Pro user, the employee account add-on will be given as a gift to you which can cover the existing employee accounts in your company and is valid for one year.</li>
<li>In some countries/regions, the authenticated channel partners can complete the process of becoming a Hik-Partner Pro user offline.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark56"></a> Refer to the following sections for more details.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Other Situations</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>After First-Time Login</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ProConnect.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the same so that you don&#8217;t need to select the company information to be kept, or only one of the two companies is authenticated so that the information of the authenticated company will automatically be kept.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner. And your account is the Admin account, or is an employee account but the Admin user has completed company merging.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other Situations</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the different, and both companies are authenticated / not authenticated. You have to select the company information you would like to keep after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. The Installer Admin / Admin accounts of the two companies are different, so company merging is not supported, which means both companies are kept for you on Hik-Partner Pro. You have to select one for login after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and your account is an employee account in Hik-ePartner. You can log in to the company created on Hik-ePartner only after the Admin user completes merging companies. Or you can continue to log in to your company created on Hik-ProConnect for using.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner and is an employee account. Moreover, the Admin user has not completed company merging. You can log in to use Hik-Partner Pro only after the Admin user completes merging companies.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. And your account exists in more than one company on Hik-ePartner. You have to select one from the companies on Hik-ePartner for company merging. You should also select the company information you would like to keep if needed.</li>
</ul>
<p>After First-Time Login</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark57"></a> If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark58"></a> Chapter 5 Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal is a B/S portal of Hik-Partner Pro platform. The service providers (e.g., installation company) can register an Installer Admin account on Hik-Partner Pro, then the Installer Admin can invite employees to register Installer accounts. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>After registration, the Installer Admin and Installers can log into the Hik-Partner Pro via the web browser and the Home page of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal will show.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark60"></a> 5.1 Main Modules</p>
<p>The Hik-Partner Pro Portal is divided into several main modules. You can access these modules via tabs at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 8" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1404"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If the country or region where you locate does not support the Solution, Explore, Project, and Order &amp; Promotion module, the Portal layout of the current version is still the same as that of Hik- ProConnect in version 1.11.0. For details, refer to the corresponding user manual.</p>
<p>Table 5-1 Main Modules of Hik-Partner Pro Portal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Home</td>
<td>On the Home page, you can view the banners showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro, check the number of added sites and devices, have an overview and get the introductions of the projects, value-added services, order &amp; promotion, or explore modules, and quickly access some pages such as the site adding page, device adding page, and products page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Home</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Page</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect</td>
<td>The module provides entries for main functions including dashboard overview, batch configuration of devices, customer site and HikCentral Connect system management, health monitoring, notification center, service market, tools, and tutorial center. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Module</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark62"></a> Solution</td>
<td>The module provides all-around solutions for varied needs from Hik- Partner Pro users. These solutions are designed to provide comprehensive and end-to-end capabilities for diverse service providers, which can empower them to explore new business opportunities, optimize operations, and get a winning edge in the competition.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can perform the following operations in the Solution module.</p>
<ul>
<li>View solutions listed for a variety of verticals.</li>
<li>Filter solutions of a vertical by tags of its sub verticals.</li>
<li>Display solutions in groups by different types, namely solutions by industry, by scenario, and by function.</li>
<li>Search for solutions keyword.</li>
<li>Sort the solutions in ascending/descending order by release date and/or number of views.</li>
<li>Add a solution to Favorites and view only those added to Favorites by checking My Favorites.</li>
<li>View the solution description and BOQ (Bill Of Quotation), and download the related documents.</li>
<li>Like solutions and share solutions you interested by sending the links to other persons.</li>
</ul>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions.</p>
<p>For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>The module collects introductions, videos, pictures, and news about the latest Hikvision products and solutions. Service providers can easily keep up with the trend here, without having to find the latest news on other websites, and they can also forward the interested materials to their customers.</p>
<p><strong>News</strong></p>
<p>You can get the latest news and information about Hikvision products and solutions, including videos, pictures, and articles, which are categorized by product type for easy searching and quick sharing with your customers.</p>
<p><strong>How To</strong></p>
<p>If you have troubles with product installation or software setup, you can view both documentation and videos in How To for guiding you through solving all kinds of problems you encounter when using Hikvision products and services.</p>
<p><strong>Notice</strong></p>
<p>You can view notices announced by the Hik-Partner Pro team to know some important information about the product, such as updates in the current version.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Notice window will automatically pop up once you logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro Portal. If you check <strong>Do Not Show Again </strong>before closing the window, it will not pop up for your next time login.</p>
<p><strong>Activity</strong></p>
<p>You can get the information about activities, such as lucky draws and promotions, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in them.</p>
<p><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p>You can view the upcoming and past events, such as training, seminar, exhibition, and roadshow, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in the upcoming events.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For News and How To, you can search for them by keyword and product type, like or comment them, and add them to the Favorites. And you can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Comment / My Favorites </strong>to view your historical comments or Favorites.</li>
<li>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>This module provides the support (e.g., trainings, consultations, and learning materials) and pricing for the authenticated channel partners who have new projects to help them better complete their projects.</p>
<p>For how to register a project, refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>This module supports viewing the information about hot products or a certain type of products. Authenticated channel partners can search for or filter the products, download the related documents, share the product information with others, compare parameters/specifications of products to learn about their similarities and differences, and submit orders to purchase products.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Incentive</td>
<td>This module provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. You can complete specific tasks to get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>This module is available to you in many helpful formats. Wherever you are, whenever you need it, we have resources ready. Whether you are installing hardware or have questions about our services, our online support, documentation, and knowledgeable representatives are only a mouse-click away.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents in the Tutorial Center to learn more product information and the proper ways to use our products.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>If you have any question about Hik-Partner Pro, you can try finding the answer here.</p>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>If you have any issues when using Hik-Partner Pro, you can get professional services from our technical support via Case. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Feedback</strong></p>
<p>If you encounter any problems while using the product or if you have any functional needs or suggestions, please feel free to contact us via Feedback.</p>
<p>After opening the feedback window, you can select a type for your feedback and then enter your suggestions in the pop-up window and attach a picture if necessary. Enter an email address. After we receive your feedback, we will send an email to this address if we get an conclusion. Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit your feedback to us.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Us</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can get the contacts (i.e., address, phone, and email) of our headquarter and the local office, and the email address of your sales representative.</p>
<p><strong>RMA (Return Material Application) / Serial Number Inquiry</strong></p>
<p>The RMA is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. For the detailed process, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Return Materials Authorization</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>After you submit RMA requests, you can search for requests by the device serial No. to view the request status.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>My Hik-Partner</td>
<td>This module deals with all the management and administration aspects of a single installation company. It contains the following five parts: <strong>Company Management</strong></p>
<p><strong>Company Information</strong></p>
<p>View and manage the company information. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Company Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p>Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers. The Installer Admin can invite the company&#8217;s employees to register Installer accounts and assign different permissions to employees according to actual needs. Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can also invite other employees to be Installers by registering Installer accounts. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Statistics</strong></p>
<p>Shows the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Employee Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Role and Permission</strong></p>
<p>A role defines one employee&#8217;s rights to the functions in the system. After creating a role and specifying the role&#8217;s permission,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>you can assign it to the employees according to actual needs. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Operation Log</strong></p>
<p>View the operation logs of your accounts and sites in the current company. See <strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Enable to display the company logo on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for brand promotion to the end users. For details about how to get the co-branding service for free and enable the service, refer to <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>My Address</strong></p>
<p>Manage your shipping addresses for receiving items (e.g., gifts, repaired devices). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"><strong><em>Manage My Shipping Address</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Distributors verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>My Partner Network</strong></p>
<p>You can view and export basic information about your partner. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Account Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>My Profile</strong></p>
<p>Edit your account information, including profile photo, name, email address, password, and phone number. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>My Favorites / My Comments</strong></p>
<p>View your historical comments to news and how-to articles, and view the news, how-to articles, and solutions that are added to your Favorites.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>My Order</strong></p>
<p>View your order details, invoices, the balance of your e-wallet, financial reports, stock lists, price lists, and so on. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OX] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Rebate</strong></p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners to view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers. See <strong><em>Rebate</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>My Dashboard</strong></p>
<p>Have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors. For details, refer to <strong><em>View Dashboard</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>ÜİİNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark63"></a> Home Page</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="363" class="wp-image-1975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 9" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-768x315.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1 Home Page</p>
<p>Table 5-2 Home Page Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Banner</td>
<td>There are some banners, showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Company, Site, Device, and HikCentral Connect Overview</td>
<td>You can view your company logo and name, the partner level (for authenticated channel partners), the total number of sites, devices, and HikCentral Connect systems managed by you.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Site </strong>to add a new site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>to add a device. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add HikCentral Connect </strong>to add a HikCentral Connect system. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCCSystems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>iNote</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark65"></a> Project Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Project Registration </strong>to view the features about the Project module.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Register a New Projects </strong>to go to the Project page and create a project. For details, refer to <strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Value-Added Services Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Value-Added Services </strong>to view the value-added services you have purchased or obtained.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Service Market page to purchase more services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewards Store Overview</td>
<td>You can view the available gifts for redeeming, and redeem your reward points for gifts.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trending Products Overview</td>
<td>You can click / Q view the information about the hot products.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Order &amp; Promotion module and perform more operations, such as submitting an order, comparing products, and so on. For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore Overview</td>
<td>You can view the hot news and how-to articles to keep up yourself with the trend.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the news or how-to details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution Overview</td>
<td>You can switch to view some basic information about hot solutions.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Solution page to search for and view more solutions.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Hik-ProConnect Module</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark66"></a> The Hik-ProConnect module is divided into several sections. You can access these sections via the navigation pane on the left.</p>
<p>Uil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click =■ or ~ to pin or unpin the navigation pane on the left of the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="415" class="wp-image-1976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 10" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-768x360.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2 Hik-ProConnect Module</p>
<p>Table 5-3 Hik-ProConnect Module Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dashboard</td>
<td><strong>Global Search</strong></p>
<p>Click the search box to show a search panel, select <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Site</strong>, or <strong>Device </strong>and enter a site name, device name, or device serial No. to search for sites or devices added to the Hik-ProConnect module.</p>
<p>© AH © S&#8217;<sup>te</sup> ® Device</p>
<p>| Site Name / Device Name / Device Serial No.</p>
<p>Search History [nJ</p>
<p>new site</p>
<p>Recently Visited Sites Nt ..</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-3 Global Search Panel</strong></p>
<p>The search results will be listed in two columns named by <strong>Site </strong>and <strong>Device</strong>. You can view the site information (including the site owner, phone number and address of the site owner, site type, and site manager) and the device information (including device name, device type, device serial No., online status, and health monitoring status).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also click a result item to enter the corresponding site or device details page.</p>
<p>The search history will be displayed on the search panel, and you can click a historical keyword to search again or clear the search history.</p>
<p>The recently visited sites will also be displayed on the search panel and below the search box, and you can click a site name to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>Number of Sites / Devices / HCC Systems Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the total number of sites / devices /HCC systems added to Hik-Partner Pro and the number of abnormal devices.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add New Site </strong>/ <strong>Add Device </strong>/ <strong>Add </strong>to enter the corresponding page to add sites / devices / HCC systems. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>/ <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>/<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the numbers of added sites and handed-over sites, the numbers of added devices and handed-over devices, the number of device exceptions, the exception handing rate, and the numbers of handled and to be handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can also filter statistics data by this month, this week, and today, or click <strong>Refresh </strong>to display the latest statistics data.</p>
<p>If you want to view more data, click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View Employee</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This is only supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p><strong>Device Status Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of abnormal devices and total devices, including devices overall and each device type respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Health Status page to check the device health status details. For detailed instructions about Health Status, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in All Sites</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"><strong><em>of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Notification Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of not handled and to be checked exceptions and numbers of top 5 types of the not handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can click a number on a chart to enter the Exception Center page and the exceptions will be filtered correspondingly. For example, if you click the number on the Not Handled chart, the exceptions will be filtered by the status of Not Handled on the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>CHI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To receive exception notifications, you need to configure the recipient when setting the exception rule. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The number of exceptions you view here may not be the same as that in Exception Center. You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Exception Center page to check the received exceptions. For detailed instructions about Exception Center, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"><strong><em>Center</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Solution</strong></p>
<p>You can view the short introduction of cloud storage solution and click <strong>Learn More </strong>to view more details about the cloud storage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Cloud Storage Device </strong>to enter the Add Device page and you can add cloud storage device to the platform for further application. For how to add devices by different methods, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>More Value-Added Services</strong></p>
<p>You can set related service (such as cloud storage service and temperature screening) for devices after adding them to sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Set </strong>on the upper right side, and select a site in the list to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>My Service Overview</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can have an overview of your services and manage the services.</p>
<p><strong>Free Package (Adding Devices + Remote Configuration)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display number of managed devices and devices that can be added.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for adding devices and synchronizing devices from Hik-Connect.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Display the company logo when co-branding is enabled and the entrance for enabling the co-branding.</p>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the numbers of used and available service packages and the entrance for activating the service.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of device exception notifications and scheduled reports if there are devices using the health monitoring service.</li>
<li>Displaying the entrance for renewing/expanding.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for getting the free health monitoring packages (if any).</li>
<li>Display the entrances for enabling the device exception notifications and configuring the scheduled reports.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for renewing/expanding and activating the service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Employee Account Add-On</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display used and available employee accounts.</li>
<li>Display the expiry time when the service is expiring within 30 days and displaying the entrance for renewing the service</li>
<li>Display the entrances for inviting employees and managing employees.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Service</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display numbers of expiring and expired cloud attendance systems and the entrance for details.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for adding cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the status of your application for joining as ARC if your company has applied, and displaying the entrance for applying if your company has not applied or the application failed.</li>
<li>Display the number of companies added to the local ARC list and the name of last joined company.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of managed devices.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for viewing the local ARC list and searching for ARCs.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for configuring the ARC service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This section will be displayed only if your country/region supports the ARC service, and your company type is ARC or there are companies added to the local ARC list.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;jNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is supported only if you have the permission to manage service packages and orders.</li>
<li>Only the services for which you have available service packages will be displayed on My Service Overview.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>The Case is a center for you to report any issues generated when using Hik-Partner Pro. And our technical support will receive your issues and help you resolve them as soon as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper ways of using the platform.</p>
<p>Click a video to open a webpage and start playing the video. Click <strong>View All </strong>to view all the videos in Tutorial Center.</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>You can use some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Tools </strong>to view all the provided tools.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Help</strong></p>
<p>View online documents including the Device Compatibility List, User Manual, Datasheet, and What&#8217;s New.</p>
<p><strong>Frequently Used Functions</strong></p>
<p>You can view the functions which you have used frequently.</p>
<p>Click these icons to perform these functions quickly if needed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Install &amp; Configure</td>
<td>Provides four features for batch configuring devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>Batch configure online encoding devices on the same LAN with the Portal via custom templates. See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</li>
<li>Remotely batch configure AX PRO devices via custom templates. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch arm/disarm AX PRO devices on different sites. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"><strong><em>Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch upgrade devices including security control panels, encoding devices, etc., on the same LAN. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; HCC</td>
<td><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where devices are installed and through which the Installer Admin/Installer can manage the devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Map</strong></p>
<p>If sites are configured with the GPS information, they can be displayed on the map for viewing the site details, such as the site name, site owner, site location, and number of online/offline/ abnormal devices.</p>
<p><strong>HikCentral Connect</strong></p>
<p>A system created by installers via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal for providing a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. For details, refer to the user manuals of HikCentral Connect.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>HikCentral Connect is only available in the certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>There are three parts in the Health Monitoring module:</p>
<p><strong>Health Status</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Installer can view the devices overall, normal, and abnormal status, locate the abnormal devices, and perform troubleshooting quickly.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>After setting the exception rules, when an exception occurs on the device, the device will push a notification to the Portal and you can view all the received notifications of exception in the Exception Center.</p>
<p><strong>Scheduled Report</strong></p>
<p>The platform can send the health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO devices to target recipients regularly.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Quotation</strong></p>
<p>You can create quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customers. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Service Market: </strong>Hik-Partner Pro provides value-added services and you can purchase these service packages or renew them. You can also view details of the free package.</li>
<li><strong>My Service: </strong>View all services you purchased and the details, such as free package and cloud storage service package.</li>
<li><strong>Order: </strong>View the order list and order details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tools</td>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro provides some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tutorial Center</td>
<td>View video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper way to use the platform.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark68"></a> 5.2 Other Modules</p>
<p>Get Co-Branding for Free</p>
<p>Click &lt;•&gt; on the top right of the Portal to get the co-branding for free. See <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The display of the icon &lt;*&gt; on the top right is not supported in all countries/regions.</p>
<p>My Points</p>
<p>For the first time login in a day, you can click <strong>Check In to Earn Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to check in and the reward points will be credited to your account.</p>
<p>And then you can view your total points and click <strong>My Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations, such as completing tasks to earn points, viewing point history, and redeeming points for gifts. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notification Center</p>
<p>Shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders), notifications of device/ channel exceptions, new features of the system messages, and the latest deals and offers. For more details about the notification center, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark247"><strong><em>Notification Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Language</p>
<p>Click the language area in the top right corner of the Portal and select a language from the drop­down list as you required.</p>
<p>Help</p>
<p>Click □ in the top right corner of the Portal to show a drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>User Manual</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for viewing the user manual of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal online.</p>
<p><strong>Wizard</strong></p>
<p>View a wizard which guides you through the process of configurations and operations.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to go through the introductions in the wizard. You can click the image on the right to view the large image and check the details on the image if necessary.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Skip </strong>to close the wizard.</p>
<p><strong>Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for asking questions and getting answers.</p>
<p><strong>After-Sales Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for you to view the after-sales authorization code of your company. The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to the technical support staff for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the staff when it is necessary to log in to your account for troubleshooting. The staff can log in to your account via the authorization code to view or edit the information about the company (name, type, etc.), manage sites, remotely devices (AX PRO, etc.), perform health monitoring, etc.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Extend </strong>to extend the validity period for the current authorization code or click <strong>Invalidate Authorization Code </strong>to invalidate the code right away.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>One company can only have one valid after-sales authorization code. If the code is invalidated or your company has no authorization code, you can choose to generate one.</p>
<p>Profile Photo and Account Name</p>
<p>In the upper-right corner of the Portal, click the account name or profile photo to open the drop­down list.</p>
<p><strong>Account Settings and Upgrade Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for editing the basic information of the account or deleting the Installer Admin account if it is no longer used. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>When you logged in by the Hik-ProConnect account, you can select <strong>Upgrade Account </strong>in the drop­down list and click <strong>Register </strong>or click <strong>Login </strong>to register an OneHikID account or log in by an existing OneHikID account.</p>
<p><strong>Subscribe to Newsletters</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for subscribing to newsletters. You can also unsubscribe here at any time.</p>
<p>After the unsubscription you will not receive any newsletter emails (such as new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires) from us.</p>
<p><strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for linking your Hik-Partner Pro or OneHikID account with multiple Hik- Connect account, so the devices managed in the Hik-Connect account can be synchronized to Hik- Partner Pro account or OneHikID account automatically. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>My QR Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for downloading your QR code, so your customers can scan via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p>You can also go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>page to view your QR code.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is only supported by accounts with the Manage Assigned Sites permission.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for distributors to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>About</strong></p>
<p>View the version of the current system, and read the agreements, including terms of service, privacy policy, and open source license. Or scan the QR code with your mobile phone to download the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Switch Company</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for switching companies for login if you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Log Out</strong></p>
<p>Log out of the current account and return to the login page.</p>
<p>Floating Tool Bar</p>
<p><strong>p Shopping Cart</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for entering your shopping cart to view the added products. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>, Order Upload</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for quickly submitting orders by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>vs Product Compare</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for comparing multiple products with their same specifications hidden, so you can quickly choose products as needed. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot / Feedback / Customer Feedback</strong></p>
<p>Provides entrances for asking questions and getting answers, submitting your own suggestions or suggestions from your customers.</p>
<p><strong>I Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark70"></a> Chapter 6 Site Management</p>
<p>A site can be regarded as an area or location with actual time zone and address, such as your customers&#8217; home, office, etc. You can create a site on Hik-Partner Pro to manage devices on it. Moreover, after you complete installing and setting up devices on a site, you can hand over the site and devices to your customer.</p>
<p>Read the following two sections to learn more about the key features related to site management.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>The following diagram shows the relationship between the &#8220;real sites&#8221; and the &#8220;sites on Hik- Partner Pro&#8221;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="321" class="wp-image-1977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 11" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1407" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1 Manage Devices via &#8220;Site&#8221;</p>
<p>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</p>
<p>The following diagram shows a typical scenario related to device handover and authorization, as well as the overall process. For more information, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark72"></a> In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="455" class="wp-image-1978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 12" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1408" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-2 Scenario and Process</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark73"></a> Site Page Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Site page, you can view the sites that are assigned to you (the Installer Admin as well as Installers with Manage All Sites permission can view all the sites of the company), and perform some operations for the sites, such as searching site, adding site, handing over site and assigning site.</p>
<p>Enter the Customer Site page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark75"></a> Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page. Click the search box on the top right of the Customer Site page and click <strong>Site with Offline Device </strong>to display sites with offline devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="368" class="wp-image-1979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 13" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1409" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-300x124.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-768x317.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3 Site Page</p>
<p>There are different status for the sites in site list.</p>
<p><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></p>
<p>The site is newly added, and you have not handed over site to the customer.</p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent to customer who has not registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent but not be accepted by customer who has registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></p>
<p>The site is handed over to the customer, but the site is not authorized to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>The Installer gets the authorization of the site from the customer.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>According to site status, the Installer Admin and Installers with related permissions can perform the following operations in the table below.</p>
<p>Table 6-1 Supported Operations in Different Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assign Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manage Device</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Authorization</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Share Site</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-14.png" alt="word image 1966 14" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1410"> See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details about how to add devices to the site.</li>
<li>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>for details about how to synchronize devices with Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark76"></a> Add New Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the end user wants the installation company to provide installing service or the installation company assigns the employee for device installation of specified end user, the Installer Admin or Installer with related permission needs to create a new site for managing these devices of end user.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of adding a new site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add New Site ^ New Site </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>If an existing site of end user is not authorized to any installation company, you can select <strong>Existing Site </strong>to add the existing site. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark78"></a> Set the site name, time zone, scene, site address, city, and state/province/region.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When setting the site address, you can click on the map to locate a place, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate a place on the map.</li>
<li>You should select the correct time zone where the devices locate and the time zone cannot be changed after the site is added.</li>
<li>The Installer can select different configuration plans for the site and devices according to the selected scene.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>to synchronize the time and time zone of the site to the devices added to the site.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to add a new site to the list.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>According to the site&#8217;s status and authorization, perform one of the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details about supported operations in different site status, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Site Page</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Search Site </strong>Enter keywords in search filed, and click Q to display the search results in the list.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit Site</strong></td>
<td>Click the site name to view the site details, including managed devices, site information, and so on.</p>
<p>On the right side of the Site Details page, click to edit the site name, site address, city, state/province/region, remarks, and whether to check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>When editing the site address, you can find and click the place on the map, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate the place on the map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Site</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor over on Operation column and click 0 to delete the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>If a site contains armed security control panel(s), it cannot be deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, click on Operation column on Site page or click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on Site Details page to hand over the site to an end user.</p>
<p><strong>CUNote</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, <strong>Not Registered</strong>, <strong>Not Accepted</strong>, or <strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong>, you can click the corresponding icon on Operation column or enter Site Details page to manage the devices, such as adding device to the site, upgrading device, deleting devices, applying for live view or configuration permission, adding linkage rule, adding exception rule, etc. For more details, refer to <strong><em>Device Management</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 15" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1411"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 16" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1412"><a id="post-1966-bookmark79"></a> Add Existing Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>If a security control panel is armed, it cannot be deleted unless being disarmed first.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<p>When a site is not assigned to a company or if a site was previously assigned to a company but was later released and is now not associated with a company, you can add it by applying for site authorization from the site owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark81"></a> Click <strong>Add New Site </strong>and select <strong>Existing Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="886" class="wp-image-1983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 17" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg 670w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4 Add Existing Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site ID provided.</li>
</ol>
<p>[ULI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the site ID form the site owner, who can view the site ID via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The site will be added in the site list and the site owner will receive an application. After the site owner approves the application, the site will be authorized to the Installer.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark82"></a> Assign Site to Installer</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin or the Installers with assigning site permission can assign a site to the specified Installer as site manager responsible for configurations of the devices in the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of assigning site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple sites for assignment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple Installers as the site manager(s) of the selected site(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 100 site managers can be assigned to each site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assigned site manager can enter site details and perform related operations, such as adding devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark84"></a> Hand Over Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the installation company completed the installation, the Installer needs to hand over the site to a customer. If required, the Installer can also apply for specified permissions for further device maintenance when handing over the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission of site management, such as managing all sites and assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site to be handed over.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the Site Details page and click <strong>Hand Over Now</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark86"></a> You will enter the Hand Over Site page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If checked, after you hand over the site to your customer and your customer approves the request, you can disable the Hik-Connect service for devices that you rent to your customer without their authorization. If the Hik-Connect service is disabled, your customer will not be able to use these devices via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc. The tenant site scenario is a typical scenario to which this feature is applicable (see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"> <strong><em>Typical Tenant Site Scenario</em></strong> </a>for details).</li>
<li>You can go to the <strong>Device </strong>tab to disable the Hik-Connect service for one device or all devices in this site by clicking or setting the <strong>Hik-Connect Service </strong>switch to off. You can also delete the devices from the your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect account without her/his authorization.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>in the previous step, check <strong>Grant Me Highest Configuration Permissions for Devices on Site </strong>to get the highest configuration permissions for devices on the current site which your customer cannot edit.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Email </strong>or <strong>Phone Number </strong>as handover mode.</li>
<li>Enter the site owner&#8217;s email address or phone number.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select permissions to apply for.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>S Note</strong></li>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission for managing devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, or playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when the customer accepts the handover, the permissions will be authorized to the installer. The installer does not need to apply for authorization from the site owner again.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Activation of Cloud Attendance Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the check-box is checked, after you handed over the site to your customer, he/she will be able to use the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvision or third-party manufactures.</li>
<li>If the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvsion has been added to the site and activated, the check-box will appear on the Hand Over Site page.</li>
<li>If the attendance service is provided by a third-party manufacturer, the check-box will be <strong>Allow ### System to Access </strong>or <strong>Allow Third-Party Attendance System to Access</strong>. ### here refers to the name of the third-party manufacturer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner </strong>to apply for site authorization for your maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></a></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason of the handover, which your customer can view when he/she receives the handover via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to send the handover.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Your customer will receive the handover email or message in email box or via short message with a download link of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. Your customer can download or open the Hik-Connect Mobile Client via the link.</li>
<li>If your customer has not registered a Hik-Connect account, he/she needs to register a Hik- Connect account first. After registering the account and accepting the handover via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, the customer will become the site owner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Please inform your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the site, after the customer accepts the handover and becomes the site owner, he/she can authorize the permissions about these devices to the Installer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Before your customer accepts the handover, click <strong>Hand Over Again </strong>to send handover again.</li>
</ol>
<p>[2® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can send the handover for at most five times in one day and the previous handover will be invalid if you send the new handover again.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark87"></a> Typical Tenant Site Scenario</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In a typical tenant site scenario, you can help the property management company install and set up their security devices in their apartments, and help manage the devices so that the devices will be available for the tenants only during lease periods; as for the tenants, you can help them manage and configure the devices during lease periods.</p>
<p>To know more about the typical tenant site scenario, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Two Agreements Reached</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Online Operations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Two Agreements Reached</p>
<p>Before you can hand over the devices in the apartment to the tenant via Hik-Partner Pro, the following two agreements have to be reached.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="279" class="wp-image-1984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 18" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-300x94.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-5 Agreement Reached Between the Property Management Company and Installer</p>
<p>Apartment A is available for rent. We have already installed some security devices in the apartment to guard the tenant and their property. During the lease period, you can use the HC App to use these devices for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="841" height="241" class="wp-image-1985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 19" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg 841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-768x220.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 841px) 100vw, 841px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark89"></a> Figure 6-6 Agreement Reached Between the Tenant and Property Management Company</p>
<p>Online Operations</p>
<p>After the two agreements are reached, you will operate on Hik-Partner Pro to hand over the devices to the tenant, of which the process is shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="486" class="wp-image-1986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 20" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1416" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-768x422.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-7 Hand Over Devices to the Tenant</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a site. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Add the devices to the site.</li>
<li>Batch configure the devices. Refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> or<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>PRO</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Hand over the site to the tenant. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>You should request the tenant to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service, and if the tenant does not approve the request, the devices will not be handed over.</p>
<ol>
<li>The tenant accepts the handover on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which means the tenant also approves your request to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service and approves your application for permissions (if any).</li>
<li>The devices are handed over to the tenant&#8217;s Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark90"></a> Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark92"></a> When the Site (no permission selected when handing over site) has been handed over to Site Owner, and then there are maintenance requirements for the devices in the Site, the Installer needs to send an application to Site Owner for the authorization. After the authorization is approved, the Installer can get the permission to manage and configure the devices of the Site. Besides, the Site Owner can add a device on Hik-Connect Mobile Client and authorize it to the Installer for further management and configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
<li>Enter Apply for Authorization page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site and click on Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and click <strong>Apply for Authorization</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks and click <strong>OK </strong>to send the application.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Site Owner will receive and handle the application via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After the Site Owner approves the application, the Installer will have the authorization of the Site and perform some operations.</p>
<p>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the Site by the Installer yet, after consensus, the Site Owner can select the devices and authorize the permissions of the devices to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code to them.</li>
<li>For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change.</li>
<li>After authorizing a Site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all Sites will also become the account of the AX Pro.</li>
<li>If an Installer hands over the Site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For more details about operations on Hik-Connect Mobile Client, refer to the User Manual of Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply for Device </strong>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and apply for</p>
<p><strong>Permission </strong>permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Discard Authorization </strong>On the Site list page, click ^ &amp; to discard authorization or the Site.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For Sites with Allow Me to Disable Hik-Partner Pro Service function enabled when handing over to Installer, discarding authorization is not supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark93"></a> Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can accept a device management invitation from your customer (i.e., a Hik-Connect user) to manage a device already added to a Hik-Connect account. In this way, the device, along with its configuration and operation permissions, can be shared with you to allow you to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro. Compared with synchronizing the device in Hik-Connect with the device in Hik-Partner Pro, which requires your customer to share their Hik-Connect account name and password with you, this way is more privacy-friendly and easier to be accepted.</p>
<p>To know more about the device management invitation, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Overall Process</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Email of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Overall Process</p>
<p>If your customer (i.e., the Hik-Connect user) has already added one device to their Hik-Connect account, the customer can use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage this device. Once the customer completes the invitation, an email containing the invitation information (e.g., the Hik-Connect user name and device name) and the button/link for accepting the invitation will be sent to you, and then you can accept the invitation.</p>
<p>Invitations for device management can also be accepted via <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>. Once you accept the invitation, the device will show on the specified site (namely, the site mentioned in the email or the notification) on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="541" class="wp-image-1987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 21" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1417" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-768x470.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-8 Overall Process Diagram</p>
<p>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>You can go to the site list page, and then click <strong>Device Management Invitation from Customer </strong>to open the window shown below. This shows how your customer uses the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage their device. It should be noted that you need to provide your Hik- ProConnect account (email address) to your customer first to let them specify you as the Installer who manages their device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="807" class="wp-image-1988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 22" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-300x273.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-768x700.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-9 The Pop-Up Window</p>
<p>The Email of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p>The email shows the invitation details including device name, device serial No., name of the site where the device(s) is added, Hik-Connect user account, and the time of invitation. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark95"></a> The notification shows the invitation details including name of the site where the device(s) is added, device name, device serial No., and the Hik-Connect user account. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p><strong>Device Management Invitation</strong></p>
<p>My!</p>
<p>Devices)</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Site Own</p>
<p>yzpr</p>
<ul>
<li>You should accept the invitation in 3 days if you agree to manage y our customer&#8217;s devices. Otherwise, the invitation will be invalid.</li>
<li>If you do not agree, you need not to perform any operation. The in vitation will be invalid in 3 days automatically.</li>
<li>If you agree, the site where the device is added will be displayed o n the Hik-Partner Pro Portal or Mobile Client, and you can view the device status and maintain the devices. Also, you can enter the site I ist page, and search for the site according to the site name or the us er s account name.</li>
</ul>
<p>I Agree</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-10 Notification Example</strong></p>
<p>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</p>
<p>Refer to the following steps for details about how can your customer invite you to manage their device via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the device list, tap «• of the device and the Share Device page will pop up. Or select <strong>More ^ Manage Sharing Settings ^ Share Device </strong>to show the Share Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="803" class="wp-image-1989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 23" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-11 Share Device</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>If this page doesn&#8217;t show, it means the device cannot be managed by an installer and can only be shared with another Hik-Connect user.</p>
<p>Possible reasons: the device is shared from others; the device is already managed by an installer; the device is not enabled with the Hik-Connect service; or the Hik-Partner Pro service (installer service) is not available in your customer&#8217;s country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Share with Installer</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>New Installer </strong>and enter the installer&#8217;s account to share device permissions with a new installer; or select an existing installer.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OX Note</strong></p>
<p>When entering a new installer&#8217;s account that has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="889" class="wp-image-1990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 24" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24-201x300.jpeg 201w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-12 Select Installer</p>
<p>4. Select the Site where the device will be added and the device permissions to be granted to the installer.</p>
<p>\ Authorization</p>
<p>You can grant device authorization to the Installer. After authorization, your Installer will have the permissions that you select. You can deauthorize the device to revoke permissions from Installer at any time. If you have any questions, tap to get help.</p>
<p><strong>Installer &gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site </strong>MySite ©</p>
<p>Permission</p>
<p><strong>Live View </strong>¿k</p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period; Permanent</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-13 Authorization</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark96"></a> 6.9 Site Sharing</p>
<p>You can share sites with your maintenance service partners to allow them to cooperate with you in providing device management/maintenance services for your customers, especially in offering technical support. When sharing a site, you can determine the permissions for the MSP (maintenance service partner) to access devices on the site. After sharing a site, you can change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions, your customer will receive a notification about it on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn the overall process and limitations of site sharing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Limitations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Share a Site not Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site not handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro, HC represents Hik-Connect, and MSP represents maintenance service partner.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="442" class="wp-image-1991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 25" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-14 Overall Process</p>
<p>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site that has been handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark103"><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="434" class="wp-image-1992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 26" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-768x376.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-15 Overall Process</p>
<p>Limitations</p>
<ul>
<li>Site sharing is not supported in every country or region.</li>
<li>You can only share a site with your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account.</li>
<li>Your account and your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account need to be in the same country/region.</li>
<li>You cannot share a site with any Installer of your company.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark98"></a> .9.1 Share a Site not Handed Over</li>
</ul>
<p>For a site that has not been handed over, you can apply for site authorization and select permissions for the maintenance service partner at the same time when you hand over the site, in order to share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark100"></a> Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>In the Site Sharing section, check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Configure other settings on the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></p>
<p>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark101"></a> 6.9.2 Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>After a site is handed over, you can share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Authorized and Monitoring </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CUlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site for site sharing.</li>
<li>Enter the Site Sharing page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Move the cursor to in the Operation column and click ■=&lt; .</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the site details page and click <strong>Site Sharing</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark103"></a> Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason for site sharing.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the application and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></td>
<td>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark104"></a> 9.3 Accept Site Sharing</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark106"></a> After the Installer Admin or Installer shares a site with the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) on Hik-Partner Pro, the site owner will receive the device authorization application on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. The site owner should agree to the authorization, so that the MSP can receive and handle the site sharing application on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the site owner has agreed to the device authorization on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Make sure the MPS has logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Make sure the country/region of the MSP&#8217;s account is the same as that of your account are the same.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the upper-right corner of the page, click <strong>Notification Center</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Business Notification </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>All the business notifications (including the site sharing application) received by the MSP will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>I Agree </strong>to accept the site sharing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>s Business Notification 0!o Exception Center 4 System Message 3 ■■ Deals and Offers ®&gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site Sharing Application </strong>10, Dec, 2021 10:10:16</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-16 MSP Accepts Site Sharing in Notification Center</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can manage and maintain devices on the shared site together with the installer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark107"></a> 6.9.4 Features Available for MSP on a Shared Site</p>
<p>After the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) accepts the site sharing, the MSP can perform configurations and operations which the customer authorized on the shared site. The MSP can also release device permission or cancel the site sharing. If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly applying to the customer for device permission.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP who accepted the site sharing cannot share the site with another MSP.</p>
<p>Features Available for MSP with Permissions</p>
<p><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>Includes live view and playback, arming and disarming devices, device remote configuration, device upgrade, linkage rule configuration, DDNS configuration, resetting password, exception notification configuration, and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The MSP can upgrade devices in the Customer Site module and the Health Monitoring module.</li>
<li>If the MSP deletes the site, it indicates that the site authorization is discarded by the MSP, but the installer can still manage the sites and their devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the status of devices on the shared sites, device remote configuration, refreshing devices&#8217; status, live view, playback, manually checking devices&#8217; status, and exporting health check reports.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>Includes receiving device exceptions and exporting exception records.</p>
<p><strong>Send Report Regularly</strong></p>
<p>Includes configuring report settings to send reports regularly.</p>
<p><strong>My Service</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the validity periods, expiration time and status of activated services for the site and their corresponding resources.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP cannot activate or transfer services on the shared site. Only the installer can do the above operations.</p>
<p>MSP Applies to Customer for Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly apply to the customer for device permission. The installer who shared the site will receive the notification after the MSP sends the application for device permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP applies to the customer for device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Releases Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need device permission, or the MSP finished the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, the MSP can release the permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP releases device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Cancels Site Sharing</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need to manage or maintain the site, or the MSP finished the site management and maintenance tasks, the MSP can cancel the site sharing. After the site sharing is canceled, the site and devices on the site will be deleted from the MSP&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark109"></a> 6.10 View Sites on the Map</p>
<p>If you have configured GPS information for the sites, you can view them on the map.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Site Map </strong>(or <strong>Site Map </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region) to enter the site map page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="490" class="wp-image-1993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 27" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-768x424.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-17 Site Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 28" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1424"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Installer&#8217;s company is in the center of the map by default.</li>
<li>;&#8217;® : There are device(s) that have been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
<li>Q : There is no device that has been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the followings on this page.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can view companies and sites whose GPS information have been configured on the map. For details about configuring GPS information for companies and sites, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click a site to view its information, including site name, site owner, site location, the number of online/offline/abnormal devices, etc. Also, you can click <strong>Site Details </strong>to enter site details page to view more information about the site. You can click <strong>Health Monitoring Details </strong>to enter the health status page and view the health status of all the devices added to this site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="305" class="wp-image-1995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 29" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-18 Site Information</p>
<p>• You can drag the map as needed. You can scroll the mouse or click / in the down-right corner to zoom in/out the map. Also, you can click a to view the company&#8217;s location on the map.</p>
<p>• You can enter keyword(s) in the search box in the upper-left corner to search for the site name.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark111"></a> Chapter 7 Device Management</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro supports multiple device types, including encoding device (e.g., solar camera), security control panel, video intercom device, access control device, doorbell. After adding them to the system, you can manage them and configure settings, including remotely configuring device parameters, configuring exception rule, linkage rule, people counting, temperature screening, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Some functions may not be available in specific countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs. The available configurations include batch device activation and device IP address assignment, batch linking channels to NVR/DVR, and batch setting parameters for devices via templates. These functions allow you to complete basic configurations for multiple devices with much less effort compared with configuring devices one by one.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For entering the device batch configuration page for the first time, a video tutorial about how to batch configure devices on LAN will pop up and automatically play in the down-left corner.</li>
<li>The functionality is only available to certain models of cameras, NVRs, and DVRs.</li>
<li>Before batch configuring devices, make sure you have connected them to the same LAN with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs.</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart for batch configuration of devices is shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="1073" class="wp-image-1996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 30" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-165x300.jpeg 165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-564x1024.jpeg 564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-1 Flow Chart</p>
<p>Table 7-1 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Sub-step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Activate</p>
<p>Devices</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>Batch activate online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs, and assign IP addresses for the activated devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Link Channels to NVR/DVR</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If the activated devices include NVR or DVR, link channels to NVR or DVR. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Batch Set Device Parameters</td>
<td>Manually Set Parameters for a Device</td>
<td>Select an activated device and set its parameters manually. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create Template</td>
<td>Created a template based on the manually configured device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Parameters for Devices via Template</td>
<td>Batch configure parameters for multiple devices via a selected template. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"><strong><em>Devices via Template</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device(s) to Site</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If required, add the activated and configured device(s) to a Site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark114"></a> Batch Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, and then you can activate devices and assign IP address for them.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark116"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Config </strong>to enter the batch device configuration page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="453" class="wp-image-1997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 31" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-2 Batch Device Configuration</p>
<p>2. Select the detected online devices to be activated.</p>
<p>3. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP to open the Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP window.</p>
<p>4. Enter the device admin password and confirm the password.</p>
<p>5. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The unactivated device and the activated device but not be assigned with IP address will be displayed as <strong>Not Obtained </strong>in the <strong>Device Name </strong>column.</li>
<li>For the activated device and be assigned with IP address, if you hover the mouse on the IP address, <strong>Auto </strong>will be displayed to remind you the IP address is automatically assigned.</li>
</ul>
<p>The devices are activated, and the device IP address are assigned by the Portal.</p>
<p>The time of the computer will be synchronized to the activated devices.</p>
<p><strong>6. Optional: </strong>After the devices are activated, you can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device Network Parameters</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the device network parameters, including IP address, device port, HTTP port, subnet mask, gateway, device admin password and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reset Device Admin Password</strong></td>
<td>Click to reset the admin password of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unbind Device</strong></td>
<td>Click and then enter the device password and verification code to unbind the device from its current account. After unbound, the device can be added to another account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After activating the devices, you should batch add channels to NVR or DVR. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark117"></a> Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If there are online NVR, DVR, and network camera on the same LAN, you can batch link the network camera to the NVR and DVR as channels. After linking, you can manage the linked channels according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the NVR, DVR, and network cameras. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there is no online NVR or DVR on the same LAN, skip this task.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Link Channel page, select an NVR or DVR on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have not logged in to the device, enter the password to log in.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Channels that have been linked will be displayed in the middle.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="333" class="wp-image-1998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 32" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-768x288.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-3 Channels on the Same LAN</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark119"></a> If a linked channel is offline, (p will be displayed beside the channel name. Hover the cursor on the icon to view the reason for being offline. You can click <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to change channel parameters to try again.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Link Channel </strong>to open the Link Channel panel.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select a device and click to log in to the device and get device information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to link the device.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit NVR/DVR/Channel Name</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the NVR/DVR/channel name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sort Channels</strong></td>
<td>Click ]&#8217; or to sort the channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Replace Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Replace Device </strong>to unlink this channel and link a new device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unlink Device</strong></td>
<td>Click ~ to unlink channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>to batch set parameters for devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</em></strong></a> for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark120"></a> Create Template for Setting Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before batch configuring parameters for devices, you should create a template. After creating a template, you can batch apply it to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated devices and linked channels to NVR and DVR (if any). See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a device name or <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to enter the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>On the remote configuration page, set parameters for the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save as Template </strong>on the top right.</li>
<li>Set a template name and check the parameters you want to save in the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the parameters as a template.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Add a new template based on device with configured parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Manage Template ^ + </strong>.</li>
<li>Enter template name.</li>
<li>Select device type.</li>
<li>In the template content field, select a device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark122"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="410" class="wp-image-1999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 33" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-4 Add Template</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click ® to delete a template.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark123"></a> Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>To configure devices with high efficiency, you can batch apply parameters in an existing template to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have created at least one template for setting parameters. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"><strong><em>Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check device(s) and click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Before setting parameters for an NVR or DVR, you can tap <strong>Format </strong>to format the disk of the selected device. Batch formatting is not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark125"></a> Select a template.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="426" class="wp-image-2000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 34" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-768x369.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-5 Set Parameters</p>
<p>3. Click Apply Parameters to apply the configured parameters to devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="886" class="wp-image-2001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 35" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35-177x300.jpeg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /> The application process and application results will be displayed.</p>
<p>Figure 7-6 Set Parameters by Template</p>
<p><strong>4. Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</p>
<p>Add devices to Sites. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Add Device to Site</strong></p>
<p><strong>Manage Template</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit NVR or Channel Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Synchronize Computer Time to Device</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to add new template or delete template.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Rename </strong>to edit name(s) of NVR or channels of NVR.</p>
<p>Check device(s) and click <strong>Synchronize Time to Device</strong>. And then check devices and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark126"></a> 7.2 Add Device</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro accesses devices by two modes: Hik-Connect (P2P) and Device IP Address/Domain Name. The former provides securer data communication (between Hik-Partner Pro and devices) and full access to features based on the Hik-Connect service, such as device handover and exception notification; the latter provides faster data communication but no access to the features based on Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>The table below shows the device adding methods for the two access modes respectively.</p>
<p>Table 7-2 Device Adding Methods</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Access Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Adding Method</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect (P2P)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>The last method in this table cell is for devices which do NOT support the Hik-Connect service. In this method, you can add them via the proxy of Hik-ProConnect Box to allow them to get full access to the features based on the Hik-Connect service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device IP Address/Domain Name</td>
<td>• <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>•<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark128"></a> Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After batch configuring devices, you can add the device(s) to the existing site or a new site.</p>
<p>Select one of the following ways to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<ul>
<li>After batch configuring device(s), click <strong>Add Device </strong>in the prompt box.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about batch configuring devices, refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the top of the site list.</p>
<p>o Click — in the Operation column of the site list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark130"></a> o Click the site name to enter the site details page, and then go to <strong>Device ^ Add Device </strong>. Select <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>, <strong>Enter Serial No.</strong>, <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain</strong>, <strong>Batch Import</strong>, or <strong>Synchronize devices from the Hik-Connect </strong>as the adding method.</p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be added, and perform one of the following two ways to add the device(s) to the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Existing Site </strong>and then click the site in the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Select <strong>New Site </strong>and edit the following parameters to create a new site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Name</strong></p>
<p>The name of the site, which can describe the site location, function, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Time Zone</strong></p>
<p>Select the time zone in the drop-down list according to the location the site belongs to.</p>
<p><strong>Scene</strong></p>
<p>Select the scene of the site in the drop-down list according to the usage scene, such as house, department, villa, and store.</p>
<p><strong>Site Address</strong></p>
<p>Enter the site address, such as street and number, apartment suite, unit, building, floor, etc.</p>
<p><strong>City</strong></p>
<p>Enter the city of the site.</p>
<p><strong>State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p>Enter the state, province or region of the site.</p>
<p><strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device</strong></p>
<p>After checked, the time and time zone will be synchronized to the device from the site.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>and perform the operations according to the prompts on the page. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark131"></a> Add Detected Online Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, which makes the devices&#8217; information about themselves (e.g., IP address) recognized by the Portal. Based on the information, you can add the devices quickly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>You can add up to 15 detected online devices simultaneously.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark133"></a> On the Add Device page, click <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to enter Add Device page, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The device(s) connected to the same LAN with the Portal will be displayed on the device list. You can view information including device serial No., device IP address, activation status (activated or not), Hik-Connect status (connected to Hik-Connect service or not), etc.</p>
<p>Check the online device(s) to be added and click <strong>Next</strong>. Perform part or all of the following 4 steps based on the status of the selected devices before you can add them.</p>
<p>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Device</td>
<td>If there are device(s) not activated, activate them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>If a device is activated, the platform will automatically assign a fixed IP address for it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter Device Password</td>
<td>Enter admin password of the device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"> <strong><em>Enter Device Password</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatically Connect to Hik- Connect Service</td>
<td>Connect device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"> <strong><em>Connect to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Device Verification Code</td>
<td>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device.</p>
<p>If not, you need to set verification code for it.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Set Device Verification Code</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 7-3 Step Description</p>
<p>•</p>
<ul>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik- Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<p>After adding devices to the Portal, you can perform the following operations if required.</p>
<p>Table 7-4 Available Operations after Adding Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it. Or move the cursor to the device and then click / to edit device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Click [jj to configure linkage rule for the device.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark164"><strong><em>Add Custom Linkage Rule</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Health Monitoring Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto S on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Device</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the device.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik-Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device Firmware</td>
<td>When device adding completes, the platform will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage rule, and remote</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>configuration) are unavailable if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For devices incompatible with the Hik-Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Type for Unknown Device</td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unbind Device from Its Current</p>
<p>Account</td>
<td>If the adding result page shows that a device fails to be added and has been added to another account, you can click to unbind it. When the device is unbound, you can add it to your account. For details about unbinding device, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Unbind a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Device from Its Current Account</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Activate Device</p>
<p>If there are inactivated device(s) in the selected devices, create a device admin password for all the inactivated device(s) on the pop-up window to activated them.</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Enter Device Password</p>
<p>For devices which are activated but not connected to the Hik-Connect service, you should enter its admin password on the pop-up window. The admin password is created when you activate the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark134"></a> If multiple devices share the same password, enable <strong>Batch Enter admin Password </strong>to enter the password for all the devices in a batch. If any devices&#8217; passwords are incorrect, a notification will prompt showing these device(s) for you to enter the correct password(s).</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Before entering admin password, you should make sure that no repeated device IP address exists, or one of the devices with the same IP address will fail to be added. You can click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Connect to Hik-Connect Service</p>
<p>After entering device admin passwords, the platform will automatically start connecting the device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. Devices that are failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service cannot be added.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that no repeated device IP address exists and that the IP addresses of the to-be- connected devices are in the same network segment with the PC running Hik-Partner Pro, or connection exception will occur. You can click .£ in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Set Device Verification Code</p>
<ul>
<li>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device. If the platform failed to get the verification codes from any devices, you need to manually enter their verification codes.</li>
</ul>
<p>If multiple devices share the same verification code, enable <strong>Batch Enter Verification Code </strong>and enter the verification code for all of them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If device(s) failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service, you need to set a shared device verification code for multiple devices, or set verification codes for each device. After you complete device verification settings, the device(s) will be connected the Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>For EZVIZ devices, admin password is not required, and device verification code is required.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark135"></a> 7.2.3 Add Device by Entering Serial No.</p>
<p>If a device is connected to Hik-Connect service, you can manually add it to a site by entering the device serial number and device verification code.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>Make sure the device has been activated and connected to Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark137"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site ^ Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter Serial No. </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device serial number and device verification code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>The device serial number and the default device verification code are usually on the device label. If no device verification code found, enter the verification code you created when enabling Hik- Connect service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage, and remote configuration) cannot be used if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Firmware version detection will not happen if a site is authorized. For devices incompatible with the Hik- Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
<li>Check the device(s) to be added.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</li>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding device(s).</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it.</p>
<p>Or move the cursor to the device and then click to edit it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 .</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the Site is authorized to you.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device</strong></td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View DDNS</strong></p>
<p><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>a * </strong>« and hover the cursor on “§■ . See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a> for details about configuring device DDNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Configure Cloud</strong></p>
<p><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>For the Hik-Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, and NVR that supports cloud storage, you can click <strong>Cloud Storage Service </strong>to configure Cloud Storage settings. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>supports cloud storage?</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark138"></a> 7.2.4 Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark140"></a> If you know the IP address or domain name of a device, you can add it to Hik-Partner Pro by specifying its IP address/domain name, user name, password, etc. Once a device is added in this way, Hik-Partner Pro will generate a QR code containing the device information. After completing device setup, you can share the QR code to your customer. And then your customer can scan the QR code via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to add the device to her/his Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Devices added in this mode do NOT support the device handover process. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it in one of following two methods: <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
<li>Ask your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>/t\ <strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A QR code containing the device information will be generated and displayed in the device card on the site details page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="258" class="wp-image-2002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 36" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-300x87.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-768x224.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 7-7 The QR Code of the Added Device</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>6. Optional: Perform the following operations if you need.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>It is highly recommended that you encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Create a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click « * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click • * « <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p>QU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/Domain) is not supported if the site is authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark141"></a> 7.2.5 Batch Add Devices</p>
<p>You can batch add multiple devices to the client by entering the device parameters in a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The devices added in this mode cannot be handed over to your customer. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it by Hik- Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Batch Import </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>to save the predefined template (CSV file) in your PC.</li>
<li>Open the downloaded template file and enter the required information of the devices to be added in the corresponding column.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload Template </strong>to upload the edited template to Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding the devices.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></td>
<td>A QR code will be generated and displayed in the device information area</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>If an end user did not add the device to his/her Hik-Connect account, he/she can add it to the Hik-Connect account by scanning this QR code using Hik-Connect.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Enter a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto nn on the device card on the site details page, and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark143"></a><strong>Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-1966-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-1966-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> * * <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/ domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized .</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>If an Installer hands over the site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can synchronize devices in your Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account. After synchronization, the devices are still managed in your Hik-Connect account and you can continue to use Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>In the following two cases, you need to synchronize devices in the Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Case 1</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you managed the devices for the customer by the Hik- Connect Mobile Client after the customer shares her/his devices to your Hik-Connect account.</li>
<li><strong>Case 2</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you already have a Hik-Connect account and have added device(s) to it.</li>
</ul>
<p>Under the above two circumstances, you can synchronize these devices (including the ones the customers shared to you, or the ones added in your Hik-Connect account) with the Hik-Partner Pro account for quick and convenient devices adding and better device management and maintenance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="410" class="wp-image-2003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 37" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark144"></a> Figure 7-9 Synchronize Devices With Hik-Connect Account</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark146"></a> There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the Customer Site page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect </strong>on the top of the site list.</li>
<li>On the Add Device page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the user name in the upper-right corner, click <strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account </strong>in the drop­down menu, and click <strong>Link with Account</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Log into Hik-Connect</p>
<p>First, you need to log into <strong>Hik-Connect </strong>by entering your account or by scanning QR code. (Optional): Check <strong>Get Your Account and Device Information </strong>to allow Hik-Partner Pro to get these information.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Authorize Automatic Device Synchronization from Your Account to the Current Hik-Partner Pro Account </strong>to authorize automatic device synchronization. After authorization, devices newly added to Hik-Connect will be automatically synchronized to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Select Device for Synchronization</p>
<p>Secondly, you need to select the devices for synchronization.</p>
<p>After login, the devices added to your Hik-Connect account, as well as the ones others shared to you, will be displayed in the device list.</p>
<p>You can filter the devices by selecting <strong>Show All Devices</strong>, <strong>Show My Devices Only </strong>(the devices added to your Hik-Connect account), or <strong>Show Others&#8217; Devices Only </strong>(the devices shared to your Hik- Connect account from the customer) in the drop-down list.</p>
<p>Select the devices you want to synchronize with Hik-Partner Pro account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p>Thirdly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro for your devices to be synchronized. For the devices added in your Hik-Connect account (displayed in My Devices list), you can add them to different sites or to the same site according to your actual needs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="371" class="wp-image-2004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 38" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-768x328.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p>Figure 7-10 Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p><strong>Apply for Permission</strong></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p><strong>Add to Different Sites</strong></p>
<p>If your devices are shared to different customers, select this option and you can add them to different sites.</p>
<p>For the devices which have been shared to the customers, the system will automatically create sites by the user names of the customers, and then add the devices to these sites. If there already exists a site the site owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>For the devices which are not shared to anyone, the system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then assign them to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p><strong>Add to the Same Site</strong></p>
<p>You can also add these devices to the same site. The system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then add all these selected devices to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>By default, after synchronization, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s), and configuration as well as live view permission of the devices in My Devices list.</p>
<p>Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>Fourthly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro and set the device permission for the devices shared to you.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="476" class="wp-image-2005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 39" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-11 Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>For the devices shared to you by others, usually customers, (displayed in Others&#8217; Devices list), they will be added to different sites. The system will automatically create sites named after the user names of the customers, and then add all these selected devices to this site. If there already exists a site the site Owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>In the Apply for Permission list, you need to select the permissions that you want to apply from the customers for the devices. By default, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s). After synchronization, the customers will receive a notification on Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After authorization by the customers, you can manage the devices on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Set Time Zone</p>
<p>Fifthly, you can set the time zone of the devices if needed.</p>
<p>You can set the time zone for each device, or you can select a time zone in the <strong>Set Time Zone </strong>drop­down list at the upper-left corner to set a time zone for the devices in a batch.</p>
<p>Start Synchronization</p>
<p>Finally, start device synchronization.</p>
<p>After setting the sites and device permissions, select the devices in the My Devices and Others&#8217; Devices list, and click <strong>Synchronize </strong>to start synchronization.</p>
<p>For devices shared from the customers in Others&#8217; Devices list, the system will send a request to the customers. After the customers approving the authorization request, the devices will be synchronized successfully.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Continue </strong>to select other devices for synchronization, or click <strong>Finish and View </strong>to view the devices synchronized after creating sites in the site list.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark147"></a> Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Some devices do not support the Hik-Connect service, and therefore they cannot be accessed by Hik-Partner Pro via Hik-Connect (P2P). If they are accessed via device IP address/domain name, some features (such as health monitoring, exception rule, and remote configuration) will be unavailable. To solve this issue, you can add these devices to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of Hik- Partner Pro Boxes. In this way, the originally unavailable features will be available.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that you have added Hik-Partner Pro Boxes to Hik-Partner Pro. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Currently only some encoding devices and access control devices can be proxied by Hik-Partner Pro Boxes. For detailed device models, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Device Compatibility List</em>.</li>
<li>The proxied devices do not support features including ARC service, cloud attendance service, temperature screening service, people counting service, and ISAPI alarm. For the proxied encoding device, in addition to the above-mentioned features, linkage rule is not supported as well.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site with Hik-Partner Pro Boxes added.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the site details page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a Hik-Partner Pro Box to show its details panel, and then select <strong>Proxied Device ^ Add To­Be-Proxied Device </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="422" class="wp-image-2006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 40" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1436" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-768x366.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-12 Add To-Be-Proxied Devices</p>
<ol>
<li>Add devices in one of the following two ways.</li>
</ol>
<p>Table 7-5 Add Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Online Device</td>
<td>Add devices on the same LAN with the Portal.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices, and then click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Select all devices, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or enter the device user name and password for each device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Adding</td>
<td>Add a device manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the Manual Adding window, select the target Site, and then enter the device IP address and device port No.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>and the device will be displayed in the device list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter user name and password. </strong>in the User Name/ Password column to enter the device user name and password.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also add multiple devices first, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all these devices.</p>
<p>d. Click <strong>Next</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The adding result page shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>If adding failures exist, you can view the failure reasons on the adding result page and do corresponding operations (e.g., entering password again if the failure is caused by incorrect password).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>If there are encoding devices, enable proxy for channels of encoding devices before you can view live video and video footage of these channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enable Proxy </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Select channels and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Complete</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>View the proxy information on the device details page of the Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark149"></a> 7.3 Move Devices</p>
<p>You can use the Device Movement feature to move devices from one Site to another. By distributing devices to different Sites, you can manage both the Sites and devices more efficiently.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>• The feature is only supported by a device matches the following conditions:</p>
<ul>
<li>The original Site where the device belongs to needs to have been authorized to you.</li>
<li>The device needs to be added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The devices added by IP address / domain name are not supported.</li>
<li>The original Site and the target Site should belong to the same Site Owner.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Once a device is moved from its original Site, you need to configure the device again because all the original device configurations will be invalid. In addition, device related configurations including the linkage rules, exception rules, ARC settings, network switch settings, people counting service, temperature screening service, cloud storage service, and cloud attendance service, etc., will be affected. You need to configure these related configurations again also.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of an authorized Site to enter its details page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Move Device </strong>to open the Move Device pane.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select Device to Move</strong>, select device(s), and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="591" class="wp-image-2007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 41" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg 438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41-222x300.jpeg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-13 Select Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
</ol>
<p>Qi] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>New Site: </strong>If you select <strong>New Site</strong>, you need to create a name for the Site and set its time zone.</li>
<li><strong>Existing Site: </strong>If you select <strong>Existing Site</strong>, you need to select a Site that shares the same Site Owner with the current one.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="591" class="wp-image-2008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 42" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg 436w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-14 Select Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application will expire if not handled within 7 days.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Move Device pane, click <strong>View Device Movement Record </strong>to enter the Device Movement Record page, and perform the following operation(s) if needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply Again</strong></p>
<p><strong>View Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Move More</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply Again </strong>to send an application for device movement again if the former one has been rejected or expired.</p>
<p>Click an application record to enter its details page to see the details.</p>
<p>Click an approved or sent application, and then click <strong>Move More </strong>to move more devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark151"></a> Manage Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By handing over the site and applying for site authorization, you have already acquired some device permissions. You can still apply for additional device permissions afterward or release device permissions if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark153"></a> Apply for Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After handing over a Site to the end user, and if you need to view the live view/recorded videos of devices added to the Site or configure the devices added to the Site, you can apply for the permission accordingly from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the name of a Site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, click <strong>Apply for Permission ^ Apply for Configuration Permission/Apply for Live View Permission/Apply for Playback Permission </strong>.</li>
<li>Check device(s) you want to apply for permission, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Validity Period </strong>drop-down list, select a validity period for the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can select <strong>Permanent</strong>, <strong>1 Hour</strong>, <strong>2 Hours</strong>, <strong>4 Hours</strong>, or <strong>8 Hours </strong>as the validity period.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks for the permission.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply for the permission from end user.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the end user approves your application, you will get corresponding permission(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark155"></a> Release the Permission for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you do not need the permissions of configuration and live view for devices, or you finish the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, you can release the permissions manually.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site of the devices has been handed over to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Click a device to show the device details page.</li>
<li>In the Permission section, select a permission, and click <strong>^ OK </strong>to release the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>djNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After releasing, the permission will be unavailable for you. You need to apply for it again if needed.</li>
<li>You do not have to release permission if the permission validity is <strong>Permanent</strong>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark157"></a> Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark159"></a> You can set up a linkage rule to trigger certain device actions when the triggering event occurs. You can configure an exception rule to specify how, when, and where you want to receive exception notifications of a device or channel.</p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have enabled the Notification functionality of the source device of the linkage/ exception rule. If the function is disabled, events detected by the device cannot be reported and thus the linkage/exception rule cannot be triggered.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark160"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A linkage (see the picture below for reference) refers to the process in which an event detected by resource A triggers actions of resource B, resource C, resource D, etc. You can add a rule using the predefined template or customize a rule to define such a linkage.</p>
<p>The rule contains five elements, including Source (resource A), Triggering Event (the event detected by resource A), Linked Resources (resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), Linkage Actions (actions of resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), and Linkage Schedule (the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated). The linkages can be used for purposes such as notifying security personnel, upgrading security level, and saving evidence, when specific events happen.</p>
<p>The picture below shows the process of the linkage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="325" class="wp-image-2009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 43" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg 435w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="181" height="438" class="wp-image-2010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 44" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1440" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg 181w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44-124x300.jpeg 124w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 181px) 100vw, 181px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="61" class="wp-image-2011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 45" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1441"></p>
<p>Figure 7-15 Linkage</p>
<p><em>Linked Resources</em></p>
<p><em>Linkage Actions</em></p>
<p>Recording</p>
<p>Remain Closed</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Other Actions&#8230;</p>
<p>Door Linked to Access Control Device</p>
<p>Alarm Output Device</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Sample Application</p>
<p>Assume that the end user is the manager of a jewelry store, and the store needs to upgrade security level during non-work hours. And the store has been installed with a PIR detector linked to a security control panel, a sounder linked to the security control panel, and several network cameras.</p>
<p>In this case, you can set a linkage rule for him/her to trigger alarm output and recording in the store when object(s) in motion are detected in the store during non-work hours. The following elements need to be defined in the linkage rule:</p>
<ul>
<li>Source: The PIR detector in the store.</li>
<li>Triggering Event: Motion detection event.</li>
<li>Linked Resources: The alarm output (the sounder in this case) and the network cameras in the store.</li>
<li>Linkage Actions:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For sounder: The sounder sends out audible alarm.</p>
<p>° For network cameras: The network cameras starts recording.</p>
<ul>
<li>Linkage Schedule: Non-work hours every day.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark162"></a> Add Custom Linkage Rule</p>
<p>If the pre-defined templates cannot meet your needs, you can customize linkage rules as desired.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. Or you should apply for the permission first. For details about applying for the permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The Source and the Linked Resource cannot be the same resource.</li>
<li>You cannot configure two totally same linkage rules. In other words, you cannot configure two rules with the same Source, Triggering Event, Linked Resource, and Linkage Action.</li>
<li>If the Source or Linked Resource is an AX security control panel, when EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled on the device, make sure that you have done authentication by entering the device password, otherwise the configuration of linkage rule will fail.</li>
<li>When the Source is a device added by IP/domain, the device added by Hik-Connect cannot be set as the Linked Resource for triggering capture.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click <strong>^ </strong>[jj in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Linkage Rule ^ Add Linkage Rule </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then select a device and click [jj .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark164"></a> Define the trigger for the linkage action.</p>
<p><strong>Select Source</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source.</p>
<p><strong>Set Triggering Event</strong></p>
<p>Select an event as the triggering event.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the triggering event has been configured on the selected device. For details about configuring event on device, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Table 7-6 Available Triggering Events for Different Resource Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering Event</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Motion Detection</li>
<li>Face Detection</li>
<li>Intrusion</li>
<li>Line Crossing Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>• Tampering Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Linked to Access</p>
<p>Control Device</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Normally</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Capture or Recording cannot be set as the linkage action for the triggering event Door Opened Normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Abnormally</li>
<li>Tampering Alarm</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>• Calling</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Away Arming</li>
<li>Disarmed</li>
<li>Stay Arming</li>
<li>Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zone (Detector) Linked to Security Control Panel</td>
<td>• Alarm, such as Triggering Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Calling</li>
<li>PIR Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linkage</p>
<p>Click Add to select Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After selecting a Linkage Action, the resource(s) available to be set as Linked Resource(s) will appear.</li>
<li>Up to 128 Linkage Actions or 10 Linked Resources can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Action</strong></p>
<p>Select linkage action(s).</p>
<p>Table 7-7 Linkage Action Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Camera (Channel)</td>
<td>Capture</td>
<td>The camera will capture a picture when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>The camera will record video footage when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>CH Note</strong></p>
<p>The recorded video footage starts from 5 s before the detection of the Triggering Event, and lasts 30 s.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Preset</td>
<td>Select a preset from the Preset drop-down list to specify it as the preset which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A preset is a predefined image position which contains configuration parameters for pan, tilt, zoom, focus and other parameters. By calling a preset, the PTZ camera will move to the predefined image position.</p>
<p><strong>[dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured presets for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Patrol</td>
<td>Select a patrol from the Patrol drop-down list to specify it as the patrol which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A patrol is a predefined PTZ movement path consisted of a series of key points (i.e., presets) that have their own designated sequence. By calling a patrol, the PTZ camera</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6"></td>
<td></td>
<td>will travels to all the key points in set speed so as to provide a dynamic view.</p>
<p><strong>0X1 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patrols for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Pattern</td>
<td>Select a pattern from the Pattern drop-down list tot specify it as the pattern which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A pattern is a predefined PTZ movement path with a certain dwell-time configured for a certain position. By calling a pattern, the PTZ camera moves according the predefined path.</p>
<p><strong>nXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patterns for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Arm</td>
<td>The camera will be armed and hence the events related to the camera will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The camera will be disarmed and hence the events related to the camera will not be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured privacy mask for the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will NOT be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>The alarm output of the Linked Resource will be triggered when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>Stay Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Stay when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Away when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The area of the security control panel will be disarmed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Door Linked to Access Control Device</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will be opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain Open</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain open when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain</p>
<p>Closed</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain closed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door linked to the door station will be automatically opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm Input</td>
<td>Arm Alarm Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be armed and hence events related to it will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Alarm</p>
<p>Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be disarmed and hence events related to it will NOT be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linked Resource</p>
<p>Select resource(s) as the trigger source of the Linkage Action.</p>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<p>For configuring Linkage Actions for a same Source, if its Linked Resources are cameras (i.e., channels), you can set at most four Linkage Actions. For example, if you have set capturing picture and recording (the two are considered as two Linkage Actions) as the Linkage Actions for camera 1, you can only set two more Linkage Actions, i.e., capturing picture and recording for camera 2, or capturing picture for channel 2 and recording for channel 3, or recording for channel 2 and capturing picture for channel 3.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 46" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1442"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>After selecting Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s), you can check the check-box(es) and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected Linked Action(s) and Linkage Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The external linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The linkage rule will appear on the Linkage Rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required after adding linkage rules.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Linkage Rule </strong>Click ^ / to edit the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Linkage Rule </strong>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Disable Linkage Rule </strong>Set to to disable the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details about enabling the functionality, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page of Portal to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark165"></a> Add Linkage Rule Based on Pre-defined Template</p>
<p>You can use six pre-defined templates to add linkage rules, including Intrusion, Forced Entry Alarm, Back to Home/Office, Away, Visitor Calling, and Perimeter Zone Alarm. Each of the six templates is designed for a typical applications (see the table below) of linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. If not, you need to apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 7-8 Template Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Template</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Intrusion</td>
<td>The Intrusion Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, and alarm output, when the intrusion event (people, vehicles, or other objects enter a pre­defined area) occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forced Entry Alarm</td>
<td>The Forced Entry Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, remaining door closed, alarm output, and calling preset when a door is opened abnormally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Back to Home/Office</td>
<td>The Back to Home/Office Template: Used for lowering the security level and enabling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including disarming and enabling privacy mask, when you are back to home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away</td>
<td>The Away Template: Used for improving security level and canceling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including arming and disabling privacy mask when you leave your home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Visitor Calling</td>
<td>The Visitor Calling Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture and recording when visitor(s) are calling from the door station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Perimeter Zone Alarm</td>
<td>The Perimeter Zone Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, calling preset, alarm output, and remaining door closed, if people or other objects are detected in all accesses (including doors, windows, cellar doors, etc.) to a property.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Due to the similarity of adding linkage rules based on different templates, here we only introduce how to add a linkage rule based on the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page and select the <strong>Linkage Rule </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template in the Linkage Template area.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ </strong>[ji in the Operation column, and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, click <strong>Add Linkage Rule </strong>and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="616" height="590" class="wp-image-2013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 47" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg 616w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 616px) 100vw, 616px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-16 Add Linkage Rule by Template</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>When</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source for detecting line crossing event from the drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger the Following Actions</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Select </strong>to select the Linked Resources used for triggering the linkage actions, and then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set only one linkage action.</li>
<li>For details about the linkage actions, see <strong><em>Table 7-7</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The added linkage rule will be displayed in the linkage rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set &lt;3 to to disable the linkage rule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark167"></a> Video Tutorial</p>
<p>The following video shows that what is a linkage rule and how to set a linkage rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark169"></a> 7.5.2 Add Exception Rule</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark171"></a> An exception rule is used to monitor the status of managed resources in real time. When the resource is exceptional, the resource will push a notification to the Hik-Partner Pro to notify the specified Installer(s) about this exception. Currently, the exceptions include two types: device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for configuration of the device. For applying configuration permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled the device to send notifications to the system (if the device supports). For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add a rule to define such a notification. The rule contains five elements, including <strong>Source </strong>(device A or channel A), <strong>Exception </strong>(the exception occurred on device A or channel A), <strong>Received by </strong>(the source pushes a notification to notify the recipient via certain ways), <strong>Recipient </strong>(who can receive the notification), as well as <strong>Schedule </strong>(when the recipient can receive the notification).</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the solar camera.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Exception</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The exception rules of all the devices added in this site are displayed by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Unfold Channels </strong>to display all the channels of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For security control panels, all the zones and alarm outputs are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the types of exceptions which can trigger the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Exception </strong>field of the device or channel and click</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>( ■ )</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</p>
<p>1 (</td>
<td>Exception Received by Recipient Schedule</p>
<p>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Site Manager All Days</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera 01</td>
<td>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Figure 7-17 Edit Exception</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check the exception type(s) that you want to set exception rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For <strong>Offline </strong>exception, you can set the threshold of offline duration. When the device or channel is offline for longer than this threshold, an offline exception will be triggered.</li>
<li>The threshold of offline duration should be between 5 and 120 minutes.</li>
<li>For network switch, you can set exception rules for the following: PoE Port Power Off, SFP Port Disconnected, RJ45 Port Disconnected, Port Blocked, Port Busy, and PoE Power Exceeds Limit.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set where the notifications will be sent.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Received by </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the receiving mode(s) according to actual needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Portal</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Portal in real time.</p>
<p>The Portal is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>For checking the received notification in Portal, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Partner Pro App</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro, and the system will send an email with the exception details to the email address(es) of the recipient(s) in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner)</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, used by your customer in real time.</p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For alarm devices, this option is enabled by default and you cannot disabled it.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set who will receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Recipient </strong>field and click &#8216; .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Site Manager </strong>or <strong>Installer Admin</strong>. The recipient can receive the notification when the exception is detected in real time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The Site Manager is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</li>
<li>If you select <strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner) </strong>in the previous step, your customer will receive the exception notifications.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set when the recipient can receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Schedule </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the schedule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All Day</strong></p>
<p>The recipient can always receive the notification from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Customize the days and time period on the selected days according to the actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set or edit the exception rules of the devices in the site in a batch.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Check the devices or channels you want to set the exception rules.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click — in the bottom to set/edit the exception types, receiving mode, recipient, and notification time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="440" class="wp-image-2014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 48" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1444" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-768x382.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-18 Batch Set/Edit Exception Rules</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After setting one rule, you can copy the rule settings to other devices or channels for quick settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy to</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Copy Exception Settings from </strong>field, select device(s) or channel(s) as the sources.</li>
<li>In the <strong>To </strong>field, select the target resources of the same type as the selected sources.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the rule settings of the sources to the target resources and back to the exception rule list. Or you can click <strong>Copy and Continue </strong>to copy the rule settings and continue to copy other settings.</li>
<li>After setting the exception rule, you need to set the <strong>Enable </strong>switch in the upper-right corner of the rule to on to enable the device&#8217;s exception rule, or set the <strong>Enable All </strong>switch to on to enable the all the devices&#8217; exception rules in the site.</li>
</ol>
<p>After enabling the rule, it will be active and when an exception occurs, the device will push a notification according to the settings in the rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark172"></a> 7.5.3 Enable Device to Send Notifications</p>
<p>After adding and enabling a linkage rule or exception rule, you should make sure the Notification functionality of the Source device is enabled so that the events detected by the device can be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which is the prerequisite to trigger the linkage actions and exception rules defined in the Source-device-related linkage rule(s) and exception rule(s) respectively.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The device should support this functionality. If you have activated the health monitoring service for the device, the Notification function of the device is enabled by default. For details about activating the health monitoring service, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark174"></a> Click <strong>&#8211; ^ </strong>A to open the Notification Settings window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="549" class="wp-image-2015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 49" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49-300x279.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-19 Notification Settings</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notification</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the functionality is enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Notification Schedule</strong></p>
<p>After enabling the Notification functionality, set a time schedule for uploading the events detected by the Source to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>You can select date(s) and then set the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to her/him that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark175"></a> Reset Device Password</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can reset the password of a device when you and the Site Owner both lost the password. Two methods of resetting device password are available: resetting password offsite (when you are not at the site) and resetting password onsite (when you are at the site).</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Resetting password via the Hik-Partner Pro platform is not supported by every device type/ model. For example, AX PRO does not support this function.</li>
<li>Make sure that the device is authorized by the Site Owner to you before resetting device password. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</p>
<p>Select the device and click « * • <strong>^ Reset Device admin Password </strong>. There are two methods to reset password.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Reset Password Offsite: </strong>You needn&#8217;t go to the site where the device is located to reset the device password. This method can be used when you are not at the site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Connect (the Mobile Client for your customers) and the device are on the same LAN and that the version of Hik-Connect is V 4.15.0 or later.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password offsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="690" height="886" class="wp-image-2016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 50" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg 690w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-20 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Offsite</p>
<p>• Reset Password Onsite: You need to go to the site where the device is located. This method can be used when you are at the site.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Partner Pro (the Installer platform) and the device are on the same LAN.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password onsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="892" class="wp-image-2017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 51" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1447" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51-248x300.jpeg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-21 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Onsite</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark177"></a> Enable Remote Log Collection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Remote Log Collection is for getting device logs. When this function is enabled, the technical support can collect device logs remotely for troubleshooting. You can set the validity period for collecting remote logs as needed, and this function will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added the device which supports remote log collection to the site, and the site has not been handed over to the end user. If the site has been handed over to the end user, you should contact with the end user to enable the Remote Log Collection function on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
</ol>
<p>The devices added in the current site are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Find the device in the device list, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>; or click the device to enter its details page, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="16" class="wp-image-2018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 52" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1448"></p>
<p><strong>• Online ©Activated</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.: C</strong></p>
<p>Device Type: Alarm Device</p>
<p><strong>£°3 Remote Configuration Add Linkage Rule I Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-22 First Entry to Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="591" class="wp-image-2019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 53" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1449" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53-274x300.jpeg 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-23 Second Entry to Remote Log Collection</p>
<p>The Remote Log Collection window pops up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the validity period from the drop-down list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function of remote log collection will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Enable </strong>to enable the function.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Remote Log Collection icon turns from k to .</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Disable the function.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark179"></a> 7.8 Manage Security Control Panel</p>
<p>You can add and manage AX PRO, AX HUB, AX HYBRID, and AX HYBIRD PRO security control panels on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The following chapter introduces functionality supported by AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO security control panel (hereinafter referred to as &#8220;AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO device&#8221;), including batch arming/disarming and batch device configuration by template.</li>
<li>AX HUB or AX HYBRID security control panel does not support the functionality introduced in the following chapter. AX HUB and AX HYBRID support generic device management, such as enabling ARC service, running health monitoring, setting rules for linkage or exception reporting, and configuring parameters remotely. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</em></strong></a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong> </a>respectively.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark181"></a> Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform operations including arming/disarming area, clearing alarm, and bypassing zone.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Click the AX PRO or AX HYBIRD PRO device to open the operation panel. You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stay Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Stay Arming </strong>to stay arm the area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Away Arming</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Disarm</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark183"></a> Stay Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarms of Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click □ .</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Peripheral Device by Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Click v and select an area to only display the peripheral devices linked to the selected area, or select <strong>All </strong>to display all peripheral devices linked to all the areas.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The AX HYBIRD PRO device only supports adding keyfobs as the peripheral device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bypass Zone</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Select a zone (i.e., detector) and turn on the <strong>Bypass </strong>switch to bypass the zone.</p>
<p><strong>JNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="591" class="wp-image-2020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 54" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg 485w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54-246x300.jpeg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-24 Operation Panel of AX PRO</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark184"></a> Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can remotely configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO device parameters, apply for PIN (required for upgrading firmware), and switch the language of the device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Remotely Configure AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO</p>
<p>You can click @ <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to enter the web page of the device to configure its parameters.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about remote configuration, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Apply for a PIN</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark186"></a> You can click • * « <strong>^ </strong>gj <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get a PIN code for verification.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="379" class="wp-image-2021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 55" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-25 Apply for a PIN</p>
<p>Switch Language</p>
<p>You can click * * * <strong>^ </strong><em>-l</em><strong> Language </strong>and set the device language. After you click <strong>OK</strong>, a pop-up window will ask you if you need to reset the names of the device and its areas. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to switch the device language and switch the names to the default names in the switched language; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to switch the device language only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 56" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1452"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>A PIN code is required for switching language.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="398" class="wp-image-2023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 57" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-26 Language Window</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark187"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for the added AX PRO devices by creating templates. You can also batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only AX PRO devices (Version 1.1.0 and later) and AX HYBRID PRO devices are supported.</li>
<li>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark189"></a> Create a Template</p>
<p>You can create a template for batch configuring parameters of AX PRO devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config ^ Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page.</li>
<li>Add a template.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add Template </strong>for adding a template for the first time.</li>
<li>If not, click .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Edit the template by configuring parameters as needed, and these configured parameters can be batch applied to AX PRO devices later. See the following for the detailed parameters explanations.</li>
</ol>
<p>Arming Schedule</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Arm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the arming start time. The area will be automatically armed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the disarming start time. The area will be automatically disarmed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto arming time and the auto disarming time cannot be the same.</p>
<p><strong>Late to Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the device to push a notification to the phone or tablet to remind the user to disarm the area when the area is still armed after a specific time point.</p>
<p><strong>Weekend Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and the area will not be armed or disarmed on the weekend.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark191"></a><strong>Holiday Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the holiday schedule. The area will not be armed or disarmed on the holiday.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can set up to 12 holiday groups.</p>
<p><strong>Panel Alarm Duration</strong></p>
<p>The time duration of the panel alarm.</p>
<p>Alarm Receiving Center</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>ISUP</strong>, <strong>SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>CSV-IP</strong>, <strong>FSK Module</strong>, <strong>RDC Module </strong>and <strong>IDS Module </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>When selecting <strong>*SIA-DCS </strong>or <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, you should configure the Encryption Arithmetic and Secret Key.</p>
<p><strong>Address Type (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the alarm receiver server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No. (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No., of the alarm receiver server.</p>
<p><strong>Account Code</strong></p>
<p>Enter the assigned account provided by the alarm receiving center.</p>
<p><strong>Transmission Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>TCP </strong>or <strong>UDP </strong>as the transmission mode from.</p>
<p><strong>Impulse Counting Time</strong></p>
<p>Set the timeout period waiting for the receiver to respond. Re-transmission will be arranged if the transceiver of receiving center is timed out.</p>
<p><strong>Attempts</strong></p>
<p>Set the maximum number that re-transmission will be tried.</p>
<p><strong>Polling Rate</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the interval between 2 live polling.</p>
<p>Event Types Notification (Alarm Receiving Center)</p>
<p>Select which alarm receiving center to receive event notifications and the corresponding event types, including alarms and tampers, life safety alarms, maintenance and faults, zone alarm/lid opened, etc.</p>
<p>Notification by Email</p>
<p>Enable the function of sending video verification event and configure the related parameters including the sender&#8217;s name and email address, the SMTP server&#8217;s IP address and port No., and the receiver&#8217;s name and email address, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Server Authentication</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you should enter the sender&#8217;s user name and password.</p>
<p>FTP Settings</p>
<p><strong>Address Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the FTP server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No. of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>FTP </strong>or <strong>SFTP </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>User Name</strong></p>
<p>Enter the user name of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Enter the password of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Anonymity</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you do not need to enter the user name and password of the FTP server.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available when selecting FTP as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>Directory Structure</strong></p>
<p>The saving path of snapshots in the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark192"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO by Template</p>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for AX PRO devices by the predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>.</li>
<li>Select multiple AX PRO devices to be configured.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A window of Set Parameters by Template pops up on the right side.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a template from the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 58" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1454"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have not added a template, you should click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page and add a template for AX PRO devices. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Create a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Template</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can view the general template content on the lower side.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the details of the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to start applying parameters to the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>View the applying results. If applying failed, you can view the failure reasons.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark194"></a> Batch Upgrade AX PRO</p>
<p>You can batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices to ensure the proper functioning of these devices. If the firmware version of an AX PRO device is too old, some features might be unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>to enter the page shown below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="251" class="wp-image-2025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 59" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-768x218.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-27 Remote Batch Configuration</p>
<ol>
<li>Select AX PRO devices and then click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>window will pop up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get one.</li>
</ol>
<p>The PIN code will be automatically entered.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark196"></a> 7.8.4 Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark198"></a> You can batch arm or disarm multiple AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices on multiple sites by grouping the devices. For example, assume that your customer needs to have her office building cleaned in the period from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. everyday, you can add all the AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices in the building to a group and then disarm the group in the period everyday to avoid the nuisance of false alarms triggered by the cleaning.</p>
<p>Follow the steps to create a group of AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices and then control the group.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in some countries/regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Batch Arm/Disarm </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="357" class="wp-image-2026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 60" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-768x309.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-28 Batch Arm/Disarm Page</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the group.</li>
<li>Add devices to the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>and select the devices in different Sites.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only devices of which you have the <strong>Configuration </strong>permission can be added.</li>
<li>Up to 500 devices can be added to one group.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select devices and click <strong>Delete </strong>to remove them from the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="892" class="wp-image-2027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 61" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1457" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61-236x300.jpeg 236w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-29 Add Group for Batch Arming Control</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform further operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>View Group </strong>Click on the group to view its details, including devices in the group and their</p>
<p><strong>Details </strong>arming/disarming status.</p>
<p><strong>Arm/ </strong>Click <strong>Stay Arm </strong>or <strong>Away Arm </strong>to arm all devices in the group. Or click <strong>Disarm </strong>to <strong>Disarm </strong>disarm the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>•</p>
<p>If you leave the page after starting arming/disarming, you can click in the upper-right corner to go back. When the arming/disarming process is completed, a notice of result will pop up. Click <strong>Details </strong>to check full result.</p>
<p>• You will also be notified on the Mobile Client when the arming/disarming process is completed.</p>
<p><strong>Batch Arm/Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Stay arming Building B completed. Armed device&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-30 Notice on the Mobile Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>Check Last </strong>Click <strong>Last Arming Control Record </strong>to check the last arming/disarming results. If <strong>Result </strong>there are devices that failed to be armed/disarmed, you can check the failure reasons and arm/disarm the failed ones again.</p>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Click a <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-4" href="#post-1966-footnote-4">[3]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-5" href="#post-1966-footnote-5">[4]</a></sup> <strong>* ^ Edit </strong>to edit group name or edit devices in the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete </strong>Click * * * <strong>-&gt; Delete </strong>to delete the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark199"></a> View Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video and the recorded video footage of the added encoding device(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark201"></a> View Live Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By viewing live view of managed cameras, you can check whether the camera is installed and located properly by capturing pictures, recording, PTZ control, etc.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Encoding Device </strong>on the top of the Site Detail page to show all the encoding devices of the site. Select an encoding device and click D to start live view. The live view will work for up to five minutes. When the live view ends, you can still start a new live view.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor on the live view window and click icons on the tool bar to start recording, conduct digital zoom and PTZ control, capture a picture, switch image quality, and turn on/off audio. Double-click the live view image to enter the full-screen mode, and double-click the image again to exit full-screen mode. the device verification code, ask the end user for it. For details about Image and Video Encryption, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark203"></a> Play Back Video Footage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video playback shows what happens when emergencies occur. If an end user approves your application for device playback permission, you will be able to play back the recorded video footage stored on the device.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure your account has the permission for playback. Otherwise, you cannot enter the playback page. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>for details about applying device permission.</li>
<li>This function needs to be supported by device.</li>
<li>Make sure you have configured recording schedule for the device and there is video footage stored in the device.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Device tab page, select a device and click . to enter the playback page. You can select a date and time on the calendar to view the playback during a certain time range.</p>
<p>You can select channels from the drop-down list on the top right. Drag the time bar at the bottom to jump to different video footage. Hover the cursor on the time bar and zoom in the time bar to select a more accurate time. Hover the cursor on a playback window and click icons on the tool bar to capture a picture, clip video footage, perform digital zoom, download video footage, and turn on the audio.</p>
<p>For devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service without configuring DDNS, the playback will work for up to five minutes; for devices added by IP/Domain Name, and devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service with DDNS configured, the playback duration is not limited.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>Up to four playback windows are supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark205"></a> Other Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark207"></a> You can perform more operations for device management, including upgrading device firmware, unbinding device from its current account, configuring DDNS for devices added by Hik-Connect service, and remotely configure parameters for devices such as encoding devices and security control devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark208"></a> Upgrade Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the device list page, O will appear beside the name of a device if it is upgradable. You can upgrade the device to make it compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The function is supported by devices such as security control panels (including AX PRO), doorbells, and certain models of network cameras, Hik-Partner Pro boxs, and DVRs/NVRs that support cloud storage.</li>
<li>The system supports upgrading encoding device, some access control devices and video intercom devices connected to the same LAN with the PC where the platform runs.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices in the Health Monitoring module. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices when you add them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click a site name to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Hover over 0 , click <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>and then select upgradable device(s).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If there are devices which have enabled EN50131 Compliant mode, enter the device passwords and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once started, the upgrade cannot be stopped. Make sure a power failure or network disconnection does not happen during the upgrade.</li>
<li>You can enable EN50131 Compliant mode on device configuration page via the Web Client. See device user manual for details.</li>
<li>For the device failed to be upgraded, you can click a to download the upgrade firmware package, and then upgrade the device on the remote configuration page of device or via other upgrade tools.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window will pop up showing the upgrade progress. If there are devices failed to be upgraded, the causes will be displayed on the window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch upgrade devices (security control panels, encoding devices, doorbells, etc.) on the same LAN to make the devices compatible with Hik-Partner Pro, if there are new firmware versions of the devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark211"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Batch Upgrade </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>A video tutorial about how to use search tool for important firmware update on Hik-Partner Pro Portal will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select device(s) that need to be upgraded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade Online </strong>or <strong>Upgrade by Local File </strong>to upgrade the selected device(s).
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark212"></a> Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you add detected online device(s), if the adding result page shows that a device has been added to another account, you need to unbind it first before you can add it to your account. The device unbinding functionality is useful when you need to add a device to a new account but have no access to delete it from the old account (e.g., if you forgot the password of the old account).</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding detected online device, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>when handing over a Site to your customer, you cannot unbind the devices added to this Site. For details about Site handover, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the adding result page, click in the Operation column, and then enter the device password and click <strong>OK </strong>to unbind it from its current account. When the device is unbound, you can click in the Operation column to add the device to your account.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the device firmware does not support device unbinding, you are required to enter a CAPTCHA code after entering device password.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark214"></a> Configure DDNS for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For devices with invalid or old firmware version, you can configure DDNS for them to make sure they can be managed by Hik-Partner Pro properly.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Only encoding devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P) support this function.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select a device, and click &lt; * * ^ ~ to open the DDNS Settings window.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark216"></a> Switch <strong>Enable DDNS </strong>on to show the DDNS parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>How to set port? </strong>to learn the configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Port Mapping Mode</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Auto</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the service port and HTTP port are obtained automatically, and you cannot edit them after obtaining them.</p>
<p><strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>You enter the service port and HTTP port manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s domain name.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark217"></a> Remote Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can perform device remote configuration if you need.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>Only site manager can perform the following operations and configurations of a site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Assign</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Site to Installer</em></strong> </a>for details about assigning site.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page. Click a site&#8217;s name to enter the site&#8217;s page.</p>
<p>And then click <strong>Device </strong>tab to show the site&#8217;s devices.</p>
<p>Click @ to open the remote configuration page of the device and set the device&#8217;s parameters.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only doorbells, encoding devices, indoor stations, and security control panels support remote configuration.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark219"></a> For doorbells, you don&#8217;t need to enter the device user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>For encoding devices, if you have already entered the device&#8217;s user name and password when adding it, you do not need to enter these information before remote configuration. For NVR and DVR, operations including rebooting, HDD formatting, and network settings are supported.</li>
<li>For security control devices:</li>
</ul>
<p>° If the security control device is in the same LAN with the Portal, you need to enter the user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</p>
<p>° If the AX Hub device and AX Hybrid device are not in the same LAN and EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled, you need to enter the devices&#8217; admin passwords for verification first. After that, you can enter their remote configuration page after entering password of setter account.</p>
<ul>
<li>For encoding devices and security control devices, if the device is not in the same local area network with the Portal, some operations in the remote configuration (such as device account management, enabling Hik-Connect, and restoring device, etc.) are not available.</li>
<li>See device user manual for details about remote configuration.</li>
<li>If you have changed device parameters by other software or client (such as device page, Hik- Partner Pro Mobile Client, iVMS-4200, , HikCentral Professional, etc.), and the parameters on the Portal&#8217;s remote configuration page are not updated to the latest, you can click <strong>Clear Cache </strong>in the drop-down list on the top right of the remote configuration page to update the device parameters.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark220"></a> Chapter 8 Health Monitoring</p>
<p>The Health Status module provides near-real-time information about the status of the devices added to the sites. If you have added network switches to a site, you can view the device status and link status in a visualized way via network topology. The status information, which is of importance for the maintenance of devices managed across the Hik-Partner Pro platform as a whole, helps you locate the source of exceptions and determine troubleshooting methods in time.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A video tutorial on how to check device health status will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page when you enter the Health Status module.</li>
<li>For Installer, you can only view the status information of devices on the site assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status information of devices on all sites.</li>
<li>When any exception occurs during health monitoring, the notification will appear in the</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center under the Notification Center module. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark222"></a> View Status of Devices in All Sites</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For Installer, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites which has been assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Monitoring page, and then select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list.</p>
<p>You can view the total number of devices and the number of abnormal devices of each device type.</p>
<p>Refer to the following table to get to the device description and operations.</p>
<p>Table 8-1 Links of Different Device Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encoding Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>Encoding Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark225"><strong><em>Access Control Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark226"><strong><em>Alarm Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark227"> <strong><em>Video Intercom Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark228"> <strong><em>Doorbell</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect Box</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark229"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect Box</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark224"></a> Network Switch</td>
<td>Refer to <strong><em>Network Switch</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Encoding Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, the number of offline linked cameras, storage status, HDD usage, last inspected time, overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view the status if video loss occurs.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Cameras</strong></p>
<p>The number on the left of the slash represents the number of offline/total cameras linked to the device.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Duration</strong></p>
<p>The column displays offline duration of devices in the format of &#8220;x Day(s) x Hour(s) x Minute(s)&#8221;. If the offline duration is less than one day, the duration will be displayed as &#8220;x Hour(s) x Minute(s) x Second(s)&#8221;. You can click<strong>Offline Duration </strong>to sort devices by offline duration.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click ¡§j in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Encoding Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the encoding devices in all sites.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Encoding Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected encoding device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Camera Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the cameras linked to the device, and then you can view the online/offline status of each camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View HDD Information of DVR</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the HDD information of the DVR, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it, the IP address/domain set for the device is invalid, or DDNS is invalid. You can hover the cursor on the icon, and then apply for the permission from the end user, reconfigure its IP address/domain, or reconfigure DDNS respectively based on the prompts.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring device IP address/domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring DDNS, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Access Control Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, door number, last inspected time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Access Control Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected access control device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark225"></a> Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, remaining battery power, ARC ID, number of abnormal peripheral devices, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 62" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1458"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>Displaying peripheral device&#8217;s remaining power is not supported.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Remote configuration is not supported if the device is armed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c to inspect access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</p>
<p>After <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>is checked, you can check different exceptions (offline, low battery, lid opened, etc.) to display abnormal devices with different exceptions accordingly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark226"></a> Export Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export Abnormal Devices </strong>and the Export Abnormal Alarm Devices page will pop up on the right side. You can export the file to the local PC in Excel or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If 0 appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authenticate or Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that EN50131 Compliant mode has been enabled on the device, or that you have no configuration permission for it. For the former situation, you should hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Authenticate </strong>on the pop-up dialog for authentication before you can view the device status; For the latter situation, you can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Zone and Peripheral Device Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the status of the zones and peripheral devices linked to the security control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Detailed Exceptions</td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific zone to view its detailed exceptions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the site owner and site manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Alarm Device</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected alarm device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Video Intercom Device</p>
<p>You can view the status such as network status and last inspected time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark227"></a> You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Video Intercom Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all video intercom devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>CENote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Doorbell</p>
<p>You can view the information including device model, network status, SD card status, last checked time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Doorbells</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all doorbells.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Doorbell</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected doorbell manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark228"></a> Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If © appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Hik-ProConnect Box</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark229"></a> View information including network status of the box, number of offline channels (cameras) added to the box, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device and Channel Information</td>
<td>Click to view the basic information (e.g., device serial number and device model) and the detailed list of online and offline channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network Switch</p>
<p>View information including network status of the switch (online/offline), the number of online ports of the switch, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can also perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click § in the Operation column to reboot the network switch remotely.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Typology</td>
<td>Click 5 in the Operation column to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Switch Details</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the detailed information of the switch, including the memory usage, CPU usage, POE power, peak POE power, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="348" class="wp-image-2029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 63" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1459" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 8-1 Switch Details</p>
<p>On the Switch Details page, You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Enlarged Port Picture</td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto the switch picture to view the enlarged picture of the ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarm</td>
<td>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restart Port</td>
<td>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extend Port Transmission Range</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</p>
<p><strong>1’Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended from 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark230"></a> View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the status of devices in a specific site which has been assigned to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark232"></a> Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Status page.</li>
<li>Select a specific site from the site list.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the devices in the site will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Filter Data</strong></td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal device(s) only.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the device(s) of which configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device Firmware</strong></td>
<td>If there are device(s) available for upgrade, a number in red will be displayed on <strong>Upgrade </strong>showing the number of upgradable device(s). You can click <strong>Upgrade</strong>, select the upgradable device(s), and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>to upgrade them.</p>
<p>Select a device to view its basic information. If the device firmware is upgradable, you can click <strong>Upgrade </strong>in the Firmware Version field to upgrade it.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Diagnose Devices of the Site</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Health Check </strong>to open the Health Check window, and click <strong>Check Now </strong>to diagnose the devices of the site.</p>
<p>When the checking completed, you can view the status of each device in the site.</p>
<p>For AX PRO security control panel, NVR, and DVR, you can click <strong>View Report </strong>to export the diagnostics report as a PDF file to the local PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Owner Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Owner </strong>to view the Site Owner information, including name, email address, and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Manager Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Manager </strong>to view the Site Manager information, including name, email address and phone number. Up to 100 site managers can be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect Devices in the Sites</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the devices in the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Remote</strong></p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to remotely configure the parameters of the device.</p>
<p>El® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The device should be online, or remote configuration will be unavailable.</li>
<li>For details, see the user manual of the device.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect a Single</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click to inspect it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure IP/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Domain of Encoding Device</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to , and then click <strong>Edit IP/Domain </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s IP/domain. For details about configuring IP/Domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure DDNS</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to © , and then click <strong>Configure DDNS </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s DDNS. For details about configuring DDNS, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Encoding Device Details</strong></td>
<td>You can view the network status, storage status, HDD usage, and overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p>You also click the encoding device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the network status of each camera linked to it. You can click □ and select linked cameras, and then click to view live videos.</p>
<p>If the encoding device is a DVR, you can also view its HDD information, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status, running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view if video loss occurs.</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter its device verification code in the pop-up window before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the camera to the Hik-Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Access</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an access control device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the device status including network status and the number of its linked doors.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Security Control Panel Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a security control panel to view its details, including the basic information of the security control panel, and status of the zones, the linked peripheral devices, and the linked cameras.</p>
<p>The following list shows the description of each status icon.</p>
<ul>
<li>J : Sufficient battery power.</li>
<li><strong>ii </strong>: Insufficient battery power.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>O : Normal strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>© : Weak strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>j&gt; : Alarm triggered.</li>
<li><em>S</em> : Device tampered.</li>
<li>À : Zone bypassed.</li>
<li>A : Trigger exception.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intercom Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a video intercom device to view its basic information and its network status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Doorbell Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a doorbell to view its basic information (including device model, device type, and device serial No.)</p>
<p>If the camera(s) are linked to the doorbell, you can also click a linked camera to view the live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Hik- ProConnect Box Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a Hik-ProConnect box to view its basic information and the channel(s) added to it.</p>
<p>You can also view the online status of the added channel(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Network</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switch Details</strong></td>
<td>The network switches are displayed by card.</p>
<p>Click a switch to view its information, including the device model, device type, device serial No., the time of last inspection, network status, memory usage, CPU usage, PoE Power, peak PoE power in latest 70 days, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor onto the picture of switch to view the enlarged picture of the switch.</p>
<p>Click &#8216;E <strong>Topology </strong>at the top of the page to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click in the Operation column to inspect the device manually.</p>
<p>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</p>
<p>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended to 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark233"></a> Send Report Regularly</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can set up schedules for the platform to generate and send device health check reports to the specified email addresses automatically, so that the recipients can get regular updates on the health status of important devices and compare the report of each period.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the Health Monitoring service.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Scheduled Report </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>All sites available for this feature are shown on the page automatically.</li>
<li>The platform only supports automatically sending health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO security control panels on authorized sites.</li>
<li>Sites without the above-mentioned types of devices or sites that are not authorized to you will NOT be shown on the page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the editing mode.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for a single site, click <strong>Edit </strong>on the right side of a site.</li>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for multiple sites, click <strong>Batch Configure </strong>and then select the sites you want to configure.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Configure the report sending settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be health-checked and included in the report.</p>
<p><strong>Send At</strong></p>
<p>Specify the frequency, date, and time of sending the reports. You can set the frequency to Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Semiannually, or Annually.</p>
<p><strong>Recipient Email Address</strong></p>
<p>Add and edit the email addresses of the recipients.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can check <strong>Site Owner&#8217;s Email </strong>to send a copy of the report to your customer.</li>
<li>Up to 4 email addresses can be added.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Report Language</strong></p>
<p>Choose a language for the report. The report is now available in 39 languages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To enable the settings for one site, switch on <strong>Enable </strong>for the site.</li>
<li>To enable the settings for all sites, switch on <strong>Enable All </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p>The platform will generate and send reports according to the settings.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there are more than three site owners, only the first three can be displayed on the report while the others will be displayed as &#8220;&#8230;&#8221;.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark235"></a> Network Topology</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have added network switch(es) to a site and connected devices to the network switch(es), you can view these devices&#8217; network topology. Network topology displays the network links between devices and shows the link exceptions and abnormal devices, which helps you to locate exception source and troubleshoot faults in a visualized way.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the configuration permission of the network switch, otherwise network topology will be unavailable. For details about applying for the configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you have not activated the health monitoring service for the network switch, some topology functions (e.g., viewing device status on the topology) will be unavailable. For details about activating the heath monitoring service for devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can enter the network topology page in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter the Site page, and then click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>View Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have NOT enabled the Health Monitoring service for the network switch, you can enter the network topology page in this way only.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list, and then select <strong>Network Switch</strong>, and then click ?, in the Operation column in the network switch list.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark237"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select a site from the site list to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Figure 8-2 Network Topology</p>
<p>The following table shows the descriptions of the available operations on network topology.</p>
<p><strong>Table 8-2 Available Operations</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">View Legend</td>
<td>Network Cable</td>
<td>You can click y next to <strong>More </strong>to view the legends.</p>
<p>= Optical Fiber ™ Normal ™ Busy ■ Blocked Disconnected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type fcffj Network Switch</p>
<p>Security Control P</td>
<td>fcvr? Virtual Network Switch <strong>Li-B </strong>Video Intercom Device Access Control Device <strong>FT </strong>Thermal Camera Speed Dome © N</p>
<p>inel Doorbell Hik-ProConnect Box <strong>Iffil </strong>DVR/NVR Unknown Device Type</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Status</p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p><strong>XXX.XXX.XXX.KXX</strong></p>
<p>Normal</td>
<td><strong>TiMR</strong></p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</p>
<p>Abnormal Offline Devices not Under the Site</p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-3 Legend</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Edit Root Node</td>
<td>When multiple network switches are added to a site, the platform will randomly select one of them as the root node by default for</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îtwork Camera</p>
<p>More</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="555" class="wp-image-2030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 64" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">the network topology. If the randomly-selected network switch is not the real root node, you can hover the cursor over the current root node, and then click g to select a network switch as the root node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>£ll£&amp; )</p>
<p>10 18m</td>
<td>E</p>
<p>E84</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Figure 8-4 Edit Root Node</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the topology structure.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>The device status will not be refreshed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display in Cards</td>
<td colspan="3">If you want to view more device status information of all the devices connected to the network switch(es), click <strong>Display in Cards </strong>to display device information in cards.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move Network Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Drag the network topology to move it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom In/Out</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click &#8211; / in the upper left corner to zoom in/out the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adjust Topology Size</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click •&gt; in the upper left corner to fit the topology size into the display window.</p>
<p>You can click : : in the upper left corner to display the topology in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Thumbnail</td>
<td colspan="3">If you have zoomed in the topology to a large scale, you can click æ to show the thumbnail which shows the current cursor location on the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Devices in Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">You can enter the keyword of a device to search for it on the topology. Once the device is found, the topology will pan and zoom automatically to display the found device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>mjHj</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Link Information</td>
<td>You can view link information based on the legends shown in the figure below.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Netw</td>
<td>&gt;rk Cable = Optical Fiber ■ Normal ■■ Busy ™ Blocked (X) Dis</td>
<td>connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 8-5 Link Information Legend</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Link Details</td>
<td></td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific link to view its details, such as the upstream, downstream, port name, and port status.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Apply for Configuration Permission</td>
<td>If you don&#8217;t have the permission to configure a device, a prompt will pop up asking you to apply for the permission first. You can click <strong>Apply for Permission </strong>to apply for it.</p>
<p><strong>0@Note</strong></p>
<p>If you don&#8217;t have the permission, the position of the device in the network topology might be incorrect.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Network Switch Details and Control It</td>
<td>You can click a network switch on the topology to view the information about the network switch, including basic information, device status, and port status.</p>
<p>You can also perform operations such as rebooting the network switch and restarting the port. For details, see <strong><em>Network Switch </em></strong>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot view details of a virtual network switch.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Another Device&#8217;s Details and Configure It</td>
<td>If an online device is connected to the network switch and added to the same site with the network switch, its device icon and device serial number will be displayed. And you can click the device to view its information including the basic information (e.g., device model) and device status (e.g., network status).</p>
<p>You can also click » to configure device parameters.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>• If an unknown device (e.g., a PC) is connected to the network</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>• . 1 • , •III 1» 1 1 J™.«™™-™ Al ■ • • ■</p>
<p>switch, it will be displayed as —— . And you cannot view its information.</p>
<p>• If an online device is connected to the network switch but is NOT added to the same site with the network switch, its serial number displayed will be a randomly-generated virtual serial number. And you cannot view its information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark238"></a> Create a Maintenance Quotation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can create a quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customer. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure your company is authenticated. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Maintenance Quotation </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create Quotation</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the quotation information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Quotation Details</strong></p>
<p>Enter a name for the quotation, and if needed, edit the quotation No. which is generated automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Customer Information</strong></p>
<p>Set the customer information including the name, email, phone number, and address. Enter the information manually, or click <strong>Get from Site </strong>and then select a site from the drop-down list to automatically synchronize the customer (site owner) information.</p>
<p><strong>Item</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Item </strong>to set the quotation items. Add default items (remote maintenance, health check report, on-site maintenance (annual), on-site maintenance (additional), etc.) or custom items. After adding the items, set the device model, unit price, and quantity. The quotation tool will automatically add up the prices of all set items to calculate the total price.</p>
<p><strong>Set Discount</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark240"></a> If needed, enable <strong>Set Discount </strong>and enter the discount percentage to give your customer a discount.</p>
<p><strong>Set VAT Rate</strong></p>
<p>If needed, enable <strong>Set VAT Rate </strong>and enter the VAT rate to include the value-added tax.</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider Information</strong></p>
<p>The service provider information, including the name, email, phone number, address, and company logo, is automatically set according to your company information. Edit the information (except for the company logo) if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Preview/Export </strong>to see how the quotation will be presented and to export it as a PDF file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can create no more than 10 quotations if co-branding is enabled; otherwise, you can only create 3 quotations.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after creating the quotation.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit a quotation.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>^ Delete </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Preview/Export a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Preview/Export</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark241"></a> Search Operation Log</li>
</ol>
<p>All operations information (including operator, operating time, site, operation target and result, etc.) of the employees (referring to Installer Admin and Installers) will be recorded so that you can search the operation log(s) of any employee to make sure what makes the sites wrong.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is not available to authenticated channel partner.</p>
<p>Click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Operation Log </strong>to display the employee list and all the operation logs. You can search logs by employee, site, and time.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Logs of all accounts are available for accounts with the permission for managing account and role. For accounts without permission for managing account and role, they can only view their own logs.</li>
<li>Logs of all sites are available for accounts with the permission for managing all sites. For accounts without permission for managing all sites, they can only view the logs of assigned site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="500" class="wp-image-2031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 65" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 9-1 Search Operation Logs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark243"></a> Notification Center</li>
</ol>
<p>The Notification Center module shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders) and notifications of device/channel exceptions, which help you take reactions in time for the smooth running of the devices. The module also keeps you informed about the new features of the system messages and the latest deals and offers.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark245"></a> Business Notifications</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the Business Notification module, you can receive the device management invitations from Hik- Connect users for device management on Hik-Partner Pro. You can also receive the notifications concerning site sharing with the Maintenance Service Partner (MSP).</p>
<p>Device Management Invitations</p>
<p>Besides receiving the device management invitation from Hik-Connect users through an email, you can also receive it in the Business Notification on Hik-Partner Pro. After accepting the invitation, you will be able to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For details about accepting the invitation, refer to <strong><em>Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</em></strong> .</p>
<p>Site Sharing Notifications</p>
<p>Both the Installer and the MSP can view the notifications concerning site sharing. For Installers, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the customers and/or the MSP. For example, when the MSP accepts or cancels the site sharing, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the MSP, or the customer modifies your and/or the MSP&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For MSPs, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the Installer and/or the customers. For example, when the Installer accepts or cancels the site sharing, the Installer shares a site with you and modifies your device management permissions, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the Installer, or the customer modifies your and/or the Installer&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For details about accepting site sharing, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark106"><strong><em>Accept Site Sharing</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notifications about Work Order for Device Installation</p>
<p>If ARC from HikCentral ReGuard assigns a work order for device installation to the Installer, the message will be displayed in <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark247"></a> The message shows work order name, person who created it, and telephone number. You can handle the work on the Mobile Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark248"></a> Exception Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center shows all the history notifications of device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For Installer Admin, you can view all the exceptions of the devices in all the added sites. For Installers, you can view the exceptions of the devices in the site which has been assigned to you.</li>
<li>Device exception messages can be preserved for up to 90 days.</li>
<li>You need to set the exception rule first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>Notification Center </strong>page. Click <strong>Exception Center </strong>to enter the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>Filter the Exceptions</p>
<p>You can filter the exceptions according to your actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a site in the site list to view the exceptions of the devices in this site. You can also select a device or a channel to view the exceptions occurred on the device or channel.</li>
<li>Set the time period. The exceptions received during this time period will be displayed.</li>
<li>Set the handling result from <strong>All Status</strong>, <strong>Not Handled</strong>, <strong>Solved</strong>, <strong>False Alarm</strong>, and <strong>To Be Checked</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the exception types that you want to check. The exception types include alarm, exception, and operation.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can switch on <strong>Auto-Update </strong>so that the latest exceptions received by the Portal will be displayed in the table in real time.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto-update will be invalid when viewing history records (including records after page 1 and records received before today).</p>
<p>Handle an Exception</p>
<p>When you have solved an exception or you want to mark it for further examinations, you can select the handling result on Hik-Partner Pro. By handling the exceptions, you can better sort the exception list and avoid leaving some exceptions unattended. Your customer (the Site Owner) will also be informed of the handling result on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to handle an exception.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark250"></a> 1. Click <strong>Handle </strong>in the Operation column to show the Handle Exception pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="571" class="wp-image-2032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 66" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-1 Handle Exception</p>
<p>2. Select a handling result in Result. You can select from Solved, To Be Checked, and False Alarm.</p>
<p>3. Click OK to save the changes.</p>
<p>Batch Handle Exceptions</p>
<p>If the handling results of several devices are the same, you can select multiple exception items and click <strong>Batch Handle </strong>to batch handle them.</p>
<p>Jump to Device Health Monitoring</p>
<p>Click <sub>:</sub> v| in the Operation column to jump to the device&#8217;s health monitoring page to troubleshoot the exceptions.</p>
<p>Export Exception Records</p>
<p>After filtering the exceptions, click <strong>Export </strong>and select the format of the file to export these exception records to your local PC.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently, the supported formats of the exported file include CSV, Excel, and PDF.</p>
<p>Open in New Window</p>
<p>Click <strong>Open in New Window </strong>in the upper-right corner to open a new window of the browser to view the Exception Center. With this function, you can view the Exception Center and other pages at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark251"></a> System Messages</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying system messages to keep you informed of any system- related information, including the latest version of the system, newly added features, and successful company authentication. You can view basic information of the messages in the list, including the message type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="235" class="wp-image-2033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 67" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-300x80.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-768x204.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-2 System Messages</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Authentication status includes authentication application submitted, failed, and succeeded only for the way of manual authentication. (Displaying status is not supported for the way of using authentication code.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Only company administrations can receive the status change notifications.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports receiving notifications about work order changes. The changes include when the work order is replied, when the request of closing the work order is initiated, when 7 days passed after the closing request was initiated, and when the work order is automatically closed because 14 days passed after the closing request was initiated.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark253"></a> Deals and Offers</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying notifications of the latest deals and offers (e.g., complimentary service packages). You can view basic information of the notifications in the notification list, including the notification type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the notification content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark255"></a> Project</li>
</ol>
<p>After you register your projects on Hik-Partner Pro, you can not only receive special pricing on essential components, but also receive technical support for your projects.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark257"></a> Create a Project</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Projects can be created by distributors or system integrators/installers. A project contains project information, information about who creates the project, end user information, support information, product information, and project document.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</li>
<li>Click <strong>New Project</strong>.</li>
<li>Fill in the blanks.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If you are a distributor, enter project information, system integrator / installer information, end user information, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
<li>If you are a system integrator / installer, enter project information, distributor information, end user information, support type, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="891" height="559" class="wp-image-2034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 68" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg 891w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-768x482.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 891px) 100vw, 891px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 69" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 70" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 71" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1467"></p>
<p>Figure 11-1 Add Project</p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>For product selection, click <strong>Add ^ </strong>, select products and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
<li>When you select products, you can click y&lt;: to compare products. For details about comparing products, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save &amp; Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The project will be displayed on the Project History page, and the <strong>Status </strong>will be <strong>Waiting for supporter</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>For further operations, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"> <strong><em>View Project History</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark259"></a> Compare Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you select products, you can add multiple products and compare them with their same specifications hidden. In this way, different specifications will be directly displayed and you can choose products as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 72" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1468"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark261"></a> Only products of the same category and subcategory can be compared.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project ^ New Project </strong>, and in the Product Selection part, click to start compare products. You can also click at the right bottom, and add products to compare them.</p>
<p>To start to compare products, select at least two but no more than four products from the comparison list. On the comparison result page, fields that are different are highlighted with a background color. You can switch on <strong>Hide the Same </strong>on the top left to hide parts that are the same and focus only on the differences.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="33" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 73" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1469"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="68" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 74" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1470"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="90" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 75" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1471"></p>
<p><strong>Product Comparison</strong></p>
<p>Hide the same</p>
<p>External interface</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VGA</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface, exten&#8230;</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management</td>
<td>1,100M Ethernet interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COM</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1, for HyperTerminal or UPS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MiniSAS interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Controller Parameters</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>SAS Interface (Upper-level)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDMI</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1, 100M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 11-2 Compare Products</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark262"></a> View Project History</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark264"></a> You can view all projects on the Project History page. You can check the information and perform further operations.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</p>
<p>For Distributors</p>
<p>There are three tabs <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong>, and <strong>Project Supported by Me</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>All</strong></p>
<p>All projects will be displayed under this tab. FW means the project is forwarded to you. S means the project is shared to you. For shared projects, you can only check the information but not quote.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects submitted by you and projects shared to you.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects forwarded to you. You can click <strong>Go to Quote</strong>, enter distributor prices, and click <strong>Save&amp;Send Quote to Customer </strong>to generate a quote and send it to the customer.</p>
<p>Project History</p>
<p><strong>All Project Supported by Hikvision Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>Project Name Status y Registration Number H1K Project Number SI End User Project Suppo&#8230; <strong>0 </strong>Hikvision Sales Operation</p>
<p>12 Draft EP-PRJ-ASIA-10012&#8230; Clone Details Edit</p>
<p><strong>Figure 11-3 Project History for Distributors</strong></p>
<p>For System Integrators / Installers</p>
<p>You can view all projects that you created. In the Operation column, you can click <strong>Quote </strong>and click the document in the Download column of the pop-up window to check the quote list.</p>
<p>Further Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Projects by Status</td>
<td>Click Y in the Status column to filter projects by their status.</p>
<p>Here are some project status types.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Draft: The project is only saved but not submitted.</li>
<li>Waiting for supporter: The project is submitted but not yet processed.</li>
<li>Processing: The project is currently being processed by Hikvision.</li>
<li>Approved: It is only available in some countries and regions. It suggests that the project be approved.</li>
<li>More Info Required: Hikvision needs more information to decide whether to approve the project.</li>
<li>Ineligible: The project is rejected by Hikvision. You can check the comments for why the project is rejected.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Close Project </strong>and select among <strong>Close Won</strong>, <strong>Close Lost</strong>, and <strong>Closed Canceled</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Closed Won: It means the project is closed won, and you can enter Closed Won Amount and upload Purchase Order Document to accept the quote and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Lost: It means the quote of the project is rejected, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Canceled: It means the project is canceled and closed, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Copy Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Project</td>
<td>If the status turns to More Info Required or the project is only saved but not submitted, you can click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the project details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark265"></a> Case</li>
</ol>
<p>If you have any issues related to hardware, software, device password reset, etc., you can get professional help from our technical support via Case. On the Case page, you can submit cases to report your issues to us and follow up on the cases you submitted.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is only available for some countries and regions.</li>
<li>This feature is available only if your company is authenticated.</li>
<li>All employee accounts of an authenticated company have the permission to use this feature.</li>
</ul>
<p>The methods to access Case are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Support ^ Case </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Case </strong>on the right side of the dashboard.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Case page will be opened in a new tab page.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark267"></a> Submit Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter different information for submitting Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, Hik- Partner Pro Case, and Dedicated Customer Service Case.</p>
<p>Submit different types of cases as needed.</p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, and Hik-Partner Pro Case are only available to some countries and regions.</li>
<li>For device password reset, please submit cases on the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Some installers can submit Dedicated Customer Service Case for focused troubleshooting from technical support.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Hardware Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit hardware product cases for issues related to operations, configurations, or faults.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hardware Products </strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark270"></a> Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="497" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 76" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-1 Submit Hardware Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the device serial No. You can click to see where to find the serial No.</p>
<p><strong>Firmware Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the version number and build number. You can click to see where to find the firmware version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>E2@Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details (software name, software version, network type, etc.) to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</li>
<li>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</li>
<li>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Software Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit software product cases for issues related to Hik-Connect and iVMS-4200.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Software Products </strong>, and select Hik-Connect/iVMS-4200 as the software name.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="529" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 77" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1473" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-768x455.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-2 Submit Software Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Software Name</strong></p>
<p>The software name is predefined and cannot be edited.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the software version. You can click to see where to find the software version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>How did it occur?</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Phone/PC Operating System and Version</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 72 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Information About the Related Hikvision Devices</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format. No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed. The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark272"></a> Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit Hik-Partner Pro cases for issues related to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hik-Partner Pro </strong>, and select an issue type from the supported ones.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="557" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 78" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-3 Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to Hikvision&#8217;s technicians for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the technicians when it is necessary for them to log in to your account for troubleshooting.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>This field is not available for the following issue types: Code Scanning and Reward Point Market, Solution and Project, and Others.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Other Contacts</strong></p>
<p>Enter the email address of other contacts.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark274"></a> Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can report the issues found when using Hik-Partner Pro to us by submitting dedicated customer service cases. We will respond to your case and provide support according to your case severity and language. Submitting dedicated customer service cases is only available for some installers, for focused troubleshooting from technical support.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have more function-related requirements or improvement suggestions, you can give your feedback. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Case </strong>on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="562" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 79" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-4 Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a title for your case.</li>
<li>Select the language.</li>
</ol>
<p>The language options vary according to the country/region of your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the case severity.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Critical Business Down</strong></p>
<p>Main functions which are critical to your business, such as logging in to the platform, creating sites, adding devices, receiving alarms, and handing over sites, are unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Business Impaired</strong></p>
<p>Main functions work properly, but there are other function-related issues such as batch LAN configuration not working, probabilistic failure of remote configuration, and connection failure of some devices.</p>
<p><strong>Functional Defects</strong></p>
<p>There are some functional defects which do not affect your business or only affect your business slightly, such as wrong words on the page and high response latency.</p>
<p>To get our rapid response when you have an urgent issue, select the case severity objectively.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the issue description.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You&#8217;re recommended to refer to the items listed on the page to describe the issue in detail. If the issue is difficult to describe with words, you can put links to related videos in the issue description and attach pictures below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set whether to provide the authorization code for the technical support staff for troubleshooting.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about the authorization code, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click to upload screenshots or error information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the link for accessing files on network disk.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select Case or Phone Number as Contact Information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you select the latter, select the country/region code and enter the contact number.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the email addresses of other contacts.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark276"></a> 12.2 View and Handle Case Records</p>
<p>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, view replies to a case, reply to a case, and close a case.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark278"></a> Go to the Case page and click <strong>Case Records </strong>on the left.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 12-1 Available Operations on Case Records Page</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View All Submitted Cases</td>
<td>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, including the case ID, created time, case title, case type, and case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Case Details</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page to view the case creator, issue description, replies from technical support, request from the technical support for closing the case, case status updates, and so on.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>You will be notified via emails and push notifications on the Mobile Client if there are new replies or updates of case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reply to Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page. Click <strong>Reply </strong>on the bottom right corner, enter the reply content, and add attachments in the Reply section. Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to submit your reply to the current case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page, and click <strong>Close Case </strong>on the bottom right corner to close the case after your issue is solved. You can rate our services and give your comment when closing the case.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case will be closed automatically if you do not reply within 14 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark279"></a> Return Materials Authorization</li>
</ol>
<p>Return material authorization (RMA) is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. The process is firstly Installers can initiate RMA applications, and distributors can repair the defected products after receiving applications. Finally the products will be returned after they are repaired and debugged.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark281"></a> Submit RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register an RMA request for exchanging or repairing goods. After registration, you can check real-time status of the requests.</p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add products.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>You can input the serial number of the products of interest, click <strong>Add</strong>, and enter fault description and reference. Click <strong>Add Attachment </strong>to add attachments if there are any.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Download Template</strong>, enter information of multiple products, and click <strong>Upload Serial List </strong>to batch upload products.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It should be a Hikvision product sold in the current country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>After all products are added, click <strong>Next </strong>to select shipping information.</li>
<li>Select shipping information.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that support cross-distributor repair, if the distributor is identified according to the serial number, the distributor will be automatically selected. If not identified, you need to click <strong>Change Shipping Address </strong>to choose a distributor by yourself. After choosing a distributor, the distributor and product information will show up in the list.</li>
</ul>
<p>By default, the selected repair station is the nearest one. You can also select among all stations of all distributors in the country.</p>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that do not support cross-distributor repair, the system will identify the distributor according to the serial number. The default choice is the nearest location of the distributor. If the distributor can not be identified according to the serial number, then the product can not be added.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark283"></a> Check the information in the list, and click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Whether your application is submitted successfully or not is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Operation </strong>Description</p>
<p><strong>Download Document </strong>Click RMA number to download document.</p>
<p><strong>Back to Menu </strong>Click <strong>Back to Menu </strong>to check details and track status.</p>
<p><strong>Create More </strong>Click <strong>Create More </strong>to add more applications.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark284"></a> View RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After an RMA application is submitted, you can view its status and perform further operations.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>, and the successfully submitted applications are displayed in the list.</p>
<p>You can perform the operations as needed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for RMA Applications</td>
<td>You can search for an application by its Reference Number, RMA Number, Date, Application Number, and Serial Number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter by Status</td>
<td>Click v , and select among Saved, Unreceived, In Repair, Waiting For Customer Response, Ready for Shipment, and Completed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Detail </strong>to view application details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Download Document</td>
<td>Click <strong>Download Document </strong>to download the application file.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark286"></a> Order &amp; Promotion</li>
</ol>
<p>The Order &amp; Promotion module supports viewing information of regular products, hot products, and promotional products that are discounted or are put on clearance. You can search for and select products to place an order or submit your product order by uploading a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The module is only available to authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark288"></a> View and Search for Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for products and view detailed product information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters.</p>
<p>Under the B2B tab of the Order &amp; Promotion module, you can view information of hot products and the products you have recently viewed. You can also view information of the regular products or promotional products (e.g., discount products, clearance products, etc.) by selecting the corresponding tabs under the navigation bar. You can filter the products by product category and search for specific products by product name or model.</p>
<p>Click a product to view its detailed information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters. If needed, you can add a product to Favorites by hovering over it and clicking .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="553" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 80" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-1 Product Information Details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 81" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1477"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can find the products you have added to Favorites later in <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Favorite ^ B2B Product </strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark290"></a> Create an Order</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can place an order by adding products to the shopping cart, selecting the products you need for checkout, and entering the required shipping information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark292"></a> Besides adding products to the shopping cart, you can also submit an order by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template via <strong>Order Upload</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="350" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 82" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1478" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-2 Ways for Accessing Order Upload</p>
<ol>
<li>View or search for the products to be ordered.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>Hover over a product of interest, set the quantity to be ordered, and click <strong>Add to Cart</strong>. Repeat this step to add multiple products to your shopping cart as needed.</li>
<li>Click J<sup>1</sup> on the right to go to your shopping cart.</li>
<li>Select the products to be ordered, adjust the quantity for each product if needed, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>On the Check Order Information page, enter your shipping/billing address, select a preferred shipping method, and confirm the order details (quantity to be ordered, total cost, etc.).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can also set a preferred future date of delivery and upload a project register form if needed.</li>
<li>If you have entered a shipping/billing address before, check whether the address information displayed on the page is correct.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can track the status of the submitted order via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order ^ My Order </strong>. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark293"></a> View My Orders</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After submitting an order, you can track the status of your order, perform operations such as canceling or reordering as needed, and view related information such as invoices and transaction records.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark295"></a> The following order related information can be accessed via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="393" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 83" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-768x338.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-3 Order Related Information of Your Company</p>
<p>My Order Page</p>
<p>On the My Order page, you can view your orders by different status (e.g., In Review, Confirmed, Fully Delivered, Completed, etc.) and click an order to view the order details, including the products selected, total cost, and shipping related information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 84" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1480"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The My Order page can also be accessed via the In Review and Undelivered Order tabs displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="339" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 85" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1481" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-768x294.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-4 Another Way for Accessing the My Order Page</p>
<p>If needed, you can click <strong>Export </strong>to export the list of orders to your local PC, click <strong>Order Upload </strong>to submit an order using a predefined template, click &#8212; next to an order No. to copy the order No., or click to reorder the same products of an order. To cancel ordering a product, click an order to enter the order details page, and click <strong>Cancel </strong>next to the product.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The ordering of products that are fully delivered or the stock clearance / combo discount products are not allowed to be canceled.</p>
<p>My Invoice Page</p>
<p>On the My Invoice page, you can search for and view invoices of your past orders and export the list of invoices if needed.</p>
<p>My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>On the My E-Wallet page, you can view your E-Wallet balance and transaction records, and search for specific records as needed.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also click the E-Wallet balance displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module to access your E-Wallet.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="341" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 86" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1482" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-768x295.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-5 Another Way for Accessing the My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>Financial Report Page</p>
<p>On the Financial Report page, you can view details of your credit status, account payable balance, and basic information of the invoices.</p>
<p>Stock List Page</p>
<p>On the Stock List page, you can view and search for stock related information of your products and export the full stock list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<p>Price List Page</p>
<p>On the Price List page, you can view and search for price related information of all products and export the full price list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark296"></a> Value-Added Services</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides multiple value-added services for you to better serve your customers, including the health monitoring service, cloud attendance service, cloud storage service, people counting service, temperature screening service, alarm receiving center service, HikCentral Connect service, co-branding service, and employee account add-on.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Most of value-added services are only available in certain countries and regions. For more information, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</li>
<li>Only the cloud storage service is supported by the solar camera.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark298"></a> Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers a free package containing a series of basic features such as viewing device online status once you complete account registration. In some cases, for the capacity and functionality limitation of the free package, these basic features are insufficient for you to satisfy higher level needs of your customers (i.e., end users), such as their need for the maintenance of a large number of devices.</p>
<p>Compared with the free package, the health monitoring package not only allows you to add more devices to Hik-Partner Pro, but also monitor the health status of your customers&#8217; devices and configure other value-added features. You can access the health monitoring service by purchasing health monitoring packages in the Service Market.</p>
<p>The following table shows the differences between the free package and the health monitoring package.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions where the health monitoring service is currently free, the details of the health monitoring package might be different from the information displayed in the table below. Refer to the distributors or after-sales in these countries and regions for details.</p>
<p>Table 15-1 Differences Between Free Package and Health Monitoring Package</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adding Devices</td>
<td rowspan="5">• Supported</p>
<p>• Manageable Devices: 1024</td>
<td rowspan="5">
<ul>
<li>Supported</li>
<li>Manageable Devices: More than 1024 based on the package you purchase.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; Device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Applying for Authorization</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Viewing Device Online Status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark300"></a> Remote Configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View/Playback/ Downloading Video</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Firmware Remote Upgrade</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Exception Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Employee Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Employees Accounts: 4</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>You can get 4 employee accounts for free only when purchasing the health monitoring service for the first time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Role/Permission Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searching Operation Logs of Employees</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark301"></a> Purchase Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the health monitoring service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the health monitoring service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Purchasing the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark303"></a> In the Health Monitoring Package area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Health Monitoring Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select service packages and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Annual Package sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annal Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to view your health monitoring packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark309"><strong><em>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark304"></a> Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After purchasing health monitoring packages, you can use them to activate the health monitoring service for specific devices. Once the service is activated, features such as device health monitoring and device exception notifications will be available for these devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased health monitoring packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark306"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the firmware version of a device is obsolete, or its device type cannot be recognized by Hik- Partner Pro, activating health monitoring service for the device is not supported</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page in one of the following ways.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Choice 1: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 2: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 3: Go to the site details page, and then hover the cursor onto n on the device card, and then click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the pop-up dialog.</li>
<li>Choice 4: Go to the site details page, and then click a device to show the device details panel, and then hover the cursor onto Fl on the panel and click <strong>Activate Service</strong></li>
<li>Choice 5: Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page after adding detected online devices or adding a device by Hik-Connect (P2P). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Activate Health Monitoring Service page will be displayed as one of the following two figures show.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="456" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 87" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1483" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-1 Select Devices to Activate Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="561" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 88" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1484" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88-300x285.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-2 Activate Health Monitoring Service for One Selected Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Skip this step if you enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page as <a href="#post-1966-bookmark307"><strong><em>Figure 15-2</em></strong> </a>shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the activation type.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The number you set represents the number of months/years that the service lasts for each selected device.</li>
<li>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase more. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Use All Device Package Only</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, you can only select All Device Packages (All Device Monthly Package and All Device Annual Package) for network cameras to activate the service for them.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Renewal</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark307"></a> When enabled, if the service for a device expires, the service will be automatically renewed using the same service package in previous activation. For example, assume that you activated a 1-month health monitoring service for a NVR using an All Device Monthly Package on 5/14/2021, the 1-month service will be automatically renewed using another All Device Monthly Package on 6/14/2021.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>After the health monitoring service is activated for devices, the notifications of all exceptions will be enabled by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to the site details page, and then click a device with the service activated to show the device details panel, and then perform the following operations if needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Renew the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the service for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Transfer the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Transfer </strong>to open the Transfer Health Monitoring Service window, and then select a device to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Auto Renewing the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Auto Renewal </strong>to Open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your health monitoring service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, service transfer, service auto renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to enter the health monitoring service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="401" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 89" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-768x347.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-3 Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark309"></a> On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-2 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>View used number and remaining number of each type of heath monitoring packages.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"> <strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>View Expiration and Auto Renewal Information</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of devices whose health monitoring services expire in 30 days.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expired</strong>: The number the devices whose health monitoring services have expired.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expired </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Devices with Auto Renewal</strong>: The number of devices for which you have enabled service auto-renewal.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Devices with Auto Renewal </strong>to view these devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Devices or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, or Expired) from the drop-down list to filter devices.</p>
<p>Or enter key words to search for matched devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Activate Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service </strong>to activate the heath monitoring service for specific devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Batch Renew Service for Devices</td>
<td>Select devices and then click <strong>Batch Renew </strong>to renew the service for the selected devices.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Renew Service for a Device</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew service for a device.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Transfer Service</td>
<td>Click £ in the Operation column to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to another.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Enable Service Auto Renewal</td>
<td>Click (si in the Operation column to open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewing the health monitoring service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark310"></a> 15.2 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers only one Installer Admin account for your company to manage resources in the system. Although sometimes, several employee accounts will be given as gifts to you in some activities, it may still not meet your requirements. So if you want to invite more employees to join Hik-Partner Pro to work collaboratively for providing better service for your customers, you can purchase the employee account add-on online in the Service Market in Hik-Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the employee account add-on by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>In the Employee Account Add-On area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Employee Account Add-On page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark312"></a> If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 90" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1486" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-4 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>3. Select type(s) of add-on and set the number of employee accounts that you want to purchase.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>An <strong>1/Year</strong>, <strong>5/Year</strong>, or <strong>25/Year </strong>add-on can be used to invite 1, 5, or 25 employee accounts which will expire after one year.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Check your purchasing information and click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>15.3 Cloud Attendance Service</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark313"></a> The cloud attendance service provides a cloud-based and all-in-one solution for access control and attendance management in various businesses. You can create cloud attendance systems for your customers, so that your customers, such as managers of small organizations or human resource director, can configure the system on the Hik-Connect portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ) and use it to manage the attendance of the employees.</p>
<p>Employees of your customers can check in or check out via the devices configured in the cloud attendance system. With the Hik-Connect Mobile Client V4.13.0 or later, the employees can control doors and check attendance records on their mobile phones.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The cloud attendance service is only supported in some countries and regions currently. You might fail to find related functionality due to its unavailability in your country or region. If you need related functionality, please feel free to contact the local distributor or our branch office.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark315"></a> Flow Chart for Setting the Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting cloud attendance service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="886" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 91" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg 515w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91-174x300.jpeg 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-5 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-3 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add MinMoe Access Control Devices to Hik-Partner Pro</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to site(s) which are owned by the same customer. For details about adding devices to Hik- Partner Pro, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Cloud Attendance System to a Site</td>
<td>Add a cloud attendance system to a specific site. The cloud attendance system is used for grouping and managing MinMoe</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>access control devices. For details about adding the system, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>Activate the cloud attendance service for the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cloud Attendance Devices to the System</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After completing the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer and so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover and approving activating the cloud attendance service on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later), they will be able to set access levels and attendance rules for their employees via the Hik- Connect Portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ), and their employees will be able to use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to check their attendance records.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark317"></a> Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the cloud attendance service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the cloud attendance service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the left navigation, click <strong>Service ^ Service Market </strong>to enter the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark319"></a> In the Cloud Attendance area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Cloud Attendance Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the service packages (purchase by month or by year), and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>The service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>12 * Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>12 Cloud Attendance Packages sold as a batch.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The price of the package changes when you purchase different numbers of packages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to view your cloud attendance packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark325"><strong><em>Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark320"></a> 15.3.3 Add Cloud Attendance System</p>
<p>You can add a cloud attendance system for a site to set up the basic attendance management environment for the Site Owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Select the site where you want to add the cloud attendance system.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Cloud Attendance System</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the system.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is inactivated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate the cloud attendance service for the site.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark322"></a> Click <strong>Free Trial</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 92" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1488"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view the trial capacity of the service (25 persons) and the expiry date.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you need to expand and renew the service, click <strong>Expand &amp; Renew</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="532" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 93" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1489" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-6 Cloud Attendance Service Expansion &amp; Renewal</p>
<p>1) Set the number of person(s) to be added.</p>
<p>2) Set the month(s) to be renewed.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of cloud attendance service packages needed after the service is expanded and renewed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>in the upper-right corner to purchase more.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>or <strong>Edit </strong>to add access control devices to the cloud attendance system or edit the devices.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To add the devices in the current site to the system, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>To add the devices in the other sites that belong to the same Site Owner, click <strong>Add Other Sites&#8217; Devices</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure to switch on <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>for the devices.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Hand over the site to the Site Owner and inform the Site Owner to accept the cloud attendance service permission application. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark323"></a> 15.3.4 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your cloud attendance service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to enter the cloud attendance service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="334" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 94" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1490" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-7 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-4 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View used number and remaining number of each type of cloud attendance packages.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark325"></a> 2</td>
<td>View Expiration Information</td>
<td>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expire in 30 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</p>
<p>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expired.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Cloud Attendance Systems or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, Expired, or Trial) from the drop-down list to filter cloud attendance systems.</li>
<li>Enter keywords (of cloud attendance system name, site name, or site owner name) to search for the matched cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Renew Service</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew the service.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark326"></a> 15.4 Cloud Storage Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers cloud storage solution for the event-related video footage, which refers to the video footage recorded when a pre-defined event is detected by the channel of an encoding device.</p>
<p>After you add a cloud storage device to the platform and complete cloud storage settings, the device will function as the transmission medium by uploading the event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud. The uploaded video footage will be retained for 7 days, 30 days, 90 days, 180 days, or 365 days on the cloud, basing on the types of the cloud storage service packages purchased from the service market.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark328"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark330"></a> The flow charts below shows the recommended procedures for using cloud storage service by Hik- Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, NVR that supports cloud storage, and solar camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your DVR/NVR does not support cloud storage, you should use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR/NVR upload footage to the cloud, and the flow chart is the same as that for the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p>Flow Chart for Hik-Partner Pro Box</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="1024" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 95" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1491" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95-173x300.jpeg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-5 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cameras/NVRs/DVRs to a Site</td>
<td>Add cameras, NVRs, or DVRs to a site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro Box to the Same Site</td>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to the same site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>QU Note</strong></p>
<p>For the Hik-Partner Pro box added by IP/Domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the Hik-Partner Pro. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Add Channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro Box: Add channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box to allow the latter to get video footage data from the channel(s).</li>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Œ Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 96" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1492" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-8 Flow Chart for DVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-6 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a DVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the DVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the DVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the DVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main-stream or sub-stream) for the channel(s). And set event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 97" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-9 Flow Chart for NVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-7 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add an NVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add an NVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the NVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the NVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>storage?</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the NVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>° If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H.264+ / H. 265+ encoding.</p>
<p>° If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<p>• Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="925" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 98" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1494" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98-192x300.jpeg 192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-10 Flow Chart for Solar Camera</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-8 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Solar Camera to a Site</td>
<td>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the solar camera. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Set Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Storage for Solar Camera</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main stream or sub-stream) for the channel. And set the event that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel: Enable cloud storage for the channel of the solar camera.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel: Activate cloud storage service for the channel using the purchased cloud storage service package(s). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>There are seven types of cloud storage service packages, namely, 7-Day Monthly Package, 7-Day Annual Package, 30-Day Monthly Package, 30-Day Annual Package, 90-Day Annual Package, 180- Day Annual Package, and 365-Day Annual Package. You should purchase the cloud storage service from the service market before using it.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark331"></a> The cloud storage service is available for purchase only if your company is authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>under <strong>Value-Added Services</strong>.</li>
<li>In the Cloud Storage area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the purchasing page.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the seven types of cloud storage service packages and their corresponding prices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click /x or manually enter a number to define the number of the packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can purchase one or more packages at a time. The validity period of the service is one year after purchase, and thus you should activate the service within the validity period.</li>
<li>The number before &#8220;Day&#8221; (e.g. 7-Day, 30-Day, 90-Day, etc.) refers to the retention period of the event-related video footage on the cloud. <strong>Monthly </strong>and <strong>Annual </strong>refer to how long the service will last after activation.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For example, if you select <strong>7-Day Monthly Package</strong>, the video footage can be saved on the cloud storage for 7 days, and it will be covered by new video footage from the 8th day. After activation, the service will last for a month.</p>
<p>The selected service package(s) will be displayed on the right side of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>to view the service package(s) you have purchased.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark333"></a> Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you complete adding a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), adding channels, channel resolution settings, event settings, and activating cloud storage service. When you complete all these settings, the Hik- Partner Pro box will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark335"></a> If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the Hik-Partner Pro box by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Add Channel </strong>when test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Add Channel window will pop up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="976" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 99" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1495" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-272x300.jpeg 272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-768x846.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-11 Add Channel Window</p>
<p>4. Add channel(s) to Hik-Partner Pro box to enable cloud storage functionality for them.</p>
<p>1) Select a device (e.g., NVR and network camera) from the drop-down list on the Add Channel window.</p>
<p>The channels of the device will be displayed. And you can click Device Information to view or edit the device information, including device IP address, port No., device user name, and password.</p>
<p>Mil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The IP addresses of the devices and the Hik-Partner Pro box should be on the same LAN.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on the switch(es) to add specific channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box so as to enable their cloud storage functionality.</li>
<li>Enter the information of the device to which the channel belongs, including IP address, port No., user name, and password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, which displays the channel(s) already added to the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="432" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 100" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1496" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-12 Cloud Storage Settings Page</p>
<p>5. Set resolution of the footage to be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>&#8211; Select Standard Definition or High Definition from the drop-down list according to the recommended resolution displayed on the Cloud Storage Settings page (if you have done network test).</p>
<p><strong>CilNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click Z , and then select a resolution (1080P, <em>720P,</em> 4CIF, or CIF) from the drop-down list in the pop-up window, and then set the bit rate according to the recommendation shown on the pop-up window.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event(s) that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record event-related video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Edit or delete a specific channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Channel </strong>Click • * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the settings of the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Channel </strong>Click « * * ^ ® to delete the channel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>to switch channel to use the activated service.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark336"></a> 15.4.4 Set Cloud Storage for NVR</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for an NVR and its linked channels. When you complete the settings, the NVR will be able to upload event-related footage of its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p>Do I need a Hik-Partner Pro Box to enable cloud storage function for an NVR?</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR supports cloud storage, there is no need for a Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ul>
<p>This feature requires device capability. Refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em> for a complete list of supported models.</p>
<p>See the next section for instructions.</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro Box to help the NVR upload footage to the cloud.</li>
</ul>
<p>See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud storage?</p>
<p>Select the NVR&#8217;s site, and then select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab. Click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>to</p>
<p>set up cloud storage for the NVR and its channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="396" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 101" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1497" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-13 Cloud Storage</p>
<p>When setting up the cloud storage, you need to read and follow the recommendations for the resolution, bit rate, and number of the channels at the top of the page.</p>
<p>(T) 1, Based on the cunent network condition, it is recommended that you set no more than 7 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1920’1080, or set no more than 9 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1280’720, or set no more than 15 cloud storage channels) with the resolution of 704’576</p>
<ol>
<li>To use the cloud storage service, set the events for the channel according to your needs, including motion detection, intrusion detection, and line crossing detection, and then enable Notify Surveillance Center.</li>
<li>After enabling uploading video to cloud storage, the device will not support H.264+, H.265+, or network camera connection (except those accessed by disabling analog channels). The resolution cannot be 8 MP,</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="509" height="122" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 102" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1498" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg 509w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102-300x72.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="20" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 103" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1499"></p>
<p>Max. Channels: 2 Cloud Storage Enabled: 1</p>
<p>Available Bandwidth (Latest Tested) 7888 kbps Bandwidth Required (Estimated)256 kbps</p>
<p>Cloud Storage Service: Not Enabled</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-14 Cloud Storage Settings</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark338"></a> The steps are similar to those of setting up cloud storage for a Hik-Partner Pro Box. You can refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for information on the video resolution, event settings, and service activation.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H. 264+ / H.265+ encoding.</li>
<li>If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark339"></a> 15.4.5 Set Cloud Storage for DVR</p>
<p>When you complete adding a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), event settings, stream type settings, enabling cloud storage for the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage, and activating cloud storage service for the channels. When you complete all these settings, the DVR that supports cloud storage will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your DVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR upload footage to the cloud. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the DVR that supports cloud storage, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding a DVR that supports cloud storage, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the DVR that supports cloud storage by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you completes adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark341"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>You enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which all the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel. <strong>dlNote</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub stream are displayed below the drop-down list. Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the events that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage functionality for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>If it is the first time you enable cloud storage for a channel of the DVR that supports cloud storage, the DVR will be automatically rebooted. Please wait patiently until it completes rebooting and then open its settings panel to complete the steps below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot. After that, the event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>When cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you cannot turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for the channel by default.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the DVR that supports cloud storage in the device list to open its settings panel, and then click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the settings of its channels.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for all of its channels, the DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark342"></a> 15.4.6 Set Cloud Storage for Solar Camera</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for a solar camera when adding the solar camera to a site. When you complete the settings, the solar camera will be able to upload event-related footage of its channel to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when adding a solar camera, you can go to the site to which the solar camera is added to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
<li>For a complete list of supported solar camera models, refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding solar cameras, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the solar camera, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark344"></a> Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting the cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>A pop-up window indicating the time remaining for waking up the solar camera will appear before entering the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which the channel of the solar camera is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Network Test page, click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub-Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub-stream are displayed next to the drop-down list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event that will trigger the video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported by solar cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>After the cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you will not be able to disable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The event-related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark345"></a> Network Test</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When your network bandwidth is limited, you can only enable cloud storage for a limited number of channels, otherwise video loss may occur. To avoid such a risk, you can perform network test. Based on your network conditions, the result of network test shows the maximum number of channel(s) with cloud storage enabled and the recommended resolution setting for each channel, helping you to set cloud storage in the way that utilize the limited network bandwidth to the largest extent.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It takes about one minute to test the network.</p>
<p>You can click the cloud storage device in the device list to open the device settings panel, and then click <strong>^ Start </strong>to start network test.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark347"></a> Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the cloud storage service page for a site, you can view the service status of channels of the cloud storage device(s) added to the site. If cloud storage service is not activated for a certain channel, you need to activate the service before using the feature. If the service activated for a channel is about to expire or has already expired, you can renew the service for the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added cloud storage device(s) to the site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For a device which doesn&#8217;t support the Hik-Connect service, you need to add it to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of a Hik-Partner Pro Box first, and then activate the cloud storage service for channels of the device. See <strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> for details about how to add this type of devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Open the Activate / Renew Cloud Storage Service window.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If cloud storage service is not enabled for any of the channels of the cloud storage device, click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>first, select an online device from the list, enable <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for a device channel, and click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark349"></a> If a cloud storage device has at least one channel with cloud storage service enabled, its linked channels and their service status will be displayed on the page. In the Operation column of a channel, click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate the service for the channel, or click <strong>Renew Service </strong>to renew the service for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="1106" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 104" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1500" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-240x300.jpeg 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-820x1024.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-768x959.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-15 Activate Cloud Storage Service Window</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the available packages which you have purchased. You can also click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages if needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate or renew the cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Service Package</strong>, select a package type, and click /x (or manually enter a number) to set the number of package(s) to be used.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key</strong>, and enter the 16-character service key.</li>
</ul>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Finish activating or renewing the cloud storage service.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For activating cloud storage service, click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li>For renewing cloud storage service, click <strong>Renew</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>After activating or renewing the service, you can view the package type and expiry date of the service activated for each channel.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark350"></a> 15.4.9 View Cloud Storage Details</p>
<p>You can view details of the cloud storage service, including the number of used and remaining service packages and the details (such as the expiry date and status) of service activated for channels of the cloud storage devices. You can also perform operations such as renewing the service for further use.</p>
<p>You can enter the cloud storage details page via the following two methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, find the cloud storage service block, and click <strong>Details</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="372" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 105" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1501" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-768x322.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-16 Cloud Storage Service Details Page</p>
<p>On the cloud storage details page, you can have an overall view of the cloud storage service packages that you have purchased and used, view the status of the service activated for different channels, and perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Filter: </strong>Click to filter the channels of cloud storage devices according to the service status (expire soon or expired).</li>
<li><strong>Search: </strong>Enter a keyword (name of device, site, or site owner) in the search box to search for and view the service status of specific channels.</li>
<li><strong>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package: </strong>Click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>on the upper right corner of the page to purchase more cloud storage service packages as needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Renew Cloud Storage Service: </strong>For the service that will expire soon, click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the cloud storage service. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark352"></a> 15.5 HCC Services</p>
<p>HCC services refer to the enterprise-user services offered by the HikCentral Connect (HCC) system, which provides a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. An HCC system includes three subsystems, namely the Video Management System (VMS), on-board monitoring system, and alarm detection system, offering video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service respectively.</p>
<p>See the following sections for more information about HCC services.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark355"><strong><em>Introduction to the Services of HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>HCC System User Types</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark354"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>Clients for Accessing HCC</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</p>
<p>HCC systems can be created on Hik-Partner Pro by installers like you and handed over to an enterprise user of HCC. To hand over a system, an email containing a super user account and an initial password will be sent to your customer for logging in to the HCC system. If there are devices added to the HCC system, the devices will be handed over together with the system. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"><strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"> <strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 106" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1502" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-17 How an HCC System Is Created on Hik-Partner Pro and Handed Over</p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves and added to Hik- Partner Pro for installers like you to purchase/activate value-added services for them. To complete the account linking process, HCC super users will need to give their account information (i.e., email address of the system owner) to you, who can then send an account linking request to them using the information. Refer to <em>Link with HCC Account</em> for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="468" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 107" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1503" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-768x406.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-18 How an HCC System Is Created and Added to Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>Introduction to the Services of HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-9 Services of HCC</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Management Service</td>
<td>The video management service provides video monitoring features such as live view, playback, and cloud storage. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of video resources.</li>
<li>Centralized monitoring anywhere anytime via the live view in 64- window division mode.</li>
<li>Convenient evidence search via simultaneous playback of up to 16 channels.</li>
<li>Receiving multiple types of alarm notifications and handling/marking important ones.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
<li>Convenient event backtrack via detailed logs.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark355"></a> On-Board Monitoring Service</td>
<td>The on-board monitoring service provides features such as vehicle management, real-time vehicle locating, and driving monitoring. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of vehicles after connecting them to the cloud.</li>
<li>Viewing real-time locations of vehicles via GPS positioning.</li>
<li>Live view and playback via cameras mounted in/on vehicles.</li>
<li>Playing back vehicle tracks and viewing related footage.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Detection Service</td>
<td>The alarm detection service provides features such as real-time monitoring of partition (area) status and resource arming controls. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Professional security services with the use of security control devices.</li>
<li>Multiple ways of arming/disarming partitions (areas).</li>
<li>Assigning different operation permissions for better teamwork.</li>
<li>Handling alarms from partitions (areas) and zones directly on the map.</li>
<li>Linkage between alarms and videos for you to check the situation in time.</li>
<li>Features for maintenance which help you to manage alarm detection systems easily.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>HCC System User Types</p>
<p>Table 15-10 User Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Super User</td>
<td>The enterprise user who accepts a ready-to-use HCC system handed over from installers like you or self-registers an HCC account and plays the role of the initial administrator of HCC. The super user has full access to the resources and features of HCC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Normal User</td>
<td>All other users of HCC except the super user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Clients for Accessing HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-11 Portal and Mobile Client</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark356"></a> Portal</td>
<td>Portal for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to manage resources and perform related configurations and operations. All the video management features, on-board</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>monitoring features, and alarm detection features are available on the Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to use the video management features, on-board monitoring features, and alarm detection features such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, track playback, and arming control of security control partitions (areas) or zones.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark357"></a> Purchase HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase HCC service packages online or activate the services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact a local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market </strong>.</li>
<li>In the Value-Added Services area, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country/region supports activating by service key and you have purchased a service key from a distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to activate the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the number of the service packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Each type of services (video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection) is offered in both monthly and annual packages.</li>
<li>You can also purchase cloud storage service packages along with the video management service packages for enabling cloud storage service for your video management channels. To do so, check the checkbox displayed under each type of video management service packages and set the number of each type of packages according to your needs.</li>
<li>The number set for each type of service packages and the total price (tax included) will be displayed on the right under <strong>Currently Selected </strong>for you to confirm before checkout.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed on the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>to view your HCC service packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark361"><strong><em>Manage Your HCCServices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark359"></a> Manage Your HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your HCC services including the video management service, on­board monitoring service, and alarm detection service.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>You can go to the HikCentral Connect service details page by clicking <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>.</p>
<p>On the HikCentral Connect service details page, you can view the number of services that have expired and are about to expire within 30 days. You can also click <strong>All Systems </strong>or a specific system to view the following information: the number of resources (e.g., channels, vehicles, zones) added for each service, the service expiry time, and the service status (normal, expire soon, expired, trial, free, inactivated).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="371" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 108" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1504" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-768x321.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark361"></a> Figure 15-19 HikCentral Connect Services</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark362"></a> Create HCC Systems</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, you can create HCC systems which contain the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service. After you hand an HCC system over to a customer, the customer becomes the system owner and can log in to HCC with the given account and use the above-mentioned services to manage devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, including the capacity and the status of the services activated for the system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C0Note</strong></p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves. To add their self­created HCC systems to Hik-Partner Pro and offer them value-added services, you need to link with their self-registered accounts. Refer to <strong><em>Link with HCCAccount</em></strong> for more details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create HikCentral Connect System </strong>to open the Create HikCentral Connect System pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="432" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 109" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-20 Create HikCentral Connect System</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a name for the HCC system.</li>
<li>Select a time zone for the HCC system.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the address of your customer.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark364"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View System Details</strong></td>
<td>Click the name of an HCC system to view its details, including the validity period of the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service, whether the system has been handed over, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>System</strong></td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to hand over a system, or click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page and click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the right. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"><strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p><strong>System(s)</strong></td>
<td>Select system(s), and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected system(s).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark365"></a> Add Devices to an HCC System</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system before handing it over to a customer.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</li>
<li>The systems created by HCC users themselves and added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support the device adding.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system via one of the three following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark368"><strong><em>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>After entering the Add Device page, refer to the hints displayed on the right of the page or the step descriptions in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>respectively for details about adding devices. You can create a new HCC system or select an existing HCC system (not handed over) for adding devices to.</p>
<p>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark369"> <strong><em>Device Status and Further Operations</em></strong> </a>for more details about the status of added devices and what operations you can further perform.</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark367"></a> Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click <strong>Add Device </strong>at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="137" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 110" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-768x118.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-21 Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. If there are no devices added to the system, you can click <strong>Add Device </strong>below the descriptions of each service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="387" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 111" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1507" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-22 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (First Time Adding)</p>
<p>If you have added devices to the system before and want to add more, click Add Device next to Hand Over Now to add more devices before handing these over.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="35" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 112" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1508" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg 354w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112-300x30.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p>DS-&#8216;</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View *►} Playback</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View Playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="14" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 113" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1509"></p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>£gî Remote Configuration EM Live View **)• Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-23 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (Add More)</strong></p>
<p>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark368"></a> After batch configuring devices via On-Site Config (refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details), click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the prompt window to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="392" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 114" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1510" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-24 Prompt Window After Finishing On-Site Config</p>
<p>Device Status and Further Operations</p>
<p>After the devices are added via one of the above ways, you can click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>to hand over the devices right away to a customer along with the HCC system, or click <strong>Continue Adding Devices </strong>to add more. The added devices will be displayed on the details page of the HCC system below the service plan details.</p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p><strong>Hand Over Now</strong></p>
<p>+ Add Device</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>DS-•</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Sgî Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-25 Device List of an HCC System</strong></p>
<p>If the system is not handed over to a customer, the devices will be in the &#8220;to be handed over&#8221; status, and you can perform operations such as remote device configuration, deleting devices, and editing the device names.</p>
<p>Once you have initiated a handover attempt, the status of the devices will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. For devices to be accepted, you can only view the device list and cannot perform any other operations.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark369"></a> The devices handed over successfully (i.e., accepted by your customer on HCC) will not be displayed on Hik-Partner Pro anymore. Those failed to be handed over will be shown on the page for you to check and notify your customer of the (partial) handover failure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="211" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 115" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1511" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115-300x107.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-26 Device(s) Failed to Be Handed Over</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark370"></a> Link with HCC Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can link with the self-registered users of HCC, or HCC users whose systems are created by other Hik-Partner Pro users, to add their HCC systems to your Hik-Partner Pro and offer value-added services for them.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>The self-registered HCC users can create an HCC system on their own and start using the video management service and/or on-boarding monitoring service of HCC on free service plans. However, if they want to use the alarm detection service, upgrade the free service plans to trial plans, or enjoy the service features without limitations, they need to link with installers like you to purchase/activate the services for them.</p>
<p>To complete the linking process, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>Link with HikCentral Connect Account </strong>at the top, and enter the account information (i.e., email address) given by the self-registered users for you to send them the account linking request.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 116" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1512" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-27 Link with HikCentral Connect Account</p>
<p>After a linking request is approved, the HCC system whose system owner is this HCC account will be added to your HikCentral Connect system management page for you to manage, such as performing service plan upgrades and service activations.</p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>An HCC account can only be linked with one installer at a time. If your customer has already linked with another installer, you can still send a linking request. After the request is approved, you can start managing your customer&#8217;s HCC system and the services already activated by the previous installer will not take up your service package inventory.</li>
<li>For linking with an HCC account (system) created by another installer, once your customer approves your linking request, the HCC system is deleted from the other installer&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account and added to yours.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark372"></a> Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you create an HCC system, you can hand it over to a customer together with the devices added to it. As a result, the customer becomes the system owner and is able to use the services of HCC (i.e., video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection service) to manage the corresponding devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on Hik- Partner Pro after the system handover.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark374"></a> Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>The systems added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support device adding and handover.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Choose from the followings to start the handover process.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click _i in the Operation column of a system to be handed over.</li>
<li>Click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. On the page, click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the system details pane, or click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>next to <strong>Devices to Be Handed Over </strong>(if there are devices added to the system).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>on the success page after you add devices to an HCC system. For details about adding devices to an HCC system, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices to an HCCSystem</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window may pop up to remind you that you will not be able to add devices to the system after handing it over to your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="358" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 117" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1513" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-28 Device Adding Reminder for System Handover</p>
<p>3. Optional: On the pop-up window, click OK to go to the device adding page to add devices, or click Cancel to proceed with the handover process.</p>
<p>4. On the Hand Over System pane, enter the email address, first name, and last name of your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="886" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 118" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1514" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg 605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118-205x300.jpeg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-29 Hand Over System</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the system and the devices added to it (if any) will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. An email will be sent to your customer to provide them the account information. After successfully logging in to their system, your customer will receive another email notifying them of the device handover attempt.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Contact the customer to log in to the HCC system and accept the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark375"></a> 15.5.7 HCC Authorization Code</p>
<p>You can access your customers&#8217; HCC systems using the authorization code created by them on HCC to provide them maintenance services within a set period of time.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>If your customer needs maintenance services from you, they can create an authorization code on HCC for you to access their HCC system directly without the need to log in using their account name and password.</p>
<p>To do so, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Authorization Code </strong>at the top, and enter the authorization code given to you by your customer. To access their HCC system, confirm that the system information (system name and account information) displayed after you enter the code is correct and click <strong>Access HikCentral Connect</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 119" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1515" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-30 Enter HikCentral Connect Authorization Code</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark377"></a> 15.6 People Counting Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers people counting service to help your customers to resolve issues related to people flow control. After adding people counting cameras to specific Sites managed via this platform and activating this service for your customers, you can integrate people counting capabilities to of these cameras with the platform so as to monitor in real time the people densities of specific areas in these Sites. These cameras will count people entering, exiting, or passing by the areas, and analyze whether people densities of these areas reach the upper-limits.</p>
<p>This is useful for certain commercial and health protection scenarios, such as limiting the customer traffic of a shopping mall during the promotion period.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>People density here refers to the amount of people staying within a limited area at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark379"></a> Flow Chart for Setting People Counting Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting people counting service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="476" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 120" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1516" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120-187x300.jpeg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-31 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-12 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add People Counting Cameras to a Site</td>
<td>Add people counting cameras (i.e., the cameras with people counting capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate People Counting</p>
<p>Service for Channels</td>
<td>Activate people counting service for specific channels of the added people counting cameras. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate People</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Group for People Counting</td>
<td>Add a group to define people counting rules, such as calculation mode and maximum allowed people in the area. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Add a Group for People Counting</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Œ] Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the people counting functionality of the people counting cameras via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark381"></a> Activate People Counting Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If the end user needs to use people counting related functionality on Hik-Connect, you should activate people counting service for channels of the people counting cameras first.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have added people counting cameras to the target site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for device configuration. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting cameras will be displayed in the Device area.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the device panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed on the panel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate People Counting Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate people counting service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>15.6.3 Add a Group for People Counting</p>
<p>A people counting group refers to a group of people counting cameras mounted in a certain region.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark384"></a> A people counting group defines two elements, namely, the boarder of the region (i.e., the cameras added to the group) and the maximum amount of people allowed to stay in the region.</p>
<p>The cameras added to the group will detect the entering and exiting persons and at the same time calculate related data. In this way, the platform will be able to determine if the amount of persons staying in the region has reached the maximum allowed value, and meanwhile send related data to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which will display in real time the number of persons staying in the region and the remaining quota for entering the region.</p>
<p>This allows the end users to use Hik- Connect to remotely monitor the people density of the region and take corresponding measures in time. The function is useful in various scenarios in which people flow of a certain region requires to be limited. For example, assume that your customer is the manager of a supermarket, when a contact-transmission disease outbreaks, you can set the people counting cameras at the entrance and exit of the supermarket as a people counting group and enable it, thus allowing your customer to respond timely based on the data on Hik-Connect so as to lower the risk of infection for the customers in the supermarket.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have configuration permission for the people counting cameras. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled people counting service for channels. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>People Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure people counting settings (e.g., entering direction) has been configured on the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>See <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em> for details about how to view related people counting data on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group </strong>to open the Add Group panel.</li>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Group Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a name for the people counting group.</p>
<p>For example, if you need to count the customer flow in the first floor of a shopping mall, you can name the group as &#8220;1st Floor&#8221;.</p>
<p><strong>Select Channel</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add </strong>and then select channel(s) to add the selected one(s) to the group.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only the channel(s) that have been enabled the people counting service can be selected.</li>
<li>Up to 16 channels can be added to one people counting group.</li>
<li>You can add a channel to up to 16 people counting groups.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Calculation Mode</strong></p>
<p>Set the calculation mode for each selected channel.</p>
<p><strong>Standard</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of the people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people entering the region and count exited as exiting the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is the same with the actual entering direction.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reverse</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people exiting the region and count exited as entering the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is opposite to the actual calculation direction.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="456" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 121" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1517" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-32 Calculation Mode</p>
<p><strong>Max. People Allowed</strong></p>
<p>Define the maximum amount of people (range: 1 to 100,000) allowed to stay in a specific region at the same time.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Max. People Reached</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, an alarm notification will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if <strong>Max. People Allowed </strong>is reached.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik- Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik-Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting group will be displayed on the <strong>People Counting </strong>tab and it is enabled by default. And the end user will be able to view corresponding people counting data on Hik- Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>0® Note</strong></p>
<p>You can add up to 16 people counting groups to a site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click to edit the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click © to delete the group.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you delete a people counting group, the corresponding people counting functionality will also be deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable a</strong></p>
<p><strong>Specific Group</strong></td>
<td>Set ^2) to CW to disable the group.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;•Note</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Batch Enable/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Groups</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Enable All </strong>or <strong>Disable All </strong>to enable or disable all groups respectively.</p>
<p><strong>CSjNote</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark385"></a> 15.7 Temperature Screening Service</p>
<p>Temperature Screening service provides contact-less skin-surface temperature measurement and facial mask detection in real time. You can activate this service for your customers, such as the manager of a retail store or the administrator of a school campus, so that they can view the screening results on their mobile phone via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is only available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark387"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Temperature Screening Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark389"></a> The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting temperature screening service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="384" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 122" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122-231x300.jpeg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-33 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-13 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Temperature Screening Devices to a Site</td>
<td>Add temperature screening devices (i.e., the devices with temperature screening capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Temperature</p>
<p>Screening Service to Channels</td>
<td>Activate temperature screening service to specific channels of the added temperature screening devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark392"><strong><em>Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the temperature screening functionality of the temperature screening devices via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark390"></a> Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark392"></a> If you have added devices that support temperature screening to the platform, you need to activate temperature screening service for the channels of these devices and then set temperature screening parameters for each channel. After that, the temperature screening functionality of these devices will be available and the Site Owner will be able to view the skin-surface temperature of the persons appeared in the live view of the channels on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Optimally, you can also enable the channels to push abnormal temperature alarm to Hik- Connect, upload captured pictures of the person whose temperature is abnormal to Hik-Connect, detect if the persons wear masks, and upload the no-mask alarm to Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added devices that support temperature screening to the target Site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Temperature screening related functionality are not available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a Site to enter its site details page, and then select <strong>Temperature Screening </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Only the devices that support temperature screening will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the channel panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate Temperature Screening Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate temperature screening service for the channel.</li>
<li>Set temperature screening parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Settings </strong>to set the temperature screening parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Temperature Threshold</strong></p>
<p>For the channel of a temperature screening camera, set a temperature as the threshold for triggering abnormal temperature alarm if the detected skin-surface temperature is higher than the threshold.</p>
<p>For the channel of a face recognition terminal, define a temperature range as the range of normal skin-surface temperatures. An abnormal temperature alarm will be triggered if the detected skin-surface temperature is NOT within the range.</p>
<p><strong>Mask Detection</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will detect if the persons wear masks.</p>
<p><strong>Store Temperature Screening Information</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening information will be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p>If disabled, the platform and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unable to receive temperature screening information from temperature screening devices, including abnormal temperature alarm, normal temperature records, no-mask alarm, as well as the captured face pictures of the persons with abnormal skin-surface temperature.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Abnormal Temp. Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, abnormal temperature alarms will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if abnormal skin-surface temperatures are detected.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Save Normal Temperature Records</strong></p>
<p>Save normal temperature records on the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p><strong>Upload Captured Pictures</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will capture the face picture of the person whose skin-surface temperature is abnormal and upload the captured picture to the platform.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will be unable to view the captured picture on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Wearing No Mask Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, if a person who wears no mask is detected, an alarm about it will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable Temperature Screening Functionality of a Specific Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable Temperature Screening</strong></td>
<td>Set ^3 to CW to disable the temperature screening functionality of the device.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of the device on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Disable All </strong>to disable all temperature screening functionality of all devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Functionality of All</strong></p>
<p><strong>Devices</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of these devices on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark393"></a> .8 Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</li>
</ol>
<p>Alarm Receiving Centers (ARC) is a facility that receives and responds to alarms from systems of companies, schools, factories, etc., for the security purpose. It is made up of a specially trained team who can react quickly when an alarm occurs. Hik-Partner Pro offers multiple ARCs, which can provide 24/7 remote alarm receiving service for customers.</p>
<p>If your company is a professional ARC, you can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list. After that, all the other Hik-Partner Pro users can be your potential customers. They can select your company as the ARC for their customers. This can promote the brand awareness of your company and provide great possibility for your company to expand business.</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of how an installer can enable the ARC service for the installer&#8217;s customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="451" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 123" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1519" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-768x390.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-34 Overall Process of Enabling ARC Service</p>
<p>In the diagram:</p>
<ul>
<li>HPC represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark395"></a> &#8220;Joined as&#8221; indicates that a Hik-Partner Pro user has been authenticated as a user who runs/ manages a professional ARC. Once authenticated, this ARC will be listed in the ARC list of Hik- Partner Pro. For details about how to apply for &#8220;joining as ARC&#8221;, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your Company to the</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For more information about the five procedures (marked with red digits in the diagram), see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>AX PRO represents the AX PRO security control panel. Here we take this device as a example.</li>
</ul>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include the camera and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark396"></a> Add Your Company to the ARC List</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list to enable your company to provide alarm receiving services to other Hik-Partner Pro users. After adding your company to the ARC list, all the Hik-Partner Pro users can view the company information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company. This can greatly increase brand awareness of your company and bring more customers to you.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the type of your company is ARC. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>. If the type of your company is not ARC, you will be reminded of changing the type to ARC first on the page of joining as ARC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for managing company information. If you do not have the permission, contact the Installer Admin.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Find the entry ofjoining as ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the <strong>ARC Service </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Join as ARC </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="133" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 124" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1520" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-768x115.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-35 The First Entry</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark398"></a> &#8211; Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the ARC Service tab, click Select ARC to open the Select ARC for Authorization panel, and then click Join as ARC.</p>
<p>Select ARC for Authorization</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="824" height="59" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 125" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1521" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg 824w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-300x21.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-768x55.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 824px) 100vw, 824px" /></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> your company is an Alarm Receiving Center (ARC}, you can apply for providing alarm monitoring services for other users. After the application is approved, your company information will be displayed on the ARC list in the ARC Service module of Hik-Partner Pro. All Hik-Partner Pro users can view the information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company Join as ARC</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-36 The Second Entry</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>to enter the company information page, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>in the Add Your Company to ARC List area.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="103" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 126" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1522" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-37 The Third Entry</p>
<p>You will enter the introduction page of applying for ARC and can read the detailed steps about how to apply for ARC.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="446" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 127" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-768x387.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-38 The Introduction Page of Applying for ARC</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has not been authenticated, click <strong>Company Authentication ^ Authenticate Now </strong>to authenticate your company.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 128" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1524"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has been authenticated, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p>Apply for Adding Your Company to ARC List</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="224" height="206" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 129" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1525"></p>
<p>Complete Required Information ô</p>
<p><strong>• Company Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Receive the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret) and</strong></p>
<p><strong>I Email</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Country/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>configurations.</strong></p>
<p><strong>located.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3 Connect a device to</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Service Available For</strong></p>
<p><strong>upload the evidence that your ARC</strong></p>
<p>applying results, to the email aadress.</p>
<p><strong>alarms from the</strong></p>
<p><strong>application quickly, if incorrect information is entered, your application</strong></p>
<p><strong>the application.</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>Phone Number</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-39 Fill In Information</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter or edit the required company information such as the email address.</li>
<li>Read <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>carefully and check <strong>Agree to Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>in the down-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="400" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 130" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-768x346.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-40 ARC ID &amp; Key Sent</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You will receive an email containing the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret). If receiving failed, you can click <strong>Resend </strong>to resend the ARC ID and ARC Key to your email address. Then, you can complete the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration on your ARC software (software used by your company for receiving alarms) or Hik IP Receiver Pro. If you have any questions about the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration, refer to <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>and find the email for getting help.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>ARC ID &amp; Key Config Completed </strong>to enter the next page.</li>
<li>Authorize a device, and then upload the evidence (up to 2 pictures) that your ARC software can receive alarms from the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="457" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 131" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-768x396.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-41 Authorize Device &amp; Upload Evidence</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click the pictures on the right side to view the examples. Also, you can refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details about authorizing devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to enter the application approval page.</li>
</ol>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Wait for the approval of your application. If the application is approved, your company information (e.g., brand logo) will be displayed on the ARC list. If the approval failed (e.g., you have entered the wrong company information), you should click <strong>Edit ARC Info </strong>to edit your ARC information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark399"></a> 15.8.2 Enable ARC Service for Devices</p>
<p>You can authorize a site to an ARC, and then enable the ARC service for devices on the site to allow the staff of the ARC to receive events from the devices, respond to the events, and send out emergency dispatches (if needed) around the clock.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include camera (except solar camera) and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</li>
<li>The ARC service is not available in all countries or regions.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Site list page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Customer Site </strong>(if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site to enter the site details page, and then select <strong>ARC Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select ARC </strong>to display the Select ARC for Authorization pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>On the pane, you can view the details of each ARC, including the company name, logo, country/ region, location, contacts, and official website.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the official website of the ARC to view more information about it.</li>
<li>Select an ARC, and click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The device(s) available for enabling the ARC service will be displayed, and an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</p>
<p>HE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The ARC service is only supported by Hikvision encoding devices and AX security control panel (including AX PRO, AX Hub, and AX Hybrid) added by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on to enable the ARC service for a specific device.</li>
</ol>
<p>The events detected by the device and the device exceptions will be sent to the ARC.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have enabled the ARC service for an AX device in the previous step and the device is accessed to the ARC via Hik IP Receiver Pro, click the device in the device list to open the configuration pane, and then set the way to connect the device to Hik IP Receiver Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hik IP Receiver Pro functions as the medium for transmitting alarms and alarm-related videos from the device to the ARC.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark401"></a> You need to acquire <strong>Configuration </strong>permission before you can configure the device.</li>
<li>You might need to verify the Installer account of the device to modify this parameter.</li>
<li>If the device is armed, disarm it first.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Ways to Connect to Hik IP Receiver Pro</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connect Directly or by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>When the two types of connection are both available, direct connection will be used in priority, i.e., the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro directly. When direct connection is abnormal, the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro by Hik-Partner Pro server. If direct connection is restored, the way will automatically switch back to direct connection.</p>
<p>Such a mechanism ensures the stability of data transmission from the device to the ARC.</p>
<p><strong>Connect by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>The device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro byHik-Partner Pro server constantly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The stability of data transmission is lower if compared with <strong>Connect Directly or by Hik- ProConnect Server</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>to deauthorize the ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you deauthorize the ARC, the ARC service for all devices on the Site will be automatically disabled.</li>
<li>Once you deauthorize the ARC, an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark402"></a> 15.9 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<p>HikCentral ReGuard (hereinafter referred to as HCRG) services are the value-added services offered by the HCRG. HCRG provides a security management solution that helps its users (i.e., service providers) with alarm receiving and handling.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The HCRG services are not supported in some countries/regions. For details about the supported countries/regions, contact the local distributors or after-sales.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark404"></a> HCRG-related features are only supported on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>The HCRG user (usually the Remote Monitoring Center, or RMC, who provides the alarm receiving and handling services) registers and becomes a Hik-Partner Pro user to purchase HCRG services and generate an HCRG key on Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>The HCRG user logs in to HCRG to activate the HCRG services by using the key.</li>
<li>After activation, the HCRG user can create work orders on HCRG, and assign the work orders to an installation company on Hik-Partner Pro by entering the Installer Admin account of the company.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>EH] Note</strong></p>
<p>All installers with the Manage Assigned Site permission in the company will receive the work order notifications, and those who are to handle the work orders will go to the sites to install the devices according to the address and customer information on the work orders.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="424" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 132" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-768x365.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-42 How HCRG Services Are Used</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark405"></a> Purchase HikCentral ReGuard Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can purchase HCRG services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have completed account authentication before you can purchase HCRG services.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>■Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark407"></a> Online purchase is currently not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the service purchase page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="227" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 133" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-768x197.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-43 HCRG Services in Service Market</p>
<p>&#8211; Go to Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="409" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 134" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-44 The Second Entry</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Purchase by Service Key</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the service key purchased from local distributors offline.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"> <strong><em>Generate HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"><strong><em>Key</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark408"></a> 15.9.2 Generate HikCentral ReGuard Key</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark410"></a> After HCRG services are purchased by service key, you can generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. The generated key will be sent to the email address of the Installer Admin and is also displayed in My Service. HCRG users can log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased HCRG services by service key. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>Purchase HikCentral</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>ReGuard Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="151" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 135" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-768x130.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-45 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate HCRG Key</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated HCRG key is displayed and automatically sent to the email address of the Installer Admin. You can click © / to hide/display the generated HCRG key.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system. See details in <em>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Manage HikCentral ReGuard services. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark413"><strong><em>Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark411"></a> 15.9.3 Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</p>
<p>After purchasing and activating HCRG services, you can monitor the real-time status of HCRG services on Hik-Partner Pro, including the total number of valid workstations, the number of valid additional services, the number of services expiring within 30 days, and the number of expired services.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Basic Services (1 Workstation/</p>
<p>Year)</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid workstations and their detailed information, including the person who obtains the workstations, the number of workstations obtained by the person, and the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Additional Services</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid additional services and for each service, you can view the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark413"></a> Service Filtering</td>
<td>You can view the total number of services expiring within 30 days and total number of expired services.</p>
<p>By selecting the service type (<strong>All Services</strong>, <strong>Workstation</strong>, <strong>Visualized Alarm</strong>, <strong>Virtual Guard</strong>, <strong>Work Order</strong>, or <strong>Operational Enhancement</strong>) and service status (<strong>All Statuses</strong>, <strong>Expires in 30</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Days</strong>, <strong>Expired</strong>, or <strong>Not Expired</strong>), you can filter the service information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark414"></a> 15.10 Co-Branding</p>
<p>This feature helps improve the visibility of your brand, products, and services. It allows your customers to view some basic information of your company via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. You can purchase and enable this service as needed.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can get the co-branding service for free after purchasing the annual type of health monitoring packages (including All Device Annual Package and Network Camera Annual Package) for the first time. For details about how to purchase health monitoring packages, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark416"></a> 15.10.1 Purchase Co-Branding</p>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase co-branding service packages online or activate them by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you get your company authenticated. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
<li>Purchasing co-branding services online is supported only in some countries/areas. Contact a local distributor for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ Company Management </strong>. In the Co-Branding area, purchase the service packages online or activate the services by service keys.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="272" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 136" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1532" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-768x236.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-46 Company Management</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Online Purchase</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
<li>Specify the amount which determines the validity period, enter your VAT number, and select the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate by Service Key</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>if your country/region supports activating services by service keys and you have purchased a service key from a distributor.</li>
<li>Enter the service key.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark418"></a> 15.10.2 Enable Co-Branding</p>
<p>If you enable the co-branding service, your customers (i.e., the end user) will be able to view your company information, such as company logo, address, and phone number, on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>LT Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the co-branding service for free after authenticating your account and adding 3</li>
</ul>
<p>devices via P2P. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="61" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 137" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1533"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-47 Entrance for Getting Free Co-Branding</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A window with notification about getting the co-branding service for free will pop up when your co-branding service expires in 2 months.</li>
<li>You can choose to or not to upload your company logo. If no company logo is uploaded, your company name, instead of your company logo, will be displayed on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Company Management ^ Co-Branding </strong>. Switch on <strong>Service Status</strong>, and then hover the cursor onto the Logo area to show the <strong>Edit </strong>button. And finally click <strong>Edit </strong>to upload your company logo. After you edit the logo, the latest logo will be updated to the Company Information page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="473" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 138" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-48 How Your Company Logo Will Be Shown to Your Customers</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To ensure the co-branding service works on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, please ask your customers to update the Mobile Client to the required version (V 4.15.0 or later if the company logo is uploaded and V 4.26.0 or later if the company logo is not uploaded). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them for downloading the Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If all the devices of your customer are managed by the same installation company, the installation company&#8217;s logo will be displayed on the login page and About page of your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If your customer&#8217;s devices are managed by different installation companies, your customer can go to the device details page on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to view the companies&#8217; logo and details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark420"></a> Tools</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides tools, such as disk calculator and NVR channel calculator, to help you improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro page, click <strong>Tools </strong>on the left pane to enter your tools page.</p>
<p>Batch Configuration</p>
<p>The tool is used to batch configure devices on LAN.</p>
<p>See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>Batch Upgrade</p>
<p>The tool is used to detect whether the firmware of devices on LAN need to be upgraded and batch upgrade the firmware of the devices.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Search for Important Firmware Update</p>
<p>The tool is used to check whether the firmware of your device needs to be updated and download the relevant firmware package for the update.</p>
<p>Disk Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the recording time and recording space by setting related parameters.</p>
<p>NVR Channel Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the number of network cameras that can be connected to the NVR by setting the related parameters.</p>
<p>Focal Length Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate focal length and object distance by setting related parameters such as sensor size. You can view the recommended data by the tool.</p>
<p>Bandwidth Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the required bandwidth of a network camera or NVR by setting parameters such as channel number and resolution.</p>
<p>Maintenance Quotation</p>
<p>The tool is used to create quotations for after-sales maintenance, which can help installers standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand business.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark422"></a> See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark240"> <strong><em>Create a Maintenance Quotation</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark423"></a> Rewards Store</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. By completing specific tasks (e.g., check-in), you can get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts (e.g., certain value-added services) in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The reward point system is only supported in some countries/regions.</li>
<li>For some countries/regions, the reward points are available only when you have your company authenticated. For details about company authentication, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter the Rewards Store page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Check In to Earn Points</strong>/<strong>My Points </strong>in the upper-right corner to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Incentive ^ Rewards Store </strong>to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="190" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 139" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-300x64.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-768x165.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 17-1 How to Enter the Rewards Store Page</strong></p>
<p>For the Installer Admin and Installers, the information displayed on the Rewards Store page varies. The Installer Admin can view more information and perform more operations. See the table below for details.</p>
<p>Table 17-1 Available Information/Operations for the Installer Admin / Installers</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Points Available</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View company total points.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View personal total points.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Points History</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by each staff member.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by the Installer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Point Rules</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark425"></a> Check-In Records</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Records of all staff member are available.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only the Installer&#8217;s own records are available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tier Information</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device to Earn More Points</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View the Task List and Do Tasks</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The task types include inviting friends (by sharing the OR code, invitation code, or invitation link), answering questions, browsing/liking news and how-to articles, inviting staff members, scanning SN codes, and adding devices.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Installers can perform some of the tasks available for Installer Admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redeem Points for Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View My Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lucky Draw</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only supported in some countries/regions.</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îl Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Distributors can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Gifts Verify </strong>to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</li>
<li>After user upgrading, if your original account and Hik-ePartner account are merged to one OneHikID account, the points in the two accounts will add up.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="404" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 140" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-2 Rewards Store Page for Installer Admin</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="405" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 141" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-3 Rewards Store Page for Installers</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark426"></a> Chapter 18 Rebate</p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners, they can view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services (i.e., health monitoring service and cloud storage service) of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers, including installers and secondary distributors. Here we will introduce the process and the calculation method of earning rebates.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Generate Authentication Code</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For some countries or regions, authenticated channel partners can generate authentication codes for installers and secondary distributors to complete the company authentications on Hik-Partner Pro, and then they can have chances to earn rebates.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="216" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 142" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-300x73.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-768x187.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-1 Generate Authentication Code</p>
<p>Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="353" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 143" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-2 Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate </strong>to open the Generate an Authentication Code window.</li>
<li>Enter the information about account (email address or company ID) and select the country/ region of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate the authentication code.</li>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication code will be displayed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="225" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 144" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144-300x114.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-3 Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Generate </strong>to open the Batch Generate Authentication Codes window.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download </strong>to download the template and fill in the information about accounts of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate authentication codes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload </strong>to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Select the country/region for the accounts you uploaded.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can only batch generate authentication codes for accounts in the same country or region each time.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication codes will be listed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Export Authentication Codes</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export Authentication Codes </strong>to export the generated authentication codes and send to the installer or secondary distributor.</p>
<p>You can also check <strong>Show Unused Authentication Codes Only </strong>to export the authentication codes that are not used.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark429"></a> 18.2 The Process of Earning Rebates</p>
<p>The process of earning rebates varies basing on whether the country or region supports generating the authentication codes.</p>
<p>Process for Countries and Regions Which Support Generating Authentication Codes</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The authenticated channel partner goes to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal and generates an authentication code for the installer or secondary distributor.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CWNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about generating authentication codes, refer to <strong><em>Generate Authentication Code</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor authenticates their company by entering authentication codes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to authenticate the company, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark431"></a> The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro after their company authentication is completed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>LU Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. And for more details, refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Process for Other Counties and Regions</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. Refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark432"></a> 18.3 The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Here we introduce the four elements that determine the rebate amount, and the formula for calculating the rebate amount.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules.</p>
<p>Elements that Determine the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Four elements determine the earned rebate amount, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Number of Resources Contributed to Rebates</li>
<li>Unit Price</li>
<li>Rebate Rate</li>
<li>Calculation Type</li>
</ul>
<p>Table 18-1 Element Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of Resources</p>
<p>Contributed to Rebates</td>
<td>The number of resources which have contributed to rebates.</p>
<p>To be a resource contributed to rebates, 1) it should belong to an authenticated channel partner; 2) it should have been added to Hik-Partner Pro and the health monitoring service or cloud storage service should have been activated for it.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to devices.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to the channels linked to Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unit Price</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per device.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For example, assume that a customer spent 288 US dollars to purchase a 7-Day Annual Package (a type of cloud storage service package; the &#8220;7-Day&#8221; means the videos uploaded to the cloud will be retained for 7 days; the &#8220;Annual&#8221; means the service lasts for 12 months) and activated it for two channels, the unit price in this case would be the result of 288/2/12, that is, 12 dollars.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate Rate</td>
<td>Fixed rebate rate or tiered rebate rate, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<p>For the tiered rebate rate, the authenticated channel partner can get a higher rebate rate when the number of resources with service activated reaches a certain threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Calculation Type</td>
<td>One of two calculation types is used for calculating the rebate amount, that is, <strong>Combined </strong>or <strong>Separated</strong>, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Combined</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate(s) for different device types are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Separated</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate for network cameras and other device types can be different. Other device types include the NVR/DVR, security control device, access control device, video intercom device, etc.</p>
<p>° For calculating rebates related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages can be different.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Formula for Calculating the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>The formula for calculating rebate amount is shown below:</p>
<p>Number of New Resources Contributed to Rebates in Current Month x Unit Price x Rebate Rate = Rebate Amount for Current Month</p>
<p><strong>LUilNote</strong></p>
<p>The platform will calculate the rebate amount of the previous month on the 1st day (fixed) of each month.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Calculate the Rebate Amount of the Current Month</p>
<p>Assume that in the current month:</p>
<ul>
<li>Customer A purchased a 7-day annual package (price: 288 US dollars) and activated it for 8 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box; Customer B purchased a 30-day annual package (price: 600 US dollars) and activated it for 4 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
<li>The Calculation Type used in the country or region is <strong>Separated</strong>.</li>
<li>Tiered rebate rate is used for calculation in the country or region:</li>
<li>First Tier: a rebate rate of 10% for the first 4 channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 20% for the first 2 channels activated with the 30-day annual package.</li>
<li>Second Tier: a rebate rate of 30% for all other channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 40% for all other channels activated with 30-day annual package. In this case, for the 7-day annual package, the unit price would be: (288/12)/8 = 3 US dollars; For 30-day annual package, (600/12)/4 = 12.5 US dollars, so we can calculate the rebate amount as: 4 x 3 x 10% +4 x 3 x 30% + 2 x 12.5 x 20% + 2 x 12.5 x 40% = 19.8 US dollars.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark434"></a> View Rebate Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After authenticated channel partners promote the health monitoring service or cloud storage service to their customers (i.e., installers and secondary distributors), if customers activate two services for devices added to Hik-Partner Pro or channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box, authenticated channel partners will earn a certain rebate amount and they can view the details of their rebates.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the rebates of the current month after the calculation day of the next month. For example, if the calculation day of the month is set to 15th, you can view the rebates of July on 16th, August.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details ^ Health Monitoring Related/Cloud Storage Related </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="144" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 145" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-300x48.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-768x124.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-4 Rebate Details</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark436"></a> Select <strong>By Month </strong>or <strong>By Quarter </strong>from the drop-down list on the top left, select a corresponding period, and click <strong>Search </strong>to search for rebate related data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark437"></a> View Bill of Sale</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Authenticated channel partners can filter their bills of sale to check the information related to the devices sold to customers (i.e., installers or secondary distributors). The information includes the device serial No., device model, purchaser name, and purchaser type. By setting the purchaser type to <strong>Secondary Distributor</strong>, authenticated channel partners can transfer rebates related to specific devices to the secondary distributors.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Bill of Sale </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="245" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 146" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-768x212.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-5 Bill of Sale Page</p>
<p><strong>LUJNote</strong></p>
<p>If the bill of sale is uploaded before the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the amount of the previous month. If the bill of sale is uploaded on or after the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the current month.</p>
<p>Filter Bills of Sale</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter a device serial No. or purchaser name to filter.</li>
<li>Set one of the following conditions to filter.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Display All</strong></p>
<p>All bills of sale will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Secondary Distributor Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by secondary distributors will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Installer Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by installers will be displayed.</p>
<p>Export Bills of Sale</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark439"></a> Click <strong>Export Bill of Sale </strong>and select <strong>Export All Bills of Sale </strong>or <strong>Export Filtered Bills of Sale </strong>to export the data as needed.</p>
<p>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates</p>
<p>If the purchaser of specific devices is a secondary distributor, the authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership of future rebates related to these devices to the secondary distributor. Once the ownership is transferred, the previously calculated rebates are still owned by the Authenticated channel partner, the secondary distributor starts owning rebates related to these devices from the next month.</p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership in the following three methods.</p>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to a Device to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select a device and click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="249" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 147" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-6 Transfer Rebates</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Batch Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select all devices and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to Multiple Secondary Distributors</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, click <strong>Upload Bill of Sale</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="185" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 148" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 1544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-7 Upload Bill of Sale</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and fill the required information (e.g., fill <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>in the Purchaser Type column) in the template.</li>
<li>Click on the Upload Bill of Sale window to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<ol>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-2"><strong>LUJNote</strong>• It is highly recommended to encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.
<p>• Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<p>• For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-3">After authorizing a site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all sites will also become the account of the AX Pro. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-4">□S <strong>Note</strong>• Up to 16 live view windows are supported. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-4">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-5"><a id="post-1966-bookmark0"></a> If Image and Video Encryption has been enabled for the device on the Hik-Connect mobile client, you are required to enter the device verification code before starting live view. If you don&#8217;t know <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-5">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 19:43:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ajax PRO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ajax Translator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1607</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Ajax PRO Desktop User manual, Ajax PRO Desktop is the app for monitoring and administering Ajax security systems. Allows you ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/#more-1607" aria-label="Read more about Ajax PRO Desktop User manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual, <strong>Ajax PRO Desktop </strong>is the app for monitoring and administering Ajax security systems. Allows you to configure and test devices, manage user access, and monitor and process events and alarms of an unlimited number of Ajax security systems.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop can be used in parallel with the PRO mobile app. Installation and service companies can use the app to set up and connect security systems, while security and monitoring companies can use it to organize a Central Monitoring Station (CMS).</p>
<p><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-desktop" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Download PRO Desktop</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark2"></a> Ajax PRO apps types and their capabilities</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1608" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 1" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>There are two types of Ajax PRO apps: desktop and mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The PC PRO app is</strong><a href="https://ajax.systems/pro-desktop/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong> PRO Desktop</strong></a><strong>. </strong>This app is available for Windows and macOS. In the PC app, you can create companies, manage their settings, add employees, and manage their rights. PRO Desktop is essential for monitoring and remote configuring of Ajax security systems.</p>
<p><strong>The mobile PRO app is</strong><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-mobile" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong> Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers</strong></a><strong>. </strong>This app is available for smartphones with iOS and Android. It allows installers to connect hubs and manage the settings of available systems.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>PRO Desktop (PC app)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers (mobile app)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect devices and set up the system</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect the hub to the company</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create a company</p>
<p><strong>More about companies</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit company information</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add employees <strong>+</strong></p>
<p><strong>More about employees</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Change employee rights</p>
<p><strong>More about employee rights</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Events and alarms monitoring</p>
<p><strong>More about monitoring</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual Read Next :</h2>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1532/ajax-translator-full-user-manual/">Ajax Translator Full User manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>More about Ajax apps</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark4"></a> General information</p>
<p>One company connected to the hub is one user. Regardless of how many employees (PRO accounts) are assigned to this company. Any number of companies can be connected to the hub within the user limit. The limit (maximum number of users) depends on the hub model.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark6"></a><a href="https://ajax.systems/hub-compare/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Comparison of hubs</a></p>
<p>PRO accounts can be connected to an unlimited number of companies.</p>
<p>PRO accounts can have different roles in different companies. For example, the role of Installer in one company, and the role of Head of installers in another one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="438" class="wp-image-1609" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 2" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1601" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p>When you log in again after closing the app, you should use the login and password from the PRO account. If two-factor authentication is enabled for a PRO account, it will need to be passed during logging in.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="441" class="wp-image-1610" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 3" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="943" height="470" class="wp-image-1611" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 4" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1603" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4.jpeg 943w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 943px) 100vw, 943px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="441" class="wp-image-1612" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 5" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1604" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p>To report a bug, change PRO Desktop settings, view information about the PRO account, log out or change its settings — click on the menu with the company logo or the PRO account initials.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark8"></a> Installing PRO Desktop app</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark10"></a><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-desktop" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Download the app installation file</a>.</li>
<li>Open the downloaded file.</li>
<li>Install PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark12"></a> Creating the PRO account and logging into the app</p>
<p>To log in to PRO Desktop, you need the PRO account. The account should be registered in any of these two apps: PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers. You can’t log in to the PRO app with a username and password from the<a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23for-users" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>Ajax Security System </strong></a>app for end users. PRO account is different from the account created in the end-user app.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-1613" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 6" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1605" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><strong>If you have a PRO account</strong>: fill in the <strong>Email </strong>and <strong>Password </strong>fields, and then click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>If you don’t have a PRO account: </strong>click <strong>Create PRO account </strong>in PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers and follow the instructions in the app. When creating a PRO account, you can use the same email and phone number as in the account of the Ajax Security System app. These will be different accounts.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-create-the-ajax-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to create a PRO account</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark14"></a> Account types</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1614" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 7" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1606" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>Two types of accounts are available in Ajax PRO apps: a personal PRO account and a company account.</p>
<p><strong>A personal PRO account </strong>is needed to connect to companies, as well as to set up and manage connected Ajax security systems.</p>
<p><strong>Company accounts </strong>are required for running the security business: monitoring alarms and events, maintenance, configuring, and installing Ajax security</p>
<p><strong>More about PRO account</strong></p>
<p><strong>More about company account</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark16"></a> Switching between a personal PRO account and a company account</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1615" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 8" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1607" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>When you enter the app, the company the PRO account worked the last time with is automatically opened. To go to a personal PRO account or an account of another company:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the menu with the security company logo or initials.</li>
<li>Select a personal PRO account or a company account.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark18"></a> Account security</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1616" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 9" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1608" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>To<a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-secure-ajax-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>protect the PRO account from hacking </strong></a>set up two-factor authentication and track sessions on other devices. Use both security tools to reduce the chances of unauthorized access to your PRO account.</p>
<p>Change your password and enable two-factor authentication when rogue account sessions are detected.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark20"></a> How to enable the two-factor authentication</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1617" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 10" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1609" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the avatar (icon) of the PRO account.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Profile Settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Account Security </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Enable the <strong>Two-factor authentication </strong>option.</li>
<li>Connect the authenticator following the instructions on the screen. For example, the Google Authenticator app.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark22"></a> How to terminate an account session</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1618" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 11" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1610" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the avatar (icon) of the account.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Profile Settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Account Security </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click on <strong>Sessions</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The session of the device from which you entered the app is called the <strong>Current session</strong>. <strong>Other sessions </strong>of devices from which the PRO account is logged in are available below. You can end a session by clicking <strong>Terminate</strong>, or <strong>Terminate all other sessions </strong>except the current one.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark24"></a> State of connection to the Ajax cloud</p>
<p>The indicator in the upper right corner of the PRO Desktop screen shows the connection status with the Ajax Cloud server. If the Internet connection is active, the indicator lights green. If there is no connection, it is red, and the message <strong>No Connection </strong>is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p><strong>Connection to Ajax Cloud is active</strong></p>
<p><strong>No connection to Ajax cloud</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="221" class="wp-image-1619" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 12" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1611" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12.jpeg 468w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="222" class="wp-image-1620" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 13" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1612" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13.jpeg 468w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark26"></a> Working with a personal PRO account</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="501" class="wp-image-1621" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 14" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1613" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>When you log in, a list of hubs linked to the PRO account opens. Hubs with which there is no connection are marked with a red caption <strong>Offline</strong>. The faults counter (red icon with a number) shows the total number of faults for a specific security system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1622" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 15" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1614" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>When pressed, the <strong>Refresh </strong>button updated the states and fault counters of the connected hubs. Automatic updating of hub states is not provided.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1623" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 16" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1615" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p><strong>Finding the hub. </strong>The app has a search by name and by hub identifier (ID). Hubs are displayed as you type a text.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1624" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 17" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1616" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1625" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 18" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1617" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Add Hub </strong>button allows you to link a new hub to a PRO account.</p>
<p><strong>How to link the hub to an account</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark28"></a> Security system menu</p>
<p>The menu contains rooms, devices, a notifications feed, and object security control buttons. The <strong>Hubs </strong>button returns to the list of linked hubs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1626" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 19" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1618" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>The PRO account can have temporary or permanent access to system settings. The field indicated in the screenshot shows the time during which the PRO account has access to the settings. Click on the field and select the required option to request temporary or permanent access. The request can be confirmed by the hub administrator or another PRO account with the right to configure the system.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to request access to hub settings</strong></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1627" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 20" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1619" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>A PRO account can manage the object security modes if such a right has been granted to it by the hub admin. The field indicated in the screenshot displays the security status of a specific Ajax security system. By clicking on the field, you can change the security mode or press the <strong>Panic button</strong>, if the PRO account is entitled to do so.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark30"></a> Setting up the security system</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark32"></a> Change hub or device settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1628" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 21" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1620" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices </strong>O menu.</li>
<li>Select the device from the list.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark34"></a> Go to its Settings @.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1629" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 22" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1621"> Make changes.</li>
</ol>
<p>All device settings are described in the user manual of this device.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark36"></a> User management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1630" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 23" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1622" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices O </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark38"></a> Go to its Settings <sup>t</sup>3&amp;.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Users </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Make changes: add a user, change their permissions, or delete them.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark40"></a><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/accounts-and-permissions/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Ajax security systems user permissions</a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark42"></a><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-invite-users/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How to add a new hub user</a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark44"></a> PRO account management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1631" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 24" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1623" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices </strong>O menu.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its <strong>Settings </strong>@.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Make changes: add a PRO account, change its rights or delete it.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to add a PRO account to the hub</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark46"></a> Working with a company account</p>
<p>A company account combines all security objects, employee accounts, and teams of rapid response units (RRU) in one interface.</p>
<p><strong>Company service types</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="729" height="465" class="wp-image-1632" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 25" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1624" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25.jpeg 729w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 729px) 100vw, 729px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="464" class="wp-image-1633" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 26" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1625" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26.jpeg 88w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26-57x300.jpeg 57w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 88px) 100vw, 88px" /></p>
<p>PRO Desktop is an integrated tool for security, installation and service business. The app has a set of functions for both <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>and <strong>Installation and maintenance</strong>.</p>
<p>The set of functions is selected independently. The app also allows you to select both types of services at once: <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>and <strong>Installation and maintenance</strong>. This is provided for companies that simultaneously install security systems and respond to their alarms and events.</p>
<p>The owner specifies the types of services when registering the company and can change them at any time. The interface and functions of the app adapt to the selected type of service.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark48"></a> Creating a company</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1634" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 27" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1626" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>The PRO account that created the company becomes the Company owner. Such a PRO account has access to all PRO Desktop modules, can add and remove employees, as well as change information about the company. One PRO account can create an unlimited number of companies.</p>
<p>The role of the Company owner can be assigned to one PRO account only. Only the Company owner or an authorized employee should create the company. Deleting the company or changing the Company owner is not provided.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark50"></a> To create a company:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Sign in to a PRO account.</li>
<li>Go to a personal PRO account if a company account is open.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark52"></a> Click Register a company.</li>
<li>Enter the company name and the country of service.</li>
<li>Specify the type of service the company provides: alarm monitoring, installation and maintenance, or both.</li>
<li>Fill in company information and follow the app’s instructions.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the registration form, enter an available and working email address. A validation code will be sent to the owner’s email to complete the company creation. This code should be entered at the last step of registration. After validation, the company is created automatically. You don’t need to wait for additional confirmation.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark54"></a> Employees</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="501" class="wp-image-1635" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 28" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1627" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>You can add employees or change the roles of already connected PRO accounts in the <strong>Employees </strong>menu (<strong>Company </strong>module ^ <strong>Employees </strong>menu). You can only add an employee who already has a PRO account. An account can be registered in any of these two apps: PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark56"></a> Employee Roles</p>
<p>If the <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>service type is selected:</p>
<ol>
<li>Company owner</li>
<li>Senior CMS Engineer</li>
<li>Engineer</li>
<li>Head of operators</li>
</ol>
<p>If the <strong>Installation and Maintenance </strong>service type is selected:</p>
<ol>
<li>Company owner</li>
<li>Head of Installers</li>
<li>Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>If both service types are selected: All employee roles are available.</p>
<p><strong>Employee rights and access</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Company owner</strong></td>
<td><strong>Senior CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td><strong>CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td><strong>Head of operators</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operator</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Company</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>View RRU menu</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>General info</strong></p>
<p>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Employees </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>Limited View/Edit</p>
<p>(other engineers only)</td>
<td>Limited View/Edit</p>
<p>(operators and head of operators only)</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>V i</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Workstations</strong></p>
<p>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Response</strong></p>
<p><strong>Units </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit.</p>
<p>Without the ability to remove RRU</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Objects</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td colspan="2">View/Edit/arm View/Edit/arm</td>
<td colspan="2">View/Edit/arm View/Arm</td>
<td>View/Arm</td>
<td>o</p>
<p>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Journal</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>New </strong>incidents menu in the</p>
<p><strong>Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Processing </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit incidents in the processing</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sleep Mode </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Company owner information</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Senior CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Engineer</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Head of operators</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Operator</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Head of installers</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Add, edit or </strong>+ +</p>
<p><strong>remove the</strong></p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View incidents</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>Only incidents of this operator</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Process incidents</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Control Sleep Mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>If incidents of this hub are not being processed</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set up events of operators</strong></p>
<p>(Operator offline and login from an unverified computer)</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Arm and enable the Night mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>I ii</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disarm and disable Night Mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>I</p>
<p>ii</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Manage system settings</strong></p>
<p>(for example, hub settings)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add and edit RRU</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete RRU</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Change information about an object</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel the object monitoring</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel the maintenance of an object</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit company information</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable/disable the Access to all objects option</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage media files storing period</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage installers’ access to hub settings</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Confirm monitoring request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Work with hubs availability reports</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Work with operators availability reports</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Send a system recovery request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Confirm a system recovery request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark58"></a> Adding, editing, and deactivating employees</p>
<p>To add an employee, they should have a PRO account registered.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-create-the-ajax-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to create a PRO account</strong></a></p>
<p>To add an employee, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Employees </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add employee</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the email address the employee’s PRO account is registered with.</li>
<li>Define the role of the employee.</li>
</ol>
<p>After adding, the owner of the PRO account will receive a notification email. The employee adding will be recorded in the PRO Desktop event journal.</p>
<p>To edit the data or delete an employee’s PRO account, select it in the list. A window with details and the <strong>Edit </strong>and <strong>Delete account </strong>buttons will appear on the right.</p>
<p>To find an employee, use sorting or search by name, phone, and email.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop allows you to temporarily deactivate an employee’s PRO account without deleting it from the system — in case of holiday or sick leave. To do this, turn the toggle against the employee’s name to an inactive position. A temporarily deactivated employee does not have access to company modules in PRO Desktop.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark60"></a> PRO Desktop modules, menus, and capabilities</p>
<p>The app allows you to:</p>
<ul>
<li>Manage employee PRO accounts — <strong>Company </strong>module, <strong>Employees </strong>menu, <strong>RRU </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Administer an unlimited number of Ajax security systems — the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</li>
<li>Maintain a customer database of the object — the <strong>Objects </strong>module and <strong>Hubs </strong>menu in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Receive, distribute among operators and process Ajax security system alarms — <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Assign workstations to operators — <strong>Company </strong>module, <strong>Workstations </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Generate hub availability report or CMS operators availability report — <strong>Journal </strong>module.</li>
<li>Coordinate the work of Response Units (RRU) — <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Maintain a journal of events and alarms of security systems — the <strong>Journal </strong>module.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark62"></a> Company</p>
<p><strong>Access to the module: </strong>Company owner, Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Installer, Head of installers.</p>
<p>The <strong>Company </strong>module contains menus and settings for the following tasks:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>General Info </strong>— to view information about the company. Only the company owner can edit.</li>
<li><strong>Services settings </strong>— to select the type of company services, the media files storing period, the level of access to objects and hubs, and other settings.</li>
<li><strong>Cloud signaling monitoring </strong>— to manage receivers that are intermediaries between CMS and a cloud server (available only for Senior CMS Engineer and CMS Engineer).</li>
<li><strong>Access rights </strong>— to grant permission to take and view photos on demand, to create maintenance reports for serviced objects.</li>
<li><strong>Employees </strong>— to manage employee accounts.</li>
<li><strong>Workstations </strong>— for accounting of computers (PCs) operators use for work. Helps to calculate the CMS availability and track the login of operators to the PRO account from third-party devices.</li>
<li><strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>— to administer Rapid Response Teams.</li>
<li><strong>Hubs </strong>— to manage company hubs. The menu contains objects in<a href="https://ajax.systems/translator/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>Translator</strong></a> (if connected), requests for monitoring, and requests for removal from monitoring.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark64"></a> General info</p>
<p>The menu contains information about the company. The owner can change company details by clicking the Edit button. The app allows you to change all data about the company, except for the name. To change the company name, contact <a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems"><strong>Ajax technical support service</strong></a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark66"></a> Services settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1636" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 29" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1628" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the menu, you can set the type of services provided by the company and manage other system settings (access to objects, media files storing period, maintenance reports). The owner of the company chooses the type of company services when registering in the app and can change the type of services at any time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark68"></a> Employee access to objects</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1637" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 30" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1629" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>By default, an employee with the <strong>Installe</strong>r role has access to those objects that are assigned to them by the <strong>Head of installers</strong>. For the installer to be able to configure all objects connected to the company, the <strong>Access to all objects </strong>option should be enabled.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark70"></a> To do this, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Services settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Access to all company objects </strong>field, enable the option for <strong>Installers</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now the installer and the company have the same rights to configure all objects. The rights can be following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Permanent access to system settings.</li>
<li>Temporary access: you can configure the system for a specified time, from</li>
</ul>
<p>1 to 8 hours.</p>
<p>No access to system settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark72"></a> Media files storing period</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1638" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 31" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1630" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>You can set the period after which all media files (images, videos from cameras) will be deleted. The new media files storing period only applies to files created after changes.</p>
<p>Available storing period for media files:</p>
<ol>
<li>7 days.</li>
<li>30 days.</li>
<li>90 days.</li>
<li>180 days.</li>
<li>1 year.</li>
<li>2 years.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected media files storing period must comply with the laws of your region.</p>
<p><strong>Hubs linked to a company</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="466" class="wp-image-1639" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 32" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1631" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><strong>The Restrict access to hubs </strong>option is disabled by default. When enabled, hubs linked to the company can only be added to that company’s account. Adding to <a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems">accounts of other companies is not possible. Contact <strong>Ajax technical support</strong></a><strong> service </strong>or your Ajax manager to learn more about this feature.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark74"></a> Maintenance of objects</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="818" height="465" class="wp-image-1640" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 33" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1632" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33.jpeg 818w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 818px) 100vw, 818px" /></p>
<p>If the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>option is enabled, company employees can generate reports on the technical health of security and fire detectors used in the system. Such reports can be generated and downloaded only by those roles which received the appropriate right from the company owner. The right is assigned in the <strong>Access rights </strong>menu.</p>
<p>By default, the maintenance reports option is turned off. An employee with the <strong>Installer </strong>role can’t generate technical health reports for those objects to which they have no access.</p>
<p><strong>Learn more</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark76"></a> Incidents processing</p>
<p>The <strong>Receive notifications of power outage on the objects </strong>option is enabled by default. When the option is disabled, the system will not generate incidents of external power loss for the hub, range extender, or integration module installed at the object.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="465" class="wp-image-1641" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 34" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1633" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34.jpeg 88w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34-57x300.jpeg 57w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 88px) 100vw, 88px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="729" height="466" class="wp-image-1642" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 35" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1634" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35.jpeg 729w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 729px) 100vw, 729px" /></p>
<p>After disabling this option, the following message will be displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module: “Incidents of power supply failure on site won’t be generated according to company settings”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="466" class="wp-image-1643" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 36" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1635" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark78"></a> Cloud signaling monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="466" class="wp-image-1644" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 37" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1636" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p><strong>Cloud Signaling </strong>is a service that enables communication between Ajax system and third-party monitoring software. It serves as a link between a hub and monitoring stations, converting notifications received from the hub into an event protocol compatible with the Central Monitoring Station’s (CMS) software.</p>
<p>Cloud Signaling can deliver events to the CMS directly from Ajax Cloud. This service is beneficial for alarm monitoring companies and companies involved in both security systems installations and alarms and events response. By using PRO Desktop, they can configure and connect security systems. Additionally, security and monitoring companies can use the app to organize a CMS.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/manuals/cloud-signaling/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn more about Cloud Signaling</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark80"></a> Access rights</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1645" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 38" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1637" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the <strong>Access rights </strong>menu, the head of the company can adjust the access rights for employee roles. If the manager assigns access to a certain type of employee, then all employees with this role will have the corresponding right.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark82"></a> The head of the company can enable or disable the following rights:</p>
<ul>
<li>Shooting and viewing photos on demand.</li>
<li>Watching streams of video cameras and DVRs.</li>
<li>Viewing photos by alarm and photos by alarm scenarios.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1646" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 39" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1638"> Creation of operation reports for systems.</li>
</ul>
<p>If the company owner has granted the right to create maintenance reports for a specific role, all employees with this role can create reports, download them, and access the archive of these reports.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark84"></a> Workstations</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1647" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 40" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1639" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the <strong>Workstations </strong>menu, you can assign a unique identifier to each computer (computer ID) and link an employee account to it. This information is used to generate a report on CMS availability.</p>
<p>To assign a workstation to an operator, you need to confirm their login to the account. You can do this by clicking “<strong>+</strong>” in the line with the operator’s email in the <strong>Unverified </strong>tab. When you click on the line, the extended information about the account and the <strong>Verify </strong>button open on the right.</p>
<p>When verifying the workstation, you should assign a name to it for the convenience of displaying it in the event journal. The computer ID is assigned automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1648" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 41" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1640" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>After confirming the workstation, the operator account displays in the <strong>Verified </strong>tab along with the data about the computer. A workstation can be temporarily deactivated or deleted by selecting an account in the list and clicking <strong>Delete from verified</strong>.</p>
<p>Filters are provided for convenience in navigation through the list of workstations.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Workstations </strong>menu, you can configure the types of events that generate incidents. PRO Desktop notifies about incidents in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>tab. To select events that generate incidents, click on the gear icon in the <strong>Unverified </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="466" class="wp-image-1649" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 42" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1641" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42.jpeg 816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>In the opened window, select the types of events:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The operator is offline </strong>— the operator computer has no Internet connection.</li>
<li><strong>Login from an unverified computer </strong>— login to the account from a PC that has not been verified by the head of operators.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark86"></a> How to manage response units in the RRU menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1650" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 43" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1642" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>To add a new response unit, click the <strong>Add RRU </strong>button in the <strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>menu.</p>
<p>A window will open with a form in which you need to specify the unit details.</p>
<p>This information will be displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module when processing an alarm, as well as in the <strong>Objects </strong>module when the RRU is linked to an object. You can add 2 phone numbers to one unit. Required fields are marked with an asterisk.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1651" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 44" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1643" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>It is possible to deactivate the <strong>RRU </strong>temporarily without removing it from the system. To do this, switch the toggle in the line with the certain unit. Left position — the unit is inactive, right position — it is active.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark88"></a> Hubs</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1652" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 45" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1644" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Hubs </strong>menu is designed to administer hubs linked to a company. Here you can receive requests for monitoring/removal from monitoring, adding/deleting objects, as well as transferring objects from Translator to PRO Desktop (if the Translator account is linked to a company account). Hubs are displayed in the menu as a list, where the hub identifier, object statuses, number, and name of the object in PRO Desktop are indicated.</p>
<p>The hub status is also displayed in this window. <strong>Monitoring with PRO Desktop </strong>is designed for monitoring services, and <strong>Installation services </strong>is for installing and configuring the Ajax security systems.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Monitoring with PRO Desktop</strong></td>
<td><strong>Meaning</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Active</td>
<td>Object accepted for monitoring.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pending deletion</td>
<td>The object has been removed from monitoring and is in the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu of the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not connected</td>
<td>Monitoring request was not sent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Installation services</strong></td>
<td><strong>Meaning</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Active</td>
<td>A request for installation services has been sent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not provided</td>
<td>Installation and maintenance services are not provided. Installers and heads of Installers do not have access to system settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When the hub is selected, a details window opens, where there are buttons for creating/deleting an object, going to the object card, and deleting the hub from the company account. The deletion from an account means that the object will be deleted both in PRO Desktop and in Translator (if the account in Translator is linked to an account in PRO Desktop).</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark90"></a> Objects</p>
<p><strong>Roles of employees with access to the module: </strong>Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Installer, Head of installers.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="821" height="468" class="wp-image-1653" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 46" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46.jpeg 821w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 821px) 100vw, 821px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Objects </strong>module is designed to administer objects in PRO Desktop. To go to the module, select <strong>Objects </strong>in the list of modules in the upper left corner of the screen.</p>
<p>An object in PRO Desktop is a security system controlled by a single hub. When adding a new object, the operator enters the hub identifier and assigns a number and a name to it. All devices connected to the hub are automatically linked to the object and displayed in the <strong>Equipment </strong>tab.</p>
<p>Only one hub can be linked to one object.</p>
<p>The module screen consists of two parts: a list of objects and a sorting menu.</p>
<p>The list of objects contains their numbers in PRO Desktop, names, addresses, as well as hub identifiers (IDs). The following items are available in the sorting menu:</p>
<p>Cloud signaling monitoring:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>&lt;Receiver name&gt; </strong>— the list of all objects that are monitored via &lt;Receiver name&gt;.</li>
<li><strong>No monitoring </strong>— the list of all objects that are not monitored via receivers.</li>
<li><strong>Active </strong>— the list of all objects within PRO Desktop, aside to objects in the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu.</li>
<li><strong>Armed </strong>— the list of objects with the currently armed security system.</li>
<li><strong>Disarmed </strong>— the list of all objects with the currently disarmed security system.</li>
<li><strong>In Sleep Mode </strong>— the list of objects with muted alarm notifications.</li>
<li><strong>Offline </strong>— the list of objects where the hub is offline.</li>
<li><strong>With malfunctions </strong>— the list of objects where the security system reports a malfunction: low battery indicator, failed attempts to arm the detector, etc.</li>
<li><strong>No contract </strong>— the list of objects with empty information about the contract with the company. Contract information can be added at any time.</li>
<li><strong>Installation services provided </strong>— objects that are under maintenance of installers and heads of Installers.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring requests (from installers) </strong>— objects from which a request was submitted to connect to the CMS via Ajax PRO apps.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring requests (from end-users) </strong>— objects from which a request was submitted to connect to the CMS via the Ajax Security System app for end­users.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1654" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 47" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1646"><strong>Monitoring cancellation requests </strong>— a list of objects from which a request was submitted to disconnect from the CMS via any Ajax app.</li>
</ul>
<p>Only an admin or a PRO account with the right to configure the system can cancel a request for monitoring cancellation. You can do this in any Ajax app: Devices — Hub —— Settings —— Security companies.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>— deleted objects. Objects are automatically deleted from the bin after 7 days.</li>
</ul>
<p>In the <strong>Objects </strong>module, the following buttons are also available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add object </strong>— allows you to link an object to a company using the QR code (ID) of the hub. You can add an object by ID (QR code) if the following conditions are met:</li>
</ul>
<p><em>H</em> Hub is online.</p>
<p><em>H</em> Hub has no users.</p>
<p>o Hub is not added to the account of another company.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark92"></a> More about adding objects</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Maintenance reports — </strong>opens the menu of maintenance reports.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark94"></a> More about maintenance reports</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Update </strong>— updates the list of hubs linked to the company.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark96"></a> Adding an object</p>
<p>There are three ways to add a new object to PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Using the hub ID (its QR code).</li>
<li>Accepting a monitoring request from the Ajax app.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1655" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 48" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1647"> Transferring the object from Translator to PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p>After connecting the hub, specify the necessary information in the object card. In Ajax apps, this will make easier navigation and object searching.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How PRO account can access the hub</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark98"></a> Adding via ID</p>
<p>When adding an object, a card is created with all the information necessary for alarms processing: address, contacts, room layouts, road maps, responsible people, comments, etc. You can add an object by ID (QR code) if the following conditions are met:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hub is online.</li>
<li>Hub has no users.</li>
<li>The hub is not added to another company account.</li>
</ul>
<p>The installer or head of installers can connect the hub. You can add the hub from a company account only, but not from a personal PRO account. After adding the hub, the company has permanent access to the object’s settings.</p>
<p>To add the hub, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Add object </strong>button.</li>
<li>Specify the number and name of the object, as well as the 20-digit hub ID (located under the QR code on the hub or packaging, the format is xxxxx- xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark100"></a> Adding an object via a monitoring request</p>
<p>The request to add is sent via Ajax apps by the hub admin or a PRO account with access to the object’s settings. The list of requests for monitoring and monitoring cancellation is displayed in the corresponding tabs of the <strong>Objects </strong>module, as well as in the <strong>Hubs </strong>menu of the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<p>The adding method depends on the type of services provided:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To access alarm monitoring</strong>, the end-user should send a request for monitoring.</li>
<li><strong>To access installation and maintenance</strong>, the employee should request access to the system settings.</li>
<li><strong>For both types of access</strong>, you should send both requests.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark102"></a> To send a request for alarm monitoring, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the hub if you have more than one or if you use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Security companies </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select a company and click <strong>Send request</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1656" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 49" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1648"> A monitoring request can also be sent if you know the company’s email address. To do this, click on the envelope icon in the <strong>Security companies </strong>menu, enter the company’s email address, and click <strong>Continue</strong>. Select a company from the list and confirm sending the request.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark104"></a> To accept a monitoring request, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark106"></a> In the Objects module, go to the Monitoring requests (from end-users) and/or Monitoring requests (from installers).</li>
<li>Select the hub.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Accept request</strong>. An object card will be automatically created for the hub to fill in the information.</li>
<li>Enter the number, name of the object and click <strong>Save</strong>. A new object will appear in PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark108"></a> To send a request for access to installation and maintenance, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the hub if you have more than one or if you use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark110"></a> Open the Installers menu.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Assign </strong>button.</li>
<li>Enter the email address of the company specified when registering.</li>
<li>Select a company and confirm the sending of a request.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark112"></a> You do not need to accept a request for the installation company services in</p>
<p><strong>PRO Desktop. </strong>After adding, the company has 8 hours to change the hubsettings, add devices and invite users. On the expiry of this access time, the company can no longer change the object’s settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1657" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 50" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1649"> If necessary, the installer, or head of installers can request temporary or permanent access, which should be confirmed by the hub admin or a PRO account with rights to configure the system.</p>
<p>PRO receives permanent rights to configure the system if there is no single hub admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark114"></a> Transferring objects from Translator</p>
<p>To transfer objects from Translator, contact<a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems"> <strong>Ajax technical support service</strong></a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark116"></a> Configuring an object</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="458" class="wp-image-1658" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 51" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1650" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51.jpeg 1001w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51-768x351.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></p>
<p>00:00</p>
<p>00:08</p>
<p>The installer or the head of installers can set up the object via mobile or desktop app. Both apps provide the same options for installers.</p>
<p>By default, the installer has the same rights for setting as his company. The installer does not have access to the hub settings (if access to all objects is disabled) until the head of Installers grants him such a right. Once access is granted, installers can begin setting up the object.</p>
<p><strong>There are two ways to grant access to the installer:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>The first way</strong></td>
<td><strong>The second way</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Open the object list in PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Select the object.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the email address of the installer’s PRO account, or select it from the list.</li>
<li>Define its access rights. The access rights of the installer cannot exceed the rights of the company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Open the object list in PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module and select the <strong>Employees </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the employee.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Assigned objects </strong>menu and click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the name/ID of the object or select it from the list.</li>
<li>Define the access rights of the installer. Their access rights cannot exceed the rights of the company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark118"></a> Prolongation of access time to the hub settings</p>
<p>The field indicated in the screenshot shows the time during which the installer has access to the system settings. By clicking on the field, you can request permanent or temporary access (for 1, 2, 4 or 8 hours).</p>
<p>If there is not enough time to set up, the installer can send a request to extend the time to access the settings. All head of installers of this company will receive such a request.</p>
<p>If the company has sufficient rights, any head of installers can grant this right to the installer. Such a request can only be confirmed in the PRO Desktop app.</p>
<p>If the rights are not enough, for example, the company has rights to configure within 4 hours, and the installer needs 8 hours, the head of installers can request access rights from the hub admin. When approved, access will be granted to the company and this particular installer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark120"></a> Set up company rights</p>
<p>The hub admin or PRO account with the right to configure the system can assign company access rights. These settings apply to all employees of the company. To assign access rights to a company, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an object if you have several of them, or use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select a company. Go to its settings. These settings allow you to grant or disable the right to:</li>
<li>Change security modes.</li>
<li>Activate panic button in Ajax apps.</li>
<li>Control relays and smart plugs.</li>
<li>Enable <strong>Chimes</strong>.</li>
<li>Disable fire alarms.</li>
</ol>
<p>The hub admin or PRO account with the right to configure the system can also remove the company from the hub or cancel its access.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark122"></a> Object Card</p>
<p>Data about the object can be supplemented and edited. The data is divided into tabs:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Equipment </strong>— a list of devices, virtual rooms, and security groups of an object. When a device is selected, the status screen opens, showing battery charge, connection status, tamper status, and other data about the operation.</li>
<li><strong>Security Companies </strong>— names, phone numbers, and a status of the security companies.</li>
<li><strong>Responsibles </strong>— names and phone numbers of people with whom the operator can contact in case of an alarm at the object.</li>
<li><strong>Object Photos </strong>&#8211; a photo of the object, a map of approaches to the object, room layouts of the object, and road maps for directions to the object.</li>
<li><strong>Reaction </strong>— information about the main and reserve RRU’s assigned to the object. To manage units in this menu, you should first create them in the <strong>Company </strong>module, the <strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>menu.</li>
<li><strong>Object Notes </strong>— technical information about the object: dates and detailed information on the installation work, connecting to the monitoring station, data of the installer assigned to the object.</li>
<li><strong>Log </strong>— event journal of an object.</li>
<li><strong>Services </strong>— information about monitoring with PRO Desktop and via Translator, and installation services (available only for the Senior CMS Engineer, the CMS Engineer, the Head of operators and the Operator).</li>
</ul>
<p>In addition to the access time to the object settings, the tab <strong>Equipment </strong>displays the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>button. The button is available only for those employee roles for which the company owner has assigned such a right.</p>
<p>Keep in mind that employees with an <strong>Installer </strong>role can create reports if they have access to the settings of this hub.</p>
<p>By clicking on the button, you can generate a new report or download a previously created report from the archive. When trying to create a new report,</p>
<p>the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>tab opens.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark124"></a> Editing a card and deleting an object</p>
<p>The menu to control security modes, the object number, its name and address, buttons to edit and delete, and a button that opens contacts and details of the object operation are located above the informational tabs.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Object information </strong>to change the title or account number of the object, specify its location, contact details, a password for alarm cancellation, add a work schedule, set the alarm when disarming at non-working hours, or specify the contract details. This information is displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module during alarm processing. Required fields are marked with an asterisk. After entering or editing the data, click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p>To delete an object, click on the red icon of the trash can or the icon with three dots if the company performs both functions: alarm monitoring, installation and maintenance. There will be a menu with two options: <strong>Stop monitoring </strong>or <strong>Stop maintenance services</strong>. Their functions are different. For example, if the object remains under monitoring and the service is stopped, the operators will receive alarms and events of this system, but the installer will not be able to change the equipment settings at the facility.</p>
<p>When monitoring is stopped, the object is moved to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and automatically deleted after 7 days. During this time, the object can be returned to the list of active ones by going to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu in the <strong>Objects </strong>module and clicking <strong>Restore</strong>. You can stop the monitoring only for those objects that do not have open incidents.</p>
<p>To delete an object, click the bin icon. The object will be moved to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and automatically deleted after 7 days. During this time, the object can be returned to the list of active ones by going to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu in the <strong>Objects </strong>module and clicking <strong>Restore</strong>. You can delete only those objects that do not have open incidents.</p>
<p>To delete objects without waiting 7 days, select the object from the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and click the red bin icon. Confirm the action by clicking <strong>Stop monitoring</strong>.</p>
<p>When the maintenance services are stopped, the object is permanently removed. This means that installers and head of installers will no longer be able to maintain this object. To restore the object, the company needs to be reconnected through the hub settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark126"></a> Maintenance reports</p>
<p>Maintenance reports allow you to generate PDF files that contain information about security and fire detectors connected to the hub, and their states. Reports allow you to regularly monitor the status of all monitored objects.</p>
<p>One report is generated for one object. The language of the report downloaded matches the language selected in the PRO Desktop app as a language for SMS messages.</p>
<p>The company owner can enable or disable the maintenance reports option at any time.</p>
<p>The maintenance reports menu contains three tabs:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Objects </strong>— contains a list of objects for which you can generate maintenance reports. In this menu, you can also generate these reports.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark128"></a> Learn more</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Upload CSV </strong>— menu for uploading the list of hubs for generating a maintenance report.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark130"></a> Learn more</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Archive </strong>— contains previously created maintenance reports.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Learn more</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark132"></a> Objects tab</p>
<p>All objects for which you can generate maintenance reports are shown in this menu. Objects can be sorted:</p>
<ol>
<li>By object number.</li>
<li>By name or address of the object.</li>
<li>By hub ID (identifier).</li>
<li>By date of generation of the last report.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark134"></a> To generate a report, in the Objects menu:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required objects. For ease of navigation, we have provided search by name of the object, its number and address, as well as by the hub ID. If you want to hide extra objects, enable the option <strong>Hide unselected</strong>.</li>
<li>Press <strong>Create report</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm report generation by selecting <strong>Create</strong>.</li>
<li>Wait until the report is generated.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Archive </strong>tab. Select the required reports.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark136"></a> Press Download selected.</li>
<li>Select a folder and save the files.</li>
</ol>
<p>To automatically download selected reports to your PC after creation, enable the option <strong>Automatically download when created</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark138"></a> Upload CSV tab</p>
<p>00:00</p>
<p>00:10</p>
<p>Drag the CSV file or upload it from your computer to generate a report for the required list of objects. CSV file should contain hub IDs (identifiers) or object numbers. If you upload a file in the wrong format, the app will return an error.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="59" class="wp-image-1659" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 52" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1651"> After uploading the file, reports on the necessary objects will be generated and available in the <strong>Archive </strong>tab.</p>
<p>You can download an example of CSV in the required file format in the <strong>Upload CSV </strong>tab.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark140"></a> Archive tab</p>
<p>The maintenance reports generated are located in this tab. The tab shows only the last 5 reports for each object. Older reports are deleted.</p>
<p>Objects can be sorted:</p>
<ol>
<li>By report number (the higher the number, the newer the report).</li>
<li>By object number.</li>
<li>By name or address of the object (one of the two options can be selected by clicking on the column name).</li>
<li>By name or e-mail address of the company employee who generated the report (one of the two options can be selected by clicking on the column name).</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1660" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 53" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1652"> By hub ID (identifier).</li>
</ol>
<p>For ease of navigation, we have provided search by name of the object, its number and address, as well as by the hub ID.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark142"></a> To download a report:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Archive </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Select the required reports.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark144"></a> Press Download selected.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1661" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 54" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1653"> Select a folder and save the files.</li>
</ol>
<p>After selecting an object in the <strong>Archive </strong>tab, you can also generate a new report for this object if necessary.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark146"></a> PDF file of the report</p>
<p>PDF file of the report contains all the necessary information about the object and the states of all devices of the security system. At the beginning of each file, in addition to general data, a short summary of the check is also available: if the engineer should visit the object or not. A recommendation to visit the object appears if at least one device in the system has a malfunction.</p>
<p>The file name has the following format: AA_XXXXXXXX_YYYYYYY_MM</p>
<ul>
<li>AA — the result of the check.</li>
</ul>
<p><em>p</em> p — the test passed, and the report does not contain a malfunction.</p>
<p><em>p</em> pw — the test passed, but the report contains some malfunctions. It is recommended that an engineer visit the object to check. For example, if one of the detectors has a low hub signal strength or this detector is temporarily disabled.</p>
<p>of — the test failed. It is recommended that an engineer visit the object to check. For example, one of the detectors has lost connection with the hub.</p>
<ul>
<li>XXXXXXXX — the date when the report was created in the DDMMYYYY. For example, 27032022.</li>
<li>YYYYYYY — the assigned object number. If there is no number, the hub ID is used.</li>
<li>MM — report number.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark148"></a> Monitoring</p>
<p><strong>Module access: </strong>Company owner, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator.</p>
<p>The <strong>Monitoring </strong>module allows you to process events and alarms of Ajax security systems, as well as notifications about the operators work. <strong>New</strong>, <strong>Processing</strong>, and <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>tabs are located at the top of the PRO Desktop screen.</p>
<p>New alarm notifications are displayed in the <strong>New </strong>tab and are accompanied by the sound of a siren until the incident will be considered. An incident is not considered closed until it is closed by the operator. One notification can includemultiple alarms or events of the security system. The latter three are displayed as icons in the notification line, in the <strong>Source </strong>column.</p>
<p>An incident is created after the following Ajax security events:</p>
<ul>
<li>Detector alarms.</li>
<li>Tamper triggering of any device in the system.</li>
<li>Sirens accelerometer triggering.</li>
<li>Jamming detection.</li>
<li>Loss of connection with any device in the system.</li>
<li>Loss of connection between the hub and the Ajax Cloud server via one or all communication channels.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1662" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 55" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 1654"> Loss of the central unit, range extender, vhfBridge or integration modules external power supply.</li>
</ul>
<p>Notification of power outage at the object can be disabled in the <strong>Services settings </strong>menu in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<ul>
<li>Any other malfunction of the system devices.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Meaning of system alarms and events icons</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Recovery icon</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Malfunctions</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;Device name&gt; is offline. Connection via Jeweller channel lost.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Server connection via Ethernet lost</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Server connection via cellular lost</p>
<p>Server connection via Wi-Fi lost</p>
<p>Hub is offline. Check the network connection.</p>
<p>External power failure</p>
<p>Battery low</p>
<p><strong>Alarms</strong></p>
<p>Leakage detected</p>
<p>Lid is open</p>
<p>Motion detected</p>
<p>Detector view blocked</p>
<p>Glass break detected</p>
<p>Opening detected</p>
<p>Shock detected</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Tilt detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Alarm detected, roller shutter</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; pressed the panic button</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Device was moved</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fire alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Carbon monoxide (CO) detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smoke detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Alarm is temporarily muted</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Temperature above the threshold value</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Gas leak detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Auxiliary alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The notification line displays the name, address, object number, as well as the status and time elapsed since the alarm was received, during which the operator is viewing the incident. Which operator and when started viewing the incident is recorded in the <strong>Journal </strong>module. The journal also records all other actions of operators to process the incident: from consideration to closing the incident.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icons for operator incident viewing status</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Incident started</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; started viewing the incident</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; started processing the incident</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; closed the incident</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark150"></a> Operator incidents</p>
<p>Separately, the list shows incidents of loss of connection with the operator and operator logins to the PRO account from an unverified computer. These types of incidents are generated according to the operators’ workstations, which are confirmed in the <strong>Company </strong>module, processed as security alarms, indicating the cause of the incident, and recorded in the journal.</p>
<p>Notification <strong>Operator is offline </strong>&#8211; an incident type that contains information about the loss of connection with the computer that is confirmed as the operator’s workstation in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<p>Notification <strong>Login from an unverified computer </strong>&#8211; an incident type that contains information about the user and the computer from which the login was made.</p>
<p><strong>More about operator workstations</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark152"></a> Incident processing</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark154"></a> Incident processing algorithm</p>
<ol>
<li>Sending an Ajax security alarm by the hub.</li>
<li>Automatic creation of an <strong>Incident </strong>in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Review of the <strong>Incident </strong>by the CMS operator or the head of operators.</li>
<li>Processing the <strong>Incident </strong>by the CMS operator or the head of operators.</li>
<li>Checking the cause of the alarm: communication with contact persons, checking pictures from detectors with photo verification.</li>
<li><strong>If the alarm is real or it is impossible to determine the cause of the alarm: </strong>Sending the RRU. After finding out the causes of the alarm, end the incident processing, indicating the cause of the alarm.</li>
<li><strong>If the alarm is false</strong>: Set the cause of the alarm as “False alarm” or “No incident” and end the incident processing.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark156"></a> Information on incident processing screens</p>
<p>Clicking on the notification opens:</p>
<ul>
<li>Incident details —alarm time, triggered device, room, photo verification (if detectors with photo verification triggered).</li>
<li>Object info — address, contacts, schemes of premises, etc.</li>
</ul>
<p>The operator starts processing the alarm by clicking the <strong>Start processing</strong>, and the incident goes to the <strong>Processing </strong>tab. The operator has limited access to the tab: they see only those incidents that are being processed. The head of operators has full access to see all incidents that are being processed by the operators and can close multiple incidents at once.</p>
<p>In the centre of the <strong>Processing tab</strong>, information about the object, a list of alarms, a menu for controlling security modes, as well as notes, a list of devices, road maps, and room layouts are displayed.</p>
<p>If <strong>motion detectors with photo verification </strong>are installed at the object, the operator can view a series of photos taken by the detector to check the cause of the alarm. Photos are displayed in the <strong>MotionCam </strong>tab in chronological order, starting with the latest.</p>
<p>The operator can contact one of the responsible people indicated in the object card — when processing an alarm, their names, and phone numbers are displayed on the app screen. PRO Desktop does not support calls from the app. But the operator can copy the phone number of the responsible person and call them using third-party software. For example, using an app for IP telephony.</p>
<p>Responsible people are assigned when creating an object in PRO Desktop. This may be, for example, the owner of the flat or the head of the security service at the production site.</p>
<p>Based on the results of the connection, the operator puts a mark <strong>Accepted </strong>&#8211; if it was possible to contact and the responsible person accepted the information. If there is no connection with the responsible person, the operator puts the mark <strong>Not responding</strong>. You can switch between responsible people using the arrows. They appear if all responsible people cannot be displayed at the current size of the app window.</p>
<p>The rapid response teams assigned to the object are displayed under the responsible people. When communicating with the RRU, the operator checks if the unit has been <strong>Dispatched</strong>, <strong>Arrived</strong>, or is <strong>Unavailable</strong>. You can switch between assigned groups using the arrows. They appear if all RRUs cannot be displayed at the current app window size.</p>
<p>RRUs are assigned when an object is created in PRO Desktop.</p>
<p>The incident processing log is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen. For each record in the log, the operator can leave a comment by clicking on the record. At the top of the processing journal, you can select the cause of the alarm from the drop-down list and complete the processing. If necessary, you can comment on the cause of the alarm. For example, to describe in more detail the cause of a false alarm at an object.</p>
<p>When processing an incident related to the operator’s workstation, you can specify the reason from the drop-down list, and, if necessary, accompany it with a comment. When processing an incident about an operator logging in from an unverified computer, the workstation can be verified in the same window. To do this, click the <strong>”</strong>+<strong>” </strong>button next to the operator details.</p>
<p>After the incident is processed, it closes and goes to the <strong>Journal</strong>, where the log of its processing is saved. <strong>You cannot return to incident processing.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark158"></a> Sleep Mode</p>
<p>An employee who has access to the monitoring module can switch an object into <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>if installation work is being carried out at the object or false alarms are coming from it. Objects with alarms and events that are temporarily ignored are on the <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>tab. You can switch the object to <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>using the menu for managing security modes.</p>
<p>When transferring an object to <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>, the operator specifies the time after which the object will return to normal operation. You can select 1, 5, 15, or 30 minutes, or manually enter the time from 1 to 300 minutes.</p>
<p>While the object is put into <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>, PRO Desktop ignores its alarms and events — they are not displayed in the <strong>New </strong>tab but are recorded in the <strong>Journal </strong>module. At the end of the set time, the object returns to normal operation.</p>
<p>To remove an object from Sleep Mode before the end of the set period:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the security mode controlling menu.</li>
<li>Disable <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark160"></a> Journal</p>
<p><strong>Access to the module: </strong>Company owner, Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Head of installers.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop maintains a journal of alarms and events of all company objects, and also allows you to generate reports on the availability of hubs and CMS operators. To go to it, select the <strong>Journal </strong>in the list of app modules.</p>
<p>Object notifications are displayed in chronological order. To set the time interval for notifications, their type, or object number, use the filters. Above the filters, a counter of filtered records is displayed, as well as buttons for resetting filters and refreshing the journal.</p>
<p>To filter notifications by device or user, click on them in the list of notifications. By clicking on the number of the object in the column, you can filter the notifications of this object. Notifications can also be filtered by clicking on the event icon — you will get a list of all events of the same type.</p>
<p>To open the incident processing log, click on the clock icon on the incident ending record.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark162"></a> Availability reports</p>
<p>PRO Desktop can generate reports showing the connection time with security systems (<strong>Hubs availability</strong>). You can also generate a report on the <strong>Operators availability</strong>. To generate reports on hub availability, select the <strong>Hubs availability </strong>filter. By default, the report has information of the last 7 days. If necessary, the period can be changed in the <strong>Time frame </strong>filter, and you can also set the object number.</p>
<p>The availability report will be generated for the selected objects if the filter by object number is active. If the filter by object number is inactive, the report will be generated for all hubs of the company. After setting parameters, click the report generation button next to the filter name — the report will open in a new window.To generate the operators availability report, only the workstations of operators verified in the <strong>Company </strong>module are considered. To generate a report, click the <strong>Operators availability </strong>filter.A list of events will be displayed on the right:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Your company employee signed in </strong>— login to the operator account is registered.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Your company employee signed out </strong>— logout of the operator account is registered.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Your company employee added new receiver for cloud signaling monitoring.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee changed settings for receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee deleted receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Connection with your company employee lost </strong>— loss of Internet connection with the operator’s computer.</li>
<li><strong>Connection with your company employee restored </strong>— restoring the Internet connection with the operator’s computer.</li>
<li><strong>Receiver lost connection via primary/secondary address.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Restored receiver connection via primary/secondary address.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Monitoring is paused: no operators online </strong>— there is no available operator.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring is resumed </strong>— at least one operator is available.</li>
<li><strong>Your company employee started monitoring object via receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee updated account number of object for receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee stopped monitoring object via receiver.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Set and apply the range to filter events by time. To generate a report based on the specified parameters, click the report generation button next to the filter name.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
